Language

ENहिગુ
Scripture Library

mahānirvāṇatantram · Chapter 1

1

----
MUKTABODHA INDOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Use of this material (e-texts) is covered by Creative Commons license BY-NC 4.0
Catalog number: M00049
Uniform title: mahānirvāṇatantram
Main title: mahānirvānatantra with the commentary of hariharānanda bharati
Commentator : hariharānanda bharati
Editor : arthur avalon
Alternate name : John Woodroffe
Description:
Data entered from the Tantrik Series Vol. 13 edited by Arthur Avalon (Sir John Woodroffe)
Notes:
Data entered by the staff of Muktabodha under the supervision of Mark S. G. Dyczkowski.
Publisher : luzac and company
Publication year : 1926
Publication city : calcutta
Publication country : India
----
mahānirvāṇatantram
prathamollāsaḥ
girīndraśikhare ramye nānāratnopaśobhite /
nānāvṛkṣalatākīrṇe nānāpakṣiravairyute

2

oṃ namo brahmaṇe /
oṃ ahaṃ brahmasmi brahmaivāhamasmi /
kṛtvā ṣaḍāmnāyamameyaśaktiḥ sadāśivaḥ prerita
ādiśaktyā /
jagāda setuṃ kulavārirāśernirvāṇatantraṃ mahatā samastam /
smāraṃ smāraṃ paraṃbrahma nāmaṃ nāmaṃ guroḥ padam /
nirapekṣaṃ vacaḥ śambhorvivṛṇomi yathāmati //
vedādibodhitasamastapuṇyakarmocchedakātininditānantapāpakar
mapravartakakaliyugāgamane sati paramātmacintanādyananuraktānāṃ
nānāvidhapāpakarmmaprasaktānāṃ narāṇāṃ kathaṃ nistāro
bhaviṣyatīti sañcintayantī pārvatī kailāsaśikhare tiṣṭhantaṃ
kāruṇyavantaṃ sadāśivaṃ prati teṣāṃ
nistāropāyamaprākṣīdetattadevāha-girīndra-
(pṛ० २) sarvartukusumāmodamodite sumanohare /
śaityasaugandhyamāndyāḍhyamarudbhirupavījite

3

apsarogaṇasaṅgītakaladhvanininādite /
sthiracchāyadrumacchāyācchādite snigdhamañjule

4

mattakokilasandohasaṅghuṣṭavipināntare /
sarvadā svagaṇaiḥ sārddhamṛturājaniṣevite

1

śikhara ityādibhiḥ / tatra tasmin girīndraśikhare
parvatādhirājasya kailāsasya śṛṅge sthitaṃ maunadharaṃ
mauninaṃ śivaṃ vīkṣya vilokya lokānāṃ hitakāmyayā
janānāṃ hitecchayā pārvatī devī vinayāvanatā satī
śivamabravīdityekādaśaślokasthitaiḥ padairanvayaḥ /
maunadharamityanena kathānavasaro darśitaḥ / ramye ityādīni
saptamyantāni trayodaśapadāni girīndraśikhare ityasya
viśeṣaṇāni / carācarajagadgurumityādīni dvitīyāntāni padāni
tu śivamityasyeti boddhavyam / ramyate krīḍyate
siddhacāraṇādibhiryatra tadramyaṃ tasmin /
poradupadhādityadhikaraṇe yat / nānāratnopaśobhite anekaiḥ
padmarāgamarakatādibhī ratnairvirājite / nānāvṛkṣalatākīrṇe
anekairvṛkṣairanekābhirlatābhiśca vyāpte /
nānāpakṣiravairyute nānāvidhānāṃ pakṣiṇāṃ
śabdairyukte

2

sarvartukusumāmodamodite
sakalavasantādyṛtusambandhipuṣpasambandhibhiratimanohāribhir
gandhaiḥ surabhīkṛte ata eva sumanohare atimanohārake śaityena
saugandhyena māndyaina cāḍhyaiḥ yuktaiḥ
marudbhirvāyubhirupavījite

4

apsarogaṇetyādi / apsarasāṃ gaṇaiḥ samūhaiḥ saṅgīto
yaḥ kaladhvanirgambhīraḥ śabdastena ninādite śabdite / sthirā
acañcalā chāyā yeṣāṃ drumāṇāṃ teṣāṃ
chāyābhiśchādite channe / snigdhaṃ cikkaṇañca
tanmañjulaṃ sundarañceti snigdhamañjulaṃ tasmin //
mattetyādi / mattānāṃ kokilānāṃ sandohena samūhena
saṅghuṣṭaṃ saṃśabditaṃ vipināntaraṃ vanamadhyaṃ yasmin
tasmin / sarvadā sarvasmin kāle svagaṇairbhramarādibhiḥ
sārddhamṛturājena vasantena niṣevite

5

(pṛ० ३) siddhacāraṇagandharvagāṇapatyagaṇairvṛte /
tatra maunadharaṃ devaṃ carācarajagadgurum

6

sadāśivaṃ sadānandaṃ karuṇāmṛtasāgaram /
karpūrakundadhavalaṃ śuddhasattvamayaṃ vibhum

7

digambaraṃ dīnanāthaṃ yogīndraṃ yogivallabham /
gaṅgāśīkarasaṃsiktajaṭāmaṇḍalamaṇḍitam

8

vibhūtibhūṣitaṃ śāntaṃ vyālamālaṃ kapālinam /
trilocanaṃ trilokeśaṃ triśūlavaradhāriṇam

5

siddhetyādi / devayonibhiḥ siddhaiḥ cāraṇairgandharvaiḥ
gāṇapatyagaṇairgaṇapatisvāmikairgaṇaiśca / vṛte ruddhe / devaṃ
dīptimantaṃ / carācarajagadguruṃ carāṇāṃ
jaṅgamānāmacarāṇāṃ sthāvarāṇāñca jagatāṃ pitaram

6

sadetyādi / sadā sarvadā śivaṃ kalyāṇaṃ yasya yasmādvā
taṃ / sadā ānandaḥ sat sarvadāsthāyī vā ānando yasya taṃ / sataḥ
sādhūn vā ānandayati yaḥ taṃ / karuṇāmṛtasāgaraṃ dayārūpasya
pīyūṣasya samudraṃ / karpūrakundadhavalaṃ karpūrakundavat
śubhraṃ / śuddhasattvamayaṃ vimalasattvaguṇapradhānaṃ / vibhuṃ
vyāpakam

7

digityādi / digevāmbaraṃ vastraṃ yasya taṃ
vastrarahitamityarthaḥ / dīnanāthaṃ daridrāṇāṃ janānāṃ
bharttāraṃ / yogīndraṃ yogaḥ paramātmacintanaṃ tadvatsu
śreṣṭhaṃ / yogivallabhaṃ yogināndayitaṃ / yogino vallabhāḥ priyā
yasyeti vā taṃ / gaṅgāyāḥ śīkarairitastato vikṣiptairambukaṇaiḥ
saṃsiktena jaṭāmaṇḍalena jaṭāsamūhena maṇḍitam

8

vibhūtītyādi / vibhūtibhūṣitaṃ bhasmabhiralaṅkṛtaṃ /
śāntaṃ saṃyatāntaḥkaraṇaṃ / vyālāḥ sarpā eva mālā yasya taṃ
/ kapālinaṃ nṛkapālaśālinaṃ / locyate dṛśyate yaistāni locanāni
netrāṇi tāni trīṇi yasya taṃ / trilokeśaṃ trayāṇāṃ
lokānāmadhiṣṭhātāraṃ / triśūlavaradhāriṇaṃ triśūleṣu varaṃ
triśūlañca varañca vā dharttuṃ śīlaṃ yasyeti triśūlavaradhārī
tam

9

(pṛ० ४) āśutoṣaṃ jñānamayaṃ kaivalyaphaladāyakam /
nirvikalpaṃ nirātaṅkaṃ nirviśeṣaṃ nirañjanam

10

sarveṣāṃ hitakartāraṃ devadevaṃ nirāmayam /
prasannavadanaṃ vīkṣya lokānāṃ hitakāmyayā /
vinayāvanatā devī pārvatī śivamabravīt

11

śrīpārvatyuvāca /
devadeva jagannātha mannātha karuṇānidhe /
tvadadhīnā'smi deveśa tavā'jñākāriṇī sadā

12

vinā'jñayā mayā kiñcidbhāṣituṃ naiva śakyate /
kṛpāvaleśo mayi cet sneho'sti yadi māṃ prati /
tadā nivedyate kiñcinmanasā yadvicāritam

9

āśvityādi / āśu śīghraṃ toṣastuṣṭiryasya tam /
jñānamayaṃ jñānaṃ tattvataḥ
samastapadārthāvabodhastadātmakam / kaivalyaphaladāyakaṃ
nirvāṇarūpasya phalasya dātāram / nirvikalpaṃ nirgato vikalpo
vividhā kalpanā yasmāt tam / nirātaṅkaṃ nirgataḥ ātaṅkaḥ
tāpaśaṅkā yasmāt tam / nirviśeṣaṃ nānāvidhabhedarahitam /
nirañjanaṃ aviduṣāmapratyakṣam

10

sarveṣāmityādi / nirāmayaṃ nirgata āmayo vyādhiryasmāttam

11

pārvatī śivaṃ prati kimabravīdityapekṣāyāmāha -
śrīpārvatyuvāca / devadevetyādi / he deveśa
devānāmindrādīnāmapi niyantaḥ yato'haṃ tvadadhīnā tava
vaśībhūtā sadā sarvasmit kāle tavā'jñākāriṇī cā'smi /
atastavājñayā vinā kiñcidapi bhāṣituṃ kathayituṃ naiva mayā
śakyate

13

१२ //
(pṛ० ५) tvadanyaḥ saṃśayasyā'sya kastrilokyāṃ maheśvara /
chettā bhavitumarho vā sarvajñaḥ sarvaśāstravit

14

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
kimucyate mahāprājñe kathyatāṃ prāṇavallabhe /
yadakathyaṃ gaṇeśe'pi skande senāpatāvapi

15

tavāgre kathayiṣyāmi sugopyamapi yadbhavet /
kimasti triṣu lokeṣu gopanīyaṃ tavāgrataḥ

16

mama rūpā'si devi tvaṃ na bhedo'sti tvayā mama /
sarvajñā kiṃ na jānāsi tvanabhijñeva pṛcchasi

17

iti devavacaḥ śṛtvā pārvatī hṛṣṭamānasā /
vinayāvanatā sādhvī paripapraccha śaṅkaram

13

tvadanya iti / tvatto'nyastvadanya iti pañcamītatpuruṣaḥ / tvaditi
pañcamyantaṃ bhinnaṃ vā padam

14

pārvatyā praṣṭavyamarthamabhijijñāsuḥ śrīsadāśiva uvāca
/ kimucyate ityādi / ga,neśe'pi skande kārtikeye senāpatāvapīti
vyāharatā bhagavatā mahādevena tayormahāvīratvena
madatipriyatvādatiguhyasyāpyarthasya balātkāreṇāpyabhidhāyane
yogyatvamastīti sūcitam

15

tavāgre iti / tavāgratastvadagre gopanīyaṃ triṣvapi lokeṣu kiṃ
vastvasti apitu na kiñcidityarthaḥ / agre ityagrataḥ ādyādibhya
upasaṃkhyānamiti saptamyantāt svārthe tasiḥ

16

mama rūpetyādi / rūpyate rūpakriyā viśiṣṭā vidhīyate iti
rūpā / karmaṇyac / mama rūpā madrūpaśālinītyarthaḥ /
matsvarūpeti pāṭhe tu mayā saha samānamekaṃ rūpaṃ yasyāḥ sā /
anabhijñeva aviduṣī iva

18

१७ //
(pṛ० ६) śrī ādyovāca /
bhagavan sarvabhūteśa sarvadharmavidāṃ vara /
kṛpāvatā bhagavatā brahmāntaryāminā purā

19

prakāśitāścaturvedāḥ sarvadharmopavṛṃhitāḥ /
varṇāśramādiniyamā yatra caiva pratiṣṭhitāḥ

20

taduktayogayajñādyaiḥ karmabhirbhuvi mānavāḥ /
devān pitṝn prīṇayantaḥ puṇyaśīlāḥ kṛte yuge

21

svādhyāyadhyānatapasā dayādānairjitendriyāḥ /
mahābalā mahāvīryayā mahāsattvaparākramāḥ

18

pārvatī śaṅkaraṃ kiṃ paripapracchetyākāṅkṣāyāmāha
śrī-ādyovāca bhagavannityādi / he bhagavan aiśvaryādiśālin /
sarvabhūteśa sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ niyantaḥ / yathā
śrutismṛtisaṃhitādyupadeśena satyatretādau bhavatā lokā nistāritā
evaṃ duṣṭakarmapravartake pāpini kalāvapi kenāpyupāyena
dayāvatā bhavataiva manuṣyā uddhartavyā ityāśayenāha -
kṛpāvatetyādi

19

prakāśitā ityādi / sarve dharmā upavṛṃhitā varddhitā yeṣu te

20

taduktetyādi / kṛte yuge satyayuge / bhuvi pṛthivyām /
puṇyaśīlā mānavāḥ
taduktayogayajñādyairvedabhāṣitairnistāropāyabhūtairyajñādibhi.
h karmabhirdevān pitṝṃśca prīṇayantastarpayanta āsanniti
pañcamaślokasthitena padenānvayaḥ

22

svādhyāyetyādi / svādhyāyo vedādhyayanaṃ dhyānaṃ
paramātmacintanaṃ tapaḥ kṛcchracāndrāyaṇādi dayā
niṣkāraṇaparaduḥkhanāśecchā dānaṃ nyāyārjitasya dhanādeḥ
pātre'rpaṇaṃ taiḥ sarvairviśiṣṭā mānavā āsan / jitendriyā
ityādīnāṃ sarveṣāṃ jasantānāṃ padānāmāsannityatrānvayo
vidhātavyaḥ / jitendriyā vaśīkṛtacakṣurādayaḥ /
(pṛ० ७) devāyatanagā martyā devakalpā dṛḍhavratāḥ /
satyadharmaparāḥ sarve sādhavaḥ satyavādinaḥ

23

rājānaḥ satyasaṅkalpāḥ prajāpālanatatparāḥ /
mātṛvat parayoṣitsu putravat parasūnuṣu

24

loṣṭavat paravitteṣu paśyanto mānavāstadā /
āsan svadharmaniratāḥ sadā sanmārgavarttinaḥ

25

na mithyābhāṣiṇaḥ kecit na pramādaratāḥ kvacit /
na caurā na paradrohakārakā na durāśayāḥ

26

na matsarā nātiruṣṭā nātilubdhā na kāmukāḥ /
sadantaḥkaraṇāḥ sarve sarvadā'nandamānasāḥ

21

mahābalā mahāsāmarthyāḥ / sthaulyasāmarthyasainyeṣu
balamityamaraḥ / mahāvīryā mahāprabhāvāḥ mahātejaso vā /
vīryayaṃ prabhāve śukre ca tejaḥsāmarthyayorapīti medinī /
mahāntau sattvaparākramau vyavasāyaśaurye yeṣānte
mahāsattvaparākramāḥ

22

devāyatanetyādi / devāyatanagā devatāmandiragāminaḥ /
martyā maraṇaśīlā api devakalpā īṣadūnā devāḥ devatulyā
ityarthaḥ / dṛḍhaṃ vrataṃ niyamo yeṣānte / sādhavaḥ
svasvadharmavartinaḥ / satyavādinaḥ satyaṃ yathārthābhidhānaṃ
tasya vaktāraḥ

23

rājāna ityādi / satyaḥ saṅkalpo mānasaṃ karma yeṣānte /
parayoṣitsu parastrīṣu parasūnuṣu anyaputreṣu

25

२४ //
netyādi / na pramādaratāḥ sāvadhānā ityarthaḥ / na
durāśayā na duṣṭābhiprāyāḥ

26

netyādi / na matsarā nānyaśubhadveṣiṇaḥ / nātiruṣṭā na
bahukrodhaśālinaḥ / sarvadā ānando yatra evambhūtaṃ mānasaṃ
hṛdayaṃ yeṣānte

27

(pṛ० ८) bhūmayaḥ sarvaśasyāḍhyāḥ parjjanyāḥ kālavarṣiṇaḥ /
gāvo'pi dugdhasampannāḥ pādapāḥ phalaśālinaḥ

28

nā'kālamṛtyustatrāsīt na durbhikṣaṃ na vā rujaḥ /
hṛṣṭāḥ puṣṭāḥ sadārogyāstejorūpaguṇānvitāḥ /
striyo na vyabhicāriṇyaḥ patibhaktiparāyaṇaḥ

29

brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrāḥ svācāravartinaḥ /
svaiḥ svairdharmairyajantaste nistārapadavīṃ gatāḥ

30

kṛte vyatīte tretāyāṃ dṛṣṭvā dharmavyatikramam /
vedoktakarmabhirmartyā na śaktāḥ sveṣṭasādhane

31

bahukleśakaraṃ karma vaidikaṃ bhūrisādhanam /
kartuṃ na yogyā manujāścintāvyākulamānasāḥ

32

tyaktuṃ kartuṃ na cārhanti sadā kātaracetasaḥ /
vedārthayuktaśāstrāṇi smṛtirūpāṇi bhūtale

33

tadā tvaṃ prakaṭīkṛtya tapaḥ svādhyāyadurbalān /
lokānatārayaḥ pāpāt duḥkhaśokāmayapradāt

27

bhūmaya iti / parjjanyā meghāḥ

28

netyādi / tatra kṛtayuge / rujo rogāḥ / sadā ārogyaṃ yeṣānte /
tejorūpaguṇānvitāḥ tejasā rūpeṇa anyaiśca guṇairyuktāḥ

29

brāhmaṇā ityādi / yajantaḥ parameśvaramarcayantaḥ

34

kṛte ityādi / kṛte satyayuge vyatīte vigate sati tretāyāṃ
cāyātāyāṃ satyāṃ yadā vedoktakarmabhirmartyā manuṣyāḥ
sveṣṭhasādhane ātmano'bhīṣṭasampādane śaktāḥ samarthā na
babhūvuḥ / yadā ca bhūrīṇi bahūni sādhanāni yasya
tadbhūrisādhanam /
(pṛ० ९) tvāṃ vinā ko'sti jīvānāṃ ghorasaṃsārasāgare /
bharttā pātā samuddharttā pitṛvat priyakṛt prabhuḥ

35

tato'pi dvāpare prāpte smṛtyuktasukṛtojjhite /
dhamārddhalope manuje ādhivyādhisamākule /
saṃhitādyupadeśena tvayaivoddhāritā narāḥ

36

āyāte pāpini kalau sarvadharmavilopini /
durācāre duṣprapañce duṣṭakarmapravartake

34

ata eva bahukleśakaraṃ bahūnāṃ kleśānāṃ janakam / athavā
bahubhiḥ kleśaiḥ kriyate niṣpādyate yattad bahukleśakaram /
bāhulakāt karmaṇyac / ata evedṛśaṃ vaidikaṃ karmma kartuṃ
cintāvyākulamānasā manujā manuṣyā yogyā na babhūvuḥ / yadā
ca sadā kātaracetasaḥ sarvadā adhīrasvāntā manujā
vaidikakarmatyāge nānādoṣaśravaṇāt tat karmma tyaktuṃ
bahukleśasādhyatvāt karttuñca nārhanti sma tadā
dharmavyatikramaṃ dharmollaṅghanaṃ dharmaviparyayaṃ vā
dṛṣṭvā smṛtirūpāṇi vedārthayuktaśāstrāṇi bhūtale prakaṭīkṛtya
tapaḥsvādhyāyadurbalān lokān janān pāpāt tvamatārayaḥ
tāritavānityanvayaḥ // ३० - ३३ //
tvāmiti / yatastvamevambhūto'tastvāṃ vinetyevaṃ yojanīyam /
ghorasaṃsārasāgare bhayānakasaṃsārasamudre / prabhurjagatpatiḥ

35

tata ityādi / smṛtyuktasukṛtojjhite smṛtibhiruktāni yāni sukṛtāni
puṇyāni tairujjhite tyakte / dharmārddhalope dharmasyārddhaṃ
lumpatīti dharmārddhalopastasmin / smṛtyuktasukṛtojjhite iti
dharmārddhalope iti ca dvāpare ityasya viśeṣaṇaṃ manuje ityasya veti
bodhyam / ādhirmānasī vyathā

36

āyāte ityādi / durācāre duṣṭa ācāro yatra tasmin

37

(pṛ० १०) na vedāḥ prabhavastatra smṛtīnāṃ smaraṇaṃ kutaḥ /
nānetihāsayuktānāṃ nānāmārgapradarśinām

38

bahulānāṃ purāṇānāṃ vināśo bhavitā vibho /
tadā lokā bhaviṣyanti dharmakarmavahirmukhāḥ

39

ucchṛṅkhalā madonmattāḥ pāpakarmaratāḥ sadā /
kāmukā lolupāḥ krūrā niṣṭhurā durmukhāḥ śaṭhāḥ

40

svalpāyurmandamatayo rogaśokasamākulāḥ /
niḥśrīkā nirbalā nīcā nīcācāraparāyaṇāḥ

41

nīcasaṃsarganiratāḥ paravittāpahārakāḥ /
paranindāparadrohaparivādaparāḥ khalāḥ

42

parastrīharaṇe pāpaśaṅkābhayavivarjitāḥ /
nirdhanā malinā dīnā daridrāścirarogiṇaḥ

43

viprāḥ śūdrasamācārāḥ sandhyāvandanavarjitāḥ /
ayājyayājakā lubdhā durvṛttāḥ pāpakāriṇaḥ

37

netyādi / prabhavaḥ samarthāḥ

39

३८ //
ucchṛṅkhalā ityādi / udgataṃ śṛṅkhalaṃ vedādirūpanigaḍo
yeṣāṃ te ucchṛṅkhalā bandhanarahitā ityarthaḥ / lolupāḥ
atilubdhāḥ / krūrāḥ nirdayāḥ / niṣṭhurāḥ paruṣavādinaḥ /
durmukhāḥ abaddhamukhāḥ / śaṭhāḥ anṛjavaḥ

40

svalpetyādi / svalpāyuṣaśca te mandamatayaśceti
karmadhārayaḥ

41

nīceti / khalā durjanāḥ

42

parastrītyādi / parastrīharaṇe pāpaśaṅkābhayavivarjitāḥ
parastrīharaṇanimittakapāpe udvegasādhvasarahitāḥ / malināḥ
maladūṣitāḥ / dīnāḥ khedavantaḥ / daridrāḥ durgatimantaḥ

44

४३ //
(pṛ० ११) asatyabhāṣiṇo mūrkhā dāmbhikā duṣprapañcakāḥ /
kanyāvikrayiṇo vrātyāstapovrataparāṅmukhāḥ

45

lokapratāraṇārthāya japapūjāparāyaṇāḥ /
pāṣaṇḍāḥ paṇḍitammanyāḥ śraddhābhaktivivarjitāḥ

46

kadāhārāḥ kadācārā bhṛtakāḥ śūdrasevakāḥ /
śūdrānnabhojinaḥ krūrā vṛṣalīratikāmukāḥ

47

dāsyanti dhanalobhena svadārānnīcajātiṣu /
brāhmaṇyacihnametāvat kevalaṃ sūtradhāraṇam

48

naiva pānādiniyamo bhakṣyābhakṣyavivecanam /
dharmaśāstre sadā nindā sādhudrohī nirantaram

49

satkathālāpamātrañca na teṣāṃ manasi kvacit /
tvayā kṛtāni tantrāṇi jīvoddhāraṇahetave

44

asatyetyādi / dāmbhikāḥ dambho dharmadhvajitvaṃ tadvantaḥ /
vrātyāḥ ṣoḍaśavarṣaparyayantamapyasaṃskṛtā bhraṣṭagāyatrīkā
viprā bhaviṣyantīti pūrveṇānvayaḥ

45

loketyādi / pāṣaṇḍāḥ
vedavāhyaraktapaṭamauñjādivratacaryayāśālinaḥ /
śraddhābhaktivivarjitāḥ śraddhā vedādau dṛḍhapratyayaḥ bhaktiḥ
prītijanakavyāpāraḥ tābhyāṃ hīnāḥ

49

kadāhārā ityādi / bhṛtakāḥ bharaṇāyattajīvanāḥ ata eva
śūdrāṇāmapi sevakāḥ / krūrāḥ kaṭhināḥ / vṛṣalīratikāmukāḥ
śūdrāratikāmayitāraḥ // ४६ - ४८ //
sadityādi / satkathālāpamātraṃ cetyatra ca śabdaḥ tu ityarthe

50

(pṛ० १२) nigamāgamajātāni bhuktimuktikarāṇi ca /
devīnāṃ yatra devānāṃ mantrayantrādisādhanam /
kathitā bahavo nyāsāḥ sṛṣṭisthityādilakṣaṇāḥ

51

baddhapadmāsanādīni gaditānyapi bhūriśaḥ /
paśuvīradivyabhāvā devatā mantrasiddhidāḥ

52

śavāsanaṃ citāroho muṇḍasādhanameva ca /
latāsādhanakarmāṇi tvayoktāni sahasraśaḥ

53

paśubhāvadivyabhāvau svayameva nivāritau /
kalau na paśubhāvo'sti divyabhāvaḥ kuto bhavet

54

patraṃ puṣpaṃ phalaṃ toyaṃ svayamevāharet paśuḥ /
na śūdradarśanaṃ kuryayāt manasā na striyaṃ smaret

55

divyaśca devatāprāyaḥ śuddhāntaḥkaraṇaḥ sadā /
dvandvātīto vītarāgaḥ sarvabhūtasamaḥ kṣamī

50

nigametyādi / yatra tantrādiṣu / sṛṣṭisthityādilakṣaṇāḥ
sṛṣṭisthityādisvarūpāḥ

51

baddhapadmetyādi / yatretyanuṣajyate ādinā
muktapadmāsanādeḥ saṃgrahaḥ

52

śavāsanamiti / atrāpi yatretyasyānuṣaṅgaḥ / śavāsanaṃ
mṛtaśarīrāsanam

54

५३ //
kalau yuge paśubhāvadivyabhāvayorasattve hetuṃ darśayituṃ
prathamataḥ paśudivyayorvidheyāni yāni karmāṇi tāni darśayati
dvābhyām / patramityādi / āharet ānayet

56

divyaśceti / bhavedityadhyāhāryam / devatāprāyaḥ devatulyaḥ /
dvandvātītaḥ sukhaduḥkhaśītoṣṇādiyugalāni dvandvāni
tānyatīto'tikrāntaḥ tatsahanaśīla
(pṛ० १३) kalikalmaṣayuktānāṃ sarvadā'sthiracetasām /
nidrālasyaprasaktānāṃ bhāvaśuddhiḥ kathaṃ bhavet

57

vīrasādhanakarmāṇi pañcatattvoditāni ca /
madyaṃ māṃsaṃ tathā matsyamudrāmaithunameva ca /
etāni pañcatattvāni tvayā proktāni śaṅkara

58

kalijā mānavā lubdhāḥ śiśnodaraparāyaṇāḥ /
lobhāttatra patiṣyanti na kariṣyanti sādhanam

59

indriyāṇāṃ sukhārthāya pītvā ca bahulaṃ madhu /
bhaviṣyanti madonmattā hitāhitavivarjitāḥ

55

ityarthaḥ / vītarāgaḥ vīto viśeṣeṇa gato rāgaḥ prītirmātsaryaṃ vā
yasya yasmādvā saḥ / rāgo'nurāge mātsarye iti kośaḥ /
sarvabhūtasamaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu samaḥ rāgadveṣādiśūnyaḥ /
kṣamī pareṇāpakāre kṛte tasya pratyapakārānācaraṇaṃ kṣamā
tadvān

56

evaṃ paśudivyayorvidheyāni karmāṇi pradarśyedānīṃ
sarvadā cañcalacittanāṃ nidrālasyaprasaktānāṃ
nānāvidhaduṣkṛtaśālināṃ
paśudivyavidheyakarmasādhanāyogyānāṃ kalijanmanāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ paśubhāvadivyabhāvau na sidhyata iti
pratipādayitumāha / kalītyādi

57

vīretyādi / he śaṅkara lokakalyāṇakartaḥ pañca madyādīni
tattvāni uditānyuktāni yeṣu / evambhūtāni vīrasādhanakarmāṇi
madyamāṃsādīni pañcatattvāni ca tvayā proktānītyanvayaḥ

58

kalijā iti / tatra madyādipañcatattveṣu

59

indriyāṇāmiti / madhu madyam

60

(pṛ० १४) parastrīdharṣakāḥ keciddasyavo - bahavo bhuvi /
na kariṣyanti te mattāḥ pāpāyonivicāraṇam

61

atipānādidoṣeṇa rogiṇo bahavaḥ kṣitau /
śaktihīnā buddhihīnā bhūtvā ca vikalendriyāḥ

62

hrade gartte prāntare ca prāsādāt parvatādapi /
patiṣyanti mariṣyanti manujā madavihvalāḥ

63

kecidvivādayiṣyanti gurubhiḥ svajanairapi /
kecinmaunā mṛtaprāyā apare bahujalpakāḥ

64

akāryakāriṇaḥ krūrā dharmamārgavilopakāḥ /
hitāya yāni karmāṇi kathitāni tvayā prabho

65

manye tāni mahādeva viparītāni mānave /
ke vā yogaṃ kariṣyanti nyāsajātāni ke'pi vā

66

stotrapāṭhaṃ yantralipiṃ puraścaryāṃ jagatpate /
yugadharmaprabhāveṇa svabhāvena kalau narāḥ /
bhaviṣyantyatidurvṛttāḥ sarvathā pāpakāriṇaḥ

67

parastrītyādi / parastrīdharṣakāḥ parastryabhibhavakartāraḥ /
dasyavaścaurāḥ / hrade agādhajalādhāre / prāntare grāmasya dūre
vṛkṣalatādiśūnye'dhvani // ६० - ६२ //
keciditi / gurubhiḥ pitrādibhiḥ / maunāḥ na kiñcidapi
vyāharantaḥ / yogaṃ
tantrādiprayuktatattatpuṇyakarmarūpamuddhāropāyam /
puraścaryāṃ puraścaraṇam // ६३ - ६६ //
(pṛ० १५) teṣāmupāyaṃ dīneśa kṛpayā kathaya prabho /
āyurārogyavarcasyaṃ balavīryavibarddhanam

68

vidyābuddhipradaṃ nṝṇāmaprayatnaśubhaṅkaram /
yena lokā bhaviṣyanti mahābalaparākramāḥ

69

śuddhacittāḥ parahitā mātāpitroḥ priyaṅkarāḥ /
svadāraniṣṭhāḥ puruṣāḥ parastrīṣu parāṅmukhāḥ

70

devatāgurubhaktāśca putrasvajanapoṣakāḥ

71

brahmajñā brahmavidyāśca brahmacintanamānasāḥ /
siddhyarthaṃ lokayātrāyāḥ kathayasva hitāya yat

72

kartavyaṃ yadakartavyaṃ varṇāśramavibhedataḥ /
vinā tvāṃ sarvalokānāṃ kastrātā bhuvanatraye

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
jīvanistāropāyapraśno nāma prathamollāsaḥ

67

teṣāmityādi / teṣāṃ narāṇām / āyurārogyavarcasyam āyuṣe
ārogyāya varcase tejase ca hitam

71

vidyetyādi / yena upāyena // ६८ - ७० //
brahmajñā iti / brahmavidyāḥ sarvaṃ brahmaiveti
prajñāvantaḥ / lokayātrāyāḥ lokanirvāhasya

1

७२ //
iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ prathamollāsaḥ /
dvitīyollāsaḥ
iti devyā vacaḥ śṛtvā śaṅkaro lokaśaṅkaraḥ /
kathayāmāsa tattvena mahākāruṇyavāridhiḥ

2

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
sādhu pṛṣṭaṃ mahābhāge jagatāṃ hitakāriṇi /
etādṛśaḥ śubhaḥ praśno na kenāpi kṛtaḥ purā

3

dhanyā'si sukṛtajñā'si hitā'si kalijanmanām /
yadyaduktaṃ tvayā bhadre satyaṃ satyaṃ yathārthataḥ

4

sarvajñā tvaṃ trikālajñā dharmajñā parameśvari /
bhūtaṃ bhavadbhaviṣyañca dharmayuktaṃ tvayā priye

1

oṃ namo brahmaṇe /
śaṅkara idānīṃ kṛtajīvanistāropāyapraśnāṃ pārvatīṃ
tatpraśnañca stuvaṃstāṃ pratyuttaraṃ dātumupakramate / itītyādi /
lokaśaṅkaraḥ janānāṃ kalyāṇasyotpādakaḥ /
mahākāruṇyavāridhiḥ mahādayāsamudraḥ

4

sarvajñetyādi / bhavat vartamānam

5

(pṛ० १७) yathātattvaṃ yathānyāyaṃ yathāyogyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ /
kalikalmaṣadīnānāṃ dvijādīnāṃ sureśvari

6

medhyāmedhyāvicārāṇāṃ na śuddhiḥ śrautakarmaṇā /
na saṃhitādyaiḥ smṛtibhiriṣṭasiddhirnṛṇāṃ bhavet

7

satyaṃ satyaṃ punaḥ satyaṃ satyaṃ satyaṃ mayocyate /
vinā hyāgamamārgeṇa kalau nāsti gatiḥ priye

8

śrutismṛtipurāṇādau mayaivoktaṃ purā śive /
āgamoktavidhānena kalau devān yajet sudhīḥ

9

kalāvāgamamullaṅghya yo'nyamārge pravartate /
na tasya gatirastīti satyaṃ satyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ

10

sarvairvedaiḥ purāṇaiśca smṛtibhiḥ saṃhitādibhiḥ /
pratipādyo'smi nānyo'sti prabhurjagati māṃ vinā

7

kalīti / kalikalmaṣadīnānāṃ
kaliyugasambandhiduṣkṛtahetukadurgatiśālināṃ
medhyāmedhyāvicārāṇāṃ pavitrāpavitravicāraśūnyānām ata
eva dvijādīnāṃ brāhmaṇaprabhṛtīnāṃ śrautakarmaṇā vedoktena
karmaṇā śuddhirna bhavet // ५ - ६ //
satyamiti / hītyavadhāraṇe

8

śrutītyādi / he śive sudhīrvicakṣaṇaḥ āgamoktavidhānena
devān yajet pūjayet iti purā pūrvaṃ śrutismṛtipurāṇādau
mayaivoktamityanvayaḥ

10

९ //
svamataprāmāṇyāya prathamata ātmana eva sarvottamatvaṃ
vyāhartumāha sarvairityādi / yata ityadhyāhāryam / pratipādyaḥ
bodhayitavyaḥ

11

(pṛ० १८) āmananti ca te sarve matpadaṃ lokapāvanam /
manmārgavimukhā lokāḥ pāṣaṇḍā brahmaghātinaḥ

12

ato manmatamutsṛjya yo yat karma samācaret /
niṣphalaṃ tadbhaveddevi kartā'pi nārakī bhavet

13

mūḍho manmatamutsṛjya yo'nyanmatamupāśrayet /
brahmahā pitṛhā strīghnaḥ sa bhavennātra saṃśayaḥ

14

kalau tantroditā mantrāḥ siddhāstūrṇaphalapradāḥ /
śastāḥ karmasu sarveṣu japayajñakriyādiṣu

15

nirvīryāḥ śrautajātīyā viṣahīnoragā iva /
satyādau saphalā āsan kalau te mṛtakā iva

11

āmanantīti / sarve te vedādayo matpadaṃ madīyaṃ sthānaṃ
lokapāvanaṃ lokānāṃ pūtatvajanakamāmananti bodhayanti /
brahmaghātino bhaveyuriti śeṣaḥ

14

ata ityādi / utsṛjya parityajya / tat karma // १२ -१३ //
atha vedoktānāṃ mantrāṇāṃ kalau niṣprabhāvatvaṃ
tattatphalāniṣpādakatvañca pratipādayaṃstantroditānāmeva
mantrāṇāṃ siddhatvāt jhaṭiti
tattatphalapradātṛtvāccātiprāśastyamāha kalāvityādibhiḥ

15

nirvīryā ityādi / ye śrautajātīyā vedoditā mantrāḥ satyādau
yuge saphalāstattatphalotpādakā āsan te sarve mantrāḥ kalau yuge
viṣa - hīnā uragāḥ sarpā iva nirvīryā niṣprabhā mṛtakā iva
tattatphalāniṣpādakāśca boddhavyā ityanvayaḥ

16

(pṛ० १९) pāñcālikā yathā bhittau sarvendriyasamanvitāḥ /
amūraśaktāḥ kāryeṣu tathānye mantrarāśayaḥ

17

anyamantraiḥ kṛtaṃ karma bandhyāstrīsaṅgamo yathā /
na tatra phalasiddhiḥ syāt śrama eva hi kevalam

18

kalāvanyoditairmārgaiḥ siddhimicchati yo naraḥ /
tṛṣito jāhnavītīre kūpaṃ khanati durmatiḥ

19

madvaktrāduditaṃ dharmaṃ hitvā'nyaddharmamīhate /
amṛtaṃ svagṛhe tyaktvā kṣīramārkaṃ sa vāñchati

20

nānyaḥ panthā muktiheturihāmutra sukhāptaye /
yathā tantrodito mārgo mokṣāya ca sukhāya ca

21

tantrāṇi bahudhoktāni nānākhyānānvitāni ca /
siddhānāṃ sādhakānāñca vidhānāni ca bhūriśaḥ

16

pāñcālikā ityādi / bhittau sthitāḥ sarvairindriyaiḥ samanvitā
yutā amūḥ pāñcālikā vastradantādibhirnirmitāḥ putrikā yathā
kāryeṣvaśaktā asamarthā bhavanti tathaivānye tantroktabhinnā
mantrarāśayo mantrasamūhāḥ kalau tattatkāryāniṣpādakā
jñeyāḥ / pāñcālikā putrikā syādvastradantādibhiḥ kṛtetyamaraḥ

17

anyetyādi / yathā
bandhyāstrīsaṅgamo'patyarūpaphalasādhako na bhavati
evamanyamantraiḥ kṛtaṃ yat karma / tatra tasmin karmaṇi kṛte sati
phalasiddhiḥ phalaniṣpattirna syāt kevalaṃ śrama eva syāt / hīti
niścitametat

19

१८ //
madvaktrāditi / madvaktrāt mama mukhāt uditaṃ kathitam / īhate
vāñchati / ārkam arkavṛkṣodbhavam

20

nānya iti / amutra pare loke

22

२१ //
(pṛ० २०) adhikārivibhedena paśubāhulyataḥ priye /
kulācāroditaṃ dharmaṃ guptyarthaṃ kathitaṃ kvacit

23

jīvapravṛttikārīṇi kānicit kathitānyapi /
devā nānāvidhāḥ proktā devyo'pi bahudhāḥ priye

24

bhairavāścaiva vetālā vaṭukā nāyikā gaṇāḥ /
śāktāḥ śaivā vaiṣṇavāśca saurā gāṇapatādayaḥ

25

nānāmantrāśca yantrāṇi siddhopāyānyanekaśaḥ /
bhūriprayāsasādhyāni yathoktaphaladāni ca

26

yathā yathā kṛtāḥ praśnā yena yena yadā yadā /
tadā tasyopakārāya tathaivoktaṃ mayā priye

27

sarvalokopakārāya sarvaprāṇihitāya ca /
yugadharmānusāreṇa yāthātathyena pārvati

28

tvayā yādṛkkṛtāḥ praśnā na kenāpi purā kṛtāḥ /
tava snehena vakṣyāmi sārātsāraṃ parātparaṃ

22

adhikārītyādi / he priye adhikārivibhedenādhikāriṇāṃ
viśeṣeṇa paśūnāṃ bāhulyataśca hetoḥ kvacit kulācāroditaṃ
kulācāroktaṃ dharmaṃ guptyarthaṃ kathitam

23

jīvetyādi / adhikārivibhedenetyanuṣajyate / kānicit tantrāṇi /
apītyasya jīvapravṛttikārīṇītyatrānvayaḥ kartavyaḥ

25

२४ //
nānetyādi / siddhopāyāni siddhāḥ siddhimanta upāyā yeṣu
tāni

29

yathetyādi / yathā yathā yādṛśā yādṛśāḥ praśnāḥ
tathaiva tādṛśamevottaram / sarvalokopakārāyetyasya tvayā
yādṛkkṛtaḥ praśna ityanenānvayaḥ karaṇīyaḥ // २६ - २८ //
(pṛ० २१) vedānāmāgamānāñca tantrāṇāñca viśeṣataḥ /
sāramuddhṛtya deveśi tavāgre kathyate mayā

30

yathā nareṣu tantrajñāḥ saritāṃ jānhavī yathā /
yathā'haṃ tridiveśānāmāgamānāmidaṃ tathā

31

kiṃ vedaiḥ kiṃ purāṇaiśca kiṃ śāstrairbahubhiḥ śive /
vijñāte'smin mahātantre sarvasiddhīśvaro bhavet

32

yato jaganmaṅgalāya tvayā'haṃ viniyojitaḥ /
ataste kathayiṣyāmi yadviśvahitakṛdbhavet

33

kṛte viśvahite devi viśveśaḥ parameśvari /
prīto bhavati viśvātmā yato viśvaṃ tadāśritam

29

vedānāmityādi / sāraṃ sthirāṃśam

30

atha sarvatantrebhyo mahānirvāṇatantrasya sadṛṣṭāntaṃ
śraiṣṭhyamāha / yathetyādinā / tantrajñā uttamā iti śeṣaḥ / idaṃ
mahānirvāṇatantram

32

३१ //
yata ityādi / viniyojitaḥ pravartitaḥ

33

nanu viśvahitotpādakopāyakathanādbhavataḥ ko lābho'ta āha
kṛta ityādi / he devi viśvahite kṛte sati viśveśo
viśveṣāmasmadādīnāṃ sarveṣāṃ niyantā parameśvaraḥ prīto
bhavati / nanu viśvahitotpādanāt parameśvare kathaṃ prītirutpadyate
tatrāha viśvātmeti / yataḥ parameśvaro viśvamātmani yasya
tathābhūto bhavati ato viśvahitotpādanena tatra prītirjāyate iti
bhāvaḥ / nanu tasya viśvātmatvameva kathaṃ syāttatrāha yato
viśvamityādi / yato viśvaṃ tadāśritaṃ taṃ parameśvaramāśritaṃ
vartate'to viśvātmā sa bhavati

34

(pṛ० २२) sa eka eva sadrūpaḥ satyo'dvaitaḥ parātparaḥ /
svaprakāśaḥ sadāpūrṇaḥ saccidānandalakṣaṇaḥ

35

nirvikāro nirādhāro nirviśeṣo nirākulaḥ /
guṇātītaḥ sarvasākṣī sarvātmā sarvadṛgvibhuḥ

36

gūḍhaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu sarvavyāpī sanātanaḥ /
sarvendriyaguṇābhāsaḥ sarvendriyavivarjitaḥ

34

atha satyatvāttaddhyānādeḥ sarveṣāṃ
prītijanakatvānnirvāṇahetutvācca paramātmaivaiko dhyeyaḥ pūjyaḥ
sukhārādhyaścetyabhidhātuṃ prathamataḥ paramātmana evaikasya
satyatvaṃ tadanyasyākhilapadārthasya mithyātvamastīti pratipādayati
sa eka evetyādibhiḥ / sadrūpaḥ satsvabhāvaḥ sa parameśvara evaikaḥ
satyaḥ tadanyastu sarvaḥ padārtho'satyo jñeyaḥ / tatsatyatve hetūn
darśayannāha advaita ityādi / yato'dvaitaḥ
sajātīyavijātīyadvitīyaśūnyaḥ ata eva parāt brahmāderapi paraḥ
śreṣṭhaḥ / svenaivātmanaiva prakāśate iti svaprakāśaḥ
candrasūryādiprakāśanirapekṣa ityarthaḥ / sadāpūrṇaḥ sarvadā
akhaṇḍaḥ / saccidānandalakṣaṇaḥ santau sarvadā sthāyinau yau
cidānandau jñānānandau tatsvarūpaḥ

35

nirvikāraḥ prakṛteranyathābhāvo vikāraḥ tadrahitaḥ /
nirādhāraḥ āśrayaśūnyaḥ / nirviśeṣaḥ svagatabhedarahitaḥ /
nirākulaḥ ākulatāśūnyaḥ / guṇātītaḥ guṇāḥ śītoṣṇāḥ
sukhaduḥkhādayaḥ sattvādayo vā tānatīto'tikrāntaḥ / sarvasākṣī
sarveṣāṃ śubhāśubhakarmaṇāṃ sākṣāt draṣṭā / sarvātmā
sarvasvarūpaḥ / sarvadṛk akhilasya padārthasyāvalokayitā / vibhuḥ
prāptasamastaiśvaryaḥ

36

sarveṣu carācareṣu bhūteṣu gūḍhaḥ saṃvṛtaḥ / sarvavyāpī
sakalapadārthavyāpanaśīlaḥ / sanātanaḥ ādyantaśūnyaḥ /
sarvendriyaguṇābhāsaḥ sarvāṇīndriyāṇi guṇāṃśca
tadviṣayānābhāsayati yaḥ tathābhūtaḥ / sarvendriyavivarjitaḥ
cakṣurādisakalendriyaśūnyaḥ

37

(pṛ० २३) lokātīto lokaheturavāṅmanasagocaraḥ /
sa vetti viśvaṃ sarvajñastaṃ na jānāti kaścana

38

tadadhīnaṃ jagat sarvaṃ trailokyaṃ sacarācaram /
tadālambanatastiṣṭhedavitarkyamidaṃ jagat

39

tatsatyatāmupāśritya sadvadbhāti pṛthak pṛthak /
tenaiva hetubhūtena vayaṃ jātā maheśvari

40

kāraṇaṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ sa ekaḥ parameśvaraḥ /
lokeṣu sṛṣṭikaraṇāt sraṣṭā brahmeti gīyate

41

viṣṇuḥ pālayitā devi saṃhartā'haṃ tadicchayā /
indrādayo lokapālāḥ sarve tadvaśavartinaḥ

42

sve sve'dhikāre niratāste śāsati tadājñayā /
tvaṃ parā prakṛtistasya pūjyā'si bhuvanatraye

37

lokātīto'tikrāntalokaḥ / lokahetuḥ bhuvanabījam /
avāṅmanasagocaraḥ vāco manasaścāviṣayaḥ / sarvajñaḥ sa
paramātmā viśvaṃ sarvaṃ jagadvetti jānāti taṃ paramātmānantu
kaścana api na jānāti ataḥ paramātmaivaikaḥ satyaḥ
tadbhinnastvakhilaḥ padārtho'nevambhūtatvādasatya ityarthaḥ

38

tadadhīnamityādi / yata iti adhyāhāryam / yataḥ sarvaṃ
jagattadadhīnaṃ paramātmavaśavarti / sacarācaraṃ
jaṅgamasthāvarasahitaṃ trailokyaṃ tadālambanataḥ
paramātmāvalambanatastiṣṭhet / idamavitarkyamanūhanīyaṃ jagat
tatsatyatāṃ paramātmasatyatvamupāśritya iyaṃ pṛthvī imā āpaḥ
ayaṃ vāyurityādirūpeṇa pṛthak pṛthak sadvat satyavadbhāti
prakāśate ityanvayaḥ / vayaṃ śaṅkarādayaḥ

43

३९ //
kāraṇamityādi / ekaḥ kevalaḥ / tadicchayā parameśvarecchayā /
sṛṣṭikaraṇāllokeṣu brahmā sraṣṭeti gīyate śabdyate / tadicchayaiva
sṛṣṭajagatpālanāt
(pṛ० २४) tenāntaryāmirūpeṇa tattadviṣayayojitāḥ /
svasvakarma prakurvanti na svatantrāḥ kadācana

44

yadbhayādvāti vāto'pi sūryastapati yadbhayāt /
varṣanti toyadāḥ kāle puṣpanti taravo vane

45

kālaṃ kālayate kāle mṛtyormṛtyurbhiyo bhayam /
vedāntavedyo bhagavān yattacchabdopalakṣitaḥ

46

sarve devāśca devyaśca tanmayāḥ suravandite /
ābrahmastambaparyantaṃ tanmayaṃ sakalaṃ jagat

47

tasmiṃstuṣṭe jagattuṣṭaṃ prīṇite prīṇitaṃ jagat /
tadārādhanato devi sarveṣāṃ prīṇanaṃ bhavet

43

viṣṇuḥ pālayiteti gīyate / tatsaṃharaṇāccā'haṃ saṃharteti gīyate /
indrādaya ityādi / tadvaśavartinaḥ parameśvarādhīnā ye indrādayo
lokapālāste sarve sve sve'dhikāre niratāḥ santastadājñayā lokān
śāsatītyanvayaḥ // ४० - ४२ //
tenetyādi / tena paramātmanā tattadviṣayayojitāḥ tasmin tasmin
viṣaye pravartitāḥ / na svatantrāḥ na svādhīnāḥ

45

४४ //
kālamityādi / kāle pralayasamaye kālamapi kālayate nāśaṃ
gamayati / bhiyo bhayasya / yattacchabdopalakṣitaḥ yattacchabdābhyāṃ
bodhitaḥ

46

sarve ityādi / tanmayāḥ paramātmasvarūpāḥ /
ābrahmastambaparyantaṃ brahmāṇamārabhya
tṛṇādigucchaparyantaṃ sakalaṃ sampūrṇaṃ jagattanmayaṃ
parabrahmasvarūpaṃ bhavati

47

tasminnityādi / ata iti śeṣaḥ / tasmin paramātmani

48

(pṛ० २५) tarormūlābhiṣekeṇa yathā tadbhujapallavāḥ /
tṛpyanti tadanuṣṭhānāt tathā sarve'marādayaḥ

49

yathā tavārcanāddhyānāt pūjanājjapanāt priye /
bhavanti tuṣṭāḥ sundaryastathā jānīhi suvrate

50

yathā gacchanti sarito'vaśenāpi saritpatim /
tathārcādīni karmāṇi taduddeśyāni pārvati

51

yo yo yān yān yajeddevān śraddhayā yadyadāptaye /
tattaddadāti so'dhyakṣastaistairdevagaṇaiḥ śive

52

bahunā'tra kimuktena tavā'gre kathyate priye /
dhyeyaḥ pūjyaḥ sukhārādhyastaṃ vinā nāsti muktaye

53

nā'yāso nopavāsaśca kāyakleśo na vidyate /
naivā'cārādiniyamo nopacārāśca bhūriśaḥ

48

parabrahmārādhanataḥ sarveṣāṃ prīṇane dṛṣṭāntamāha
tarorityādi / tadbhujapallavāḥ taroḥ śākhāḥ kisalayāni ca /
tadanuṣṭhānāt parameśvarārādhanāt

49

yathetyādi / pūjanāt mānasārcanāt

50

yathetyādi / taduddeśyāni sa paramātmā uddeśyo
yeṣāmarcādikarmaṇāṃ tāni

51

yo ya ityādi / yadyadāptaye yasya yasya phalasya lābhāya /
adhyakṣaḥ sarveṣāṃ prāṇināṃ tattatkriyāsu pravartakaḥ

52

bahunetyādi / sukhenārādhya upāsyaḥ sukhārādhyaḥ

53

sukhārādhyatvameva darśayannāha / nāyāsa ityādi / āyāsaḥ
pariśramaḥ

54

(pṛ० २६) na dikkālavicāro'sti na mudrānyāsasaṃhatiḥ /
yatsādhane kuleśāni taṃ vinā ko'nyamāśrayet

2

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
jīvanistāropāyapraśno nāma dvitīyollāsaḥ

54

taṃ paramātmānam

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ dvitīyollāsaḥ /
tṛtīyollāsaḥ
śrīdevyuvāca /
devadeva mahādeva devatānāṃ gurorguro /
vaktā tvaṃ sarvaśāstrāṇāṃ mantrāṇāṃ sādhanasya ca

2

kathitaṃ yat paraṃ brahma parameśaṃ parātparam /
yasyopāsanato martyo bhuktiṃ muktiñca vindati

3

kenopāyena bhagavan paramātmā prasīdati /
kiṃ tasya sādhanaṃ deva mantraḥ ko vā prakīrtitaḥ

4

kiṃ dhyānaṃ kiṃ vidhānañca pareśasya parātmanaḥ /
tattvena śrotumicchāmi kṛpayā kathaya prabho

5

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
atiguhyaṃ paraṃ tattvaṃ śṛṇu matprāṇavallabhe /
oṃ namo brahmaṇe /
kavalyārthaṃ paramātmaiva dhyeyaḥ pūjyaḥ
sukhārādhyaścetyākarṇya taddhyānādikaṃ jijñāsuḥ sadāśivaṃ
praśaṃsantī devyuvāca / devadevetyādi / devatānāṃ
gurorbṛhaspaterapi guro / vindati labhate / tasya paramātmanaḥ / tattvena
yāthārthyena // १- ४ //
(pṛ० २८) rahasyametat kalyāṇi na kutrāpi prakāśitam /
tava snehena vakṣyāmi mama prāṇādhikaṃ param

6

jñeyaṃ bhavati tadbrahma saccidviśvamayaṃ param /
tathā tattvasvarūpeṇa lakṣaṇairvā maheśvari

7

sattāmātraṃ nirviśeṣamavāṅmanasagocaram /
asattrilokīsadbhānaṃ svarūpaṃ brahmaṇaḥ smṛtam

8

samādhiyogaistadvedyaṃ sarvatra samadṛṣṭibhiḥ /
dvandvātītairnirvikalpairdehātmādhyāsavarjitaiḥ

5

athottarayan sadāśiva uvāca / atiguhyamityādi /
atiguhyamatirahasyaṃ paraṃ tattvaṃ paraṃ brahma / tattvaṃ brahmaṇi
yāthārthye iti kośaḥ / rahasyaṃ guhyam

6

jñeyamityādi / he maheśvari saccidviśvamayaṃ sat sadā sthāyi
cit caitanyaṃ viśvamaśeṣaṃ jagat etat svarūpaṃ yadatiguhyaṃ tat
paraṃ brahma / tattvasvarūpeṇa brahmaṇaḥ svarūpeṇa lakṣaṇena
taṭasthairvā lakṣaṇairyathāvat jñeyaṃ bhavati / lakṣyate jñāyate
padārtho yaiḥ tāni lakṣaṇāni taiḥ / karaṇe lyuṭ

7

nanu kiṃ tattattvasvarūpaṃ yena paraṃ brahma jñeyaṃ
bhavedityapekṣāyāṃ brahmaṇaḥ svarūpaṃ nirūpayati
sattāmātramityādi / yat sattāmātraṃ
kevalaparamārthasattvasvarūpaṃ / nirviśeṣaṃ svagatabhedarahitam /
avāṅmanasagocaraṃ vaco manasaścāgrāhyam /
asattrilokīsadbhānam asatyā mithyābhūtāyāstrilokyāḥ sadbhānaṃ
sadvadjñānaṃ yasmāt tadbrahmaṇaḥ svarūpaṃ smṛtam

9

tacca brahmasvarūpaṃ paramahaṃsaireva veditavyamityāha
samādhītyādinā / sarvatra samadṛṣṭibhiḥ sarvatrārimitrādau samā
tulyā dṛṣṭiryeṣāṃ taiḥ / dvandvātītaiḥ
atikrāntasukhaduḥkhaśītoṣṇādibhiḥ /
nirvikalpairnānāvidhakalpanāśūnyaiḥ / dehātmādhyāsavarjitaiḥ
śarīraniṣṭhātmatvabuddhirahitairyogibhiḥ / samādhiyogaiḥ
samādhiścittaikāgryam
(pṛ० २९) yato viśvaṃ samudbhūtaṃ yena jātañca tiṣṭhati /
yasmin sarvāṇi līyante jñeyaṃ tadbrahma lakṣaṇaiḥ

10

svarūpabuddhyā yadvedyaṃ tadeva lakṣaṇaiḥ śive /
lakṣaṇairāptumicchūnāṃ vihitaṃ tatra sādhanam

11

tatsādhanaṃ pravakṣyāmi śṛṇuṣvāvahitā priye /
tatrādau kathayāmyādye mantroddhāraṃ maheśituḥ

8

yogāḥ parameśvaraikaparatāsamyagdarśanādayaḥ tai karaṇaiḥ
tadbrahma vedyaṃ bhavati / athavā samādhīyate cittamasminniti
samādhiḥ parameśvaraḥ upasarge ghoḥ kirityadhikaraṇe kiḥ / tatra
yogāḥ samyagdarśanādayo yeṣāṃ taiḥ samādhiyogairjanaiḥ

9

taṭasthalakṣaṇāni darśayannāha yato viśvamityādi / yato
hetubhūtāt viśvamaśeṣaṃ jagat samudbhūtaṃ jātam / jātañca
sadviśvaṃ yenāvalambanabhūtena tiṣṭhati / pralayakāle sarvāṇi
carāṇyacarāṇi ca bhūtāni yasmin līyante līnāni bhavanti tadbrahma
taṭasthairetairlakṣaṇairjñeyaṃ veditavyam

10

svarūpalakṣaṇena taṭasthalakṣaṇena ca veditavyasya brahmaṇo
bhedo nāstīti pratipādayitumāha svarūpabuddhyetyādi / he śive
svarūpabuddhyā yadbrahma vedyaṃ jñeyaṃ bhavati tadeva brahma
taṭasthairapi lakṣaṇairvedyaṃ bhavet / svarūpalakṣaṇena
brahmādhigantumicchatāṃ janānāṃ
sādhanānapekṣattvāttaṭasthaireva lakṣaṇaistadadhigantumicchatāṃ
sādhanamabhidhātumāha lakṣaṇairityādi / tatra
svarūpalakṣaṇataṭasthalakṣaṇeṣu madhye
taṭasthairlakṣaṇairbrahmāptumadhigantumicchūnāṃ janānāṃ
sādhanaṃ vihitam

11

tadityādi / he priye tatsādhanaṃ taṭasthalakṣaṇairvedyasya
brahmaṇaḥ sādhanamahaṃ pravakṣyāmi avahitā sāvadhānā satī
tvaṃ śṛṇuṣva / tatra sādhane vaktavye ādau prathamato
maheśiturmaheśvarasya mantroddhāraṃ kathayāmi

12

(pṛ० ३०) praṇavaṃ pūrvamuddhṛtya saccitpadamudāharet /
ekaṃ padānte brahmeti mantroddhāraḥ prakīrtitaḥ

13

sandhikrameṇa militaḥ saptārṇo'yaṃ manurmataḥ /
tārahīnena deveśi ṣaḍvarṇo'yaṃ manurbhavet

14

sarvamantrottamaḥ sākṣāddharmārthakāmamokṣadaḥ /
nātra siddhādyapekṣā'sti nārimitrādidūṣaṇam

15

na tithirna ca nakṣatraṃ na rāśigaṇanaṃ tathā /
kulākulādiniyamo na saṃskāro'tra vidyate /
sarvathā siddhamantro'yaṃ nātra kāryā vicāraṇā

16

bahujanmārjitaiḥ puṇyaiḥ sadgururyadi labhyate /
tadā tadvaktrato jñātvā janmasāphalyamāpnuyāt

12

mantroddhārameva kathayati praṇavamityādinā / pūrvaṃ
prathamaṃ praṇavamoṅkāramuddhṛtya tato'nantaraṃ
saccitpadamudāharet vadet / saccitpadānte ca ekaṃ brahmetyudāharet /
tataśca o/ saccidekaṃ brahmetyākārako mantro niṣpannaḥ /
mantroddhāro'yameva prakīrtitaḥ kathitaḥ

13

sandhīti / he deveśi sandhikrameṇa militaḥ saṅgato'yaṃ
manurmantraḥ saptārṇaḥ saptavarṇako mataḥ / tārahīnena
praṇavatyāgenāyaṃ pūrvokta eva manuḥ ṣaḍvarṇo bhavet

14

athemaṃ mantraṃ stauti sarvetyādinā / ayaṃ mantraḥ sarveṣu
mantreṣūttamaḥ śreṣṭhaḥ / sarvamantrottamatvamevāha
sākṣādityādinā

15

na tithiriti / tithirna gaṇanīyeti śeṣaḥ

16

athaitasya mantrasya grahītuḥ puruṣasya sarvottamatvaṃ
pratipādayitumāha vahvityādi / tadvaktrataḥ sadgurumukhāt
mantramimaṃ jñātvā

17

(pṛ० ३१) caturvargaṃ kare kṛtvā paratreha ca modate

18

sa dhanyaḥ sa kṛtārthaśca sa kṛtī sa ca dhārmikaḥ /
sa snātaḥ sarvatīrtheṣu sarvayajñeṣu dīkṣitaḥ

19

sarvaśāstreṣu niṣṇātaḥ sarvalokapratiṣṭhitaḥ /
yasya karṇapathopāntaprāpto mantramahāmaṇiḥ

20

dhanyā mātā pitā tasya pavitraṃ tatkulaṃ śive /
pitarastasya santuṣṭā modante tridaśaiḥ saha /
gāyanti gāyanīṃ gāthāṃ pulakāñcitavigrahāḥ

21

asmatkule kulaśreṣṭho jāto brahmopadeśikaḥ /
kimasmākaṃ gayāpiṇḍaiḥ kiṃ tīrthaiḥ śrāddhatarpaṇaiḥ

22

kiṃ dānaiḥ kiṃ japairhomaiḥ kimanyairbahusādhanaiḥ /
vayamakṣayatṛptāḥ sma satputrasyāsya sādhanāt

17

caturvargamiti / dharmārthakāmamokṣairupalakṣito vargaḥ
samūhaścaturvargastam / trivargo dharmakāmārthaiścaturvargaḥ
samokṣakairityamaraḥ / paratra paraloke

18

niṣṇāto nipuṇaḥ /
karṇapathasyopāntaṃ prāptaḥ karṇapathopāntaprāptaḥ / mantra eva
mahāmaṇiḥ

20

१९ // pitara iti / gīyate iti gāyanī tām / lyuṭ veti
bāhulakāt karmaṇi lyuṭ / pulakaiḥ romaharṣaṇairañcitā adhigatā
vigrahā dehā yeṣāṃ tathābhūtāḥ santaḥ / [pulakāṅkitavigrahā iti
pāṭhe'pyaṅkitaṃ cihnitamityarthaḥ]

21

tāṃ gāthāmevāha asmatkula ityādibhyāṃ dvābhyām /
brahmopadeśikaḥ brahmopadeśavān / akṣayatṛptāḥ
avinaśvaratṛptimantraḥ

23

२२ //
(pṛ० ३२) śṛṇu devi jagadvandye satyaṃ satyaṃ mayocyate /
parabrahmopāsakānāṃ kimanyaiḥ sādhanāntaraiḥ

24

mantragrahaṇamātreṇa dehī brahmamayo bhavet /
brahmabhūtasya deveśi kimavāpyaṃ jagattraye

25

kiṃ kurvanti grahā ruṣṭā vetālāśceṭakādayaḥ /
piśācā guhyakā bhūtā ḍākinyo mātṛkādayaḥ /
tasya darśanamātreṇa palāyante parāṅmukhāḥ

26

rakṣito brahmamantreṇa prāvṛto brahmatejasā /
kiṃ vibheti grahādibhyo mārtaṇḍa iva cāparaḥ

27

taṃ dṛṣṭvā te bhayāpannāḥ siṃhaṃ dṛṣṭvā yathā gajāḥ /
vidravanti ca naśyanti pataṅgā iva pāvake

28

na tasya duritaṃ kiñcidbrahmaniṣṭhasya dehinaḥ /
satyapūtasya śuddhasya sarvaprāṇihitasya ca /
ko vopadravamanvicchedātmāpaghātakaṃ vinā

23

śṛṇvityādi / sādhanāntaraiḥ sādhanaviśeṣaiḥ

24

mantretyādi / kimavāpyaṃ kiṃ labdhavyamasti api tu sarvaṃ vastu
labdhamevāstītyarthaḥ

25

tasya brahmabhūtasya darśanamātreṇa
parāṅmukhāḥ santo grahādayaḥ palāyante

26

rakṣita ityādi /
brahmabhūto jano grahādibhyo vibheti bhīto bhavati kim / kintu na
vibhetītyarthaḥ / mārtaṇḍa iva sūrya iva

27

tamityādi / taṃ
parabrahmopāsakam / te grahādayaḥ / vidravanti palāyante / pataṅgā
iva śalabhā iva

28

śuddhasya nirmalāntaḥkaraṇasya

29

(pṛ० ३३) ye druhyanti khalāḥ pāpāḥ parabrahmopadeśine /
svadrohaṃ te prakurvanti nātiriktā yataḥ sataḥ

30

sa tu sarvahitaḥ sādhuḥ sarveṣāṃ priyakārakaḥ /
tasyāniṣṭe kṛte devi ko vā syānnirupadravaḥ

31

mantrārthaṃ mantracaitanyaṃ yo na jānāti sādhakaḥ /
śatalakṣaprajapto'pi tasya mantro na siddhyati

32

ato'syārthañca caitanyaṃ kathayāmi śṛṇu priye /
akāreṇa jagatpātā saṃhartā syādukārataḥ

33

makāreṇa jagatsraṣṭā praṇavārtha udāhṛtaḥ /
sacchabdena sadā sthāyi ciccaitanyaṃ prakīrtitam

34

ekamadvaitamīśāni vṛhattvādbrahma gīyate /
mantrārthaḥ kathito devi sādhakābhīṣṭasiddhidaḥ

29

ya ityādi / ye pāpāḥ pāpaśālinaḥ khalā durjanāḥ
parabrahmopadeśine janāya druhyanti tasyāpakāraṃ vidadhati te
pāpāḥ svadrohameva prakurvanti / parabrahmopadeśine iti
krudhadruherṣyāsūyārthānāṃ yaṃ prati kopa iti sampradānatvāt
caturthī sampradāne iti caturthī / parabrahmopadeśijanadrohakaraṇāt
svasyaivāpakārasyotpādane hetuṃ darśayannāha nātiriktā ityādi /
yato hetoḥ sataḥ sādhorbrahmabhūtādbrahmopadeśino janāt
te'tiriktā bhinnā na bhavanti ataḥ svadrohameva prakurvantīti bhāvaḥ

30

sa tu brahmaniṣṭhastu

31

mantrārthamiti / tasya sādhakasya / yato na siddhyati ataḥ
prathamataḥ praṇavārthaṃ nirūpayati akāreṇetyādinā

33

३२ //
atha saccidādipadārthamāha sacchabdenetyādinā

35

३४ //
(pṛ० ३४) mantracaitanyametattu tadadhiṣṭhātṛdevatā /
tajjñānaṃ parameśāni bhaktānāṃ siddhidāyakam

36

asyādhiṣṭhātṛ deveśi sarvavyāpi sanātanam /
avitarkyaṃ nirātaṅkaṃ vācātītaṃ nirañjanam

37

vāṅmāyākamalādyena tārahīnena pārvati /
dīyate vividhā vidyā māyā śrīḥ sarvatomukhī

38

tāreṇa tārahīnena pratyekaṃ sakalaṃ padam /
yugmayugmakrameṇā'pi mantro'yaṃ vividho bhavet

35

atha mantracaitanyamabhidhatte mantretyādinā / he parameśāni
yā tasya mantrasyādhiṣṭhātrī devatā tasyā yat jñānametadeva
mantracaitanyaṃ jānīhītyanvayaḥ / taccādhiṣṭhātṛdevatājñānaṃ
bhaktānāṃ siddhidāyakaṃ bhavet

36

nanvasya mantrasya kā'dhiṣṭhātrī devatetyapekṣāyāmāha
asyetyādi / he deveśi sarvavyāpi sakalapadārthavyāpanaśīlam /
sanātanaṃ prāgabhāvadhvaṃsarahitam / avitarkyamanūhanīyam /
nirākāramākṛtiśūnyam / vācātītamatikrāntavāk / nirañjanam
manaścakṣurādyaviṣayabhūtam / yadbrahma tadasya
mantrasyādhiṣṭhātṛ bhavet

37

vāgityādi / he pārvati vāṅmāyākamalādyena aimiti hrīmiti
śrīmiti bījamādyaṃ yasya tathābhūtena / tārahīnena praṇavarahitena
pūrvoktena mantreṇa kramato vividhā anekaprakārā vidyā dīyate
vividhā māyā dīyate sarvato mukhaṃ yasyā evambhūtā
śrīrlakṣmīrdīyate / yathā aiṃ saccidekaṃ brahmetyanena mantreṇa
vidyā dīyate / hrīṃ saccidekaṃ brahmetyanena māyā dīyate / śrīṃ
saccidekaṃ brahmetyanena tu śrīriti

39

athaitasyaiva mantrasya nānāvidhatvaṃ sampādayati
tāreṇetyādinā / pūrvoktamantrasya pratyekaṃ padaṃ sakalaṃ vā
padaṃ tāreṇa praṇavena sahitaṃ kartavyaṃ
(pṛ० ३५) ṛṣiḥ sadāśivo hyasya chando'nuṣṭuvudāhṛtam /
devatā paramaṃ brahma sarvāntaryāmi nirguṇam

40

caturvargaphalāvāptyai viniyogaḥ prakīrtitaḥ /
aṅganyāsakaranyāsau kathayāmi śṛṇu priye

41

tāraṃ saccidekamiti brahmeti sakalaṃ tataḥ /
aṅguṣṭhatarjanīmadhyānāmikāsu maheśvari

42

kaniṣṭhayoḥ karatalapṛṣṭhayoḥ suravandite /
namaḥ svāhā vaṣaṭ hū/ vauṣaṭ phaḍantairyathākramam

38

tārahīnena praṇavatyāgenopalakṣitaṃ vā vidheyam / tataścāyaṃ
mantro vividho bhavet / yugmayugmakrameṇāpi praṇavasahitastadrahito
vāyaṃ pūrvokto mantro vividho'nekaprakārako bhavet / tārasahitaṃ
tadrahitaṃ pratyekaṃ padaṃ yathā oṃ sat / oṃ cit / oṃ ekam / oṃ
brahma / sat / cit / ekam / brahma iti / praṇavasambaddhaṃ
tadasambaddhaṃ samastaṃ padam yathā oṃ saccidekaṃ brahma /
saccidekaṃ brahmeti / yugmayugmakramato yathā oṃ sadbrahma / oṃ
cidbrahma / oṃ ekaṃ brahma / oṃ saccit / oṃ cidekam / sadbrahma /
cidbrahma / ekaṃ brahma / saccit / cidekamiti

39

athāsya mantrasya ṛṣyādikamāha ṛṣirityādinā sārddhena /
asya mantrasya / sarvāntaryāmi sarvāntarniyantṛ // asya mantrasya
sadāśiva ṛṣiranuṣṭupchandaḥ sarvāntaryāmi nirguṇaṃ paramaṃ
brahma devatā dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptaye viniyogaḥ / śirasi
sadāśivāya ṛṣaye namaḥ mukhe'nuṣṭupchandase namaḥ hṛdi
sarvāntaryāminirguṇaparamabrahmaṇe devatāyai namaḥ
dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptaye viniyogaḥ / iti ṛṣinyāsaṃ
vidhāyāṅganyāsakaranyāsau vidhātavyau atastāvabhidhātumāha
aṅganyāsetyādi

43

४० //
tayormadhye prathamataḥ karanyāsamāha tāramityādibhyāṃ
sārddhābhyāṃ dvābhyām / he maheśvari he suravandite
namaḥsvāhāvaṣaṭhūṃvauṣaṭphaḍantaiḥ
antabhūtairnamaḥsvāhāvaṣaṭ
(pṛ० ३६) nyasennyāsoktavidhinā sādhakaḥ susamāhitaḥ /
hṛdādikaraparyantamevameva vidhīyate

44

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryān mūlena praṇavena vā /
madhyamānāmikābhyāñca dakṣahastasya pārvati

45

vāmanāsāpuṭaṃ dhṛtvā dakṣanāsāpuṭena ca /
pūayet pavanaṃ mantrī mūlamaṣṭamitaṃ japan

46

aṅguṣṭhena dakṣanāsāṃ dhṛtvā kumbhakayogataḥ /
japeddvātriṃśatā'vṛttyā tato dakṣiṇanāsayā

47

śanaiḥśanaistyajedvāyuṃ japan ṣoḍaśadhā manum /
vāmanāsāpuṭe'pyevaṃ pūrakumbhakarecakam

48

punardakṣiṇataḥ kuryāt pūrvavat surapūjite /
prāṇāyāmavidhiḥ prokto brahmamantrasya sādhane

49

hūṃvauṣaṭphaṭrūpaiḥ padairviśiṣṭaṃ tāraṃ praṇavaṃ saditi ciditi
ekamiti brahmeti / tato'nantaram / oṃ saccidekaṃ brahmeti sakalañca
padam aṅguṣṭhatarjanīmadhyānāmikāsu kaniṣṭhayoḥ
karatalapṛṣṭhayośca nyāsoktavidhinā susamāhito'tisāvadhānaḥ san
sādhako yathākramaṃ nyaset / kramo yathā oṃ aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ
namaḥ / sattarjanībhyāṃ svāhā / cinmadhyamābhyāṃ vaṣaṭ /
ekamanāmikābhyāṃ hū/ / brahma kaniṣṭhābhyāṃ vauṣaṭ / oṃ
saccidekaṃ brahma karatalapṛṣṭhābhyāṃ phaṭ / iti karanyāsaḥ /
athāṅganyāsamāhārddhena hṛdityādi / hṛdādikaraparyantaṃ
pratyevameva nyāso vidhīyate / yathā oṃ hṛdayāya namaḥ / sacchirase
svāhā / cicchikhāyai vaṣaṭ / ekaṃ kavacāya hū/ / brahma
netratrayāya vauṣaṭ / oṃ saccidekaṃ brahma
karatalakarapṛṣṭhābhyāṃ phaṭ iti // ४१ - ४३ //
evamaṅganyāsakaranyāsau vidhāya prāṇāyāmo vidheya
ityāha prāṇāyāmamityādinā / tato'nantaram oṃ saccidekaṃ
brahmetyādimūlamantreṇa praṇavena oṃ kāraṇe
(pṛ० ३७) tato dhyānaṃ prakurvīta sādhakābhīṣṭasādhanam

50

hṛdayakamalamadhye nirviśeṣaṃ nirīham
hariharavidhivedyaṃ yogibhirdhyānagamyam /
jananamaraṇabhītibhraṃsi saccitsvarūpam
sakalabhuvanabījaṃ brahma caitanyamīḍe

49

vā prāṇāyāmaṃ kuryāt // nanu prāṇāyāmaḥ kathaṃ vidhātavya
ityapekṣāyāṃ tadvidhānamāha madhyametyādibhiḥ
sārdhaiścaturbhiḥ / he pārvati dakṣiṇahastasya
madhyamānāmikābhyāmaṅgulibhyāṃ vāmanāsāpuṭaṃ dhṛtvā
mantrī sādhako'ṣṭamitaṃ mūlamantraṃ japan san
dakṣiṇanāsāpuṭena pavanaṃ vāyu pūrayet / tato
dakṣahastasyaivāṅguṣṭhena dakṣanāsāpuṭaṃ dhṛtvā
kumbhakayogato dvātriṃśatā āvṛttyā mūlamantraṃ japet / tataḥ
ṣoḍaśadhā manuṃ mūlamantraṃ japan san dakṣiṇanāsayaiva
śanaiḥ śanairvāyuṃ tyajet / tato vāmanāsāpuṭe'pyevameva
pūrakakumbhakarecakaṃ kuryāt krameṇaivākṛṣṭaṃ niścalaṃ
vimuktañca śvāsaṃ vidadhyādityarthaḥ / pūrvavat
punardakṣiṇato'pi pūrakakumbhakarecakaṃ kuryāt / brahmamantrasya
sādhane eṣa prāṇāyāmavidhiḥ proktaḥ / pūrakādisvarūpamāha
yogiyājñavalkyaḥ
nāsikotkṛṣṭa ucchāso dhmātaḥ pūraka ucyate /
kumbhako niścalaśvāso mucyamānastu recakaḥ // iti // ४४ - ४८ //
itthaṃ prāṇāyāmaṃ kṛtvā parabrahmadhyānaṃ kartavyamityāha
tata ityādinā

51

atha taddhyānamāha hṛdayetyādi / hṛdayakamalasya madhye
sthitaṃ caitanyaṃ cetanaṃ brahmāhamīḍe dhyāyāmītyanvayaḥ /
dhātūnāmanekārthatvādīḍadhātordhyāne'rthe'pi pravṛttiḥ /
nirviśeṣamityādīni brahmaṇo viśeṣaṇāni / nirviśeṣaṃ
nānāvidhabhedaśūnyam / nirīhaṃ nirākāṅkṣam
prāptasamastaiśvaryamityarthaḥ / dhyānagamyam
dhyānenāvagantavyam / jananamaraṇabhītibhraṃsi
janmamṛtyunimittavabhayāpahantṛ /
(pṛ० ३८) dhyātvaivaṃ paramaṃ brahma mānasairupacārakaiḥ /
pūjayet parayā bhaktyā brahmasāyujyahetave

52

gandhaṃ dadyānmahītattvaṃ puṣpamākāśameva ca /
dhūpaṃ dadyādvāyutattvaṃ dīpaṃ tejaḥ samarpayet /
naivedyaṃ toyatattvena pradadyāt paramātmane

53

tato japtvā mahāmantraṃ manasā sādhakottamaḥ /
samarpya brahmaṇe paścādvahiḥpūjāṃ samārabhet

54

upasthitāni dravyāṇi gandhapuṣpādikāni ca /
vastrālaṅkaraṇādīni bhakṣyapeyāni yāni ca

55

mantreṇānena saṃśodhya dhyātvā brahma sanātanam /
nimīlya netre matimānarpayet paramātmane

56

brahmārpaṇaṃ brahmahavirbrahmāgnau brahmaṇā hutam /
brahmaiva tena gantavyaṃ brahmakarmasamādhinā

50

saccitsvarūpaṃ sadāsthāyisvarūpaṃ jñānasvarūpañcetyarthaḥ /
sakalabhuvanabījaṃ samastasya bhuvanasya kāraṇam

51

evaṃ brahma dhyātvā tasya pūjanaṃ vidheyamityāha
dhyātvetyādinā / mānasairmanaḥsaṅkalpitaiḥ / brahmasāyujyahetave
brahmatvanimittāya / syādbrahmabhūyaṃ brahmatvaṃ
brahmasāyujyamityapītyamaraḥ // mānasānupacārānevāha
gandhamityādinā

57

५२ //
tata iti / mahāmantram oṃ saccidekaṃ brahmetyādyātmakam /
samarpya mahāmantrajapahetukaṃ phalaṃ dattvā //
vahiḥpūjāmevāha upasthitānītyādinā / upasthitāni samīpe sthitāni
// anena ito'nantarameva vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa // ५३ - ५५ //
atha gandhapuṣpādyarpaṇamantramevāha brahmārpaṇamiti /
arpyate dīyate'nenetyarpaṇaṃ sṛvādi yajñapātram tadapi brahmaiva /
dīyamānaṃ havirghṛtādikamapi brahmaiva /
(pṛ० ३९) tato netre samunmīlya japtvā mūlaṃ svaśaktitaḥ /
tajjapaṃ brahmasāt kṛtvā stotrañca kavacaṃ paṭhet

58

stotraṃ śṛṇu maheśāni brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ /
yat śrutvā sādhako devi brahmasāyujyamaśnute

59

namaste sate sarvalokāśrayāya
namaste cite viśvarūpātmakāya /
namo'dvaitatattvāya muktipradāya
namo brahmaṇe vyāpine nirguṇāya

56

tvamekaṃ śaraṇyaṃ tvamekaṃ vareṇyaṃ
tvamekaṃ jagatkāraṇaṃ viśvarūpam /
brahmaivāgnistasmin / brahmaṇā kartrā hutaṃ havanamapi brahma /
agniśca kartā ca havanakriyā cāpi brahmaivetyarthaḥ / evaṃ
brahmaṇyeva karmātmake samādhiścittaikāgryaṃ yasya tena puṃsā
brahmaiva gantavyaṃ prāptavyaṃ na tu phalāntaramityarthaḥ

57

tata ityādi / samunmīlya udghāṭya / mūlaṃ mūlamantram /
brahmasāt brahmādhīnam

58

stotramiti / brahmasāyujyamaśnute brahmatvaṃ prāpnoti

59

atha tatstotramāha namaste ityādi / sate sadā sthāyine /
sarvalokāśrayāya sakalalokādhārabhūtāya / cite caitanyāya /
viśvarūpa ātmā yasya tasmai / advaitatattvāya
sajātīyavijātīyātmagatamedarahitatattvāya / brahmaṇe atibṛhate ata
eva vyāpine sakalavastuvyāpanaśīlāya / nirguṇāya
sattvādiguṇarahitāya

60

(pṛ० ४०) tvamekaṃ jagatkartṛpātṛprahartṛ
tvamekaṃ paraṃ niścalaṃ nirvikalpam

61

bhayānāṃ bhayaṃ bhīṣaṇaṃ bhīṣaṇānāṃ
gatiḥ prāṇināṃ pāvanaṃ pāvanānām /
mahoccaiḥpadānāṃ niyantṛ tvamekaṃ
pareṣāṃ paraṃ rakṣakaṃ rakṣakāṇām

62

pareśa prabho sarvarūpāprakāśin
anirddeśya sarvendriyāgamya satya /
acintyākṣara vyāpakāvyakta tattva
jagadbhāsakādhīśa pāyādapāyāt

60

tvamityādi / ekaṃ mukhyaṃ kevalaṃ vā / śaraṇe rakṣaṇe
sādhu iti śaraṇyam / tatra sādhuriti yat / vareṇyaṃ varaṇīyam /
janmamṛtyuduḥkhādibhīrubhirupāsanīyamityarthaḥ / paraṃ
śreṣṭham / nirvikalpaṃ nānāvidhakalpanāśūnyam

61

bhayānāmityādi / bhīṣaṇānāṃ bhayānakānāmapi
bhīṣaṇaṃ bhayānakam / pāvanānāṃ pūtatvajanakānāmapi
pāvanam pāvitryajanakam / padānāṃ sthānānāṃ madhye
mahoccairatyucchritaṃ padam athavā mahoccairatyucchritaṃ
padaṃ yeṣāṃ teṣāṃ brahmādīnāmapi niyantṛ niyāmakam /
pareṣāṃ śreṣṭhānāmapi

62

pareśetyādi / pareśa pareṣāṃ brahmādīnāmapyadhipa /
prabho niyantaḥ / anirdeśyaśabdena nirdeṣṭumaśakya /
sarvendriyāgamya sarvairnetrādibhirindriyairaprāpya / satya
paramārthasatyaśālin / acintya manaso'pyaviṣayabhūta / na
kṣarati calatītyakṣaram tatsambodhane akṣara / avyakta
rūpādirahita / jagadbhāsakānāṃ
candrasūryādīnāmapīśvara athavā jagādbhasaketi adhīśeti ca
bhinnameva padam / pāyāt rakṣat / apāyāt
bhaktibuddhyādiviśleṣāt

63

(pṛ० ४१) tadekaṃ smarāmastadekaṃ japāmaḥ
tadekaṃ jagatsākṣirūpaṃ namāmaḥ /
sadekaṃ nidhānaṃ nirālambamīśaṃ
bhavāmbhodhipotaṃ śaraṇyaṃ vrajāmaḥ

64

pañcaratnamidaṃ stotraṃ brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ /
yaḥ paṭhet prayato bhūtvā brahmasāyujyamāpnuyāt

65

pradoṣe'daḥ paṭhennityaṃ somavāre viśeṣataḥ /
śrāvayedbodhayet prājño brahmaniṣṭhān svabāndhavān

66

iti te kathitaṃ devi pañcaratnaṃ maheśituḥ /
kavacaṃ śṛṇu cārvaṅgi jaganmaṅgalanāmakam /
paṭhanāddhāraṇād yasya brahmajño jāyate dhruvam

67

paramātmā śiraḥ pātu hṛdayaṃ parameśvaraḥ /
kaṇṭhaṃ pātu jagatpātā vadanaṃ sarvadṛgvibhuḥ

68

karau me pātu viśvātmā pādau rakṣatu cinmayaḥ /
sarvāṅgaṃ sarvadā pātu paraṃ brahma sanātanam

63

tadityādi / tat brahma / nidhīyate jagad yasmin tannidhānaṃ
jagadāśrayabhūtam / nirālambam āśrayaśūnyam

64

atha pañcaratnākhyaitatstotrapāṭhahetukaṃ phalamāha
pañcaratnamityādinā / prayataḥ pavitraḥ // adaḥ stotram

66

६५ //
stotraṃ paṭhitvā kavacaṃ
paṭhitavyamatastadabhidhātumupakramate itīti

67

tad brahmakavacamevāha paramātmetyādi / cinmayaḥ
caitanyarūpaḥ

69

६८ //
(pṛ० ४२) śrījaganmaṅgalasyāsya kavacasya sadāśivaḥ /
ṛṣiśchando'nuṣṭuviti paramabrahma devatā /
caturvargaphalāvāptyai viniyogaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

70

yaḥ paṭhed brahmakavacaṃ ṛṣinyāsapuraḥsaram /
sa brahmajñānamāsādya sākṣādbrahmamayo bhavet

71

bhūrje vilikhya guṭikāṃ svarṇasthāṃ dhārayet yadi /
kaṇṭhe vā dakṣiṇe bāho sarvasiddhīśvaro bhavet

72

ityetat paramabrahmakavacaṃ te prakāśitam /
dadyāt priyāya śiṣyāya gurubhaktāya dhīmate

73

paṭhitvā stotrakavacaṃ praṇamet sādhakāgraṇīḥ

74

namaste paramaṃ brahma namaste paramātmane /
nirguṇāya namastubhyaṃ sadrūpāya namo namaḥ

75

athāsya kavacasya ṛṣyādikamāha śrījagadityādinā // atha
brahmakavacapaṭhanajanyaṃ phalamāha ya ityādinā / ṛṣinyāsaḥ
puraḥsaro yatra tat / ṛṣinyāsaśca asya śrījaganmaṅgalanāmakasya
kavacasya sadāśiva ṛṣiḥ anuṣṭupchandaḥ paramabrahma devatā
dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptyai śrījaganmaṅgalākhyakavacapāṭhe
viniyogaḥ / śirasi sadāśivāya ṛṣaye namaḥ / mukhe'nuṣṭapchandase
namaḥ / hṛdaye parabrahmaṇe devatāyai namaḥ /
dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptaye śrījaganmaṅgalākhyakavacapāṭhe
viniyoga iti / āsādya prāpya / brahmamayaḥ brahmasvarūpaḥ // ६९ - ७१
//
itīti / te tubhyaṃ tavāgre vā // praṇamet paramātmānamiti
śeṣaḥ / sādhakāgraṇīḥ sādhakottamaḥ // tatpraṇamanamevāha nama
ityādinā // ७२ - ७४ //
(pṛ० ४३) vācikaṃ kāyikaṃ vā'pi mānasaṃ vā yathāmati /
ārādhane pareśasya bhāvaśuddhirvidhīyate

76

evaṃ saṃpūjya matimān svajanairbāndhavaiḥ saha /
mahāprasādaṃ svīkuryād brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ

77

pūjane parameśasya nāvāhanavisarjane /
sarvatra sarvakāleṣu sādhayed brahmasādhanam

78

asnāto vā kṛtasnāno bhukto vā'pi bubhukṣitaḥ /
pūjayet paramātmānaṃ sadā nirmalamānasaḥ

79

anena brahmamantreṇa bhakṣyapeyādikañca yat /
dīyate parameśāya tadeva pāvanaṃ mahat

80

gaṅgātoye śilādau ca spṛṣṭadoṣo'pi vartate /
parabrahmārpite dravye spṛṣṭāspṛṣṭaṃ na vidyate

75

nanu paramātmānaṃ prati kāyikavācikamānasāstrayo'pi
praṇāmā vidhātavyāsteṣāṃ madhye ekatamo vā tatrāha
vācikamityādi / yathāmati parabrahmaṇe kāyikaṃ vācikaṃ
mānasaṃ vā praṇamanaṃ vidadhyāt / nanu parabrahmaṇe
kāyikasyaiva praṇāmasyaucityaṃ natu vācikamānasayorata āha
ārādhana ityādi / bhāvaśuddhirantaḥkaraṇaśuddhatvam

79

evamityādi / saṃpūjya paramātmānamiti śeṣaḥ // sādhayet
niṣpādayet // ७६ - ७८ //
atha brahmaṇo mahāprasādasya māhātmyaṃ
varṇayitumupakramate anenetyādi / brahmamantreṇa oṃ
saccidityādyātmakena brahmārpaṇamityādyātmakena vā // śilādau
śālagrāmaśilādau

81

८० //
(pṛ० ४४) pakvaṃ vā'pi na pakvaṃ vā mantreṇānena mantritam /
sādhako brahmasāt kṛtvā bhuñjīyāt svajanaiḥ saha

82

nātra varṇavicāro'sti nocchiṣṭādivivecanam /
na kālaniyamo'pyatra śaucāśaucaṃ tathaiva ca

83

yathākāle yathādeśe yathāyogena labhyate /
brahmasāt kṛtanaivedyamaśnīyādavicārayan

84

ānītaṃ śvapacenāpi śvamukhādapi niḥsṛtam /
tadannaṃ pāvanaṃ devi devānāmapi durlabham

85

kiṃ punarmanujādīnāṃ vaktavyaṃ devavandite /
parameśasya naivedyasevanād yat phalaṃ bhavet

86

mahāpātakayukto vā yukto vāpyanyapātakaiḥ /
sakṛt prasādagrahaṇāt mucyate nātra saṃśayaḥ

87

sārddhatrikoṭitīrtheṣu snānadānena yatphalam /
tat phalaṃ labhate martyo brahmārpitaniṣevaṇāt

88

aśvamedhādibhiryajñairiṣṭvā yat phalamaśnute /
bhakṣite brahma naivedye tasmāt koṭiguṇaṃ labhet

89

jihvākoṭisahasraistu vaktrakoṭiśatairapi /
mahāprasādamāhātmyaṃ varṇituṃ naiva śakyate

90

pakvamiti / mantreṇa oṃ tat sadityādyātmakena // nātreti / atra
brahmaṇo mahāprasāde // ānītamiti / śvapacena
cāṇḍālenāpyānītaṃ yadannaṃ tadbrahmasātkṛtaṃ sat pāvanaṃ
bhavet // aśnute labhate // ८१ - ८९ //
(pṛ० ४५) yatra kutra sthito vāpi prāpya brahmārpitāmṛtam /
gṛhītvā kīkaśo vā'pi brahmasāyujyamāpnuyāt

91

yadi syānnīcajātīyamannaṃ brahmaṇi bhāvitam /
tadannaṃ brāhmaṇairgrāhyamapi vedāntapāragaiḥ

92

jātibhedo na kartavyaḥ prasāde paramātmanaḥ /
yo'śuddhabuddhiṃ kurute sa mahāpātakī bhavet

93

varaṃ pāpaśataṃ kuryādvaraṃ viprabadhaṃ priye /
parabrahmārpite hyanne na kuryādavahelanam

94

ye tyajanti narā mūḍhā mahāmantreṇa saṃskṛtam /
annatoyādikaṃ bhadre pitṝṃste pātayantyadhaḥ

95

svayamapyandhatāmisre patantyāhūtasaṃplavam /
brahmasātkṛtanaivedyadveṣṭṝṇāṃ nāsti niṣkṛtiḥ

96

puṇyāyante kriyāḥ sarvāḥ suṣuptiḥ sukṛtāyate /
svecchācāro'tra vihito mahāmantrasya sādhane

90

yatretyādi / amṛtam śīdhu / kīkaśo vāpi cāṇḍālo'pi

91

yadīti / nīcajātīyaṃ cāṇḍālādisambandhi / brahmaṇi
bhāvitaṃ cintitaṃ brahmaṇe'rpitamityarthaḥ

93

९२ //
varamityādi / varamīṣat priyam / devādvṛte varaḥ śreṣṭhe triṣu
klīvaṃ manāk priye ityamaraḥ / avahelanam tiraskāram

95

९४ //
svayamityādi / andhatāmisre narake / āhūtasya viśvasya
saṃplavaḥ salile samyak plavanaṃ yatra tatkālaparyantam
pralayakālaparyantamityarthaḥ / niṣkṛtirnistāraḥ

96

puṇyetyādi / sarvā apuṇyā api kriyāḥ puṇyāyante puṇyā
ivācarantītyarthaḥ

97

(pṛ० ४६) kiṃ tasya vaidikācāraistāntrikairvā'pi tasya kim /
brahmaniṣṭhasya viduṣaḥ svecchācāro vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ

98

kṛtenāsya phalaṃ nāsti nākṛtenāpi kilviṣam /
na vighnaḥ pratyavāyo,asya brahmamantrasya sādhanāt

99

asmin dharme maheśi syāt satyavādī jitendriyaḥ /
paropakāranirato nirvikāraḥ sadāśayaḥ

100

mātsaryahīno'dambhī ca dayāvān śuddhamānasaḥ /
mātāpitroḥ prītikārī tayoḥ sevanatatparaḥ

101

brahmaśrotā brahmamantā brahmānveṣaṇamānasaḥ /
yatātmā dṛḍhabuddhiḥ syāt sākṣādbrahmeti bhāvayan

102

na mithyābhāṣaṇaṃ kuryānna parāniṣṭacintanam /
parastrīgamanañcaiva brahmamantrī vivarjayet

103

tatsaditi vadeddevi prārambhe sarvakarmaṇām /
brahmārpaṇamastu vākyaṃ pānabhojanakarmaṇoḥ

104

yenopāyena martyānāṃ lokayātrā prasiddhyati /
tadeva kāryaṃ brahmajñairidaṃ dharmaṃ sanātanam

97

kimityādi / viduṣaḥ sarvaṃ brahmaiveti jānataḥ / svecchācāra
eva vidhiḥ / asya brahmaniṣṭhasya

99

९८ //
asminnityādi / sadāśayaḥ sādhvabhiprāyaḥ // mātsaryahīnaḥ
anyaśubhadveṣarahitaḥ / adambhī kapaṭatāśūnyaḥ / tayoḥ
mātāpitroḥ

105

१०० //
brahmetyādi / yatātmā saṃyatacittaḥ / brahma sākṣādastīti
bhāvayan cintayan // brahmārpaṇamastviti vākyam // lokayātrā
lokanirvāhaḥ // १०१ - १०४ //
(pṛ० ४७) atha sandhyāvidhiṃ vakṣye brahmamantrasya śāmbhavi /
yāṃ kṛtvā brahmasampattiṃ labhante bhuvi mānavāḥ

106

prātarmadhyāhnasāyāhne yathādeśe yathā'sane /
pūrvavat paramabrahma dhyātvā sādhakasattamaḥ

107

aṣṭottaraśataṃ devi gāyatrījapamācaret /
japaṃ samarpya vidhivat pūrvavat praṇamet sudhīḥ

108

eṣā sandhyā mayā proktā sarvathā brahmasādhane /
yadanuṣṭhānato mantrī śuddhāntaḥkaraṇo bhavet

109

gāyatrīṃ śṛṇu cārvaṅgi sarvapāpapraṇāśinīm /
parameśvaraṃ ṅe'ntamuktvā vidmahe tadanantaram

110

paratattvāya padato dhīmahīti vadet priye /
atheti / yāṃ sandhyām / brahmasampattim brahmarūpāṃ
sampadam // tatsandhyāvidhimevāha prātarityādinā /
yadanuṣṭhānataḥ yadācaraṇataḥ // १०५ - १०८ //
tāṃ brahmagāyatrīmevāha parameśvaramityādinā sārddhena
/ he priye īśāni ṅe'ntaṃ ṅevibhaktyantaṃ parameśvaraṃ
padamuktvā vidmahe iti padaṃ vadet / tadanantaraṃ vidmahe iti
padānantaraṃ paratattvāyeti padaṃ vadet / paratattvāyeti padataḥ
paraṃ dhīmahīti padaṃ vadet / tadanantaraṃ dhīmahīti padānantaraṃ
tanno brahma pracodayāditi vadet / tataśca parameśvarāya vidmahe
paratattvāya dhīmahi tanno brahma pracodayādityākārikā
brahmagāyatrī sampannāsīt / brahmagāyatryarthastu paratattvāya
parameśvarāya paratattvaṃ parameśvaramāptuṃ yadbrahma vayaṃ
vidmahe manyāmahe dhīmahi cintayāmaśca tadbrahma
(pṛ० ४८) tadanantaramīśāni tanno brahma pracodayāt /
iyaṃ śrībrahmagāyatrī caturvargapradāyinī

111

pūjanaṃ yajanañcaiva snānaṃ pānañca bhojanam /
yadyatkarma prakurvīta brahmamantreṇa sādhayet

112

brāhme muhūrte cotthāya praṇamya brahmadaṃ gurum /
dhyātvā ca paramaṃ brahma yathāśakti manuṃ smaret /
pūrvavat praṇamed brahma prātaḥkṛtyamidaṃ smṛtam

113

dvātriṃśatā sahasreṇa japenāsya puraskriyā /
taddaśāṃśena havanaṃ tarpaṇaṃ taddaśāṃśataḥ

114

secanaṃ taddaśāṃśena taddaśāṃśena sundari /
brāhmaṇān bhojayenmantrī puraścaraṇakarmaṇi

115

bhakṣyābhakṣyavicāro'tra tyājyaṃ grāhyaṃ na vidyate /
na kālaśuddhiniyamo na vā sthānanirūpaṇam

109

no'smān pracodayāt prerayet dharmārthakāmamokṣeṣu
viniyojayedityartha iti

111

११० //
pūjanamiti / sādhayet tattatkarmeti śeṣaḥ / atha
prātaḥkṛtyamāha brāhme ityādinā / manum oṃ saccidekaṃ
brahmetyādimantram

116

११२ //
atha brahmamantrasya puraścaraṇavidhimāha
dvātriṃśatetyādinā / asya brahmamantrasya puraskriyā
puraścaraṇam / taddaśāṃśena japadaśamāṃśena havanaṃ homaḥ
/ taddaśāṃśataḥ homadaśā,mśataḥ / taddaśāṃśena
tarpaṇadaśāṃśena secanaṃ mārjanam / taddaśāṃśena
mārjanaddaśāṃśena // bhakṣyetyādi / atra brahmamantrasya
puraścaraṇakarmaṇi // ११३ - ११५ //
(pṛ० ४९) abhukto vā'pi bhukto vā snāto vā'snāta eva vā /
sādhayet paramaṃ mantraṃ svecchācāreṇa sādhakaḥ

117

vinā'yāsaṃ vinā kleśaṃ stotrañca kavacaṃ vinā /
vinā nyāsaṃ vinā mudrāṃ vinā setuṃ varānane

118

vinā cauragaṇeśādijapañca kullukāṃ vinā /
akasmāt paramabrahmasākṣātkāro bhaved dhruvam

119

saṃkalpo'smin mahāhantre mānasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ /
sādhane brahmamantrasya bhāvaśuddhirvidhīyate

120

sarvaṃ brahmamayaṃ devi bhāvayet brahmasādhakaḥ /
na cā'sya pratyavāyo'sti nāṅgavaiguṇyameva ca /
mahāmanoḥ sādhane tu vyaṅgaṃ sāṅgāyate dhruvam

121

kalau pāpayuge ghore tapohīne'tidustare /
nistārabījametāvat brahmamantrasya sādhanam

122

sādhanāni bahūktāni nānātantrāgamādiṣu /
kalau durbalajīvānāmasādhyāni maheśvari

120

abhukta ityādi / na bhuktamasyāstīti abhuktaḥ / arśa
ādibhyo'jityac / setum japaviśeṣam / kullukā'pi japaviśeṣa eva tāṃ
vinā / bhāvayet cintayet // ११६ - ११९ //
na cetyādi / asya mahāmanoraṅgavaiguṇyāditaḥ
pratyavāyo na bhavet / vyaṅgam aṅgahīnamapi

122

१२१ //
nanvanekeṣu tantrādiṣu nistārabījāni bahūni sādhanāni
bhavataivoktāni tat kathamucyate kalau brahmamantrasya
sādhanameva nistārabījamityata āha sādhanānityādi / atra
yadyapi tathāpītyadhyāhāryam

123

(pṛ० ५०) alpāyuṣaḥ svalpavṛttā annādhīnāsavaḥ priye /
lubdhā dhanārjane vyagrāḥ sadā cañcalamānasāḥ

124

samādhāvasthiradhiyo yogakleśāsahiṣṇavaḥ /
teṣāṃ hitāya mokṣāya brahmamārgo'yamīritaḥ

125

kalau nāstyeva nāstyeva satyaṃ satyaṃ mayocyate /
brahmadīkṣāṃ vinā devi kaivalyāya sukhāya ca

126

prātaḥkṛtyaṃ prātareva sandhyāṃ kuryāt trikālataḥ /
madhyāhne pūjanaṃ kuryāt sarvatantreṣvayaṃ vidhiḥ /
parabrahmopāsane tu sādhakecchāvidhiḥ śive

127

vidhayaḥ kiṅkarā yatra niṣedhāḥ prabhavo'pi na /
svecchācāreṇeṣṭasiddhistadvinā ko'nyamāśrayet

128

brahmajñāniguruṃ prāpya śāntaṃ niścalamānasam /
dhṛtvā taccaraṇāmbhojaṃ prārthayed bhaktibhāvataḥ

123

asādhyatve hetuṃ darśayannāha alpāyuṣa ityādi / yata iti
śeṣaḥ / annādhīnāsavaḥ annavaśībhūtaprāṇāḥ

124

samādhāvityādi / samādhiścittavṛttinirodhaḥ tatra /
yogakleśāsahiṣṇavaḥ
nistāropāyabhūtatattatkarmasādhanahetukakleśasahanāśīlāḥ

125

kalau yuge brahmadīkṣāyā anyā kācidapi dīkṣā
mokṣāya sukhāya ca naivāstīti pratijñāṃ kurvannāha
kalāvityādi

126

prātariti / sādhakecchaiva vidhiḥ / yatra parabrahmopāsane

129

१२७ //
atha brahmamantropadeśavidhimabhidhātumupakramate
brahmajñānītyādi / śāntam rāgadveṣādiśūnyam / bhaktibhāvataḥ
bhaktiyogena // kiṃ prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha karuṇāmayetyādi //
१२८ - १३० //
(pṛ० ५१) karuṇāmaya dīneśa tavā'haṃ śaraṇāgataḥ /
tvatpadāmbhoruhacchāyāṃ dehi mūrdhni yaśodhana

130

iti prārthya guruṃ paścāt pūjayitvā svaśaktitaḥ /
kṛtāñcalipuṭo bhūtvā tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhet guroḥ puraḥ

131

gururvicārya vidhivat yathoktaṃ śiṣyalakṣaṇam /
āhūya kṛpayā dadyāt sacchiṣyāya mahāmanum

132

upaviśyā'sane jñānī prāṅmukho vāpyudaṅmukhaḥ /
svavāme śiṣyamānīya kāruṇyenā'valokayet

133

tataḥ śiṣyasya śirasi ṛṣinyāsapuraḥsaram /
japedaṣṭaśataṃ mantraṃ sādhakasyeṣṭasiddhaye

134

dakṣakarṇe brāhmaṇānāmitareṣāñca vāmataḥ /
saptadhā śrāvayet mantraṃ sadguruḥ karuṇānidhiḥ

135

upadeśavidhiḥ prokto brahmamantrasya kālike /
nātra pūjādyapekṣā'sti saṃkalpaṃ mānasañcaret

131

gururityādi / yathoktaṃ śiṣyalakṣaṇam śānto dānto
vinītaścetyādikam

132

upaviśyetyādi / jñānī brahmajñānavān guruḥ / kāruṇyena
kṛpāyuktayā dṛṣṭyā

133

tata ityādi / mantram oṃ saccidekaṃ brahmetyādikam //
dakṣetyādi / vāmataḥ vāme karṇe / mantram pūrvoktameva

135

१३४ //
upadeśeti / atra brahmamantropadeśavidhau / caret kuryāt

136

(pṛ० ५२) tataḥ śrīgurupādābje daṇḍavat patitaṃ śiśum /
utthāpayed guruḥ snehādimaṃ mantramudīrayan

137

uttiṣṭha vatsa mukto'si brahmajñānaparo bhava /
jitendriyaḥ satyavādī valārogyaṃ sadā'stu te

138

tata utthāya gurave yathāśaktyanusārataḥ /
dakṣiṇāṃ svaṃ phalaṃ vā'pi dadyāt sādhakasattamaḥ /
gurorājñāvaśībhūtvā vihareddevavad bhuvi

139

mantragrahaṇamātreṇa tadātmā tanmayo bhavet /
brahmabhūtasya deveśi kimanyairbahusādhanaiḥ

140

iti saṃkṣepato brahmadīkṣā te kathitā priye /
gurukāruṇyamātreṇa brahmadīkṣāṃ samāśrayet

141

śāktāḥ śaivā vaiṣṇavāśca saurā gāṇapatāstathā /
viprā vipretarāścaiva sarve'pyatrādhikāriṇaḥ

136

tata ityādi / tataḥ mantraśravaṇāt parataḥ / śiśum śiṣyam //
taṃ mantramevāha uttiṣṭha vatsetyādi

138

१३७ //
tata iti / svaṃ dhanam ātmānaṃ vā

139

mantretyādi / tadātmā brahmaniṣṭhāntaḥkaraṇaḥ / tanmayaḥ
brahmasvarūpaḥ

140

brahmamantragrahaṇe kālādiniyamo nāstīti pratipādayannāha
gurvityādi

141

upadiṣṭānāmanupadiṣṭānāñca brāhmaṇādīnāṃ
sarveṣāmapyasmin brahmamantre'dhikāro'stītyāha śāktā
ityādinā / atra brahmamantre

142

(pṛ० ५३) ahaṃ mṛtyuñjayo devi devadevo jagadguruḥ /
svecchācārī nirvikalpo mantrasyā'sya prasādataḥ

143

amumeva brahmamantraṃ mattaḥ pūrvamupāsitāḥ /
brahmā brahmarṣayaścāpi devā devarṣayastathā

144

devarṣivaktrānmunayastebhyo rājarṣayaḥ priye /
upāsitā brahmabhūtāḥ paramātmaprasādataḥ

145

brāhme manau maheśāni vicāro nāsti kutracit /
svīyamantraṃ gururdadyāt śiṣyebhyo hyavicārayan

146

pitā'pi dīkṣayet putrān bhrātā bhrātṝn patiḥ striyam /
mātulo bhāgineyāṃśca naptṝn mātāmaho'pi ca

142

etanmantraprasādādeva mayi mṛtyuñjayatvādikamāsīdityāha
ahamityādinā / ahaṃ mṛtyuñjayo'bhavamiti śeṣaḥ

143

etanmantropāsanādeva viriñcyādiṣu brahmabhūtatvaṃ
jātamityāha amumityādinā / matto gṛhītveti śeṣaḥ / upāsitāḥ
śraddhayā anuṣṭhitavantaḥ / gatyarthākarmakaśliṣaśīḍityādinā
kartari ktaḥ / brahmarṣayo bhṛgvādayaḥ / devā indrādayaḥ / devarṣayo
nāradādayaḥ

144

devarṣīti / devarṣivaktrāt nāradamukhāt / munayo vyāsādayaḥ /
rājarṣayo janakādayaḥ

145

ātmanā grahīto'pyayaṃ brahmamantro guruṇā śiṣyebhyo
deyaḥ pitrādibhirapi putrādibhyo deya ityāha brāhme ityādibhyāṃ
dvābhyām / avicārayan svīyamantradānanimittakaṃ doṣamagaṇayan

147

१४६ //
(pṛ० ५४) svamantradāne yo doṣastathā pitrādidīkṣayā /
siddhe brahmamahāmantre taddoṣo naiva vidyate

148

brahmajñānimukhāt śrutvā yena kena vidhānataḥ /
brahmabhūto naraḥ pūtaḥ puṇyapāpairna lipyate

149

brahmamantropāsitā ye gṛhasthā brāhmaṇādayaḥ /
svasvavarṇottamārate tu pūjyā mānyā viśeṣataḥ

150

brāhmaṇā yatayaḥ sākṣāditare brāhmaṇaiḥ samāḥ /
tasmāt sarve pūjayeyurbrahmajñān brahmadīkṣitān

151

ye ca tānavamanyante te narā brahmaghātinaḥ /
patanti ghoranarake yāvadbhāskaratārakam

152

yat pāpaṃ strīvadhe proktaṃ yatpāpaṃ bhrūṇaghātane /
tasmāt koṭiguṇaṃ pāpaṃ brahmopāsakanindanāt

147

nanu piturmantraṃ na gṛhṇīyāttathā mātāmahasya
cetyādiniṣedhavākyamullaṅghya pitrādibhyo brāhmaṃ mantraṃ
gṛhṇatāṃ putrādīnāmātmīyamantradāne
tattanniṣedhavākyamanādṛtya śiṣyebhyaḥ svīyaṃ brahmamantraṃ
dadato gurośca pratyavāyabhāgitvaṃ syāttatrāha svamantradāne
ityādi / yo doṣaḥ ukta iti śeṣaḥ

149

१४८ //
brahmamantretyādi / yata iti śeṣaḥ / brahmamantramupāsitāḥ
brahmamantropāsitāḥ / gamyādīnāmupasaṃkhyānamiti
dvitīyātatpuruṣaḥ

150

brāhmaṇā iti / brāhmaṇāḥ sākṣāt yatayaḥ parivrājakā
bhaveyuḥ / itare kṣatriyādayaḥ

151

atha brahmopāsakān janānnindatāṃ
janānāmakhilapātakāśrayatvamityāha ye ca tānityādibhyāṃ
dvābhyām / tān brahmadīkṣitān / avamanyante anādriyante /
bhāskaratārakaṃ yāvattiṣṭhettāvat / bhrūṇaghātane garbhaghātane

153

१५२ //
(pṛ० ५५) yathā brahmopadeśena vimuktaḥ sarvapātakaiḥ /
gacchanti brahmasāyujyaṃ tathaiva tava sādhanāt

3

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
jīvanistāropāyapraśne parabrahmopadeśakathanaṃ nāma
tṛtīyollāsaḥ

153

brahmasāyujyam brahmatvam

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ tṛtīyollāsaḥ /
caturthollāsaḥ
śrutvā samyak parabrahmopāsanaṃ parameśvarī /
paramānandasampannā śaṅkaraṃ paripṛcchati

2

śrīdevyuvāca
kathitaṃ yattvayā nātha brahmopāsanamuttamam /
sarvalokapriyakaraṃ sākṣādbrahmapadapradam

3

tejobuddhivalaiśvaryadāyakaṃ sukhasādhanam /
tṛptā'smi jagadīśāna tava vākyāmṛtaplutā

4

yaduktaṃ karuṇāsindho yathā brahmaniṣevaṇāt /
gacchanti brahmasāyujyaṃ tathaiva mama sādhanāt

1

oṃ namo brahmaṇe /
parameśvarī śaṅkaraṃ kiṃ paripṛcchatītyapekṣāyāmāha /
kathitaṃ yadityādi

3

२ //
teja ityādi / tṛptā'smi tadbrahmopāsanaṃ śrutveti śeṣaḥ / tava
vāgamṛtaplutā tāvakīnavāgrūpapīyūṣe nimagnā

5

yaduktamityādi / he karuṇāsindho kṛpāsamudra
brahmaniṣevaṇāt parabrahmaṇa upāsanādyathā janā
brahmasāyujyaṃ brahmatvaṃ gacchanti prāpnuvanti tathaiva mama
(pṛ० ५७) etadveditumicchāmi madīyasādhanaṃ param /
brahmasāyujyajananaṃ yattvayā kathitaṃ prabho

6

vidhānaṃ kīdṛśaṃ tasya sādhanaṃ kena vartmanā /
mantraḥ ko vā'tra vihito dhyānapūjādikañca kim

7

saviśeṣaṃ sāvaśeṣamāmūlādvaktumarhasi /
mama prītikaraṃ deva lokānāṃ hitakārakam /
ko hyanyastvāmṛte śambho bhavavyādhibhiṣagguruḥ

8

iti devyā vacaḥ śrutvā devadevo maheśvaraḥ /
uvāca parayā prītyā pārvatīṃ pārvatīpatiḥ

9

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
śṛṇu devi mahābhāge tavārādhanakāraṇam /
tava sādhanato yena brahmasāyujyamaśnute

4

sādhanādapi brahmatvaṃ prāpnuvantīti yattvayoktaṃ tatra kiṃ
kāraṇamastītyetadvedituṃ jñātumahamicchāmīti
dvitīyaślokagataiḥ padairanvayaḥ

5

etadityādi / he prabho brahmasāyujyajananaṃ
brahmatvotpādakamata eva paraṃ śreṣṭhaṃ yanmadīyaṃ sādhanaṃ
tvayā kathitaṃ tacca kīdṛśaṃ vartate etadapi veditumicchāmi

6

tasya madīyasādhanasya / atra mama sādhane

7

saviśeṣamityādi / sāvaśeṣam avaśeṣaparyantam / āmūlāt
mūlamārabhya / tvāmṛte tvāṃ vinā / bhavavyādhibhiṣagguruḥ
janmarūpasya vyādheścikitsakarājaḥ

8

itītyādi / uvāca uttaramiti śeṣaḥ

9

pārvatīpatiḥ pārvatīṃ kimuttaramuvācetyapekṣāyāmāha
śṛṇu devītyādi / he devi he mahābhāge mahābhāgyaśālini yena
kāraṇena tava sādhanato jano brahmasāyujyaṃ brahmatvamaśnute
labhate tanmayā kathyamānaṃ tavārādhanakāraṇaṃ tvaṃ
śṛṇvityanvayaḥ

10

(pṛ० ५८) tvaṃ parā prakṛtiḥ sākṣād brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ /
tvatto jātaṃ jagat sarvaṃ tvaṃ jagajjananī śive

11

mahadādyaṇuparyantaṃ yadetat sacarācaram /
tvayaivotpāditaṃ bhadre tvadadhīnamidaṃ jagat

12

tvamādyā sarvavidyānāmasmākamapi janmabhūḥ /
tvaṃ jānāsi jagat sarvaṃ na tvāṃ jānāti kaścana

13

tvaṃ kālī tāriṇī durgā ṣoḍaśī bhuvaneśvarī /
dhūmāvatī tvaṃ bagalā bhairavī chinnamastakā

14

tvamannapūrṇā vāgdevī tvaṃ devī kamalālayā /
sarvaśaktisvarūpā tvaṃ sarvadevamayī tanuḥ

10

atha parameśvarīsādhanasya brahmasāyujyajanakatve tadgataṃ
brahmasārūpyameva kāraṇamastītyabhidhātumupakramate tvaṃ parā
prakṛtirityādi / yata iti śeṣaḥ / paramā māyā śaktirvā yasya sa
paramaḥ atati sarvaṃ vyāpnotītyātmā paramaścāsāvātmā ceti
paramātmā tasya paramātmano brahmaṇo yatastvaṃ
sākṣātparā'tyutkṛṣṭā prakṛtirasītyevamanvayaḥ kāryaḥ

11

mahattattvamādiryasya tanmahadādi

12

kiñca tvamādyetyādi / ādyā ādibhūtā / natvanyeṣāmeva
jagatāṃ jananī tvamasi kintvasmākaṃ śaṅkarādīnāmapi
janmabhūrutpattisthānaṃ tvam / jagajjananītvāt sarvaṃ jagat tvaṃ
jānāsi / tvatto jātatvāt kaścana api tvāṃ tu na jānāti

13

kiñca
tvaṃ kālītyādi

14

vāgdevī sarasvatī / kamalālayā lakṣmīḥ /
tanuḥ taveti śeṣaḥ

15

(pṛ० ५९) tvameva sūkṣmā sthūlā tvaṃ vyaktāvyaktasvarūpiṇī /
nirākārā'pi sākārā kastvāṃ veditumarhati

16

upāsakānāṃ kāryārthaṃ śreyase jagatāmapi /
dānavānāṃ vināśāya dhatse nānāvidhāstanūḥ

17

caturbhujā tvaṃ dvibhujā ṣaḍbhujā'ṣṭabhujā tathā /
tvameva viśvarakṣārthaṃ nānāśastrāstradhāriṇī

18

tattadrūpavibhedena mantrayantrādisādhanam /
kathitaṃ sarvatantreṣu bhāvāśca kathitāstrayaḥ

19

paśubhāvaḥ kalau nāsti divyabhāvo'pi durlabhaḥ /
vīrasādhanakarmāṇi pratyakṣāṇi kalau yuge

20

kulācāraṃ vinā devi kalau siddhirna jāyate /
tasmāt sarvaprayatnena sādhayet kulasādhanam

21

kulācāreṇa deveśi brahmajñānaṃ prajāyate /
brahmajñānayuto martyo jīvanmukto na saṃśayaḥ

15

tvamityādi / sūkṣmā paramāṇurūpā / sthūlarūpatvāt
vyaktam paramāṇurūpatvāccāvyaktaṃ svaṃ rūpaṃ vidyate yasyāḥ
tathātvam / vastuto nirākārā'pi ākṛtiśūnyā'pi tvaṃ sākārā
ākāraviśiṣṭā bhavasi / ataḥ tvāṃ vedituṃ jñātuṃ ko'rhati yogyo
bhavati na ko'pītyarthaḥ

16

nanu vastuto yadi nirākāraivāhaṃ tarhi kimarthaṃ
nānāvidhamākāraṃ dadhāmi tatrāha upāsakānāmityādi

17

tā
nānāvidhāstanūreva darśayannāha caturbhujetyādi

22

१८ //
atha paśubhāvādiprasaṅgāt kalau yuge vīrabhāvasyaiva
vidyamānatvena pratyakṣaphaladāyakāni vīrasādhanakarmāṇyeva
sādhanīyānītyevāha paśubhāva ityādibhiḥ // १९ - २१ //
(pṛ० ६०) jñānena medhyamakhilamamedhyaṃ jñānato bhavet /
brahmajñāne samutpanne medhyāmedhyaṃ na vidyate

23

yo jānāti paraṃ brahma sarvavyāpi sanātanam /
kimastyamedhyaṃ tasyāgre sarvaṃ brahmeti jānataḥ

24

tvaṃ sarvarūpiṇī devī sarveṣāṃ jananī parā /
tuṣṭāyāṃ tvayi deveśi sarveṣāṃ toṣaṇaṃ bhavet

25

sṛṣṭerādau tvamekā'sīt tamorūpamagocaram /
tvatto jātaṃ jagat sarvaṃ parabrahmasisṛkṣayā

26

mahattattvādibhūtāntaṃ tvayā sṛṣṭamidaṃ jagat /
nimittamātraṃ tadbrahma sarvakāraṇakāraṇam

27

sadrūpaṃ sarvatovyāpi sarvamāvṛtya tiṣṭhati /
sadaikarūpaṃ cinmātraṃ nirliptaṃ sarvavastuṣu

28

na karoti na cā'śnāti na gacchati na tiṣṭhati /
satyaṃ jñānamanādyantamavāṅmanasagocaram

22

medhyam pavitram

23

ya iti / sanātanam sarvadaikarūpam

25

२४ // agocaram
ākṛtiśūnyatvāt vāṅmanasayorapyaviṣayabhūtam

26

mahadityādi / bhūtāntaṃ pṛthivīparyantam /
sarvakāraṇakāraṇam sarveṣāṃ mahadādīnāṃ kāraṇānāmapi
kāraṇaṃ nimittabhūtam

27

sadrūpamityādi / sadrūpaṃ sarvadā sthāyisvarūpam /
sarvamāvṛtya niśśeṣaṃ padārthamāveṣṭya sarvavastuṣu sthitamapi
nirliptamasambaddham

29

netyādi / na cāśnāti na ca bhuṅkte / satyam yathārthasvarūpam
/ jñānaṃ
(pṛ० ६१) tadicchāmātramālambya tvaṃ mahāyoginī parā /
karoṣi pāsi haṃsyante jagadetaccarācaram

30

tava rūpaṃ mahākālo jagatsaṃhārakārakaḥ /
mahāsaṃhārasamaye kālaḥ sarvaṃ grasiṣyati

31

kalanāt sarvabhūtānāṃ mahākālaḥ prakīrtitaḥ /
mahākālasya kalanāt tvamādyā kālikā parā

32

kālasaṃgrasanāt kālī sarveṣāmādirūpiṇī /
kālatvādādibhūtatvādādyā kālīti gīyate

33

punaḥ svarūpamāsādya tamorūpaṃ nirākṛtiḥ /
vācātītaṃ manogamyaṃ tvamekaivā'vaśiṣyase

34

sākārā'pi nirākārā māyayā bahurūpiṇī /
tvaṃ sarvādiranādistvaṃ kartrī hartrī ca pālikā

28

samastapadārthāvabodhaḥ tatsvarūpam / anādyantam na vidyate ādiḥ
kāraṇam anto nāśaśca yasya tathābhūtam

29

tadityādi / tadicchāmātram parabrahmaṇa icchāmeva / ante
pralayakāle

31

३० //
kalanādityādi / kalanāt grasanāt

32

ādirūpiṇī
kāraṇasvarūpā

33

punarityādi / nirākṛti ākāraśūnyam / vācātītam
atikrāntavāk / mano'gamyam manaso'pyaprāpyam

34

sākāretyādi / sarvādiḥ sarveṣāṃ kāraṇabhūtā
sarvakāraṇatvādeva na vidyate ādiḥ kāraṇaṃ yasyāstathābhūtā
tvamasi

35

(pṛ० ६२) ataste kathitaṃ bhadre brahmamantreṇa dīkṣitaḥ /
yatphalaṃ samavāpnoti tatphalaṃ tava sādhanāt

36

nānā'cāreṇa bhāvena deśakālādhikāriṇām /
vibhedāt kathitaṃ devi kutracidguptasādhanam

37

ye yatrādhikṛtā martyāste tatra phalabhāginaḥ /
bhaviṣyanti tariṣyanti mānuṣā gatakilviṣāḥ

38

bahujanmārjitaiḥ puṇyaiḥ kulācāre matirlabhet /
kulācāreṇa pūtātmā sākṣācchivamayo bhavet

39

yatrāsti bhogabāhulyaṃ tatra yogasya kā kathā /
yoge'pi bhogavirahaḥ kaulastūbhayamaśnute

35

tava sādhanato brahmatvalābhe idameva kāraṇamastītyāha ata
ityādinā

36

atha sādhanaṃ kena vartmaneti madīyaṃ sādhanaṃ paraṃ
kīdṛśaṃ vartate iti ca yat parameśvaryā pṛṣṭaṃ tatra matkathitenaiva
mārgeṇa sarvaṃ karma sādhanīyaṃ maduktavartmanā
nityanaimittikakarmaṇāṃ yat sādhanaṃ tadeva tāvakīnaṃ
sādhanamityuttaraṃ dātumupakramate nānācāreṇetyādi /
nānābhāvena ca / vibhedāt viśeṣāt / kutracit tantrādiṣu

37

ya iti / yatra guptasādhane vyaktasādhane vā

38

atha pravale kalau yuge kulamārgeṇaiva sarvaṃ karma
sādhanīyamiti pratipādanāya tameva mārgaṃ stotumanā mahādevaḥ
pūrvaṃ tanmārgavartinaṃ janaṃ praśaṃsati bahujanmetyādibhiḥ /
sākṣācchivamayaḥ sākṣācchivasvarūpaḥ

39

yatreti / yatra sādhane / bhogavirahaḥ bhogābhāvaḥ /
ubhayamaśnute yogaṃ bhogañca labhate

40

(pṛ० ६३) ekaścet kulatattvajñaḥ pūjito yena suvrate /
sarve devāśca devyaśca pūjitā nātra saṃśayaḥ

41

pṛthivīṃ hemasampūrṇāṃ dattvā yat phalamāpnuyāt /
tasmāt koṭiguṇaṃ puṇyaṃ labhate kaulikārcanāt

42

śvapaco'pi kulajñānī brāhmaṇādatiricyate /
kulācāravihīnastu brāhmaṇaḥ śvapacādhamaḥ

43

kauladharmāt paro dharmo nāsti jñāne tu māmake /
yasyānuṣṭhānamātreṇa brahmajñānī naro bhavet

44

satyaṃ vrabīmi te devi hṛdi kṛtvā'vadhāraya /
sarvadharmottamāt kaulāt paro dharmo na vidyate

45

ayantu paramo mārgo gupto'sti paśusaṅkaṭe /
vyaktībhaviṣyatyacirāt saṃvṛtte prabale kalau

46

kalikāle prabṛddhe tu satyaṃ satyaṃ mayocyate /
na sthāsyati vinā kaulān paśavo mānavā bhuvi

47

yadā tu vaidikī dīkṣā dīkṣā paurāṇikī tathā /
na sthāsyati varārohe tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

40

eka ityādi / pūjitāḥ teneti śeṣaḥ

42

४१ //
śvapaca ityādi / atiricyate uttamatāvattvādviśiṣyate

43

kauladharmasya sarvadharmottamatve hetuṃ darśayannāha
yasyānuṣṭhānamātreṇetyādi

45

४४ //
ayamityādi / paśusaṅkaṭe paśusamūhe / samvṛtte samyak
pravṛtte

47

४६ //
atha tattadyugavidheyācāraprasaṅgena saṃkṣepataḥ
kaliyugaprabalatālakṣaṇāni kathayati yadā tvityādibhiḥ / he varārohe
uttame

48

(pṛ० ६४) yadā tu puṇyapāpānāṃ parīkṣā vedasambhavā /
na sthāsyati śive śānte tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

49

kvacicchinnā kvacidbhinnā yadā surataraṅgiṇī /
bhaviṣyati kuleśāni tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

50

yadā tu mlecchajātīyā rājāno dhanalolupāḥ /
bhaviṣyanti mahāprājñe tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

51

yadā striyo'tidurdāntāḥ karkaśāḥ kalahe ratāḥ /
garhiṣyanti ca bhartāraṃ tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

52

yadā tu mānavā bhūmau strījitāḥ kāmakiṅkarāḥ /
druhyanti gurumitrādīn tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

53

yadā kṣauṇī svalpaphalā toyadāḥ stokavarṣiṇaḥ /
asamyakphalino vṛkṣāstadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

54

bhrātaraḥ svajanāmātyā yadā dhanakaṇehayā /
mithaḥ samprahariṣyanti tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

55

prakaṭe madyamāṃsādau nindādaṇḍavivarjite /
gūḍhapānaṃ cariṣyanti tadaiva pravalaḥ kaliḥ

48

śānte he saṃyatacitte

49

surataraṅgiṇī gaṅgā

53

yadā tvityādi / atidurdāntāḥ atiduḥkhena damyante yāḥ
tathābhūtāḥ atiduḥkhena damanīyā ityarthaḥ / karkaśāḥ kaṭhorāḥ
/ garhiṣyanti nindiṣyanti // ५० - ५२ // stokavarṣiṇaḥ svalpavarṣaṇaśīlāḥ

54

dhanakaṇehayā vittaleśākāṅkṣayā

55

prakaṭe ityādi / prakaṭe pravyakte madyamāṃsādau
nindādaṇḍavivarjite'pi sati yadā gūḍhapānaṃ janāścariṣyanti
tadaiva pravalaḥ kalirjñātavyaḥ

56

(pṛ० ६५) satyatretādvāpareṣu yathā madyādisevanam /
kalāvapi tathā kuryāt kulavartmānusārataḥ

57

ye kurvanti kulācāraṃ satyapūtā jitendriyāḥ /
vyaktācārā dayāśīlā na hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

58

guruśuśrūṣaṇe yuktā bhaktā mātṛpadāmbuje /
anuraktāḥ svadāreṣu na hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

59

satyavratāḥ satyaniṣṭhāḥ satyadharmaparāyaṇāḥ /
kulasādhanasatyā ye na hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

60

kulamārgeṇa tattvāni śodhitāni ca yogine /
ye dadyuḥ satyavacase na hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

61

hiṃsāmātsaryarahitā dambhadveṣavivarjitāḥ /
kuladharmeṣu niṣṭhā ye na hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

62

kaulikaiḥ saha saṃsargaṃ vasatiṃ kulasādhuṣu /
kurvanti kaulasevāṃ ye na hi tān vādhate kaliḥ

63

nānāveśadharāḥ kaulāḥ kulācāreṣu niścalāḥ /
sevante tvāṃ kulācārairna hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

56

satyatretetyādi / yathā madyādisevanam prakāśataḥ kṛtavāniti
śeṣaḥ

57

nahi tān bādhate tānna pīḍayati

58

gurvityādi / yuktāḥ saṅgatāḥ / anuraktāḥ anurāgavantaḥ

59

kulasādhanasatyāḥ kulasādhane yathārthāvadhāyinaḥ

60

tattvāni
madyamāṃsādīni

64

hiṃseti / hiṃsāmātsaryarahitāḥ prāṇaviyogānukūlavyāpāro
hiṃsā anyaśubhadveṣo mātsaryam tābhyāṃ rahitāḥ // vasatiṃ
nivāsam // ६१ - ६५ //
(pṛ० ६६) snānaṃ dānaṃ tapastīrthaṃ vrataṃ tarpaṇameva ca /
ye kurvanti kulācārairna hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

65

jīvasekādisaṃskārāḥ pitṛśrāddhādikāḥ kriyāḥ /
ye kurvanti kulācārairna hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

66

kulatattvaṃ kuladravyaṃ kulayoginameva ca /
namaskurvanti ye bhaktyā na hi tān bādhate kaliḥ

67

kauṭilyānṛtahīnānāṃ svacchānāṃ kulamārgiṇām /
paropakāravratināṃ sādhūnāṃ kiṅkaraḥ kaliḥ

68

kalerdoṣasamūhasya mahāneko guṇaḥ priye /
satyapratijñakaulānāṃ śreyaḥ saṅkalpamātrataḥ

69

apare tu yuge devi puṇyaṃ pāpañca mānasam /
nṛṇāmāsīt kalau puṇyaṃ kevalaṃ na tu duṣkṛtam

70

kulācāravihīnā ye satatāsatyabhāṣiṇaḥ /
paradrohaparā ye ca te narāḥ kalikiṅkarāḥ

71

kulavartmasvabhaktā ye parayoṣitsu kāmukāḥ /
dveṣṭāraḥ kulaniṣṭhānāṃ te jñeyāḥ kalikiṅkarāḥ

72

yugācāraprasaṅgena kaleḥ prāvalyalakṣaṇam /
saṃkṣepāt kathitaṃ bhadre prītaye tava pārvati

66

kulatattvam strīkusumādi / kuladravyam madyamāṃsādi

67

kauṭilyetyādi / paropakāravratinām paropakārarūpaṃ
vratamastyeṣāmiti paropakāravratinaḥ teṣām

73

kaleriti / doṣasamūhasya doṣasamūhavataḥ // apare satyatretādau
// ६८ - ७२ //
(pṛ० ६७) prakaṭe'tra kalau devi sarve dharmāśca durbalāḥ /
sthāsyatyekaṃ satyamātraṃ tasmāt satyamayo bhavet

74

satyadharmaṃ samāśritya yat karma kurute naraḥ /
tadeva saphalaṃ karma satyaṃ jānīhi suvrate

75

na hi satyāt paro dharmo na pāpamanṛtāt param /
tasmāt sarvātmanā martyaḥ satyamekaṃ samāśrayet

76

satyahīnā vṛthā pūjā satyahīno vṛthā japaḥ /
sayathīnaṃ tapo vyarthamūṣare vapanaṃ yathā

77

satyarūpaṃ paraṃ brahma satyaṃ hi paramaṃ tapaḥ /
satyamūlāḥ kriyāḥ sarvāḥ satyāt parataro na hi

78

ata eva mayā proktaṃ duṣkṛte pravale kalau /
kulācāro'pi satyena kartavyo vyaktabhāvataḥ

79

gopanāddhīyate satyaṃ na guptiranṛtaṃ vinā /
tasmāt prakāśataḥ kuryāt kaulikaḥ kulasādhanam

73

kaleryugasya prāvalye sati satyenaiva pravyaktaḥ kulācāro
vidhātavya ityabhidhātukāmo mahādevaḥ satyaṃ
praśaṃsiṣyannāha prakaṭe'tretyādi

75

७४ //
nahītyādi / anṛtāt asatyāt / sarvātmanā sarvaprayatnena / ātmā
yatno dhṛtirbuddhiḥ svabhāvo brahma varṣma cetyamaraḥ / samāśrayet
samyak seveta

79

ūṣare kṣāramṛttikāyuktadeśe // ata eva sarveṣāṃ karmaṇāṃ
satyamūlatvādevetyarthaḥ / duṣkṛte pāpini // ७६ - ७८ //
hīyate hīnaṃ bhavati tyaktaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ

80

(pṛ० ६८) kuladharmasya guptyarthaṃ nānṛtaṃ syājjugupsitam /
yaduktaṃ kulatantreṣu na śastaṃ pravale kalau

81

kṛte dharmaścatuṣpādaḥ tretāyāṃ pādahīnakaḥ /
dvipādo dvāpare devi pādamātraṃ kalau yuge

82

tatrāpi satyaṃ valavat tapaḥ khañjaṃ dayā'pi ca /
satyapāde kṛte lope dharmalopaḥ prajāyate /
tasmāt satyaṃ samāśritya sarvakarmāṇi sādhayet

83

kulācāraṃ vinā yatra nāstyupāyaḥ kuleśvari /
tatrānṛtapraveśaścet kuto niḥśreyasaṃ bhavet

84

sarvathā satyapūtātmā manmukheritavartmanā /
sarvaṃ karma naraḥ kuryāt svasvavarṇāśramoditam

85

dīkṣāṃ pūjāṃ japaṃ homaṃ puraścaraṇatarpaṇam /
vratodbāhau puṃsavanaṃ sīmantonnayanantathā

80

nanu kuladharmasya guptyarthaṃ nānṛtaṃ syājjugupsitamiti
kulatantreṣu bhavataivoktaṃ tatkathamidānīmucyate tasmāt
prakāśataḥ kuryāt kaulikaḥ kulasādhanamityata āha /
kuladharmasyetyādi

81

kṛta ityādi / kṛte satyayuge catuṣpādo dharma āsīditi śeṣaḥ /
samāsāntaviveranityatvānna pādaśabdasyāntasya lopaḥ /
pādamātram dharmasyāvaśiṣyate iti śeṣaḥ

82

tatrāpītyādi / tatrāpi pādamātre'pi / dayā'pi ca khañjā /
luṣyate iti lopaḥ / tasmin karmaṇi ghañ

86

kulācāramiti / yatra pravale kalau / niḥśreyasaṃ muktiḥ // tacca
kiṃ sarvaṃ karma tatrāna dīkṣāmityādi / puraścaraṇatarpaṇamiti
samāhāradvandvaḥ // ८३ - ८५ //
(pṛ० ६९) jātakarma tathā nāmacūḍākaraṇameva ca /
mṛtakriyāṃ pitṛśrāddhaṃ kuryādāgamasammatam

87

tīrthaśrāddhaṃ vṛṣotsargaṃ śāradotsavameva ca /
yātrāṃ gṛhapraveśañca navavastrādidhāraṇam

88

vāpīkūpataṭāgānāṃ saṃskāraṃ tithikarma ca /
gṛhārambhapratiṣṭhāñca devānāṃ sthāpanantathā

89

divākṛtyaṃ niśākṛtyaṃ parvakṛtyaṃ tathaiva ca /
ṛtumāsavarṣakṛtyaṃ nityaṃ naimittikañca yat

90

kartavyaṃ yadakartavyaṃ tyājyaṃ grāhyañca yadbhavet /
mayoktena vidhānena tat sarvaṃ sādhayennaraḥ

91

na kuryād yadi mohena durmatyā'śraddhayā'pi vā /
vinaṣṭaḥ sarvakarmabhyo viṣṭhāyāṃ sa bhavet kṛmiḥ

92

yadi manmatamutsṛjya maheśi prabale kalau /
yadā yat kriyate karma viparītāya tadbhavet

91

nāmacūḍākaraṇameva ca nāmakaraṇaṃ
cūḍākaraṇañcetyarthaḥ / navavastrādītyādinā
navīnabhūṣaṇādeḥ saṃgrahaḥ / gṛhārambhapratiṣṭhāñca
gṛhārambhaṃ gṛhapratiṣṭhāñcetyarthaḥ // ८६ - ९० //
prabale kalau yuge sadāśivamatamullaṅya karmāṇi kurvato
janasya mahāpātakatvaṃ kriyamāṇānāṃ karmaṇāñca
naiṣphalyamityāha na kuryādityādibhiḥ / mohena avivekena /
aśraddhayā viśvāsābhāvena

93

९२ //
(pṛ० ७०) manmatāsammatā dīkṣā sādhakaprāṇaghātinī /
pūjā'pi viphalā devi hutaṃ bhasmārpaṇaṃ yathā /
devatā kupitā tasya vighnastasya pade pade

94

kalikāle pravṛddhe tu jñātvā macchāstramambike /
yo'nyamārgaiḥ kriyāṃ kuryāt sa mahāpātakī bhavet

95

vratodvāhau prakurvāṇo yo'nyamārgeṇa mānavaḥ /
sa yāti narakaṃ ghoraṃ yāvaccandradivākarau

96

vrate brahmavadhaḥ proktaḥ vrātyo mānavako bhavet /
kevalaṃ sūtravāho'sau caṇḍālādadhamo'pi saḥ

97

udvāhitā'pi yā nārī jānīyāt sā tu garhitā /
udvoḍhā'pi bhavet pāpī saṃsargāt kulanāyike /
veśyāgamanajaṃ pāpaṃ tasya puṃso dine dine

98

taddhastādatratoyādi naiva gṛhṇanti devatāḥ /
pitaro'pi na cāśnanti yatastanmalapūyavat

99

tayorapatyaṃ kānīnaḥ sarvadharmavahiṣkṛtaḥ /
daive paitre kulācāre nādhikāro'sya jāyate

96

bhasmārpaṇam arpyate yat tadarpaṇam karmaṇi lyuṭ
bhasmanyarpaṇamiti saptamītatpuruṣaḥ / bhasmārpitamityarthaḥ /
bhasmārpitamityeva vā pāṭhaḥ // ९३ - ९५ //
vrate ityādi / anyamārgeṇa jātasaṃskāro'pi mānavako vrātyo
bhavet saṃskārahīno bhavedityarthaḥ

100

udvāhitetyādi / anyamārgeṇodvāhitā yā nārī sā tu garhitā
ninditā bhavediti jānīyāt / tāntu garhitāmiti vā pāṭhaḥ / saṃsargāt
(pṛ० ७१) aśāmbhavena mārgeṇa devatāsthāpanañcaret /
na sānnidhyaṃ bhavettatra devatāyāḥ kathañcana /
ihāmutra phalaṃ nāsti kāyakleśo dhanakṣayaḥ

101

āgamoktavidhi hitvā yaḥ śrāddhaṃ kurute naraḥ /
śrāddhaṃ tadviphalaṃ so'pi pitṛbhirnarakaṃ vrajet

102

tattoyaṃ śoṇitasamaṃ piṇḍo malamayo bhavet /
tasmānmartyaḥ prayatnena śāṅkaraṃ matamāśrayet

103

bahunā'tra kimuktena satyaṃ satyaṃ mayocyate /
aśāmbhavaṃ kṛtaṃ karma sarvaṃ devi nirarthakam

104

astu tāvat paro dharmaḥ pūrvadharmo'pi naśyati /
śāmbhavācārahīnasya narakānnaiva niṣkṛtiḥ

105

madudīritamārgeṇa nityanaimittakarmaṇām /
sādhanaṃ yanmaheśāni tadeva tava sādhanam

104

anyamārgeṇodvāhitāyā nāryāḥ saṅgamāt / tasya
kṛtānyavidhyudvāhitanārīsaṃsargasya //
taddhastadattānnatoyādyagrahaṇe kāraṇamāha yata ityādi / tat
annatoyādi // tayoḥ anyamārgodvāhitanārītadudvoḍhṛpuruṣayoḥ /
asya kānīnasya // ९७ - ९९ //
tatra aśāmbhavamārgasthāpitadevatāpratimāyām // १०० - १०३ //
niṣkṛtirnistāraḥ

106

१०५ //
(pṛ० ७२) viśeṣārādhanaṃ tatra mantrayantrādisaṃyutam /
bheṣajaṃ kalirogāṇāṃ śrūyatāṅgadato mama

2

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
jīvanistāropāyapraśno parāprakṛtisādhanopakramo nāma
caturthollāsaḥ

106

bheṣajam auṣadham / gadato mama kathayato mattaḥ /
mametyapādānasya śeṣatvena vivakṣitatvāt śeṣe ṣaṣṭhīti ṣaṣṭhī

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ caturthollāsaḥ /
pañcamollāsaḥ
śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
tvamādyā paramā śaktiḥ sarvaśaktisvarūpiṇī /
tava śaktyā vayaṃ śaktāḥ sṛṣṭisthitilayādiṣu

2

tava rūpāṇyanantāni nānāvarṇākṛtīni ca /
nānāprayāsasādhyāni varṇituṃ kena śakyate

3

tava kāruṇyaleśena kulatantrāgamādiṣu /
teṣāmarcāsādhanāni kathitāni yathāmati

4

guptasādhanametattu na kutrāpi prakāśitam /
asya prasādāt kalyāṇi mayi te karuṇedṛśī

1

oṃ namo brahmaṇe /
mantrayantrādisaṃyuktasya viśeṣārādhanasyaivābhidhāne
pravṛttaḥ śrīsadāśiva uvāca tvamādyā parametyādi

2

taveti / nānāvarṇākṛtīni nānā aneke varṇā ākṛtaya
ākārāśca yeṣāṃ rūpāṇāṃ tāni

3

kāruṇyaleśena dayāyā lavena / teṣāṃ tava rūpāṇām

4

etattu ataḥparamucyamānantu / asya guptasādhanasya

5

(pṛ० ७४) tvayā pṛṣṭamidānīṃ tannāhaṃ gopayituṃ kṣamaḥ /
kathayāmi tava prītyai mama prāṇādhika priye

6

sarvaduḥkhapraśamanaṃ sarvāpadvinivārakam /
tvatprāptimūlamacirāttava santoṣakāraṇam

7

kalikalmaṣadīnānāṃ nṛṇāṃ svalpāyuṣāṃ priye /
bahuprayāsāsaktānāmetadeva paraṃ dhanam

8

na cātra nyāsabāhulyaṃ nopavāsādisaṃyamaḥ /
sukhasādhyamabāhulyaṃ bhaktānāṃ phaladaṃ mahat

9

tatrā'dau śṛṇu deveśi mantroddhārakramaṃ śive /
yasya śravaṇamātreṇa jīvanmukto'pi jāyate

10

prāṇeśastaijasārūḍho bheruṇḍāvyomabindumān /
bījametat samuddhṛtya dvitīyamuddharet priye

11

sandhyā raktasamārūḍhā vāmanetrendusaṃyutā /
tṛtīyaṃ śṛṇu kalyāṇi dīpasaṃsthaḥ prajāpatiḥ

5

tat guptasādhanam

7

६ //
etadeva ataḥparamucyamānaṃ guptasādhanameva

8

atra ataḥparamucyamāne sādhane / abāhulyaṃ bāhulyaśūnyam

9

tatra sādhane

10

tameva mantroddhārakramamāha prāṇeśa ityādibhiḥ /
taijasārūḍhaḥ taijaso rephastamārūḍhaḥ / prāṇeśo hakāro /
bheruṇḍāvyomabindumān bheruṇḍā īkāraḥ vyomabinduranusvāraḥ
/ tābhyāṃ viśiṣṭo vidhātavyaḥ / evaṃ hrīmityetadbījaṃ
samuddhṛtya dvitīyaṃ bījamuddharet

12

tacca kiṃ bījamata āha sandhyetyādi / raktasamārūḍhā
rephaṃ samārūḍhā sandhyā tālavyaḥ śakāro
vāmanetrendusaṃyutā vāmanetramīkāraḥ induranusvāraḥ
tābhyāṃ
(pṛ० ७५) govindabindusaṃyuktaḥ sādhakānāṃ sukhāvahaḥ /
bījatrayānte parameśvari sambodhanaṃ padam

13

vahnikāntāvadhi prokto daśārṇo'yaṃ manuḥ śive /
sarvavidyāmayī devī vidyeyaṃ parameśvarī

14

ādyatrayāṇāṃ bījānāṃ pratyekaṃ trayameva vā /
prajapet sādhakādhīśaḥ dharmakāmārthasiddhaye

15

bījamādyatrayaṃ hitvā saptārṇā'pi daśākṣarī /
kāmavāgbhavatārādyā saptārṇā'ṣṭākṣarī tridhā

14

saṃyuktā kartavyā / evaṃ śrīmiti dvitīyaṃ bījamuddhṛtamāsīt / he
kalyāṇi tṛtīyaṃ bījaṃ śṛṇu / tacca kiṃ bījamata āha dīpasaṃstha
ityādi / dīpasaṃsthaḥ dīpo rephaḥ tatra sthitaḥ prajāpatiḥ kakāro
govindabindusaṃyuktaḥ govinda īkāraḥ binduranusvāraḥ tābhyāṃ
saṃyuktaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / etādṛśaśca kakāraḥ sādhakānāṃ
sukhāvahaḥ sukhaprāpako bhavati / evañca krīmiti tṛtīyaṃ
bījamuddhṛtamāsīt / bījatrayasyānte vahnikāntā svāhā
avadhirantabhūtā yasya etādṛśaṃ parameśvari iti sambodhanaṃ
padaṃ vadet / sakalapadayojanayā hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāheti
mantro jātaḥ / he śite ayaṃ manurmantro daśārṇo daśavarṇakaḥ
proktaḥ / vahnikāntāvadhiriti pāṭhe tu mantro viśeṣyaḥ tasyaivedaṃ
viśeṣaṇamiti jñātavyam / sarvavidyāmayī sarvavidyāsvarūpeyaṃ
mantrātmikā devī parameśvarī vidyānāma // ११ - १३ //
ādyetyādi / ādyatrayāṇāmetasyaiva mantrasyādibhūtānāṃ
hrī/ prabhṛtīnāṃ trayāṇāṃ bījānāṃ madhye pratyekaṃ hrīmiti
śrīmiti krīmiti vā bījaṃ hrī/ śrī/ krīmiti bījatrayamapi vā
dharmakāmārthasiddhaye sādhakādhīśaḥ sādhakottamaḥ prajapet /
evantu pañcamantrā āsan

16

bījamityādi / hrī/ prabhṛtyādyabījatrayaṃ hitvā tyaktvā
daśākṣarī mantrātmikā parameśvarī vidyā saptārṇā'pi
parameśvari svāhetyākārā saptākṣaryapi
(pṛ० ७६) daśārṇāmantraṇapadāt kālike padamuccaret /
punarādyatrayaṃ bījaṃ vahnijāyāṃ tato vadet

17

ṣoḍaśīyaṃ samākhyātā sarvatantreṣu gopitā /
vadhvādyā praṇavādyā cedeṣā saptadaśī dvidhā

18

tava mantrā hyasaṃkhyātāḥ koṭikoṭyarbṛdāstathā /
saṃkṣepādatra kathitā mantrāṇāṃ dvādaśa priye

19

yeṣu yeṣu ca tantreṣu ye ye mantrāḥ prakīrtitāḥ /
te sarve tava mantrāḥ syustvamādyā prakṛtiryataḥ

15

bhavet / anena sahitāḥ ṣaḍmantrā abhūvan / kāmavāgbhavatārādyā
klīmiti aimiti omiti vā bījamādyaṃ yasyāstathābhūtā cet saptārṇā
mantrarūpā parameśvarī vidyā syāttadā klī/ parameśvari
svāhetyākārā ai/ parameśvari svāhetyākārā oṃ parameśvari
svāhetyākārā cāṣṭākṣaryapi bhavati / evañcaiṣā'ṣṭākṣarī
tridhā jātā / etaistribhiḥ sahitā nava mantrā vabhūvuḥ

19

daśārṇetyādi / daśārṇasya manorāmantraṇapadāt paraṃ
kālike iti padamuccaret vadet / tataḥ paraṃ hrī/ prabhṛtyādyatrayaṃ
bījaṃ punarvadet / tato'nantaraṃ vahnijāyāṃ svāheti padaṃ vadet /
sakalapadayojanayā hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari kālike hrī/ śrī/ krī/
svāheti mantro jātaḥ / iyaṃ ṣoḍaśī ṣoḍaśavarṇā mantrātmikā
parameśvarī vidyā sarvatantreṣu gopitāpi tava prītyai mayā
samākhyātā samyak kathitā / etena sahitā daśa mantrā abhavan /
cedyadyeṣā ṣoḍaśī vadhvādyā strīmiti bījādyā praṇavādyā
oṅkārādyā vā syāt tadā strīṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ krīṃ parameśvari
kālike hrīṃ śrīṃ krīṃ svāhetyākārā oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ krīṃ
parameśvari kālike hrīṃ śrīṃ krīṃ svāhetyākārā ca saptadaśī
saptadaśākṣaryapi bhavet / evañcaiṣā saptadaśī dvidhā jātā /
etābhyāṃ militā dvādaśa mantrā āsan // १६ - १८ //
sakalatantroktānāṃ sarveṣāṃ mantrāṇāṃ
pārvatīsambandhitve hetumāha tvamādyā prakṛtiryata iti

20

२० //
(pṛ० ७७) eteṣāṃ sarvamantrāṇāṃ ekameva hi sādhanam /
kathayāmi tava prītyai tathā lokahitāya ca

21

kulācāraṃ vinā devi śaktimantro na siddhidaḥ /
tasmāt kulācārarataḥ sādhayecchaktisādhanam

22

madyaṃ māṃsaṃ tathā matsyaṃ mudrā maithunameva ca /
śaktipūjāvidhāvādye pañcatattvaṃ prakīrtitam

23

pañcatattvaṃ vinā pūjā abhicārāya kalpate /
neṣṭasiddhirbhavettasya vighnastasya pade pade

24

śilāyāṃ śasyavāpe ca yathā naivāṅkuro bhavet /
pañcatattvavihīnāyāṃ pūjāyāṃ na phalodbhavaḥ

25

prātaḥkṛtyaṃ vinā devi nādhikārī tu karmasu /
tasmādādau pravakṣyāmi prātaḥkṛtyaṃ yathocitam

26

rajanīśeṣayāmasya śeṣārddhamaruṇodayaḥ /
tadā sādhaka utthāya muktasvāpaḥ kṛtāsanaḥ /
dhyāyecchirasi śulkābje dvinetraṃ dvibhujaṃ gurum

21

tadeva sādhanamāha kulācāramityādibhiḥ

22

pañcatattvaṃ vinā śaktipūjāyā niṣphalatvādavaśyameva
pañcatattvena śakteḥ pūjā vidhātavyetyāha madyamityādibhiḥ

27

abhicārāya hiṃsākarmaṇe / hiṃsākarmābhicāraḥ syādityamaraḥ
// २३ - २५ //
prātaḥkṛtyamāha rajanīśeṣayāmasyetyādibhiḥ /
rajanīśeṣayāmasya rātrerantimasya praharasya śeṣārddhamantimaṃ
daṇḍacatuṣṭayamaruṇodayaḥ syāt / tadā tasminnevāruṇodaye kāle
muktasvāpastyaktanidraḥ sādhaka utthāya kṛtamāsanaṃ yena
tathābhūta
(pṛ० ७८) śvetāmbaraparīdhānaṃ śvetamālyānulepanam /
varābhayakaraṃ śāntaṃ karuṇāmayavigraham

28

vāmenotpaladhāriṇyā śaktyā'liṅgitavigraham /
smerānanaṃ suprasannaṃ sādhakābhīṣṭadāyakam

29

evaṃ dhyātvā kuleśāni mānasairupacārakaiḥ /
pūjayitvā japenmantrī vāgbhavaṃ bījamuttamam

30

yathāśakti japaṃ kṛtvā samarpya dakṣiṇe kare /
tatastu praṇameddhīmān mantreṇā'nena sadgurum

26

āsanopaviṣṭaśca san śirasi śuklābje śvetapadme sthitaṃ guruṃ
dhyāyedityanvayaḥ / dvinetramityādīni dvitīyāntāni guruviśeṣaṇāni

27

śvetetyādi / śvetāmbaraparīdhānaṃ paridhīyate yattat
parīdhānam / karmaṇi lyuṭ / parītyasya dīrghastvārṣaḥ / śvete ambare
vastre parīdhāne yasya tathābhūtam / śvetamālyānulepanam
anulipyate yattadanulepanaṃ candanādi / śvete mālyānulepane yasya
tam // varetyādi / varābhayakaraṃ varo'bhayaṃ ca karayoryasya tam /
śāntaṃ rāgadveṣādiśūnyam / karuṇāmayavidmahaṃ
karuṇāmayaḥ kṛpāprācuryavān vigraho deho yasya tam /
vāmenotpaladhāriṇyā śaktyā vāmahastena kamalaṃ dadhatyā
striyā āliṅgitavigrahamāśliṣṭaśarīram

29

२८ //
evamityādi / he kuleśāni mantrī sādhakaḥ evaṃ guruṃ
dhyātvā mānasairmanaḥsaṃkalpitaiḥ
pādyārghyācamanīyādibhirupacārakaiḥ pūjayitvā cottamaṃ
śreṣṭhaṃ vāgbhavam aimiti bījaṃ japet

30

japam aimiti bījasyeti
śeṣaḥ

31

(pṛ० ७९) bhavapāśavināśāya jñānadṛṣṭipradarśine /
namaḥ sadgurave tubhyaṃ bhuktimuktipradāyine

32

narākṛtiparabrahmarūpāyā'jñānahāriṇe /
kuladharmaprakāśāya tasmai śrīgurave namaḥ

33

praṇamyaivaṃ guruṃ tatra cintayennijadevatām /
pūrvavat pūjayitvā tāṃ mūlamantrajapañcaret

34

yathāśakti japitvā tad devīvāmakare'rpayet /
mantreṇānena matimān praṇamediṣṭadevatām

35

namaḥ sarvasvarūpiṇyai jagaddhātryai namonamaḥ /
ādyāyai kālikāyai te kartryai hartryai namonamaḥ

36

namaskṛtya vahirgacchedvāmapādapuraḥsaram /
tyaktvā mūtrapurīṣañca dantadhāvanamācaret

31

anena kena mantreṇetyapekṣāyāṃ tameva mantramāha
bhavapāśavināśāyeti / bhavapāśavināśāya saṃsārarūpasya
pāśasya vināśakāya / jñānadṛṣṭipradarśine jñānarūpāṃ
dṛṣṭiṃ pradarśayituṃ śīlaṃ yasya tasmai

33

३२ //
praṇamyetyādi / evamuktaprakāreṇa guruṃ praṇamya
prakarṣeṇa bhaktiśraddhātiśayena natvā tatra śirasi śuklābje
āsīnāṃ nijadevatāṃ sādhakaścintayeddhyāyet / tataḥ pūrvavat
guruvanmānasairupacārakaistāṃ nijadevatāṃ pūjayitvā hrī/ śrī/
krīmityādikasya mūlamantrasya japañcaret kuryāt

35

३४ // taṃ
mantramevāha / namaḥ sarveti

37

३६ //
(pṛ० ८०) tato gatvā jalābhyāse snānaṃ kṛtvā yathāvidhi /
ādāvapa upaspṛśya praviśet salile tataḥ

38

nābhimātrajale sthitvā malānāmapanuttaye /
sakṛt snātvā tathonmajya māntramācamanañcaret

39

ātmavidyāśivaistattvaiḥ svāhāntaiḥ sādhakāgraṇīḥ /
triraprāśyā'po dvirunmṛjya tvācamet kulasādhakaḥ

40

kulayantraṃ mantragarbhaṃ vilikhya salile sudhīḥ /
mūlamantraṃ dvādaśadhā tasyopari japet priye

41

tejorūpaṃ jalaṃ dhyātvā sūryamuddiśya deśikaḥ /
tattoyairatryañjalīn dattvā tenaiva pāthasā tridhā /
abhiṣicya svamūrddhānaṃ saptacchidrāṇi rodhayet

37

tata ityādi / jalābhyāse vārinikaṭe / snānavidhimevāha
ādāvapa ityādibhiḥ / apo jalāni / salile jale

38

mantraiḥ kāryaṃ
māntram

39

ācamanamantrāneva darśayannāha ātmetyādi / svāhā anto
yeṣāṃ tathābhūtaiḥ ātmavidyāśivatattvaiḥ ātmatattvāya svāhā
vidyātattvāya svāhā śivatattvāya svāheti mantrairityarthaḥ /
sādhakāgraṇīḥ sādhakaśreṣṭhaḥ / kulasādhako'po jalāni
trirvāratrayaṃ prāśya prapīya dvirvāradvayamunmṛjya
ityevamācamya hrī/ prabhṛtīnāṃ mantrāṇāṃ madhye kaścidapi
mantro garbhe yasyaivambhūtaṃ trikoṇātmakaṃ kulayantraṃ salile
jale vilikhya sudhīrdhīraḥ sādhakastasya kulayantrasyopari hrī/ śrī/
krīmityādyātmakaṃ mūlamantraṃ dvādaśadhā
dvādaśavārañjapediti dvitīyenānvayaḥ

42

४० //
tejorūpamiti / deśikaḥ sādhakaḥ kulayantrasambandhi jalaṃ
tejorūpaṃ dhyātvā tattoyaiḥ kulayantrasambandhibhirjalaistryañjalīn
sūryamuddiśya dattvā tenaiva
(pṛ० ८१) tatastu devatāprītyai trirnimajya jalāntare /
utthāya gātraṃ sammārjya pidadhyācchuddhavāsasī

43

mṛtsnayā bhasmanā vā'pi tripuṇḍraṃ bindusaṃyutam /
lalāṭe tilakaṃ kuryādgāyatryā baddhakuntalaḥ

44

vaidikīṃ tāntrikīñcaiva yathānukramayogataḥ /
sandhyāṃ samācarenmantrī tāntrikīṃ śṛṇu kathyate

45

ācamya pūrvavattoyaistīrthānyāvāhayecchive

46

gaṅge ca yamune caiva godāvari sarasvati /
narmade sindhu kāveri jale'smin sannidhiṃ kuru

41

kulayantrasambandhinaiva pāthasā jalena svamūrddhānaṃ tridhā
trivāramabhiṣicya saptacchidrāni karṇanetranāsāmukhavivarāṇi
hastadvayāṅgulibhī rodhayet

42

tatastviti / tatastu saptacchidrarodhanādanantaraṃ tu devatāprītyai
saṅkalpya jalāntare trirvāratrayaṃ nimajjya tata utthāya gātraṃ
sammārjya vastreṇa prokṣya ca śuddhavāsasī dhautavastre pidadhyāt
ācchādayet paridadhyādityarthaḥ

43

mṛtsnayeti / tato gāyatryā baddhakuntalo nibaddhakeśaḥ san
mṛtsnayā praśastayā mṛttikayā tādṛśenaiva bhasmanā vā'pi
bindusaṃyutaṃ tripuṇḍraṃ tilakaṃ lalāṭe kuryāt

44

vaidikīmiti / tato mantrī sādhako
yathānukramayogato'nukrameṇaiva vaidikīṃ tāntrikīñca sandhyāṃ
samācaret kuryāt / tayormadhye tāntrikīṃ sandhyāṃ tvaṃ śṛṇu
mayā kathyate

45

tāntrikīṃ sandhyāmevāha ācamyetyādibhiḥ / he śive
pūrvavadācamya toye jale tīrthānyāvāhayet

46

nanu kena mantreṇa kāni vā
tīrthānyāvāhayedityapekṣāyāmāha gaṅge cetyādi / sannidhim
āsattim

47

(pṛ० ८२) mantreṇānena matimān mudrayā'ṅkuśasaṃjñayā /
āvāhya tīrthaṃ salile mūlaṃ dvādaśadhā japet

48

tatastattoyato bindūṃstridhā bhūmau vinikṣipet /
madhyamānāmikāyogānmūloccāraṇapūrvakam

49

saptavāraṃ svamūrddhānamabhiṣicya tato jalam /
vāmahaste samādāya chādayeddakṣapāṇinā

50

īśānavāyuvaruṇavahnīndrabījapañcakam /
prajapya vedadhā toyaṃ dakṣahaste samānayet

47

mantreṇeti / matimān sādhako'nena anantaramevoktena
mantreṇāṅkuśasaṃjñayā mudrayā salile jale tīrthamāvāhya
mūlaṃ mantraṃ salile eva dvādaśadhā japet / aṅkuśamudrā yathā
jñānārṇave /
dakṣamuṣṭiṃ vidhāyātha tarjanyaṅkuśarūpiṇī /
aṅkuśākhyā mahāmudrā trailokyākarṣaṇakṣameti

48

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ mūlamantrasyoccāraṇaṃ pūrvaṃ
yatra karmaṇi tat mūloccāraṇapūrvakaṃ
madhyamānāmikāyogāttattoyato bindūn tridhā trivāraṃ bhūmau
vinikṣipet

49

saptavāramiti / mūloccāraṇapūrvakaṃ
madhyamānāmikāyogāt tenaiva jalena saptavāraṃ
svamūrddhānamātmīyaṃ mastakamabhiṣicya tataḥ paraṃ vāmahaste
jalaṃ samādāya gṛhītvā dakṣapāṇinā'cchādayet

50

īśānetyādi / dakṣapāṇinā'cchādya ca
īśānavāyuvaruṇavahnīndrasvāmikaṃ ha/ ya/ va/ ra/
lamityetadbījapañcakaṃ vedadhā caturvāraṃ prajapya tattoyaṃ
dakṣahaste samānayet

51

(pṛ० ८३) vīkṣya tejomayaṃ dhyātvā ceḍayā'kṛṣya sādhakaḥ /
dehāntaḥkaluṣaṃ tena recayet piṅgalākhyayā

52

niṣkṛṣya purato vajraśilāyāmastramuccaran /
trivāraṃ tāḍayan mantrī hastau prakṣālayettataḥ

53

ācamyoktena mantreṇa sūryāyārghyaṃ nivedayet

54

tāramāyāhaṃsa iti ghṛṇisūrya tataḥparam /
idamarghyaṃ tubhyamuktvā dadyāt svāhetyudīrayan

55

tato dhyāyenmahādevīṃ gāyatrīṃ paradevatām /
prātarmadhyāhnasāyāhne trirūpāṃ guṇabhedataḥ

56

prātarbrāhmīṃ raktavarṇāṃ dvibhujāñca kumārikām /
kamaṇḍaluṃ tīrthapūrṇamacchamālāñca vibhratīm /
kṛṣṇājināmbaradharāṃ haṃsārūḍhāṃ śucismitām

51

vīkṣyeti / sādhako jano dakṣahaste samānītaṃ tajjalaṃ vīkṣya
vilokya tejomayaṃ tejorūpaṃ dhyātvā īḍayā nāḍyā ākṛṣya ca
piṅgalākhyayā nāḍyā tena jalena dehāntaḥkaluṣaṃ
śarīrāntaḥpāpaṃ recayenniṣkarṣayet

52

niṣkṛṣyeti / mantrī sādhaka evaṃ dehāntaḥkaluṣaṃ niṣkṛṣya
purato'gre manaḥkalpitāyāṃ vajraśilāyāmastraṃ phaḍiti
mantramuccaran japan san trivāraṃ tāḍayet āhanyāt / tato'nantaraṃ
hastau prakṣālayeddhāvet

53

ācamyeti / tata uktena mantreṇācamya sūryāyārghyaṃ
nivedayeddadyāt

54

nanu kena mantreṇa sūryāyārghyaṃ nivedanīyamata āha
tāretyādi / pūrvaṃ tāramāyāhaṃsa ityuktvā tataḥparaṃ
ghṛṇisūryetyuktvā tataśca paramidamarghyaṃ tubhyamityuktvā
tato'nantaraṃ svāhetyudīrayan kīrtayan sādhakaḥ sūryāyārghyaṃ
dadyāt / o/ hrī/ haṃsa ghṛṇisūrya idamarghyaṃ tubhyaṃ svāheti
mantreṇārghyaṃ nivedayedityarthaḥ

57

५५ //
raja ādiguṇabhedāt prātarmadhyāhnasāyāhne trirūpatvaṃ
pradarśayan gāyatryā dhyānamevāha prātarbrāhmīmityādibhiḥ /
prātariti / raktavarṇām rakto lohito
(pṛ० ८४) madhyāhne tāṃ śyāmavarṇāṃ vaiṣṇavīñca caturbhujām /
śaṅkhacakragadāpadmadhāriṇīṃ garuḍāsanām

58

pīnottuṅgakucadvandvāṃ vanamālāvibhūṣitām /
yuvatīṃ satataṃ dhyāyenmadhye mārtaṇḍamaṇḍale

59

sāyāhne varadāṃ devīṃ gāyatrīṃ saṃsmared yatiḥ /
śuklāṃ śuklāmbaradharāṃ vṛṣāsanakṛtāśrayām

60

trinetrāṃ varadāṃ pāśaṃ śūlañca nṛkaroṭikām /
vibhratīṃ karapadmaiśca vṛddhāṃ galitayauvanām

56

varṇo yasyāstām / dvibhujāṃ dvau bhujau bāhū
yasyāstathābhūtām / tīrthapūrṇaṃ gaṅgāditīrthajalaiḥ pūritaṃ
kamaṇḍalum acchamālāṃ svacchamālyañca pāṇibhyāṃ
vibhratīṃ dadhatīm / kṛṣṇājināmbaradharāṃ nīlacarmarūpaṃ
vastraṃ paridadhatīm / haṃsārūḍhāṃ haṃsaḥ
pakṣiviśeṣastamārūḍhām / śucismitāṃ śuci pavitraṃ śubhraṃ
vā smitamīṣaddhāso yasyāstām / kumārikāṃ kanyakām /
brāhmīṃ brahmaṇaḥ śaktim / evambhūtāṃ gāyatrīṃ devīṃ
prātaḥkāle dhyāyet / agre'pyevamevānvayaḥ kartavyaḥ

57

madhyāhna iti / tāṃ gāyatrīm

58

pīneti / pīnaṃ vṛhattuṅgamunnataṃ kucadvandvaṃ yasyāḥ
tathābhūtām

59

sāyāhne ityādi / yatiḥ nirjitendriyavyūhaḥ / ye
nirjitendriyagrāmā yatino yatayaśca te ityamaraḥ /
vṛṣāsanakṛtāśrayām vṛṣarūpamāsanaṃ yasya sa vṛṣāsanaḥ
śivaḥ sa eva kṛta āśrayo nijādhāro yayā tathābhūtām / athavā
vṛṣarūpaṃ yadāsanaṃ tadātmakaḥ kṛta āśrayo yayā
tathābhūtām

60

trinetramiti / nṛkaroṭikām narakapālam / galitayauvanāṃ
dhvastatāruṇyām

61

(pṛ० ८५) evaṃ dhyātvā mahādevyai jalānāmañjalitrayam /
datvā japettu gāyatrīṃ daśadhā śatadhā'pi vā

62

gāyatrīṃ śṛṇu deveśi vadāmi tava bhāvataḥ /
ādyāyai padamuccārya vidmahe tadanantaram

63

parameśvaryai dhīmahi tannaḥ kālī pracodayāt /
eṣā tu tava gāyatrī mahāpāpapraṇāśinī

64

trisandhyametāṃ prajapan sandhyāyāḥ phalamāpnuyāt /
tatastu tarpayedbhadre devarṣipitṛdevatāḥ

65

praṇavaṃ sadvitīyākhyāṃ tarpayāmi namaḥ padam /
śaktau tu praṇave māyāṃ namaḥsthāne dviṭhaṃ vadet

61

evamityādi / mahādevyai gāyatryai daśadhā śatadhā'pi vā
daśavāraṃ śatavāraṃ vetyarthaḥ

62

gāyatrīmityādinā gāyatrīṃ vaktumupakramate / bhāvataḥ
prītitaḥ

63

tāṃ gāyatrīmevāha ādyāyai ityādinā / pūrvamādyāyai iti
padamuccārya tadanantaraṃ vidmahe iti padamuccaret / tadanantaraṃ
parameśvaryai dhīmahi tannaḥ kālī pracodayādityuccaret / yojanayā
ādyāyai vidmahe parameśvaryai dhīmahi tannaḥ kālī
pracodayādityākārā gāyatryāsīt / etadgāyatryarthastu ādyāyai
parameśvaryai ādyāṃ parameśvarīṃ prāptuṃ yāṃ vayaṃ
vidmahe manyāmahe dhīmahi cintayāmaśca tat jagatkāraṇatvena
atiprasiddhā kālī no'smān pracodayāt prerayet
dharmārthakāmamokṣeṣu viniyojayedityartha iti

64

trisandhyamiti / etām kevalāṃ tava gāyatrīm / tatastu
gāyatrījapādanantaraṃ tu

66

nanu kena kena mantreṇa devarṣipitṛdevatāstarpayitavyā
ityākāṅkṣāyāṃ tarpaṇamantramāha praṇavamityādinā / pūrvaṃ
praṇavamoṅkāraṃ vadet / tataḥ sadvitīyākhyāṃ
(pṛ० ८६) mūlānte sarvabhūtānte nivāsinyai padaṃ vadet /
sarvasvarūpāṃ ṅeyuktāṃ sāyudhā'pi tathā paṭhet

67

sāvaraṇāṃ sacaturthīṃ tadvadeva parātparām /
ādyāyai kālikāyai ta idamarghyaṃ tato dviṭhaḥ

68

anenārghyaṃ mahādevyai dattvā mūlaṃ japet sudhīḥ /
yathāśakti japaṃ kṛtvā devyā vāmakare'rpayet

65

dvitīyayā vibhaktyā sahitāmākhyāṃ nāmadheyaṃ vadet / tataśca
paraṃ tarpayāmīti nama iti ca padaṃ vadet / śaktau tu śaktiviṣaye tu
praṇave praṇavasthāne māyāṃ hrīmiti bījaṃ vadet / namaḥsthāne
dviṭhaṃ svāheti padaṃ vadet / etena o/ devāṃstarpayāmi nama iti
mantreṇa devān omṛṣīṃstarpayāmi nama ityanena ṛṣīn o/
pitṝṃstarpayāmi nama iti mantreṇa pitṝn hrī/ ādyāṃ kālīṃ
tarpayāmi svāhetyanenādyāṃ kālīṃ tarpayediti jñāpitam

66

mūlānta ityādi / mūlasya hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāheti
mantrasyānte yat sarvabhūteti padaṃ tasyānte nivāsinyai iti padaṃ
vadet / tato ṅeyuktāṃ sarvasvarūpāṃ vadet / tataḥ tathā ṅeyuktā
sāyudhetyapi padaṃ vadet / tataḥ tadvadeva sacaturthīmeva
parātparāṃ vadet / tataḥ ādyāyai kālikāyai te idamarghyamiti vadet /
tato dviṭhaḥ svāheti padaṃ vadet / sakalapadayojanayā hrī/ śrī/ krī/
parameśvari svāhā sarvabhūtanivāsinyai sarvasvarūpāyai
sāyudhāyai sāvaraṇāyai parātparāyai ādyāyai kālikāyai te
idamarghyaṃ svāheti mantra āsīt

68

६७ //
aneneti / anenānantaramevoktena mantreṇa mahādevyai arghyaṃ
dattvā sudhīrdhīraḥ sādhako mūlaṃ mantraṃ japet / yathāśakti
japaṃ kṛtvā ca japajanyaṃ phalaṃ devyā vāmakare'rpayet dadyāt

69

(pṛ० ८७) praṇamya devīṃ pūjārthaṃ jalamādāya sādhakaḥ /
natvā tīrthaṃ paṭhan stotraṃ devatādhyānatatparaḥ

70

yāgamaṇḍapamāgatya pāṇipādau viśodhayet /
tato dvārasya purataḥ sāmānyārghyaṃ prakalpayet

71

trikoṇavṛttabhūbimbaṃ maṇḍalaṃ racayet sudhīḥ /
ādhāraśaktiṃ saṃpūjya tatrā'dhāraṃ niyojayet

72

astreṇa pātraṃ prakṣālya hṛnmantreṇa prapūrya ca /
nikṣipya gandhaṃ puṣpañca tīrthānyāvāhayettataḥ

73

ādhārapātratoyeṣu vahnyarkaśaśimaṇḍalam /
pūjayitvā taddaśadhā māyābījena mantrayet

69

praṇamyeti / tataḥ sādhako devīṃ praṇamya pūjārthaṃ
jalamādāya gṛhītvā tīrthaṃ natvā ca stotraṃ paṭhan
devatādhyānatatparaḥ san yāgamaṇḍapaṃ yajanagṛhamāgatya
pāṇipādau viśodhayet dhāvet / tato dvārasya purato'gre
sāmānyārghyaṃ prakalpayet racayet

71

७० //
nanu sāmānyārghyaṃ kiṃ nāmetyata āha trikoṇetyādi /
sudhīrvicakṣaṇaḥ trikoṇañca vṛttañca bhūbimbaṃ caiteṣāṃ
samāhāraḥ trikoṇavṛttabhūvimbaṃ maṇḍalaṃ racayet / pūrvaṃ
trikoṇaṃ tatastadvahirabhito vṛttaṃ vartulaṃ tatastadvahirbhūbimbaṃ
catuṣkoṇañca maṇḍalaṃ kuryādityarthaḥ / tatra racite maṇḍale o/
ādhāraśaktaye nama iti mantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhirādhāraśaktiṃ
saṃpūjya sāmānyārghyaṃ pātrasthāpanāya tasminneva racite
maṇḍale kamapyādhāraṃ niyojayet sthāpayet

72

astreṇeti / astreṇa phaḍiti mantreṇa pātraṃ prakṣālyā'dhāre
saṃsthāpya ca hṛnmantreṇa namomantreṇa jalaiḥ prapūrya ca tatra
gandhaṃ candanādikaṃ puṣpañca nikṣipya tataḥparaṃ tatra
tīrthānyāvāhayet

74

ādhāreti / tataḥ ādhāraśca pātrañca toyañca
tānyādhārapātratoyāni teṣu vahnyarkaśaśimaṇḍalaṃ pūjayitvā
ādhāre vahnimaṇḍalaṃ pātre'rkamaṇḍalaṃ toye ca
(pṛ० ८८) pradarśayeddhenuyoniṃ sāmānyārghyamidaṃ smṛtam /
tatastajjalapuṣpaiśca pūjayed dvāradevatāḥ

75

gaṇeśaṃ kṣetrapālañca vaṭukaṃ yoginīṃ tathā /
gaṅgāñca yamunāñcaiva lakṣmīṃ vāṇīṃ tato yajet

76

kiñcit spṛśan vāmaśākhāṃ vāmapādapuraḥsaram /
smaran devyāḥ padāmbhojaṃ maṇḍapaṃ praviśet sudhīḥ

73

śaśimaṇḍalaṃ vakṣyamāṇamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhirarcayitvetyarthaḥ / daśadhā daśavāraṃ
māyābījena hrīmitibījena tajjalaṃ mantrayet

74

pradarśayediti / tataḥ tasyopari dhenuyonī mudre pradarśayet /
idameva sāmānyārghyaṃ smṛtam / tataḥparaṃ tajjalapuṣpaiḥ
sāmānyārghyasambandhitoyakusumairdvāradevatāḥ pūjayet /
dhenumudrā yathā /
anyonyābhimukhāśliṣṭā kaniṣṭhānāmikā punaḥ /
tathā ca tarjanīmadhyā dhenumudrā'mṛtapradeti

75

yā dvāradevatāḥ pūjayettā eva darśayannāha
gaṇeśamityādi / gāṃ gaṇeśāya nama iti mantreṇa gaṇeśam kṣāṃ
kṣetrapālāya nama iti mantreṇa kṣetrapālam vāṃ vaṭukāya nama
ityanena vaṭukam yāṃ yoginyai nama ityanena yoginīm gāṃ
gaṅgāyai nama ityanena gaṅgām yāṃ yamunāyai nama iti mantreṇa
yamunām śrī/ lakṣmyai nama ityanena lakṣmīm ai/ sarasvatyai nama iti
mantreṇa vāṇīṃ gandhapuṣpādibhiryajet pūjayet

76

kiñciditi / tato vāmaśākhāṃ dvārasthitacatuṣkāṣṭhānāṃ
madhye vāmaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ kiñcit spṛśan devyāḥ padāmbhojañca
smaran sudhīḥ sādhako vāmapādapuraḥsaraṃ yathā syāt tathā
maṇḍapaṃ devīyajanamaṇḍapaṃ devīyajanamandiraṃ praviśet

77

(pṛ० ८९) nairṛtyāṃ diśi vāstvīśaṃ brahmāṇañca samarcayan /
sāmānyārghyasya toyena prokṣayedyāgamandiram

78

anantaraṃ sādhakendro divyadṛṣṭyavalokanaiḥ /
divyānutsārayedvighnānastrādbhiścāntarīkṣagān

79

pārṣṇighātatribhirbhaumāniti vighnānnivārayet /
candanāgurukastūrīkarpūrairyāgamaṇḍapam

80

dhūpayet svopaveśārthaṃ caturasraṃ trikoṇakam /
vilikhya pūjayettatra kāmarūpāya hṛnmanuḥ

81

tatrā'sanaṃ samāstīrya kāmamādhāraśaktitaḥ /
kamalāsanāya namo mantreṇaivāsanaṃ yajet

77

nairṛtyāmityādi / maṇḍapaṃ praviśya ca tatraiva nairṛtyāṃ
diśi praṇavādinamo'ntena mantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhirvāstvīśaṃ
brahmāṇaṃ ca samarcayan pūjayan san sāmānyārghyasya toyena
yāgamandiraṃ prokṣayet prasiñcet

82

anantaramiti / anantaraṃ tataḥparameva sādhakendro
divyadṛṣṭyavalokanaiḥ nimeṣaśūnyā
dṛṣṭirdivyadṛṣṭistayā'valokanairnirīkṣaṇaiḥ / divi bhavā divyāstān
vighnānutsārayennivārayet / antarikṣagān gaganagatān vighnāṃstu
astrādbhiḥ phaḍiti mantreṇa jalaiścotsārayet / bhaumān
bhūmibhavān vighnāṃstu pārṣṇighātatribhiḥ tribhiḥ
pādatalāghātairnivārayet / tato yāgamaṇḍapaṃ
candanāgurukastūrīkarpūrairdhūpayet vāsayet / tataḥ
svopaveśārthaṃ trikoṇakaṃ tadvahiścaturasraṃ catuṣkoṇañca
maṇḍalaṃ vilikhya tatra likhite maṇḍale tadadhiṣṭhātṛdaivataṃ
kāmarūpaṃ kāmarūpāya hṛt kāmarūpāya nama iti yo
manurmantrastena gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ pūjayet // ७८ - ८० //
tatreti / tatastatra maṇḍale āsanamāstīryācchādya pūrvaṃ
kāmaṃ klīmiti bījamuccārya tataḥ ādhāraśaktīti vadet /
ādhāraśaktitaśca paraṃ kamalāsanāya
(pṛ० ९०) upaviśyāsane vidvān prāṅmukho vāpyudaṅmukhaḥ /
baddhavīrāsano mantrī vijayāṃ pariśodhayet

83

tāraṃ māyāṃ samuccārya amṛte amṛtodbhave /
amṛtavarṣiṇi tato'mṛtamākarṣaya dvidhā

84

siddhiṃ dehi tato brūyāt kālikāṃ me tataḥ param /
vaśamānaya ṭhadvandvaṃ saṃvidāśodhane manuḥ

85

mūlamantraṃ saptavāraṃ prajapya vijayopari /
āvāhanyādimudrāñca dhenuyonī pradarśayet

81

nama iti vadet / yojanayā klīmādhāraśaktikamalāsanāya nama iti
mantro jātaḥ / anenaiva mantreṇāsanaṃ tadadhiṣṭhātṛdaivataṃ yajet

82

vijayāṃ bhaṅgām

83

nanu kena mantreṇa vijayāṃ pariśodhayedityapekṣāyāṃ
tacchodhanamantramevāha tāramityādidvābhyām / pūrvaṃ tāraṃ
praṇavaṃ māyāṃ hrīmiti bījañca samuccārya tataḥparam amṛte
amṛtodbhave amṛtavarṣiṇi iti brūyāt / tato'mṛtamiti brūyāt / tato
dvidhā dvivāramākarṣayeti brūyāt / tataśca siddhiṃ dehīti brūyāt /
tataḥparaṃ kālikāṃ me iti brūyāt / tataśca vaśamānayeti
ṭhadvandvaṃ svāheti brūyāt / sakalapadayojanayā o/ hrī/ amṛte
amṛtodbhave amṛtavarṣiṇi amṛtamākarṣayākarṣaya siddhiṃ dehi
kālikāṃ me vaśamānaya svāheti mantro jātaḥ / saṃvidāśodhane
bhaṅgāyāḥ śodhane'yameva manuḥ proktaḥ

86

८४ //
mūlamantramiti / vijayopari mūlamantraṃ saptavāraṃ prajapya
āvāhyate yayā sā āvāhanī mudrā sā mudrā ādiryasyāḥ sā
āvāhanyādiḥ sā cāsau mudrā cetyāvāhanyādimudrā tām /
dhenuyonī ca mudre vijayopari pradarśayet / āvāhanyādimudrā yathā
dakṣiṇāmūrtisaṃhitāyām /
(pṛ० ९१) guruṃ padme sahasrāre yathā saṅketamudrayā /
tridhaiva tarpayeddevīṃ hṛdi mūlaṃ samuccaran

87

vāgbhavaṃ vadayugmañca vāgvādini padaṃ tataḥ /
mama jihvāgre sthirībhava sarvasatvavaśaṅkari /
svāhāntenaiva manunā juhuyāt kuṇḍalīmukhe

88

svīkṛtya saṃvidāṃ vāmakarṇorddhve śrīguruṃ namet /
dakṣiṇe ca gaṇeśānamādyāṃ madhye sanātanīm /
kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā devīdhyānaparāyaṇaḥ

85

puṭāñjalimadhaḥ kuryādiyamāvāhanī bhavet /
iyantu viparītena tadā vai sthāpanī bhavet //
ūrddhvāṅguṣṭhakamuṣṭibhyāṃ tadeyaṃ sannidhāpanī /
antāṅgṛṣṭhakamuṣṭibhyāṃ tadeyaṃ sannirodhinīti

86

gurumiti / ai/ amukānandanāthaṃ śrīguruṃ tarpayāmi namaḥ
iti mantreṇa saṅketamudrayā gurūpadiṣṭayā tattvamudrayā sahasrāre
sahasradale padme guruṃ yathāvatridhā vijayayā tarpayet / mūlaṃ
mantraṃ samuccaran san hrī/ ādyāṃ kālīṃ tarpayāmi svāheti
mantreṇa tattvamudrayaiva hṛdaye devīṃ vijayayā tridhaiva tarpayet

87

vāgbhavamiti / pūrvaṃ vāgbhavam aimiti bījaṃ vadet / tato
vadayugmaṃ vadet / tato vāgvādini iti padaṃ vadet / tato mama
jihvāgre sthirībhava sarvasattvavaśaṅkari iti vadet / yojanayā ai/ vada
vada vāgvādini mama jihvāgre sthirībhava sarvasattvavaśaṅkari
mantro jātaḥ / svāhāntenaivāmunā manunā kuṇḍalīmukhe
vijayāṃ juhuyāt dadyāt

89

svīkṛtyeti / evaṃ saṃvidāṃ bhaṅgāṃ svīkṛtya gṛhītvā
vāmakarṇasyordhvadeśe o/ śrīgurubhyo nama iti mantreṇa śrīguruṃ
namet / dakṣiṇe dakṣiṇakarṇasyorddhvadeśe
(pṛ० ९२) pūjādravyāṇi sarvāṇi dakṣiṇe sthāpayet sudhīḥ /
vāme suvāsitaṃ toyaṃ kuladravyāṇi yāni ca

90

astrāntamūlamantreṇa sāmānyārghyodakena ca /
saṃprokṣya sarvavastūni veṣṭayejjaladhārayā /
vahnibījena deveśi vahneḥ prākāramācaret

91

puṣpaṃ candanasaṃyuktamādāya karayordvayoḥ /
astreṇa gharṣayitvā tat prakṣipet karaśuddhaye

92

tarjanīmadhyamābhyāñca vāmapāṇitale śive /
ūrdhvorddhvatālatritayaṃ datvā digbandhanaṃ tataḥ /
astreṇa choṭikābhiśca bhūtaśuddhimathā'caret

88

o/ gaṇeśāya nama iti mantreṇa gaṇeśānaṃ namet / o/ sanātanyai
ādyāyai kālyai nama ityanena madhye lalāṭadeśe sanātanīmādyāṃ
kālikāṃ namet

89

pūjeti / pūjādravyāṇi puṣpādīni / kuladravyāṇi madyādīni

90

astrānteti / tataḥ astrāntamūlamantreṇa phaḍantena
mūlamantreṇa sāmānyārghyodakena ca sarvavastūni
saṃprokṣyābhiṣiñcya jaladhārayā veṣṭayet / he deveśi tato
vahnibījena ramiti bījena vahneḥ prākāramāvaraṇamācaret kuryāt

91

puṣpamiti / tataḥ karaśuddhaye candanasaṃyuktaṃ puṣpaṃ
dvayoḥ karayorādāya gṛhītvā astreṇa phaḍiti mantreṇa tat puṣpaṃ
gharṣayitvā prakṣipet

92

tarjanīti / he śive tataḥ tarjanīmadhyamābhyāmaṅgulibhyāṃ
vāmapāṇitale ūrdhvorddhvaṃ tālatritayaṃ dattvā tato'streṇa
phaḍiti mantreṇa choṭikābhiraṅgulidhvanibhiśca digbandhanamācaret /
atha digbandhanādanantaraṃ bhūtaśuddhimācaret

93

(pṛ० ९३) svāṅke nidhāya ca karāvuttānau sādhakottamaḥ /
mano niveśya mūle ca huṅkāreṇaiva kuṇḍalīm

94

utthāpya haṃsamantreṇa pṛthivyā sahitāṃ tu tām /
svādhiṣṭhānaṃ samānīya tatvaṃ tatve niyojayet

95

gandhādighrāṇasaṃyuktāṃ pṛthivīmapsu saṃharet /
rasādijihvayā sārddhaṃ jalamagnau vilāpayet

96

rūpādicakṣuṣā sārddhamagniṃ vāyau vilāpya ca /
sparśāditvagyutaṃ vāyumākāśe pravilāpayet

97

ahaṅkāre hared vyoma saśabdaṃ tanmahatyapi /
mahattatvañca prakṛtau tāṃ brahmaṇi vilāpayet

93

bhūtaśuddhyācaraṇaprakāramevāha svāṅke ityādibhiḥ /
sādhakottamaḥ svāṅke svakroḍe uttānau karau nidhāya saṃsthāpya
mūle mūlādhāracakre ca mano niveśya hūṅkāreṇaiva
kuṇḍalīmutthāpya haṃsamantreṇa haṃsaḥ ityātmakenaiva mantreṇa
pṛthivyā sahitāṃ tāṃ kuṇḍalīṃ śaktiṃ svādhiṣṭhānaṃ
svādhiṣṭhānacakraṃ samānīya tatvaṃ pṛthivyādikaṃ tatve jalādau
niyojayet vilāpayet

95

९४ //
pṛthivyādestatvasya jalāditatve vilāpanaprakārameva
darśyannāha gandhādītyādi / gandha ādiryasya tadgandhādi
evambhūtañca tadghrāṇaṃ nāsā ceti gandhādighrāṇe tena
saṃyuktāṃ pṛthivīm apsu jaleṣu saṃharet vilāpayet / ghrāṇādīti
pāṭhe tu ghrāyate nāsikayā gṛhyate yaḥ sa ghrāṇo gandha eva /
jalādikamapyagnyādāvevameva vilāpayet

97

९६ //
ahaṅkāra iti / ahaṅkāre saśabdaṃ śabdasahitaṃ vyoma
ākāśaṃ haret vilāpayet / tat ahaṅkāratattvaṃ mahati mahattattve
haret / mahattattvañca prakṛtau vilāpayet / tāṃ prakṛtiṃ brahmaṇi
vilāpayet

98

(pṛ० ९४) itthaṃ vilāpya matimān vāmakukṣau vicintayet /
puruṣaṃ kṛṣṇavarṇañca raktaśmaśruvilocanam

99

raktacarmadharaṃ kruddhamaṅguṣṭhaparimāṇakam /
sarvapāpasvarūpañca sarvadā'dhomukhasthitam

100

tatastu vāmanāsāyāṃ yaṃ bījaṃ dhūmravarṇakam /
sañjintya pūrayettena vāyuṃ ṣoḍaśamātrayā /
tena pāpātmakaṃ dehaṃ śoṣayet sādhakāgraṇīḥ

101

nābhau raṃ raktavarṇañca dhyātvā tajjātavahninā /
catuḥṣaṣṭyā kumbhakena dahet pāparatāntanūm

98

itthamiti / matimān sādhaka itthamamunā prakāreṇa
pṛthivyāditattvaṃ vilāpya vāmakukṣau vāme udare kṛṣṇavarṇaṃ
sarvapāpasvarūpaṃ puruṣaṃ vicintayet /
raktaśmaśruvilocanamityādīni dvitīyāntapadāni
sarvapāpasvarūpasya puruṣasyaiva viśeṣaṇāni /
raktaśmaśruvilocanam rakte lohitavarṇe śmaśruvilocane yasya
tathābhūtam

100

९९ //
tatastviti / tato'nantarantu vāmanāsāyāṃ dhūmravarṇakaṃ
yaṃ bījaṃ sañcintya tadeva bījaṃ japan sādhakastena
vāmanāsārandhreṇa ṣoḍaśamātrayā vāyuṃ pūrayedākarṣet /
sādhakāgraṇīḥ sādhakottamastena pūritena vāyunā pāpātmakaṃ
pāpamātmani svasmin yasya evambhūtadehaṃ śoṣayet

101

nābhāviti / tato nābhau raktavarṇaṃ ramiti bījaṃ dhyātvā
tadeva bījaṃ japannapi tajjātavahninā tato ramiti
bījādutpannenāgninā catuḥṣaṣṭyā kumbhakena pāparatāṃ nijāṃ
tanūṃ dahet

102

(pṛ० ९५) lalāṭe vāruṇaṃ bījaṃ śuklavarṇaṃ vicintya ca /
dvātriṃśatā recakena plāvayedamṭāmbhasā

103

āpādaśīrṣaparyantamāplāvya tadanantaram /
utpannaṃ bhāvayeddehaṃ navīnaṃ devatāmayam

104

pṛthvībījaṃ pītavarṇaṃ mūlādhāre vicintayan /
tena divyāvalokena dṛḍhīkuryānnijāṃ tanūm

105

hṛdaye hastamādāya ā/ hrī/ kro/ haṃsa uccaran /
so'haṃ mantreṇa taddehe devyāḥ prāṇān nidhāpayet

106

bhūtaśuddhiṃ vidhāyetthaṃ devībhāvaparāyaṇaḥ /
samāhitamanāḥ kuryāt mātṛkānyāsamambike

102

lalāṭe iti / tato lalāṭe śuklavarṇaṃ vāruṇaṃ vamiti bījaṃ
sañcintya tadeva bījaṃ japannapi dvātriṃśatā
recakenāmṛtāmbhasā vāruṇabījacyutenāmṛtarūpeṇa jalena
dagdhāṃ tanūṃ plāvayet

103

āpādeti / evamāpādaśīrṣaparyantaṃ dehamāplāvya
tadanantaraṃ devatāmayaṃ devatādehasvarūpaṃ navīnamutpannaṃ
dehaṃ bhāvayet cintayet

104

pṛthvīti / tato mūlādhāre pītavarṇaṃ lamityākārakaṃ
pṛthvībījaṃ vicintayan san tena lamiti bījena divyāvalokena ca nijāṃ
tanūṃ dṛḍhīkuryāt

105

hṛdaye iti / tato hṛdaye hastamādāya nidhāya ā/ hrī/ kro/ haṃsa
ityuccaran sādhakaḥ so'haṃ mantreṇa taddehaṃ tasminnavīne dehe
devyāḥ prāṇān pratiṣṭhayet ā/ hrī/ kro/ haṃsaḥ so'hamiti mantreṇa
tatra dehe devyāḥ prāṇānāṃ pratiṣṭhāṃ kuryādityarthaḥ

106

devībhāvaparāyaṇaḥ devīsvarūpo'hamiti cintanatatparaḥ

107

(pṛ० ९६) mātṛkāyā ṛṣirbrahmā gāyatrīchanda īritam /
devatā mātṛkā devī bījaṃ vyañjanasaṃjñakam

108

svarāśca śaktayaḥ sargaḥ kīlakaṃ parikīrtitam /
lipinyāse mahādevi viniyogaprayogitā /
ṛṣinyāsaṃ vidhāyaivaṃ karāṅganyāsamācaret

109

aṃ āṃ madhye kavargañca iṃ īṃ madhye cavargakam /
uṃ ūṃ madhye ṭavargantu eṃ aiṃ madhye tavargakam

110

oṃ auṃ madhye pavargantu yādikṣāntaṃ varānane /
bindu sargāntarāle ca ṣaḍaṅge mantra īritaḥ

111

vinyasya nyāsavidhinā dhyāyenmātṛsarasvatīm

107

atha mātṛkānyāsakramameva didarśayiṣyan mātṛkāyā
ṛṣyādikamāha mātṛkāyā ityādinā / sargaḥ visargaḥ /
viniyogaprayogitā viniyogasya prayogitvam viniyogaḥ prayoktavya
ityarthaḥ / asyā mātṛkāyā brahmā ṛṣirgāyatrī chandaḥ / mātṛkā
sarasvatī devī devatā / halo bījam / svarāḥ śaktayaḥ / visargaḥ
kīlakam / dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptaye lipinyāse viniyogaḥ / śirasi
brahmaṇe ṛṣaye namaḥ / mukhe gāyatryai chandase namaḥ / hṛdaye
mātṛkāyai sarasvatyai devyai devatāyai namaḥ / guhye vyañjanāya
bījāya namaḥ / pādayoḥ svarebhyaḥ śaktibhyo namaḥ / sarvāṅgeṣu
visargāya kīlakāya namaḥ / dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptaye
lipinyāse viniyogaḥ / evam ṛṣinyāsaṃ vidhāya kṛtvā
karāṅganyāsamācaret kuryāt

112

१०८ //
karāṅganyāsakramamevāha aṃ āṃ madhye ityādinā / aṃ
āṃ madhye sthitaṃ kavargam iṃ īṃ madhye sthitaṃ cavargam uṃ
ūṃ madhye sthitaṃ ṭavargam eṃ aiṃ madhye sthitaṃ tavargam oṃ
auṃ madhye sthitaṃ pavargam bindusargāntarāle
anusvāravisargamadhye
(pṛ० ९७) pañcāśallipibhirvibhaktamukhadoḥpanmadhyavakṣaḥsthalāṃ
bhāsvanmaulinibaddhacandraśakalāmāpīnatuṅgastanīm /
mudrāmakṣaguṇaṃ sudhāḍhyakalaśaṃ vidyāñca hastāmbujai-
rvibhrāṇāṃ viṣadaprabhāṃ trinayanāṃ vāgdevatāmāśraye

113

sthitaṃ yādikṣāntañca varṇamaṅguṣṭhādiṣu hṛdayādiṣu ca
ṣaṭsu ṣaṭsu aṅgeṣu nyāsavidhinā yathākramaṃ vinyasya
mātṛsarasvatīṃ dhyāyedityanvayaḥ / yathā aṃ kaṃ khaṃ gaṃ
ghaṃ ṅaṃ āṃ aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ namaḥ / iṃ caṃ chaṃ jaṃ
jhaṃ ñaṃ īṃ tarjanībhyāṃ svāhā / uṃ ṭaṃ ṭhaṃ ḍaṃ
ḍhaṃ ṇaṃ ūṃ madhyamābhyāṃ vaṣaṭ / eṃ taṃ thaṃ daṃ
dhaṃ naṃ aiṃ anāmikābhyāṃ hum / oṃ paṃ phaṃ baṃ
bhaṃ maṃ auṃ kaniṣṭhābhyāṃ vauṣaṭ / aṃ yaṃ raṃ laṃ
vaṃ śaṃ ṣaṃ saṃ haṃ laṃ kṣaṃ aḥ
karatalakarapṛṣṭhābhyāṃ phaṭ / iti karanyāsaḥ /
hṛdayādinyāso yathā aṃ kaṃ khaṃ gaṃ ghaṃ ṅaṃ āṃ
hṛdayāya namaḥ / iṃ caṃ chaṃ jaṃ jhaṃ aṃ īṃ śirase
svāhā / uṃ ṭaṃ ṭhaṃ ḍaṃ ḍhaṃ ṇaṃ ūṃ śikhāyai vaṣaṭ
/ eṃ taṃ thaṃ daṃ dhaṃ naṃ aiṃ kavacāya hum / oṃ paṃ
phaṃ baṃ bhaṃ maṃ auṃ netratrayāya vauṣaṭ / aṃ yaṃ raṃ
laṃ vaṃ śaṃ ṣaṃ saṃ haṃ laṃ kṣaṃ aḥ astrāya phaṭ / iti
ṣaḍaṅge nyāse'yameva mantra īritaḥ kathitaḥ // १०९-१११ //
mātṛsarasvatīdhyānamevāha pañcāśallipibhiriti /
vāgdevatāṃ sarasvatīmāśraye bhaje ityanvayaḥ /
kathambhūtāṃ vāgdevatām
pañcāśallipibhirvibhaktamukhadoḥpanmadhyavakṣakṣaḥsthalā
m pañcāśatā varṇairvibhaktāni pṛthak pṛthak bhūtāni
mukhadoḥpanmadhyavakṣaḥsthalāni yasyāstathābhūtām / tatra
dorbāhuḥ pad pādaḥ / punaḥ kathambhūtām
bhāsvanmaulinibaddhacandraśakalām bhāsvanmaulau
dīpyamāne kirīṭe nibaddhaṃ candraśakalaṃ candrakhaṇḍaṃ
yayā tām / cūḍā kirīṭaṃ keśāśca saṃyatā maulayastraya
ityamaraḥ / punaḥ kathambhūtām āpīnatuṅgastanīm āpīnau
atimahāntau tuṅgāvunnatau stanau yasyāstathābhūtām / punaḥ
kathambhūtām hastāmbujaiḥ pāṇikamalairjñānamudrām
akṣaguṇamakṣamālyam sudhāḍhyakalaśamamṛtayuktaṃ
ghaṭaṃ vidyāñca
(pṛ० ९८) dhyātvaivaṃ mātṛkāṃ devīṃ ṣaṭsu cakreṣu vinyaset /
hakṣau bhrūmadhyage padme kaṇṭhe ca ṣoḍaśa svarān

114

hṛdambuje kādiṭhāntān vinyasya kulasādhakaḥ /
ḍādiphāntān nābhideśe bādilāntāṃśca liṅgake

115

mūlādhāre catuṣpatre vādisāntān pravinyaset /
ityantarmanasā nyasya mātṛkārṇān vahirnyaset

112

vibhrāṇāṃ dadhatīm / punaḥ kīdṛśīm viśadaprabhām viśadā
śubhrā prabhā yasyāstām / punaḥ kīdṛśīm trīṇi nayanāni netrāṇi
yasyāstathābhūtām

116

dhyātveti / evaṃ mātṛkāṃ devīṃ dhyātvā ṣaṭsu cakreṣu
vinyaset / ṣaṭsu cakreṣu mātṛkāyā nyāsasya kramamevāha
hakṣāvityādinā / bhrūmadhyage viśuddhākhye dvidale padme hakṣau
varṇau vinyaset / kaṇṭhe kaṇṭhasthite ājñākhye ṣoḍaśapatre padme
ṣoḍaśa svarān nyaset / hṛdambuje anāhatākhye dvādaśadale
hṛdayapadme kādiṭhāntān dvādaśavarṇān vinyasya kulasādhako
nābhideśasthite maṇipūrakākhye daśadale padme ḍādiphāntān
daśavarṇān vinyaset / liṅgake liṅgadeśasthe svādhiṣṭhānākhye
ṣaḍdale padme vādilāntān ṣaḍvarṇān vinyaset / catuṣpatre
mūlādhāre vādisāntāṃścaturo varṇān pravinyaset / yathā
bhrūmadhyage padme haṃ namaḥ kṣaṃ namaḥ / kaṇṭhage padme aṃ
namaḥ āṃ namaḥ iṃ namaḥ īṃ namaḥ uṃ namaḥ ūṃ namaḥ ṛṃ
namaḥ ṝṃ namaḥ ḷṃ namaḥ ḹṃ namaḥ eṃ namaḥ aiṃ namaḥ
oṃ namaḥ auṃ namaḥ aṃ namaḥ aḥ namaḥ / hṛdgate padme kaṃ
namaḥ khaṃ namaḥ gaṃ namaḥ ghaṃ namaḥ ṅaṃ namaḥ caṃ
namaḥ chaṃ namaḥ jaṃ namaḥ jhaṃ namaḥ ñaṃ namaḥ ṭaṃ
namaḥ ṭhaṃ namaḥ / nābhigate padme ḍaṃ namaḥ ḍhaṃ namaḥ
ṇaṃ namaḥ taṃ namaḥ thaṃ namaḥ daṃ namaḥ dhaṃ namaḥ naṃ
namaḥ paṃ namaḥ phaṃ namaḥ / liṅgagate padme baṃ namaḥ bhaṃ
namaḥ maṃ namaḥ yaṃ namaḥ raṃ namaḥ laṃ namaḥ / mūlādhāre
vaṃ namaḥ śaṃ namaḥ ṣaṃ namaḥ saṃ namaḥ / iti ṣaṭcakreṣu
mātṛkānyāsakramaḥ /
(pṛ० ९९) lalāṭamukhavṛttākṣiśrutighrāṇeṣu gaṇḍayoḥ /
oṣṭhadantottamāṅgāsya doḥpat sandhyagrageṣu ca

117

pārśvayoḥ pṛṣṭhato nābhau jaṭhare hṛdayāṃsayoḥ /
kakudyaṃśe ca hṛtpūrvaṃ pāṇipādayuge tataḥ

118

jaṭharānanayornyasyenmātṛkārṇān yathākramam /
itthaṃ lipiṃ pravinyasya prāṇāyāmaṃ samācaret

119

māyābījaṃ ṣoḍaśadhā japtvā vāmena vāyunā /
pūrayedātmano dehaṃ catuḥṣaṣṭyā tu kumbhayet

120

ityanena prakāreṇa manasā mātṛkārṇān
mātṛkāvarṇānantarabhyantare nyasya vahirapi nyaset // ११३ - ११५ //
mātṛkāvarṇānāṃ vahirnyāsasya kramamāha lalāṭetyādinā
/ lalāṭamukhavṛttādiṣu mātṛkārṇān yathākramaṃ nyasyediti
tṛtīyenānvayaḥ / yathā lalāṭe aṃ namaḥ mukhavṛtte āṃ namaḥ
dakṣe'kṣṇi iṃ namaḥ vāme'kṣṇi īṃ namaḥ dakṣaśrutau uṃ
namaḥ vāmakarṇe ūṃ namaḥ dakṣaghrāṇe ṛṃ namaḥ
vāmanāsāyām ṝṃ namaḥ dakṣagaṇḍe ḷṃ namaḥ vāmakapole ḹ
namaḥ oṣṭhe eṃ namaḥ adhare aiṃ namaḥ ūrddhvadantapaṅktau oṃ
namaḥ adhodantapaṃktau auṃ namaḥ uttamāṅge aṃ namaḥ
āsyavivare aḥ namaḥ vāhvoḥ daśānāṃ sandhīnāmagreṣu
kramataḥ kaṃ namaḥ khaṃ namaḥ gaṃ namaḥ ghaṃ namaḥ ṅaṃ
namaḥ caṃ namaḥ chaṃ namaḥ jaṃ namaḥ jhaṃ namaḥ ñaṃ namaḥ
/ pādayoḥ daśānāṃ sandhīnāmagreṣu kramataḥ ṭaṃ namaḥ ṭhaṃ
namaḥ ḍaṃ namaḥ ḍhaṃ namaḥ ṇaṃ namaḥ taṃ namaḥ thaṃ
namaḥ daṃ namaḥ dhaṃ namaḥ naṃ namaḥ / dakṣapārśve paṃ
namaḥ vāmapārśve phaṃ namaḥ pṛṣṭhe baṃ namaḥ nābhau bhaṃ
namaḥ jaṭhare maṃ namaḥ hṛdaye yaṃ namaḥ dakṣaskandhe raṃ
namaḥ vāmaskandhe laṃ namaḥ kakudrūpeṃ'śe vaṃ namaḥ
hṛdayapūrve pāṇiyuge śaṃ namaḥ ṣaṃ namaḥ hṛtpūrve pādayuge
saṃ namaḥ haṃ namaḥ jaṭharānanayoḥ laṃ namaḥ kṣaṃ namaḥ iti
mātṛkārṇānāṃ vahirnyāsasya kramaḥ // ११६ - ११८ //
nanu devīmantrasya sādhane kathaṃ prāṇāyāmaṃ vidadhyāt
tatrāha māyābījamityādi / sudhīrdhīro māyābījaṃ hrī/ bījaṃ
ṣoḍaśadhā ṣoḍaśavāraṃ japtvā
(pṛ० १००) kaniṣṭhānāmikāṅguṣṭhairdhṛtvā nāsādvayaṃ sudhīḥ /
dvātriṃśatā japan bījaṃ vāyuṃ dakṣeṇa recayet

121

punaḥ punastrirāvṛtyā prāṇāyāma iti smṛtaḥ /
prāṇāyāmaṃ vidhāyetthamṛṣinyāsaṃ samācaret

122

asya mantrasya ṛṣayo brahmā brahmarṣayastathā /
gāyatryādīni chandāṃsi ādyā kālī tu devatā

123

ādyābījaṃ bījamiti śaktirmāyā prakīrtitā /
kamalā kīlakaṃ proktaṃ sthāneṣveteṣu vinyaset /
śiro vadanahṛdguhyapādasarvāṅgakeṣu ca

124

vāmena nāsāpuṭena vāyunā'tmano dehaṃ pūrayet / tataḥ
kaniṣṭhānāmikāṅguṣṭhairnāsādvayaṃ dhṛtvā catuḥṣaṣṭyā
āvṛttyā hrī/ bījaṃ japan san vāyuṃ kumbhayet sthiraṃ kuryāt / tato
dvātriṃśatā'vṛttyā hrī/ bījaṃ japan tenaiva dakṣanāsāpuṭenaiva
vāyuṃ recayet tyajet / punaḥ punarāvṛtyā trirvāratrayamevaṃ kuryāt
/ devīmantrasya sādhane iti eṣa prāṇāyāmaḥ smṛtaḥ
prāṇāyāmavidhiḥ prokta ityarthaḥ // ११९ - १२१ //
ṛṣinyāsakramaṃ darśayaṃstasya mantrasya ṛṣyādikamāha
asya mantrasyetyādinā / asya mantrasya hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari
svāhetyasya ādyābījaṃ krī/ bījam / māyā hrī/ bījam / kamalā śrī/
bījam / eteṣu sthāneṣu ṛṣyādikaṃ vinyaset / eteṣu keṣu sthāneṣu
vinyaset tatrāha śira ityādinā / yathā asya mantrasya brahmā
brahmarṣayaśca ṛṣayo gāyatryādīni chandāṃsi ādyā kālī devatā
krī/ bījaṃ hrī/ śaktiḥ śrī/ kīlakaṃ
dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptaye ṛṣinyāse viniyogaḥ / śirasi
brahmaṇe brahmarṣibhyaścarṣibhyo namaḥ / mukhe
gāyatryādibhyaśchandobhyo namaḥ / hṛdaye ādyāyai kālyai
devatāyai namaḥ / guhye krī/ bījāya namaḥ / pādayoḥ hro/ śaktaye
namaḥ / sarvāṅgeṣu śrī/ kīlakāya
(pṛ० १०१) mūlamantreṇa hastābhyāmāpādamastakāvadhi /
mastakāt pādaparyantaṃ saptadhā vā tridhā nyaset /
ayantu vyāpakanyāso yathoktaphalasiddhidaḥ

125

yadbījādyā bhavedvidyā tadbījenā'ṅgakalpanā /
athavā mūlamantreṇa ṣaḍdīrgheṇa vinā priye

126

aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ tarjanībhyāṃ madhyamābhyāṃ tathaiva ca /
anāmābhyāṃ kaniṣṭhābhyāṃ karayostalapṛṣṭhayoḥ /
namaḥsvāhāvaṣaṭ hūñca vauṣaṭ phaṭ kramaśaḥ sudhīḥ

122

namaḥ / dharmārthakāmamokṣāvāptaye ṛṣinyāse viniyogaḥ / iti
ṛṣinyāsakramaḥ

124

१२३ //
atha vyāpakanyāsaṃ vrūte mūletyādinā /
āpādamastakāvadhi pādamārabhya mastakaparyantaṃ
mastakamārabhya pādaparyantaṃ ca pratihastābhyāṃ mūlamantreṇa
saptadhā saptavāraṃ tridhā vā nyasennyāsaṃ kuryāt / mastakāditi
lyablope karmaṇyadhikaraṇe ceti karmaṇi pañcamī

125

atha karāṅganyāsavidhiṃ nirūpayati yadbījādyetyādinā /
yadbījamādyaṃ yasyāḥ sā yadvījādyā mantrātmikā vidyā bhavet
/ parārddhe ṣaḍdīrgheṇa vineti niṣedhāt ākārādi
ṣaḍdīrghasvarabhājā tena bījenā'ṅgakalpanā aṅguṣṭhādi
hṛdayādi ṣaḍaṅganyāsakalpanā kartavyetyarthaḥ / athavā he priye
ṣaḍdīrgheṇa vinā
adhyāhriyamāṇākārādiṣaḍdīrghasvaraśūnyena
mūlamantreṇaivā'ṅgakalpanā kartavyā

127

pūrvamaṅguṣṭhādi ṣaḍaṅganyāsakramamāha
aṅguṣṭhābhyāmityādinā sārddhena / aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ namaḥ
aṅguṣṭhāvuddiśya nama ityuktamityarthaḥ / evamagre'pyanvayo
vidheyaḥ / sudhīḥ sādhakaḥ kramaśaḥ krameṇa hrā/
aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ namaḥ hrī/ tarjanībhyāṃ svāhā hrū/
madhyamābhyāṃ vaṣaṭ hrai/ anāmikābhyāṃ namaḥ hrau/
kaniṣṭhābhyāṃ vauṣaṭ hra/ḥ
(pṛ० १०२) hṛdayāya namaḥ pūrvaṃ śirase vahnivallabhā /
śikhāyai vaṣaḍityuktaṃ kavacāya humīritam

128

netratrayāya vauṣaṭ ca astrāya phaḍiti kramāt /
ṣaḍaṅgāni vidhāyetthaṃ pīṭhanyāsaṃ samācaret

129

ādhāraśaktiṃ kūrmañca śeṣaṃ pṛthvīṃ tathaiva ca /
sudhāmbudhiṃ maṇidvīpaṃ pārijātataruṃ tataḥ

130

cintāmaṇigṛhañcaiva maṇimāṇikyavedikām /
tatra padmāsanaṃ vīro vinyaset hṛdayāmbuje

126

karatalakarapṛṣṭhābhyāṃ phaṭ / hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāhā
aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ namaḥ evaṃ vā aṅguṣṭhādiṣaḍaṅgeṣu
nyāsaṃ vidadhyāditi śeṣaḥ

127

atha hṛdayādiṣaḍaṅganyāsamāha hṛdayāya nama ityādinā /
pūrvaṃ hṛdayāya namaḥ hṛdayamuddiśya nama ityuktamityarthaḥ /
evamagre'pyanvayaḥ / vahnivallabhā svāhā / hrā/ hṛdayāya namaḥ /
hrī/ śirase svāhā / hrū/ śikhāyai vaṣaṭ / hrai/ kavacāya hum / hrau/
netratrayāya vauṣaṭ / hra/ḥ astrāya phaṭ iti / hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari
svāhā hṛdayāya namaḥ evaṃ vā kramāt
sudhīrhṛdayādiṣaḍaṅgeṣu nyāsaṃ kuryāt / itthamevaṃ vidhānena
ṣaḍaṅgāni prati nyāsaṃ vidhāya pīṭhanyāsaṃ samācaret

129

१२८ //
pīṭhanyāsācaraṇakramameva darśayannāha
ādhāraśaktimityādi / vīro hṛdayāmbuje hṛtpadme ādhāraśaktiṃ
nyaset / tatraiva kūrmādikamapi nyaset / tatra
maṇimāṇikyavedikāyām / yathā hṛdayāmbuje ādhāraśaktaye
namaḥ kūrmāya namaḥ śeṣāya namaḥ pṛthvyai namaḥ
sudhāmbudhaye namaḥ maṇidvīpāya namaḥ pārijātatarave namaḥ
cintāmaṇigṛhāya namaḥ maṇimāṇikyavedikāyāṃ padmāsanāya
namaḥ iti

131

१३० //
(pṛ० १०३) dakṣavāmāṃsayorvāmakaṭau dakṣakaṭau tathā /
dharmaṃ jñānaṃ tathaiśvaryaṃ vairāgyaṃ kramato nyaset

132

mukhapārśve nābhidakṣapārśve sādhakasattamaḥ /
naṅpūrvāṇi ca tānyeva dharmādīni yathākramam

133

ānandakandaṃ hṛdaye sūryaṃ somaṃ hutāśanam /
sattvaṃ rajastamaścaiva binduyuktādimākṣaraiḥ /
keśarān karṇikāñcaiva patreṣu pīṭhanāyikāḥ

134

maṅgalā vijayā bhadrā jayantī cā'parājitā /
nandinī nārasiṃhī ca vaiṣṇavītyaṣṭanāyikāḥ

131

dakṣetyādi / dakṣiṇāṃsādiṣu kramato dharmādikaṃ nyaset /
yathā dakṣaskandhe dharmāya namaḥ vāmaskandhe jñānāya namaḥ
vāmakaṭau aiśvaryāya namaḥ dakṣakaṭau vairāgyāya namaḥ iti

132

mukhetyādi / sādhakasattamo mukhādiṣu nañ pūrvāṇi
tānyeva dharmādīni yathākramaṃ krameṇaiva nyaset / yathā mukhe
adharmāya namaḥ vāmapārśve ajñānāya namaḥ nābhau
anaiśvaryāya namaḥ dakṣapārśve avairāgyāya namaḥ iti

133

ānandetyādi / ānandakandādīn hṛdaye nyaset /
binduyuktādimākṣaraiḥ sānusvārairādimairakṣaraiḥ saha sattvaṃ
rajastamaśca tatraiva nyaset / yathā hṛdaye ānandakandāya namaḥ
sūryāya namaḥ somāya namaḥ agnaye namaḥ saṃ sattvāya namaḥ
raṃ rajase namaḥ taṃ tamase namaḥ kesarebhyo namaḥ karṇikāyai
namaḥ iti / hṛdayāmbujasya patreṣu pīṭhanāyikā nyaset

134

patreṣu yāḥ pīṭhanāyikā nyasettā āha ekena maṅgaletyādi /
yathā hṛtpadmapatreṣu kramataḥ maṅgalāyai namaḥ vijayāyai namaḥ
bhadrāyai namaḥ jayantyai namaḥ aparājitāyai namaḥ nandinyai
namaḥ nārasiṃhyai namaḥ vaiṣṇavyai namaḥ iti

135

(pṛ० १०४) asitāṅgo ruruścaṇḍaḥ krodhonmatto bhayaṅkaraḥ /
kapālī bhīṣaṇaścaiva saṃhārītyaṣṭa bhairavāḥ /
dalāgreṣu nyasedetān prāṇāyāmaṃ tataścaret

136

gandhapuṣpe samādāya karakacchapamudrayā /
hṛdi hastau samādhāya dhyāyeddevīṃ sanātanīm

137

dhyānaṃ tu dvividhaṃ proktaṃ sarūpārūpabhedataḥ /
arūpaṃ tava yaddhyānamavāṅmanasagocaram

138

avyaktaṃ sarvato vyāptamidamitthaṃvivarjitam /
agamyaṃ yogibhirgamyaṃ kṛcchrairbahuśamādibhiḥ

135

asitāṅga iti / asitāṅgādīnetānaṣṭa bhairavān dalāgreṣu
nyaset / yathā hṛtpadmapatrāgreṣu kramataḥ asitāṅgāya bhairavāya
namaḥ rurave bhairavāya namaḥ caṇḍāya bhairavāya namaḥ
krodhonmattāya bhairavāya namaḥ bhayaṅkarāya bhairavāya namaḥ
kapāline bhairavāya namaḥ bhīṣaṇāya bhairavāya namaḥ
saṃhāriṇe bhairavāya namaḥ iti / evaṃ pīṭhanyāsaṃ vidhāya tataḥ
prāṇāyāmañcaret

136

gandheti / tato gurūpadiṣṭayā karakacchapamudrayā
gandhapuṣpe samādāya gṛhītvā hṛdi hastau samādhāya saṃsthāpya
sanātanīmādyantaśūnyāṃ devīṃ dhyāyet

137

dhyānamiti / he devi sarūpārūpabhedataḥ tava dhyānantu
dvividhaṃ proktam / tayormadhye arūpaṃ rūparahitaṃ tava
yaddhyānaṃ dhyeyaṃ, tattu avāṅmanasagocaram vāco
manasaścāviṣayabhūtam / dhyāyate yattat dhyānam / bāhulakāt
karmaṇi lyuṭ

138

avyaktamityādi / idamitthaṃvivarjitam idamitthameveti
siddhāntarahitam / agamyam ajñeyam / kṛcchraiḥ
prājāpatyādibhirvrataiḥ / śamo'ntaḥkaraṇasaṃyamaḥ sa
ādiryeṣāṃ te śamādayaḥ / bahavaśca te śamādayaḥ taiḥ

139

(pṛ० १०५) manaso dhāraṇārthāya śīghraṃ svābhīṣṭasiddhaye /
sūkṣmadhyānaprabodhāya sthūladhyānaṃ vadāmi te

140

arūpāyāḥ kālikāyāḥ kālamāturmahādyuteḥ /
guṇakriyānusāreṇa kriyate rūpakalpanā

142

meghāṅgīṃ śaśiśekharāṃ trinayanāṃ raktāmbarāṃ bibhratīṃ
pāṇibhyāmabhayaṃ varañca vilasadraktāravindasthitām /
nṛtyantaṃ purato nipīya madhuraṃ mādhvīkamadyaṃ mahā-
kālaṃ vīkṣya vikāsitānanavarāmādyāṃ bhaje kālikām //
evaṃ dhyātvā svaśirasi puṣpaṃ dattvā tu sādhakaḥ /
pūjayet parayā bhaktyā mānasairupacārakaiḥ

139

manasa iti / śīghramiti pūrvānvayi

140

nanu rūpavata eva padārthasya sthūladhyānaṃ sambhavati mama
tvādyantaśūnyāyā rūparahitatvāt kathaṃ sthūladhyānaṃ
bravīṣītyata āha arūpāyā ityādi

141

sthūladhyānamevāha meghāṅgīmiti / ādyāṃ kālikāmahaṃ
bhaje ityanvayaḥ / kathambhūtāṃ kālikām meghāṅgīm megha
ivāṅgaṃ yasyāstathābhūtām / punaḥ kathambhūtām
śaśiśekharām śaśī śekhare śirasi yasyāḥ tām / punaḥ kīdṛśīm
trinayanām trīṇi nayanāni netrāṇi yasyāḥ tām / punaḥ
kathambhūtām pāṇibhyāṃ hastābhyāmabhayaṃ varañca
bibhratīṃ dadhatīm / punaḥ kīdṛśīm vikasadraktāravindasthitāṃ
vikasat sphuṭadraktāravindaṃ lohitaṃ padmaṃ tatra
sthitāmupaviṣṭām / punaḥ kathambhūtām madhuraṃ
mādhvīkamadyaṃ madhūkapuṣpodbhavaṃ madyaṃ nipīya
purato'gre nṛtyantaṃ mahākālaṃ vīkṣya dṛṣṭvā
vikāsitamānanavaraṃ mukhaśreṣṭaṃ yasyāḥ tathābhūtām

142

evamiti / evamamunā prakāreṇā'dyāṃ kālīṃ dhyātvā
karakacchapamudrayā gṛhītaṃ puṣpaṃ svaśirasi dattvā sādhakaḥ
parayā bhaktyā mānasairupacārakairdevīṃ pūjayet

143

(pṛ० १०६) hṛtpadmamāsanaṃ dadyāt sahastrāracyutāmṛtaiḥ /
pādyaṃ caraṇayordadyāt manastvarghyaṃ nivedayet

144

tenā'mṛtenā'camanaṃ snānīyamapi kalpayet /
ākāśatattvaṃ vasanaṃ gandhantu gandhatattvakam

145

cittaṃ prakalpayet puṣpaṃ dhūpaṃ prāṇān prakalpayet /
tejastattvantu dīpārthe naivedyañca sudhāmbudhim

146

anāhatadhvaniṃ ghaṇṭāṃ vāyutattvañca cāmaram /
nṛtyamindriyakarmāṇi cāñcalyaṃ manasastathā

147

puṣpaṃ nānāvidhaṃ dadyādātmano bhāvasiddhaye /
amāyamanahaṅkāramarāgamamadaṃ tathā

148

amohakamadambhañca adveṣākṣobhake tathā /
amātsaryamalobhañca daśa puṣpaṃ prakīrtitam

143

mānasairupacārakairdevyāḥ pūjanameva darśayati
hṛtpadmamityādibhiḥ / devyai hṛtpadmamāsanaṃ dadyāt /
sahasrāracyutāmṛtaiḥ
sahasradalapadmādgalitairamṛtairdevyāścaraṇayoḥ pādyaṃ dadyāt /
evamagre'pyanvayaḥ

144

teneti / tenāmṛtena sahasrāracyutena

145

sudhāmbudhimamṛtasamudram

147

१४६ //
puṣpamiti / ātmano bhāvasiddhaye
svābhipretapadārthaniṣpattaye / kālyai deyāni nānāvidhāni
puṣpāṇyabhidhatte amāyamityādinā sārddhadvayena / māyāyā
abhāvo'māyaṃ prathamaṃ puṣpam / anahaṅkāram ahaṅkāra
ātmanyatipūjyatvābhimānaḥ tadabhāvo'nahaṅkāraṃ dvitīyaṃ
puṣpam / rāgaḥ krodhaḥ tadabhāvo'rāgaṃ tṛtīyaṃ puṣpam / mado
dhanavidyādinimittakaṃ cittasyotsukatvaṃ tadabhāvo'madaṃ
caturthaṃ puṣpam

149

moho'vivekaḥ tadabhāvo'mohakaṃ pañcamaṃ puṣpam /
dambhaḥ kapaṭaḥ tadabhāvo'dambhaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ puṣpam /
dveṣo'prītiḥ tadabhāvo'dveṣaṃ saptamaṃ puṣpam / kṣobho
(pṛ० १०७) ahiṃsā paramaṃ puṣpaṃ puṣpamindriyanigrahaḥ /
dayā kṣamā jñānapuṣpaṃ pañca puṣpaṃ tataḥ param /
iti pañcadaśaiḥ puṣpairbhāvarūpaiḥ prapūjayet

150

sudhāmbudhiṃ māṃsaśailaṃ bharjitaṃ mīnaparvatam /
mudrārāśiṃ subhaktañca ghṛtāktaṃ pāyasaṃ tathā

151

kulāmṛtañca tatpuṣpaṃ pīṭhakṣālanavāri ca /
kāmakrodhau vighnakṛtau valiṃ dattvā japaṃ caret

152

mālā varṇamayī proktā kuṇḍalīsūtrayantritā

148

vyarthamitastataḥ sañcalanam tadabhāvo'kṣobhakamaṣṭamaṃ
puṣpam / mātsaryamanyaśubhadveṣaḥ tadabhāvo'mātsaryaṃ
navamaṃ puṣpaṃ / lobho dhanādyāgame bahudhā jāyamāne'pi
punarbarddhamāno'bhilāṣaḥ tadabhāvo alobhaṃ daśamaṃ puṣpam /
evaṃ daśa puṣpaṃ prakīrtitam

149

ahiṃsā parapīḍānivṛttiḥ / indriyanigrahaḥ viṣayeṣu
cakṣurādisaṃyamanam / dayā niṣkāraṇaparaduḥkhavināśecchā /
kṣamā pareṇāpakāre kṛte tasya pratyapakārānācaraṇam / jñānaṃ
sārāsāravivekanaipuṇyam / bhāvarūpaiḥ bhāvyante cintyante iti
bhāvāḥ karmaṇyac / tadrūpaiḥ bhāvyamānairityarthaḥ

150

sudhāmbudhimiti / sudhāmbudhiṃ madyasamudram / ghṛtāktaṃ
ghṛtamiśritam

151

kulāmṛtamiti / kulāmṛtaṃ śaktighaṭitamamṛtaviśeṣam /
tatpuṣpam kulapuṣpaṃ strīpuṣpamityarthaḥ / pīṭhakṣālanavāri
stryaṅgaviśeṣadhāvanāmbhaḥ

152

nanvābhyantarajapācaraṇe kīdṛśī mālā japavidhānañca
kīdṛśaṃ vartate ityapekṣāyāmāha māletyādi / kuṇḍalīrūpeṇa
sūtreṇa yantritā grathitā varṇamayī varṇarūpā
mālā'bhyantarajape proktā

153

(pṛ० १०८) sabinduṃ mantramuccārya mūlamantraṃ samuccaret /
akārādilakārāntamanuloma iti smṛtaḥ

154

punarlakāramārabhya śrīkaṇṭhāntaṃ manuṃ japet /
viloma iti vikhyātaḥ kṣakāro merurucyate

155

aṣṭavargāntimairvarṇaiḥ sahamūlamathāṣṭakam /
evamaṣṭottaraśataṃ japtvā'nena samarpayet

156

sarvāntarātmanilaye svāntarjyotiḥsvarūpiṇi /
gṛhāṇāntarjapaṃ mātarādye kāli namo'stu te

157

samarpya japametena sāṣṭāṅgaṃ praṇameddhiyā /
ityantaryajanaṃ kṛtvā bahiḥpūjāṃ samārabhet

153

sabindumiti / sabinduṃ sānusvāramakārādilakārāntaṃ
varṇamuccārya mūlamantraṃ samuccaret japet / yathā a/ hrī/ śrī/ krī/
parameśvari svāheti evameva japet / jape'yamanuloma iti smṛtaḥ

154

punarityādi / punarhakārasyānte sthitaṃ
lakāramārabhyaśrīkaṇṭhāntamakārāntaṃ sabinduṃ
varṇamuccārya manuṃ japet / yathā laṃ hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari
svāhā / haṃ hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāheti evam / ayañca viloma
iti vikhyātaḥ / kṣakāro mālāyā merurucyate

155

aṣṭetyādi / athānantaramaṣṭānām akucuṭutupuyaśānāṃ
vargāṇāmantimaiḥ sabindubhiḥ aḥṅañaṇanamavalarūpairvarṇaiḥ
sahāṣṭakamaṣṭaparimāṇakaṃ mūlaṃ mantraṃ japet / anena
ito'nantarameva vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa

156

japasamarpaṇamantramevāha sarvāntarātmeti /
sarvāntarātmanilaye sarveṣāmantarātmā hṛdayaṃ nilayo gṛhaṃ
yasyāḥ tathābhūte

158

१५७ //
(pṛ० १०९) viśeṣārghyasya saṃskārastatrādau kathyate śṛṇu /
yasya sthāpanamātreṇa devatā suprasīdati

159

dṛṣṭvā'rghyapātraṃ yoginyo brahmādyā devatāgaṇāḥ /
bhairavā api nṛtyanti prītyā siddhiṃ dadatyapi

160

svavāme purato bhūmau sāmānyārghyasya vāriṇā /
māyāgarbhaṃ trikoṇañca vṛttañca caturasrakam

161

vilikhya pūjayettatra māyābījapuraḥsaram /
ṅentāmādhāraśaktiñca namaḥśabdāvasānikām

162

tataḥ prakṣālitādhāraṃ vinyasya maṇḍalopari /
maṃ vahnimaṇḍalaṃ ṅentaṃ daśakalātmane tataḥ

163

namo'ntena ca sampūjya kṣālayedarghyapātrakam /
astreṇa sthāpayettatra ādhāropari sādhakaḥ

158

viśeṣārghyasyeti / tatra bahiḥpūjāsamārambhe

160

१५९ //
viśeṣārghyasya saṃskāramevāha svavāma ityādibhiḥ /
svavāme ātmano vāmadeśe / purato bhūmau agrataḥ pṛthvyāṃ
sāmānyārghyasya vāriṇā karaṇena māyā hrī/ bījaṃ garbhe
yasyedṛśaṃ trikoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ pūrvaṃ vilikhya tadvahirabhito
vṛttaṃ vartulaṃ tadvahiḥcaturasraṃ catuṣkoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ vilikhya
tatra maṇḍale māyābījaṃ hrī/ bījaṃ puraḥsaraṃ yasyā
evambhūtāṃ ṅevibhaktyantāṃ namaḥśabdo'vasāne'nte
yasyāstathābhūtāmādhāraśaktiṃ pūjayet / hrī/ ādhāraśaktaye
nama iti mantreṇādhāraśaktimarcayedityarthaḥ

164

१६१ //
tata iti / tataḥ ādhāraśaktipūjanādanantaraṃ tanmaṇḍalopari
prakṣālitādhāraṃ vinyasya saṃsthāpya pūrvaṃ mamityuktvā tataḥ
ṅentaṃ vahnimaṇḍalamuktvā tato
(pṛ० ११०) amarkamaṇḍalāyoktvā dvādaśāntakalātmane /
namo'ntena yajet pātraṃ mūlenaiva prapūrayet

165

tribhāgamalinā'pūrya śeṣaṃ toyena sādhakaḥ /
gandhapuṣpe tatra dattvā pūjayedamunā'mbike

166

ṣaṣṭhasvaraṃ binduyuktaṃ ṅentaṃ vai candramaṇḍalam /
ṣoḍaśānte kalāśabdādātmane nama ityapi

162

daśakalātmane iti vadet / yojanayā maṃ vahnimaṇḍalāya
daśakalātmane iti mantro jātaḥ / namo'ntenānena mantreṇa ādhāre
vahnimaṇḍalaṃ sampūjya astreṇa phaḍiti mantreṇā'rghyapātraṃ
kṣālayet / sādhakastasminnādhāropari kṣālitamarghyapātraṃ
sthāpayet

164

१६३ //
amityādi / pūrvam am arkamaṇḍalāyetyuktvā tato dvādaśānte
kalātmane iti vadet / yojanayā am arkamaṇḍalāya dvādaśakalātmane
iti mantro jātaḥ / anenaiva namo'ntena mantreṇa
pātramarghyapātrādhiṣṭhātṛdaivatamarkamaṇḍalaṃ yajet pūjayet /
mūlenaiva mantreṇā'rghyapātraṃ prapūrayet

165

nanu kena vastunā pātraṃ prapūrayet tatrāha tribhāgamiti /
alinā madyena pātrasya tribhāgamāpūrya śeṣaṃ toyena sādhakaḥ
pūrayet / tatra toye gandhapuṣpe dattvā'munā ito'nantarameva
vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa tatraiva śaśimaṇḍalaṃ pūjayet

166

śaśimaṇḍalapūjanasya mantramāha ṣaṣṭetyādinā / pūrvaṃ
binduyuktamanusvārasahitaṃ ṣaṣṭhasvaram kathayitvā kalāśabdāt
param ātmane nama ityapi kathayet / yojanayā ūṃ candramaṇḍalāya
ṣoḍaśakalātmane nama iti mantraḥ śaśimaṇḍalārcane jātaḥ

167

(pṛ० १११) tatastu śraiphale patre raktacandanacarcitam /
dūrvāpuṣpaṃ sākṣatañca kṛtvā tatra nidhāpayet

168

mūlena tīrthamāvāhya tatra devīṃ vibhāvya ca /
pūjayet gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ mūlaṃ dvādaśadhā japet

169

dhenuyonī darśayitvā dhūpadīpau pradarśayet /
tadambu prokṣaṇīpātre kiñcinnikṣipya sādhakaḥ

170

ātmānaṃ deyavastūni prokṣayettena mantravit /
pūjāsamāptiparyantamarghyapātraṃ na cālayet

171

viśeṣārghyasya saṃskāraḥ kathito'yaṃ śucismite /
yantrarājaṃ pravakṣyāmi samastapuruṣārthadam

172

māyāgarbhaṃ trikoṇañca tadbāhye vṛttayugmakam /
tayormadhye yugmayugmakramāt ṣoḍaśa kesarān

167

tatastviti / tatastu paraṃ śraiphale bilvasambandhini patre
raktacandanacarcitaṃ raktacandanena liptaṃ
sākṣatamakṣatairviśiṣṭaṃ ca dūrvāsahitaṃ puṣpaṃ kṛtvā tatra
viśeṣārghyasyāgrabhāge nidhāpayet sthāpayet

168

mūleneti / tatra viśeṣārghyatoye / vibhāvya vicintya

169

dhenviti / viśeṣārghyatoye dhenuyonī mudre darśayitvā tatraiva
dhūpadīpāvapi pradarśayet / tadambu viśeṣārghyajalam

170

ātmānamiti / prokṣayet siñcet / tena
prokṣaṇīpātraniḥkṣiptajalena

171

viśeṣeti / samastapuruṣārthadam
dharmārthakāmamokṣadāyakamityarthaḥ

173

yantrarājalekhanasya vidhānamāha māyāgarbhamityādibhiḥ /
māyā hrī/ bījaṃ garbhe yasyaivambhūtaṃ trikoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ
pūrvaṃ likhet / tatastadvāhye tadabhito vṛttayugmakaṃ
vartulamaṇḍaladvayaṃ likhet / tayorvṛttamaṇḍalayormadhye
yugmayugmakramāt
(pṛ० ११२) tadbāhye'ṣṭadalaṃ padmaṃ tadbahirbhūpuraṃ likhet /
caturdvārasamāyuktaṃ surekhaṃ sumanoharam

174

svārṇe vā rājate tāmre kuṇḍagolavilepite /
svayambhukusumairyukte candanāgurukuṅkumaiḥ

175

kuśīdenāthavā lipte svarṇamayayā śalākayā /
mālūrakaṇṭakenāpi mūlamantraṃ samuccaran /
vilikhet yantrarājantu devatābhāvasiddhaye

176

athavotkīlarekhābhiḥ sphāṭike vidrume'pi vā /
vaidurye kārayet yantraṃ kārukeṇa suśilpinā

172

ṣoḍaśa kesarān likhet / tadvāhye vṛttamaṇḍalayorbahiraṣṭadalaṃ
padmaṃ likhet / tadbahiḥ
padmādbahistadabhitaścaturdvārasamāyuktaṃ surekhaṃ
śobhanarekhāyutaṃ sumanoharamatimanoramaṃ bhūpuraṃ likhet

174

१७३ //
nanu yantramidaṃ kasminnādhāre kena vā karaṇena lekhitavyaṃ
tatrāha svārṇe ityādi / kuṇḍagolavilepite kuṇḍairgolairvā
śaktiviśeṣaghaṭitapuṣpaviśeṣairvilepite svayambhukusumaiḥ
śaktighaṭitairava puṣpaviśeṣairyukte candanāgurukuṅkumairvā lipte
kevalena kuśīdena raktacandanena vā lipte svārṇe suvarṇanirmite
rājate rajatanirmite tāmranirmite vā pātre svarṇamayayā
suvarṇavikārabhūtayā śalākayā mālūrakaṇṭakena bilvakaṇṭakena
vā mūlamantraṃ samuccaran san devatābhāvasiddhaye
devatāprītiniṣpattaye yantrarājaṃ vilikhet

176

१७५ //
athaveti / athavā suśilpinā svakarmaviṣayakātinaipuṇyaśālinā
kārukeṇa śilpinā utkīlarekhābhirutkhānitābhī rekhābhiḥ sphāṭike
vidrume vaidurye vā yantraṃ kārayet

177

(pṛ० ११३) śubhapratiṣṭhitaṃ kṛtvā sthāpayed bhavanāntare /
naśyanti duṣṭabhūtāni graharogabhayāni ca

178

putrapautrasukhaiśvaryairmodate tasya mandiram /
dātā bhartā yaśasvī ca bhavet yantraprasādataḥ

179

evaṃ yantraṃ samālikhya ratnasiṃhāsane puraḥ /
saṃsthāpya pīṭhanyāsoktavidhinā pīṭhadevatāḥ /
sampūjya karṇikāmdhye pūjayenmūladevatām

180

kalaśasthāpanaṃ vakṣye cakrānuṣṭhānameva ca /
yenānuṣṭhānamātreṇa devatā suprasīdati /
mantrasiddhirbhavennūnamicchāsiddhiḥ prajāyate

181

kalāṃ kalāṃ gṛhītvā tu devānāṃ viśvakarmaṇā /
nirmito'yaṃ sa vai yasmāt kalaśastena kathyate

177

śubhetyādi / śubhapratiṣṭhitam śubhā pratiṣṭhā
sañjātā'syaivambhūtaṃ yantrarājaṃ kṛtvā yo bhavanāntare
sthāpayet tasya duṣṭabhūtāni naśyantītyevamanvayaḥ

179

१७८ //
evamityādi / evaṃ vidhānena yantraṃ samālikhya puro'gre
ratnasiṃhāsane saṃsthāpya ca pīṭhanyāsoktavidhinā pīṭhadevatāḥ
sampūjya karṇikāmadhye padmabījakośamadhye mūladevatāṃ
pūjayet

180

atha madyādibhiḥ pañcatattvairmahādevyāḥ pūjāyā
vidhānaṃ vaktumupakramate kalaśetyādi

181

kalaśaṃ nirvakti kalāmityādinā

182

(pṛ० ११४) ṣaṭtriṃśadaṅgulāyāmaṃ ṣoḍaśāṅgulamuccakaiḥ /
caturaṅgulakaṃ kaṇṭhaṃ mukhaṃ tasya ṣaḍaṅgulam /
pañcāṅgulimitaṃ mūlaṃ vidhānaṃ ghaṭanirmitau

183

sauvarṇaṃ rājataṃ tāmraṃ kāṃsyajaṃ mṛttikodbhavam /
pāṣāṇaṃ kācajaṃ vā'pi ghaṭamakṣatamavraṇam /
kārayeddevatāprītyai vittaśāṭhyaṃ vivarjayet

184

sauvarṇaṃ bhogadaṃ proktaṃ rājataṃ mokṣadāyakam /
tāmraṃ prītikaraṃ jñeyaṃ kāṃsyajaṃ puṣṭibarddhanam

185

kācaṃ vaśyakaraṃ proktaṃ pāṣāṇaṃ stambhakarmaṇi /
mṛṇmayaṃ sarvakāryeṣu sudṛśyaṃ supariṣkṛtam

186

svavāmabhāge ṣaṭkoṇaṃ tanmadhye brahmarandhrakam /
tadbahirvṛttamālikhya caturasraṃ tato vahiḥ

182

atha ghaṭanirmāṇavidhānamāha ṣaṭtriṃśadityādinā /
ṣaṭtriṃśadaṅgulāyāmaṃ ṣaṭtriṃśadaṅgulayaḥ parimāṇaṃ
yasya sa ṣaṭtriṃśadaṅgulaḥ evambhūtaḥ āyāmo vistāro yasya
tathābhūtam / ṣoḍaśāṅgulamuccakaiḥ ṣoḍaśāṅgulayaḥ
parimāṇaṃ yasyaivambhūtamuccaṃ ghaṭaṃ kārayediti śeṣaḥ / tasya
ghaṭasya kaṇṭhaṃ caturaṅgulakaṃ caturaṅguliparimitaṃ mukhaṃ
ṣaḍaṅgulaṃ ṣaḍaṅguliparimitaṃ mūlamadhodeśaṃ tu
pañcāṅgulimitaṃ kārayet / ghaṭanirmitau vidhānametadeva proktam

183

nanu kasya kasya vastunaḥ kalaśaḥ kārayitavya
ityapekṣāyāmāha sauvarṇamityādi / akṣatam abhagnam / avraṇam
chidraśūnyam

184

sauvarṇaṃ suvarṇajātaṃ kalaśamiti śeṣaḥ

186

१८५ //
svavāmetyādi / svavāmabhāge ṣaṭkoṇaṃ maṇḍalamālikhya
tanmadhye ṣaṭkoṇamaṇḍalamadhye brahmarandhrakaṃ
śūnyamekamālikhya tadbahiḥ ṣaṭkoṇamaṇḍalasya bahirvṛttaṃ
maṇḍalamālikhya tato'pi bahiḥ catuṣkoṇaṃ maṇḍalamālikhet

187

(pṛ० ११५) sindūrarajasā vā'pi raktacandanakena vā /
nirmāya maṇḍalaṃ tatra yajedādhāradevatām /
māyāmādhāraśaktiñca ṅenamo'ntāṃ samuddharet

188

namasā kṣālitādhāraṃ sthāpayenmaṇḍalopari /
astreṇa kṣālitaṃ kumbhaṃ tatrā'dhāre niveśayet

189

kṣakārādyairakārāntairvarṇairbindusamāyutaiḥ /
mūlaṃ samuccaran mantrī kāraṇena prapūrayet

190

ādhārakumbhatīrtheṣu vahnyarkaśaśimaṇḍalam /
pūrvavat pūjayet vidvān devībhāvaparāyaṇaḥ

191

raktacandanasindūraraktamālyānulepanaiḥ /
bhūṣayitvā tu kalaśaṃ pañcīkaraṇamācaret

187

nanvidaṃ maṇḍalaṃ kena dravyeṇa lekhanīyaṃ tatrāha
sindūretyādi / tatra maṇḍale // nanu kena mantreṇā'dhāradevatāṃ
yajettatrāha māyāmiti / pūrvaṃ māyāṃ hrī/ bījamuddharet tato ṅe
namo'ntāmādhāraśaktimuddharet / yojanayā hrī/ ādhāraśaktaye
namaḥ iti mantra ādhāradevatāyajane jātaḥ

188

namaseti / namasā nama iti manunā / astreṇa phaḍiti mantreṇa

189

kṣakāretyādi / kṣakāra ādyo yeṣām akāraścāntyo
yeṣāntairbindusamāyutairanusvārasahitairvarṇaiḥ saha mūlaṃ
samuccaran kṣaṃ laṃ haṃ saṃ ṣaṃ śaṃ vaṃ laṃ raṃ yaṃ maṃ
bhaṃ baṃ phaṃ paṃ naṃ dhaṃ daṃ thaṃ taṃ ṇaṃ ḍhaṃ ḍaṃ
ṭhaṃ ṭaṃ ñaṃ jhaṃ jaṃ chaṃ caṃ ṅaṃ ghaṃ gaṃ khaṃ kaṃ
aṃḥ aṃ auṃ oṃ aiṃ eṃ ḹṃ ḷṃ ṝṃ ṛṃ ūṃ uṃ īṃ iṃ āṃ
aṃ hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāheti mantraṃ prajapanmantrī
sādhakaḥ kāraṇena madyena kalaśaṃ prapūrayet

190

ādhāreti / tīrtham madyam / pūrvavat viśeṣārghyasya
saṃskāre iva

192

१९१ //
(pṛ० ११६) phaṭā darbheṇa santāḍya hū/ bījenāvaguṇṭhayet /
hrī/ divyadṛṣṭyā saṃvīkṣya namasā'bhyukṣaṇaṃ caret

193

mūlena gandhaṃ trirdadyāt pañcīkaraṇamīritam /
praṇamya kalaśaṃ raktapuṣpaṃ dattvā viśodhayet

194

o/ ekameva paraṃ brahma sthūlasūkṣmamayaṃ dhruvam /
kacodbhavāṃ brahmahatyāṃ tena te nāśayāmyaham

195

sūryamaṇḍalamadhyasthe varuṇālayasambhave /
amābījamaye devi śukraśāpādvimucyatām

192

nanu pañcīkaraṇaṃ kiṃ nāma tatrāha phaṭetyādi / phaṭā
mantreṇa darbheṇa kuśena kalaśaṃ santāḍya hūmiti
bījenāvaguṇṭhanamudrayā'vaguṇṭhayedveṣṭayet / hrī/ bījena
divyadṛṣṭyā kalaśaṃ saṃvīkṣya dṛṣṭvā namasā mantreṇa
kalaśasyābhyukṣaṇamabhiṣekaṃ caret kuryāt / mūlena mantreṇa
kalaśe trirvāratrayaṃ gandhaṃ dadyāt / idameva
pañcīkaraṇamīritaṃ kathitam / viśodhayet madyamiti śeṣaḥ

194

१९३ //
nanu kena kena mantreṇa madyaṃ śodhayedityapekṣāyāṃ
tacchodhanamantrāneva kamata āha ekameveti / he sudhe devi dhruvaṃ
nityaṃ sthūlasūkṣmamayaṃ sthūlasūkṣmasvarūpaṃ
ekamevādvaitameva yatparaṃ brahma asti tena parabrahmaṇā te tava
kacodbhavāṃ brahmahatyāmahaṃ nāśayāmītyanvayaḥ

195

sūryetyādi / he varuṇālayasambhave varuṇasyālayo gṛhaṃ
varuṇālayaḥ samudraḥ tasmāt sambhava utpattiryasyāḥ tathābhūte /
ata eva he amābījamaye amā amṛtamayī nityā cāndrī ṣoḍaśī kalā
tadrūpaṃ yaccandramaso bījaṃ tatsvarūpe ata eva he
sūryamaṇḍalamadhyasthe sūryamaṇḍalābhyantarasthāyini sudhe devi
śukraśāpāttvayā vimucyatāṃ vimuktayā bhūyatām

196

(pṛ० ११७) vedānāṃ praṇavo bījaṃ brahmānandamayaṃ yadi /
tena satyena te devi brahmahatyā vyapohatu

197

hrī/ haṃsaḥ śucisad vasurantarikṣasa-
ddhotā vedisadatithirduroṇasat /
nṛsadvarasadṛtasadvyomasadabjā
gojā ṛtajā adrijā ṛtaṃ bṛhat

198

vāruṇena ca bījena ṣaḍdīrghasvarabhājinā /
brahmaśāpaviśabdānte mocitāyai padaṃ vadet /
sudhādevyai namaḥ paścāt saptadhā brahmaśāpanut

199

aṅkuśaṃ dīrghaṣaṭkena yutaṃ śrīmāyayā yutam /
sudhā paścād brahmaśāpaṃ mocayeti padaṃ tataḥ /
amṛtaṃ srāvayadvandvaṃ dviṭhānto manurīritaḥ

196

vedānāmiti / he devi sudhe ānandamayamānandasvarūpaṃ
yadbrahma tatsvarūpaṃ yat praṇavarūpaṃ vedānāṃ bījaṃ tena
satyena praṇavarūpavedabījena te tava brahmahatyā vyapohatu naśyatu

198

१९७ //
vāruṇeneti / brahmaśāpaviśabdasyānte mocitāyai iti padaṃ
vadet / paścāt sudhādevyai namaḥ iti vadet / yojanayā
brahmaśāpavimocitāyai sudhādevyai namaḥ iti mantro jātaḥ / ayaṃ
mantraḥ ṣaḍdīrghasvarabhājinā vāruṇena bījena saṃyojya yathā
vā/ vī/ vū/ vai/ vau/ va/ḥ brahmaśāpavimocitāyai sudhādevyai
namaḥ iti saptadhā saptavāraṃ paṭhito'yaṃ mantro brahmaśāpanut
brahmaśāpamocako bhavati

200

aṅkuśamiti / pūrvaṃ dīrghaṣaṭkena yutamaṅkuśaṃ kro/ vadet
/ paścāt śrīmāyayā yutaṃ śrī/ hrī/ bījayuktaṃ sudheti padaṃ
vadet / paścāt kṛṣṇaśāpamiti mocayeti ca padaṃ vadet / tato'mṛtaṃ
vadet / tataḥ srāvayadvandvaṃ vadet / yojanayā
(pṛ० ११८) evaṃ śāpānmocayitvā yajettatra samāhitaḥ /
ānandabhairavaṃ devamānandabhairavīṃ tathā

201

hasakṣamalaśabdānte varayū/ militaṃ vadet /
ānandabhairavaṃ ṅe'ntaṃ vaṣaḍanto manurmataḥ

202

asyā'syaṃ viparītañca śravaṇe vāmalocanā /
sudhādevyai vauṣaḍanto manurasyāḥ prapūjane

203

sāmarasyaṃ tayostatra dhyātvā tadamṛtaplutam /
dravyaṃ vibhāvya tasyorddhve mūlaṃ dvādaśadhā japet

199

krā/ krī/ krū/ krai/ krau/ kra/ḥ śrī/ hrī/ sudhākṛṣṇaśāpaṃ
mocayāmṛtaṃ srāvaya srāvayeti mantro jātaḥ / ayaṃ
manurdviṭhāntaḥ svāhānta īritaḥ kathitaḥ

200

evamiti / evamuktakrameṇa pūrvoktaiḥ
ṣaḍbhirmantrairbrahmaśāpānmocayitvā tatra madye
ānandabhairavaṃ devaṃ tathā'nandabhairavīṃ devīṃ samāhitaḥ
sāvadhānaḥ san yajet

201

ubhayoryajanasya mantramāha dvābhyām haseti /
hasakṣamalaśabdasyānte militaṃ varayūmiti padaṃ vadet / tato
ṅe'ntamānandabhairavaṃ vadet / yojanayā hasakṣamalavarayū/
ānandabhairavāyeti manurjātaḥ / ayaṃ manurvaṣaḍanto
vaṣaṭśabdānto mataḥ

202

asyetyādi / asya hasakṣamalavarayūmityasyā'syaṃ mukhaṃ
viparītaṃ paṭhanīyam / śravaṇe ūkārasthāne vāmalocanamīkāraḥ
paṭhanīyaḥ / tataḥ sudhādevyai iti paṭhanīyam / yojanayā
sahakṣamalavarayī/ ānandabhairavyai sūdhādevyai iti manurjātaḥ /
asyā ānandabhairavyāḥ prapūjane vauṣaḍanto
vauṣaṭśabdānto'yameva manurmataḥ / dhyānaṃ tūbhayoragre
vakṣyati

203

sāmarasyamti / tatra madye
tayorānandabhairavyānandabhairavayoḥ sāmarasyamaikarasyaṃ
dhyātvā tadamṛtaplutaṃ tatsāmarasyarūpāmṛtaplutaṃ dravyaṃ
madyaṃ vibhāvya vicintya tasya madyasyorddhve dvādaśadhā
dvādaśavāraṃ mūlaṃ mantraṃ japet

204

(pṛ० ११९) mūlena devatābuddhyā dattvā puṣpāñjaliṃ tataḥ /
darśayeddhūpadīpau ca ghaṇṭāvādanapūrvakam

205

itthaṃ tīrthasya saṃskāraḥ sarvadā devapūjane /
vrate home vivāhe ca tathaivotsavakarmaṇi

206

māṃsamānīya puratastrikoṇamaṇḍalopari /
phaṭā'bhukṣya vāyuvahnibījābhyāṃ mantrayettridhā

207

kavacenāvaguṇṭhyātha saṃrakṣeccāstramantrataḥ /
dhenvā vamamṛtīkṛtya mantrametamudīrayet

208

viṣṇorvakṣasi yā devī yā devī śaṅkarasya ca /
māṃsaṃ me pavitrīkuru kuru tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam

204

mūleneti / tato devatābuddhyā mūlena mantreṇa madye
puṣpāñjaliṃ dattvā ghaṇṭāvādanapūrvakaṃ tasyopari
dhūpadīpau ca darśayet // tīrthasya madyasya

206

२०५ //
atha māṃsasaṃskāravidhimāha tribhiḥ māṃsamiti /
māṃsamānīya purato'gre trikoṇamaṇḍalopari saṃsthāpya phaṭā
mantreṇā'bhyukṣyā'bhiṣicya vāyuvahnibījābhyāṃ ya/ ra/
bījābhyāṃ tridhā trivāraṃ mantrayet

207

kavaceneti / tataḥ kavacena hu/ bījena
māṃsamavaguṇṭhyāvaguṇṭhanamudrayā veṣṭayitvā astramantrataḥ
phaṭmantreṇa saṃrakṣet / dhenvā mudrayā va/ bījena
māṃsamamṛtīkṛtya etamito'nantarameva vakṣyamāṇaṃ
mantramudīrayeduccaret

208

tameva mantramāha viṣṇoriti / viṣṇorvakṣasi yā devī tiṣṭhati
yā devī śaṅkarasya ca vakṣasi tiṣṭhati sā tvaṃ me mama māṃsaṃ
pavitrīkuru / evaṃ śodhitamāṃsasamarpaṇāt mama tatpradhānaṃ
viṣṇoḥ padaṃ kuru

209

(pṛ० १२०) itthaṃ mīnaṃ samānīya proktamantreṇa saṃskṛtam /
mantreṇā'nena matimāṃstaṃ mīnamabhimantrayet

210

o/ tryambakaṃ yajāmahe sugandhiṃ puṣṭivarddhanam /
urvārukamiva bandhanānmṛtyormukṣīya mā'mṛtāt

211

tathaiva mudrāmādāya śodhayedamunā priye /
o/ tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ /
divīva cakṣurātatam

212

o/ tadviprāso vipaṇyavo jāgṛvāṃsaḥ samindhate /
viṣṇoryat paramaṃ padam

213

athavā sarvatattvāni mūlenaiva viśodhayet /
mūle tu śraddadhāno yaḥ kiṃ tasya dalaśākhayā

214

kevalaṃ mūlamantreṇa yaddravyaṃ śodhitaṃ bhavet /
tadeva devatāprītyai supraśastaṃ mayocyate

215

yathā kālasya saṃkṣepāt sādhakānavakāśataḥ /
sarvaṃ mūlena saṃśodhya mahādevyai nivedayet

209

atha mīnasaṃskāravidhimāha itthamityādinā / proktamantreṇa
māṃsaśodhane kathitena mantreṇa / anenāntaroktena

210

tameva mantramāha tryambakaṃ yajāmaha iti

211

mudrāśodhanamantramevāha tadviṣṇoriti / sūrayo vidvāṃsaḥ
paramatyutkṛṣṭaṃ tat aviduṣāmapratyakṣaṃ viṣṇoḥ padaṃ sadā
paśyanti / atra dṛṣṭāntamāha divītyādi / ātataṃ vistṛtaṃ cakṣurdivi
sthitamandhānāmagocaraṃ sūryamiva

216

२१२ //
athaveti / sarvatattvāni madyādīni // २१३ - २१५ //
(pṛ० १२१) na cātra pratyavāyo'sti nāṅgavaiguṇyadūṣaṇam /
satyaṃ satyaṃ punaḥ satyamiti śaṅgaraśāsanam

216

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
mantroddhārakalaśasthāpanatattvasaṃskāro nāma pañcamollāsaḥ /
neti / atra mūlamantreṇaiva śodhitānāṃ sarvatattvānāṃ
mahādevyai samarpaṇe

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ pañcamollāsaḥ /
ṣaṣṭhollāsaḥ
śrīdevyuvāca /
yattvayā kathitaṃ pañcatattvaṃ pūjādikarmaṇi /
viśiṣya kathyatāṃ nātha yadi te'sti kṛpā mayi

2

srīsadāśiva uvāca /
gauḍī paiṣṭī tathā mādhvī trividhā cottamā surā /
saiva nānāvidhā proktā tālakharjūrasambhavā

3

tathā deśavibhedena nānādravyavibhedataḥ /
bahudheyaṃ samākhyātā praśastā devatārcane

4

yena kena samutpannā yena kenā'hṛtā'pi vā /
nātra jātivibhedo'sti śodhitā sarvasiddhidā

1

oṃ namo brahmaṇe /
madyādi pañcatattvaṃ viśeṣataḥ śrotumicchantī
śrīdevyuvāca yattvayetyādi

2

devyaivaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca gauḍītyādi /
goḍī guḍodbhavā / paiṣṭī piṣṭodbhavā / mādhvī
madhūkapuṣpodbhavā / iti trividhā triḥprakārā surā uttamā
śreṣṭhā proktā / saiva suraiva / surāyā nānāvidhatvameva
darśayannāha tālakharjūretyādi / iyaṃ surā

4

३ //
yeneti / āhṛtā ānītā / atra surāviṣaye

5

(pṛ० १२३) māṃsantu trividhaṃ proktaṃ jalabhūcarakhecaram /
yasmāt tasmāt samānītaṃ yena tena vighātitam /
tat sarvaṃ devatāprītyai bhavedeva na saṃśayaḥ

6

sādhakecchā balavatī deye vastuni daivate /
yadyadātmapriyaṃ dravyaṃ tattadiṣṭāya kalpayet

7

balidānavidhau devi vihitaḥ puruṣaḥ paśuḥ /
strīpaśurna ca hantavyastatra śāmbhavaśāsanāt

8

uttamāstrividhā matsyāḥ śālapāṭhīnarohitāḥ /
madhyamāḥ kaṇṭakairhīnā adhamā bahukaṇṭakāḥ /
te'pi devyai pradātavyā yadi suṣṭhu vibharjitāḥ

9

mudrā'pi trividhā proktā uttamādivibhedataḥ /
candrabimbanibhaṃ śubhraṃ śālitaṇḍulasambhavam /
yavagodhūmajaṃ vā'pi ghṛtapakvaṃ manoramam

10

mudreyamuttamā madhyā bhraṣṭadhānyādisambhavā /
bharjitānyanyabījāni adhamā parikīrtitā

5

māṃsasya trividhatvameva darśayati jaletyādinā / jalacaraṃ
kūrmādimāṃsam / bhūcaraṃ chāgādimāṃsam / khecaraṃ
tittirihārītādimāṃsam / tat sarvam māṃsam

6

kalpayet samarpayet

7

balidāneti / puruṣaḥ puṃstvāvacchinnaḥ / tatra balidānavidhau

9

mudreti / candrabimbanibham candramaṇḍalasadṛśam śubhram
śvetam śālitaṇḍulasambhavam śaṣkulyādi /
bhraṣṭadhānyādisambhavā lājādi

11

१० //
(pṛ० १२४) māṃsaṃ mīnaśca mudrā ca pahalamūlāni yāni ca /
sudhādāne devatāyai saṃjñaiṣāṃ śuddhirīritā

12

vinā śudddhyā hetudānaṃ pūjanaṃ tarpaṇaṃ tathā /
niṣphalaṃ jāyate devi devatā na prasīdati

13

śuddhiṃ vinā madyapānaṃ kevalaṃ viṣabhakṣaṇam /
cirarogī bhavenmantrī svalpāyurmriyate'cirāt

14

śeṣatattvaṃ maheśāni nirvīye prabale kalau /
svakīyā kevalā jñeyā sarvadoṣavivarjitā

15

athavā'tra svayambhvādi kusumaṃ prāṇavallabhe /
kathitaṃ tatpratinidhau kusīdaṃ parikīrtitam

16

aśodhitāni tattvāni patrapuṣpaphalāni ca /
naiva dadyānmahādevyai dattvā vai nārakī bhavet

11

māṃsamityādi / devatāyai sudhādāne surāsamarpaṇe eṣāṃ
māṃsādīnāṃ śuddhiriti saṃjñā īritā kathitā

12

māṃsādīnāṃ śuddhisaṃjñāvidhāne prayojanaṃ
darśayannāha vinā śuddhyetyādi / vinā śuddhyā māṃsādikaṃ
vinā hetudānam surāsamarpaṇam

13

śuddhimiti / śuddhim māṃsādikam / acirāt atyalpameva
kālamatītya

14

śeṣatattvamiti / śeṣatattvam maithunam / nirvīrye nistejasi /
svakīyā ātmīyā śaktiḥ

15

athavetyādi / atra śeṣatattvavidhau / tatpratinidhau svayambhvādi
kusumapratinidhau / kusīdam raktacandanam

16

aśodhitāni surāmāṃsādīni mahādevyai dadataḥ sādhakasya
narakagāmitvamāha aśodhitānītyādinā

17

(pṛ० १२५) śrīpātrasthāpanaṃ kuryāt svīyayā guṇaśīlayā /
abhiṣiñcet kāraṇena sāmānyārghyodakena vā

18

ādau bālāṃ samuccāryaṃ tripurāyai tato vadet /
namaḥśabdāvasāne ca imāṃ śaktimudīrayet

19

pavitrīkuruśabdānte mama śaktiṃ kuru dviṭhaḥ

20

adīkṣitā yadā nārī karṇe māyāṃ samuccaret /
śaktayo'nyāḥ pūjanīyāḥ nā'rhyāstāḍanakarmaṇi

21

athātmayantrayormadhye māyāgarbhaṃ trikoṇakam /
vṛttaṃ ṣaṭkoṇamālikhya caturasraṃ likhedvahiḥ

17

śrīpātretyādi / svīyayā śaktyā saha / abhiṣiñcet svīyāṃ
śaktimiti śeṣaḥ / kāraṇena surayā

18

nanu kena mantreṇa svīyā śaktirabhiṣektavyetyākāṅkṣāyāṃ
tadabhiṣekamantramāha ādāvityādinā sārddhena / ādau bālām ai/
klī/ sauriti samuccārya tatastripurāyai iti vadet / tatastadante paṭhitasya
namaḥ śabdasyāvasāne'nte imāṃ śaktimudīrayeduccaret / tadante ca
paṭhitasya pavitrīkuruśabdasyānte mama śaktiṃ kuru iti vadet / tato
dviṭhaḥ svāheti vadet / yojanayā ai/ klī/ sauḥ tripurāyai namaḥ imāṃ
śaktiṃ pavitrīkuru mama śaktiṃ kuru svāheti svīyābhiṣeke mantro
jātaḥ

20

१९ //
adīkṣiteti / māyām hrī/ bījam / anyāḥ tatropaviṣṭāḥ
svīyābhinnāḥ tāḍanakarmaṇi maithunakarmaṇi

21

athetyādi / athānantaramātmayantrayorātmano yantrarājasya ca
madhye māyāgarbhaṃ māyā hrī/ bījaṃ garbhe yasyaivambhūtaṃ
trikoṇakaṃ tadbahirvṛttaṃ tadbahiśca ṣaṭkoṇaṃ maṇḍalamālikhya
tato'pi bahiścaturasraṃ catuṣkoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ likhet

22

(pṛ० १२६) asrakoṇe pūrṇaśailamuḍḍīyānantathaiva ca /
jālandharaṃ kāmarūpaṃ sacaturthīnamo'ntakam /
nijanāmādibījāḍhyaṃ pūjayet sādhakottamaḥ

23

ṣaṭkoṇeṣu ṣaḍaṅgāni mūlenaiva trikoṇakam /
māyāmādhāraśaktiñca namo'ntena prapūjayet

24

namasā kṣālitādhāraṃ saṃsthāpya tatra pūrvavat /
vṛttopari yajedvahneḥ kalāḥ svasvādimākṣaraiḥ

22

asrakoṇe iti / tato
nijanāmādibījāḍhyamātmanāmasambandhyādimākṣararūpabījasa
ṃyuktaṃ sacaturthīnamo'ntakaṃ sacaturthi caturthīsahitaṃ
namo'ntakaṃ namo'nte yasya tathābhūtaṃ pūrṇaśailam
uḍḍīyānaṃ jālandharaṃ kāmarūpaṃ cāsrakoṇe
catuṣkoṇamaṇḍalasya caturṣu koṇeṣu sādhakottamaḥ pūjayet / pūṃ
pūrṇaśailāya pīṭhāya namaḥ ityanena prathamakoṇe pūrṇaśailam /
um uḍḍīyānāya pīṭhāya namaḥ ityanena dvitīyakoṇe uḍḍīyānam /
jāṃ jālandharāya pīṭhāya namaḥ ityanena tṛtīyakoṇe jālandharam /
kāṃ kāmarūpāya pīṭhāya namaḥ ityanena caturthakoṇe
kāmarūpaṃ pūjayedityarthaḥ

23

ṣaṭkoṇeṣviti / tataḥ ṣaṭkoṇamaṇḍalasya ṣaṭkoṇeṣu hrā/
namaḥ hrī/ namaḥ hrū/ namaḥ hrai/ namaḥ hrau/ namaḥ hra/ḥ namaḥ
iti mantraiḥ ṣaḍaṅgāni ṣaṭkoṇādhiṣṭhātṛdaivatāni prapūjayet /
mūlenaiva mantreṇa trikoṇakaṃ trikoṇādhiṣṭhātṛdaivataṃ
prapūjayet / māyāmityādi / pūrvaṃ māyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ tato
namo'ntena namasā'ntena sahādhāraśaktiñca vadet / yojanayā hrī/
ādhāraśaktaye nama iti mantro jātaḥ / anena mantreṇa maṇḍale
ādhāradevatāṃ pūjayet

25

namaseti / tato namasā namomantreṇa kṣālitamādhāraṃ
pūrvavat kalaśasthāpane iva tatra maṇḍale saṃsthāpya vṛttopari
vartulamaṇḍalopari saṃsthāpitādhāre vahneḥ kalāḥ
(pṛ० १२७) dhūmrā'rcirjvalinī sūkṣmā jvālinī viṣphuliṅginī /
suśrīḥ surūpā kapilā havyakavyavahā tathā

26

sacaturthīnamo'ntena pūjyā vahneḥ kalā daśa

27

ma vahnimaṇḍalāyeti daśānte ca kalātmane /
avasāne namo dattvā pūjayedvahnimaṇḍalam

28

tato'rghyapātramānīya phaṭkāreṇa viśodhitam /
ādhāre sthāpayitvā tu kalāḥ sūryasya dvādaśa /
kabhādivarṇabījena ṭhaḍāntena prapūjayet

29

tapinī tāpinī dhūmrā marīcirjvālinī ruciḥ /
sudhūmrā bhogadā viśvā bodhinī dhāriṇī kṣamā

27

yajet / vahneryāḥ kalāḥ yajettā āha / dhūmrādyā daśakalāḥ
pūjyāḥ / yathā dhūṃ dhūmrāyai namaḥ iti dhūmrā / am arciṣe
namaḥ ityanenārciḥ / jvaṃ jvalinyai namaḥ iti jvalinī / sūṃ
sūkṣmāyai namaḥ ityanena sūkṣmā / jvāṃ jvālinyai namaḥ
ityanena jvālinī / viṃ viṣphuliṅginyai namaḥ iti viṣphuliṅginī / suṃ
suśriye namaḥ iti suśrīḥ / suṃ surūpāyai namaḥ ityanena surūpā /
kaṃ kapilāyai namaḥ iti kapilā / haṃ havyakavyavahāyai namaḥ
ityanena havyakavyavahā pūjyeti // २४ - २६ //
mamityādi / pūrvaṃ maṃ vahnimaṇḍalāyeti dattvā tato
daśānte kalātmane iti dattvā avasāne tadante ca namo dattvā
vahnimaṇḍalaṃ pūjayet / maṃ vahnimaṇḍalāya daśakalātmane
namaḥ iti mantreṇādhāre vahnimaṇḍalamarcayedityarthaḥ

28

tata ityādi / tato'nantaraṃ phaṭkāreṇa phaṭā mantreṇa
viśodhitamarghyapātramānīyā'dhāre sthāpayitvā tatra sūryasya
dvādaśakalāḥ sānusvāreṇa ṭhaḍāntena ṭhaḍau antau yasya
kabhādivarṇabījasya tat ṭhaḍāntaṃ tena kabhādivarṇabījena
kādibhādi varṇarūpeṇa bījena sahitena sacaturthīnamo'ntena
nāmamantreṇa prapūjayet

30

yāḥ sūryakalāḥ prapūjayettā āha tapinītyādyekena / yathā
kaṃ bhaṃ tapinyai namaḥ iti tapinīm khaṃ baṃ tāpinyai namaḥ iti
tāpinīm gaṃ phaṃ dhūmrāyai namaḥ iti
(pṛ० १२८) aṃ sūryamaṇḍalāyeti dvādaśānte kalātmane /
namo'ntenā'rghyapātre tu pūjayet sūryamaṇḍalam

31

vilomamātṛkāṃ tadvanmūlamantraṃ samuccaran /
tribhāgaṃ pūrayenmantrī kalaśasthena hetunā

32

viśeṣārghyajalaiḥ śeṣaṃ pūrayitvā samāhitaḥ /
ṣoḍaśasvarabījena nāmamantreṇa pūjayet /
sacaturthīnamo'ntena kalāḥ somasya ṣoḍaśa

29

dhūmrām ghaṃ paṃ marīcyai namaḥ iti marīcim ṅaṃ naṃ
jvālinyai namaḥ iti jvālinīm caṃ dhaṃ rucaye namaḥ iti rucim chaṃ
daṃ sudhūmrāyai namaḥ iti sudhūmrām jaṃ thaṃ bhogadāyai
namaḥ iti bhogadām jhaṃ taṃ viśvāyai namaḥ iti viśvām ñaṃ
ṇaṃ bodhinyai namaḥ iti bodhinīm ṭaṃ ḍhaṃ dhāriṇyai namaḥ iti
dhāriṇīm ṭhaṃ ḍaṃ kṣamāyai namaḥ iti kṣamāṃ prapūjayediti

30

amityādi / pūrvam aṃ sūryamaṇḍalāyetyuktvā tato
dvādaśānte kalātmane iti vadet / yojanayā aṃ sūryamaṇḍalāya
dvādaśakalātmane iti āsīt namo'ntenānena mantreṇārghyapātre
sūryamaṇḍalaṃ pūjayet

31

vilometyādi / tato mantrī sādhakastadvat kalaśapūraṇe iva
vilomamātṛkāṃ sānusvārān kṣakārādīnakārāntān varṇān
samuccaran teṣāmante mūlamantrañca sasuccaran san kalaśasthena
hetunā surayā'rghyapātrasya tribhāgaṃ pūrayet

32

viśeṣetyādi / samāhitaḥ sāvadhānaḥ san arghyapātrasya
śeṣañcaturthaṃ bhāgaṃ viśeṣārghyajalaiḥ pūrayitvā
sānusvāreṇa ṣoḍaśasvarabījena sahitena sacaturthīnamo'ntena
nāmamantreṇa somasya ṣoḍaśakalāḥ arghyapātrasya toye pūjayet

33

(pṛ० १२९) amṛtā mānadā pūṣā tuṣṭiḥ puṣṭīratirdhṛtiḥ /
śaśinī candrikā kāntirjyotsnā śrīḥ prītiraṅgadā /
pūṛṇā pūrṇāmṛtā kāmadāyinyaḥ śaśinaḥ kalāḥ

34

ūṃ somamaṇḍalāyeti ṣoḍaśānte kalātmane /
namo'ntena yajenmantrī pūrvavat somamaṇḍalam

35

dūrvākṣataṃ raktapuṣpaṃ barvarāmaparājitām /
māyayā prakṣipet pātre tīrthamāvāhayedapi

33

yāḥ somasya kalāḥ pūjayettā āha amṛtetyādinā sārddhena /
yathā aṃ amṛtāyai namaḥ ityamṛtām āṃ mānadāyai namaḥ iti
mānadām iṃ pūṣāyai namaḥ iti pūṣām īṃ tuṣṭaye namaḥ iti
tuṣṭim uṃ puṣṭaye namaḥ iti puṣṭim ūṃ rataye namaḥ iti ratiṃ ṛṃ
dhṛtaye namaḥ iti dhṛtiṃ ṝṃ śaśinyai namaḥ iti śaśinīṃ ḷṃ
candrikāyai namaḥ iti candrikāṃ ḹṃ kāntaye namaḥ iti kāntim eṃ
jyotsnāyai namaḥ iti jyotsnāṃ aiṃ śriyai namaḥ iti śriyaṃ oṃ
prītaye namaḥ iti prītiṃ auṃ aṅgadāyai namaḥ ityaṅgadāṃ aṃ
pūrṇāyai namaḥ iti pūrṇāṃ aṃḥ pūrṇāmṛtāyai namaḥ ityanena
pūrṇāmṛtāṃ pūjayediti

34

ūmityādi / pūrvam ūṃ somamaṇḍalāyetyuktvā tataḥ
ṣoḍaśānte kalātmane iti vadet / yojanayā ūṃ somamaṇḍalāya
ṣoḍaśakalātmane ityāsīt / namo'ntenānena mantreṇa mantrī
sādhakaḥ pūrvavat kalaśatoya ivārghyapātratoye somamaṇḍalaṃ
yajet

35

dūrvetyādi / tato dūrvayā sahitānakṣatān raktaṃ puṣpaṃ
barvarāṃ varvarāpatramaparājitāñca puṣpaṃ māyayā hrī/ bījena
pātre prakṣipet tatraiva tīrthamapyāvāhayet

36

(pṛ० १३०) kavacenā'vaguṇṭhyā'stramudrayā rakṣaṇañcaret /
dhenvā caivāmṛtīkṛtya chādayenmatsyamudrayā

37

mūlaṃ sañjapya daśadhā devatāvāhanañcaret /
āvāhya puṣpāñjalinā pūjayediṣṭadevatām /
akhaṇḍādyaiḥ pañcamantrairmantrayettadanantaram

38

akhaṇḍaikarasānandākare parasudhātmani /
svacchandasphuraṇāmatra nidhehi kularūpiṇi

39

anaṅgasthāmṛtākāre śuddhajñānakalevare /
amṛtatvaṃ nidhehyasmin vastuni klinnarūpiṇi

36

kavaceneti / tataḥ kavacena
hūbījenāvaguṇṭhyāvaguṇṭhanamudrayā'rghyapātrasthaṃ
sudhātoyaṃ veṣṭayitvā'stramudrayā tasyaiva rakṣaṇañcaret kuryāt
/ dhenvā mudrayā ca tadevā'mṛtīkṛtya matsyamudrayācchādayet

37

mūlamiti / tato'rghyapātrasthasudhātoyasyopari mūlaṃ
mantraṃ daśadhā daśavāraṃ saṃjapya tatraiva
devatāvāhanañcaret / iṣṭadevatāmāvāhya ca puṣpāñjalinā
pūjayet / tadanantaramakhaṇḍādyaiḥ pañcamantraistadeva
sudhātoyaṃ mantrayet mantritaṃ kuryāt

38

tānevākhaṇḍādīn pañcamantrān kramato darśayati
akhaṇḍaiketyādi / he kularūpiṇi akhaṇḍaikarasānandākare
pūrṇapradhānānurāgānandajanake parasudhātmani
śreṣṭhasurāsvarūpe'tra vastuni svacchandasphuraṇāṃ svatantrāṃ
visphūrtiṃ nidhehi sthāpaya / guṇe rāge drave rasa ityamaraḥ

39

anaṅgetyādi / he anaṅgasthāmṛtākāre kāmasthāmṛtasvarūpe
he śuddhajñānakalevare śuddhajñānarūpaśarīre tvaṃ
klinnarūpiṇi stimitarūpiṇyasmin surārūpe vastuni amṛtatvaṃ nidhehi
sthāpaya

40

(pṛ० १३१) tadrūpeṇaikarasyañca kṛtvā'rghyaṃ tatsvarūpiṇi /
bhūtvā kulāmṛtākāraṃ mayi visphuraṇaṃ kuru

41

brahmāṇḍarasasambhūtamaśeṣarasasambhavam /
āpūritaṃ mahāpātraṃ pīyūṣarasamāvaha

42

ahantāpātrabharitamidantāparamāmṛtam /
parāhantāmaye vahnau homasvīkāralakṣaṇam

43

ityāmantrya tatastasmin śivayoḥ sāmarasyakam /
vibhāvya pūjayeddhūpadīpāvapi ca darśayet

40

tadrūpeṇetyādi / he tatsvarūpiṇi tattatsvarūpaśālini tvaṃ
tadrūpeṇa pradhānamādhuryarasarūpeṇārghyamarcārthaṃ
madyamaikarasyaṃ pradhānamādhuryarasaviśiṣṭaṃ kṛtvā
kulāmṛtākāraṃ sudhārūpaṃ vastu ca bhūtvā mayi visphuraṇaṃ
visphūrtiṃ kuru

41

brahmāṇḍetyādi / he devi surayā pūritaṃ mahāpātraṃ prati
brahmāṇḍarasasambhūtaṃ brahmāṇḍe ye rasāstebhyaḥ
sañjātamata evāśeṣarasasambhavam aśeṣasya sarvasya rasasya
sambhavo yatra tathābhūtaṃ pīyūṣarasamāvahā'naya

42

ahantetyādi / ahantā'hambhāvaḥ tadrūpe pātre bharitaṃ
dhāritaṃ yadidantāparamāmṛtam idantā madīyamidaṃ
madīyamidamityetadbhāvaḥ tadrūpaṃ yat paramamamṛtaṃ tasya
parāhantāmaye parā yā'hantā'hambhāvastadrūpe vahnau
homasvīkāralakṣaṇaṃ kuryāt / ahantārūpapātrasahitaṃ
tatsthāpitedantārūpaparamāmṛtaṃ parāhantārūpe vahnau
juhuyādityarthaḥ

43

itīti / iti etaiḥ pañcabhirmantrairmadyamāmantrya tato'nantaraṃ
tasminmadye śivayoḥ śivāyāḥ śivasya ca sāmarasyamaikarasyaṃ
vibhāvya vicintya tanmadyaṃ pūjayet tasyopari dhūpadīpāvapi ca
darśayet

44

(pṛ० १३२) iti śrīpātrasaṃskāraḥ kathitaḥ kulapūjane /
akṛtvā pāpabhāṅmantrī pūjā ca viphalā bhavet

45

ghaṭaśrīpātrayormadhye pātrāṇi sthāpayedbudhaḥ /
gurupātraṃ bhogapātraṃ śaktipātramataḥ param

46

yoginīvīrapātre ca balipātraṃ tataḥ param /
pādyācamanayoḥ pātraṃ śrīpātreṇa nava kramāt /
sāmānyārghyasya vidhinā pātrāṇāṃ sthāpanañcaret

47

kalaśasthāmṛtenaiva tribhāgaṃ paripūrya ca /
māṣapramāṇaṃ pātreṣu śuddhikhaṇḍaṃ niyojayet

48

vāmāṅguṣṭhānāmikābhyāmamṛtaṃ pātrasaṃsthitam /
gṛhītvā śuddhikhaṇḍena dakṣayā tattvamudrayā /
sarvatra tarpaṇaṃ kuryāt vidhireṣaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

44

itīti / akṛtvā śrīpātrasaṃskāramiti śeṣaḥ

45

nanu ghaṭaśrīpātrayormadhye kiṃkiṃ pātraṃ sthāpayet
tatrāha gurupātramityādi

46

śrīpātreṇa saha nava pātrāṇi kramāt sthāpayet / nanu kena
vidhinā pātrāṇi sthāpayet tatrāha sāmānyārghyasyetyādi

47

kalaśasthetyādi / kalaśasthāmṛtenaiva teṣāṃ pātrāṇāṃ
tribhāgaṃ paripūrya māṣapramāṇaṃ śuddhikhaṇḍaṃ
māṃsādikhaṇḍaṃ pātreṣu niyojayet sthāpayet

48

vāmetyādi / vāmāṅguṣṭhānāmikābhyāṃ dakṣayā ca
tattvamudrayā śuddhikhaṇḍena sahitaṃ pātrasaṃsthitamamṛtaṃ
gṛhītvā sarvatra tarpaṇaṃ kuryāt / sarvatra tarpaṇe eṣa vidhiḥ
prakīrtitaḥ

49

(pṛ० १३३) śrīpātrāt paramaṃ binduṃ gṛhītvā śuddhisaṃyutam /
ānandabhairavaṃ devaṃ bhairavīñca pratarpayet

50

gurupātrāmṛtenaiva tarpayed gurusantatim /
sahasrāre nijaguruṃ sapatnīkaṃ pratarpya ca /
vāgbhavādyasvasvanāmnā tadvadgurucatuṣṭayam

51

tataḥ svahṛdayāmbhoje bhogapātrāmṛtena ca /
ādyāṃ kālīṃ tarpayāmi nijabījapuraḥsaram

52

svāhāntena tridhā mantrī tarpayediṣṭadevatām /
śaktipātrāmṛtaistadvadaṅgāvaraṇatarpaṇam

49

śrīpātrāditi / śrīpātrācchuddhisaṃyutaṃ paramaṃ binduṃ
gṛhītvā hasakṣamalavarayūm ānandabhairavāya vaṣaṭ
ānandabhairavaṃ tarpayāmi nama ityanenānandabhairavaṃ devaṃ
sahakṣamalavarayīm ānandabhairavyai vauṣaṭ ānandabhairavīṃ
tarpayāmi svāhetyanenānandabhairavīñca pratarpayet

50

gurvityādi / gurupātrāmṛtenaiva gurusantatiṃ gurusamūhaṃ
tarpayet / nanu kena mantreṇa kutra vā sthāne gurusantatiṃ
tarpayettatrāha sahasrāre ityādi / sahasrāre padme sapatnīkaṃ
nijaguruṃ pratarpya vāgbhavam ai/ bījamādyaṃ yasya tathābhūtena
svasvanāmnā nijaguruṇā saha gurucatuṣṭayaṃ tadvannijaguruvat
pratarpayet / yathā ai/ sapatnīkamamukānandanāthaṃ śrīguruṃ
tarpayāmi nama ityanena nijagurum ai/ sapatnīkaṃ
paramaguruntarpayāmi nama iti paramam ai/ sapatnīkaṃ
parāparaguruntarpayāmi nama iti parāparagurum ai/ sapatnīkaṃ
parameṣṭiguruṃtarpayāmi nama iti parameṣṭiguruṃ pratarpayediti

53

tata ityādi / tato'nantaraṃ nijabījapuraḥsaraṃ yathāsyāttathā
svāhāntena svāhārūpeṇāntena sahādyāṃ
kālīṃtarpayāmītyuccaranmantrī sādhako bhogapātrāmṛtena
(pṛ० १३४) yoginīpātrasaṃsthena sāyudhāṃ saparīkarām /
santarpya kālikāmādyāṃ vaṭukebhyo baliṃ haret

54

svavāmabhāge sāmānyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ racayet sudhīḥ /
sampūjya sthāpayettatra sāmiṣānnaṃ sudhānvitam

55

vāṅmāyākamalāvañca vaṭukāya namaḥ padam /
sampūjya pūrvabhāge ca vaṭukasya baliṃ haret

51

svahṛdayāmbhoje iṣṭadevatāṃ tridhā trivāraṃtarpayet / hrī/ śrī/
krī/ parameśvari svāhā ādyāṃ kālīṃtarpayāmi svāheti mantreṇa
tarpayedityarthaḥ / tataḥ
śaktipātrāmṛtaistadvadevāṅgāvaraṇatarpaṇaṃ kuryāt /
aṅgadevatāstarpayāmi svāhetyanenāṅgadevatāḥ
āvaraṇadevatāstarpayāmi svāhetyanenāvaraṇadevatāśca
tarpayedityarthaḥ

53

५२ //
yoginītyādi / yoginīpātrasaṃsthenāmṛtena hrī/ śrī/ krī/
parameśvari svāhā sāyudhāṃ saparīkarāmādyāṃ kālīṃ
tarpayāmi svāheti mantreṇa sāyudhāmāyudhaviśiṣṭāṃ
saparīkarāṃ parivārasahitāmādyāṃ kālikāṃ santarpya
vaṭukebhyo baliṃ haret dadyāt

54

vaṭukādibhyo balidānasya vidhimāha svavāmabhāge ityādi /
sudhīḥ dhīraḥ svavāmabhāge sāmānyañcatuṣkoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ
rayeyet / tanmaṇḍalaṃ sampūjya tatra maṇḍale caturdikṣu tanmadhye
ca sudhānvitaṃ surāsaṃyuktaṃ sāmiṣānnaṃ
māṃsādisahitamannaṃ sthāpayet

55

vāṅmāyetyādi / vāṅmāyākamalāvañca ai/ hrī/ śrī/
sahitaṃ va/ ceti bījamuktvā vaṭukāya nama iti padaṃ vadet / yojanayā
ai/ hrī/ śrī/ va/ vaṭukāya nama iti mantro jātaḥ / anenaiva mantreṇa
maṇḍalasya pūrvabhāge vaṭukaṃ sampūjya tatraiva eṣaḥ
sudhāmiṣānvitānnavaliḥ ai/ hrī/ śrī/ vaṃ vaṭukāya nama iti
mantreṇa vaṭukasya baliṃ haret dadyāt

56

(pṛ० १३५) tatastu yāṃ yoginībhyaḥ svāhā yāmyāṃ haredvalim

57

ṣaḍdīrghayuktaṃ samvartaṃ kṣetrapālāya hṛnmanuḥ /
anena kṣetrapālāya baliṃ dadyāttu paścime

58

khāntabījaṃ samuddhṛtya ṣaḍdīrgha svarasaṃyutam /
ṅe'ntaṃ gaṇapatiṃ coktvā vahnijāyāṃtato vadet

59

uttarasyāṃ gaṇeśāya balimetena kalpayet /
madhye tathā sarvabhūtabaliṃ dadyād yathāvidhi

60

hrī/ śrī/ sarvapadañcoktvā vighnakṛdbhyastato vadet /
sarvabhūtebhya ityuktvā hū/ phaṭ svāhā manurmataḥ

56

tatastviti / tato'nantaram eṣaḥ sudhāmiṣānvitānnavaliryāṃ
yoginībhyaḥ svāheti mantreṇa yāmyāṃ maṇḍalasya dakṣiṇe bhāge
yoginībhyo baliṃ haret

57

ṣaḍityādi / ṣaḍdīrghayuktaṃ samvartaṃ kṣakāramuktvā tataḥ
kṣetrapālāyetyuktvā tato hṛt nama iti vadet / sarvapadayojanayā kṣā/
kṣī/ kṣū/ kṣai/ kṣau/ kṣa/ḥ kṣetrapālāya nama iti manurjātaḥ / eṣaḥ
sudhāmiṣānvitānnavalirityādyenānenaiva manunā maṇḍalasya
paścime bhāge kṣetrapālāya baliṃ dadyāt

58

khāntetyādi / ṣaḍdīrghasvarasaṃyutaṃ khāntabījaṃ
svasyānto gakārastadrūpaṃ bījaṃ samuddhṛtya tato ṅe'ntaṃ
gaṇapatiñcoktvā tato vahnijāyāṃ svāheti vadet / yojanayā gā/ gī/
gū/ gai/ gau/ ga/ḥ gaṇapataye svāheti mantro jātaḥ / eṣaḥ
sudhāmiṣānvitānnavalirityādyenānenaiva mantreṇa uttarasyāṃ
maṇḍalasyottare bhāge gaṇeśāya baliṃ kalpayeddadyāt / tathaiva
maṇḍalasya madhye yathāvidhi vidhivat sarvabhūtavaliṃ dadyāt

61

५९ //
sarvabhūtebhyo balidānasya mantramāha ekena hrīmiti / hrī/
śrī/ sarvapadamuktvā tato vighnakṛdbhyaḥ iti vadet / tataḥ
sarvabhūtebhya ityuktvā hūṃ phaṭ
(pṛ० १३६) tataḥ śivāyai vidhivadvalimekaṃ prakalpayet /
gṛhṇa devi mahābhāge śive kālāgnirūpiṇi

62

śubhāśubhaṃ phalaṃ vyaktaṃ brūhi gṛhṇa baliṃ tava /
mūlameṣa baliḥ paścāt śivāyai nama ityapi /
cakrānuṣṭhānametattu tavāgre kathitaṃ śive

63

candanāgurukastūrivāsitaṃ sumanoharam /
puṣpaṃ gṛhītvā pāṇibhyāṃ karakacchapamudrayā

64

nītvā svahṛdayāmbhoje dhyāyedādyāṃ parātparām

60

svāheti vadet / yojanayā hrī/ śrī/ sarvavighnakṛdbhyaḥ
sarvabhūtebhyo hū/ phaṭ svāheti manurjātaḥ / eṣa
sudhāmiṣānvitānnavalirityādyo'yameva manuḥ sarvabhūtebhyo
validāne mataḥ

61

tata iti / tato'nantaraṃ śivāyai phetkārikāyai vidhivadekaṃ
valiṃ prakalpayet dadyāt / śivāyai balidānasya mantramāha
sārddhena / gṛhṇeti / gṛhṇa devi mahābhāge ityādyuktvā
mūlamantraṃ vadet / tataḥ eṣa balirityuktvā paścāt śivāyai nama
ityapi vadet / sakalapadayojanayā gṛhṇa devi mahābhāge śive
kālāgnirūpiṇi śubhāśubhaphalaṃ vyaktaṃ brūhi gṛhṇa baliṃ
tava hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parame svāhā eṣa baliḥ śivāyai nama iti mantrī
jātaḥ / anenaiva śivāyai baliṃ dadyāt

63

६२ //
candanetyādi / tataścandanāgurukastūrivāsitaṃ sumanoharaṃ
puṣpaṃ pāṇibhyāṃ gṛhītvā karakacchapamudrayā hṛdi nītvā ca
svahṛdayāmbhoje parātparāmādyāṃ kālīṃ dhyāyet

65

६४ //
(pṛ० १३७) sahasrāre mahāpadme suṣumnābrahmavartmanā /
nītvā sānanditāṃ kṛtvā bṛhanniśvāsavartmanā /
dīpāddīpāntaramiva tatra puṣpe niyojya ca

66

yantre nidhāpayenmantrī dṛḍhabhaktisamanvitaḥ /
kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā prārthayediṣṭadevatām

67

deveśi bhaktisulabhe parivārasamanvite /
yāvat tvāṃ pūjayiṣyāmi tāvat tvaṃ susthirā bhava

68

krīmādye kālike devi parivārādibhiḥ saha /
ihāgaccha dvidhā proktvā iha tiṣṭha dvidhā punaḥ

69

iha śabdāt sannidhehi iha sannipadāttataḥ /
rudhyasva padamābhāṣya mama pūjāṃ gṛhāṇa ca

70

itthamāvāhanaṃ kṛtvā devyāḥ prāṇān pratiṣṭhayet

65

sahasrāre iti / svahṛdayāmbhoje dhyātvā cādyāṃ kālīṃ
tataḥ suṣumnā yā nāḍī tadrūpeṇa brahmavartmanā sahasrāre
mahāpadme nītvā prāpayaya sudhāpāyanayā
sānanditāmānandayutāñca kṛtvā dīpāddīpāntaramivānyaṃ
dīpamiva tasyā eva kālyāḥ sakāśādaparāmādyāṃ kālīṃ
vṛhanniśvāsavartmanā nāsāpuṭena vahirānīya tatra pāṇisaṃsthe
puṣpe niyojya saṃsthāpya ca dṛḍhabhaktisamanvito mantrī
hastasthapuṣpasthāpitāṃ devīṃ yantre nidhāpayet sthāpayet / tataḥ
kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtveṣṭadevatāṃ prārthayet

67

६६ //
kiṃ prārthayettatrāha deveśītyādi

71

krīmādye ityādi / krīmādye kālike devi parivārādibhiḥ saheti
procya tato dvidhā dvivāramihāgaccheti ca procya tataḥ punardvidhā
iha tiṣṭheti
(pṛ० १३८) ā/ hrī/ kro/ śrī/ vahnijāyāpratiṣṭhāmatra īritaḥ /
amuṣyā devatāyāśca prāṇā iha tataḥ param /
prāṇā iti tataḥ pañcabījāni tadanantaram

72

amuṣyā jīva iha ca sthita ityuccaret punaḥ /
pañcabījānyamuṣyāśca sarvendriyāṇi kīrtayet

73

punastatpañcabījāni amuṣyāvacanāttataḥ /
vāṅmanonayanaghrāṇaśrotratvakpadato vadet

74

prāṇā ihāgatya sukhaṃ ciraṃtiṣṭhantu ṭhadvayam

75

procya tataḥ punariha śabdāt sannidhehīti procya tata iha
sannītipadāt rudhyasvetipadamābhāṣya tato mama pūjāṃ
gṛhāṇeti vadet / sakalapadayojanayā krīmādye kālike devi
parivārādibhiḥ sahehāgacchehāgaccheha tiṣṭheha tiṣṭheha
sannidhehi iha sannirudhyasva mama pūjāṃ gṛhāṇeti mantro
jātaḥ / itthamanena prakāreṇānena mantreṇa devyā āvāhanaṃ
kṛtvā tasyā eva prāṇān pratiṣṭhayet prāṇapratiṣṭhāṃ
kuryādityarthaḥ // ६८-७० //
nanu kena mantreṇa devyāḥ prāṇān
pratiṣṭhayedityapekṣāyāṃ prāṇapratiṣṭhāmantramāha
caturbhiḥ āmityādi / ā/ hrī/ kro/ śrīmityuktvā vahnijāyā
svāhā vaktavyā / tato'muṣyā devatāyāḥ prāṇā ihetyuktvā
tataḥ paraṃ prāṇā ityuccaret / tataḥ ā/ hrīmityādīni
pañcabījāni vadet / tadanantaramamuṣyā jīva iha sthita ityuccaret
/ punaḥ tānyeva pañcabījāni vadet / tato'muṣyāḥ
sarvendriyāṇīti vadet / punastāni pañcabījāni vadet /
tato'muṣyāvacanāt kathanāt paraṃ
vāṅmanonayanaghrāṇaśrotratvakpadaṃ vadet / tasmācca padāt
prāṇā ihāgatya sukhaṃ cirantiṣṭhantviti vadet / tataḥ
ṭhadvayaṃ svāheti vadet / sakalapadayojanayā ā/ hrī/ kro/ śrī/
svāhā ādyā kālīdevatāyāḥ prāṇā iha prāṇāḥ ā/ hrī/
(pṛ० १३९) iti tridhā yantramadhye lelihānākhyamudrayā /
saṃsthāpya vidhivat prāṇān kṛtāñjalipuṭo vadet

76

ādye kāli svāgataṃte susvāgatamidaṃtava /
āsanañcedamatra tvayā'syatāṃ parameśvari

77

tato viśeṣārghya jalaistridhā mūlaṃ samuccaran /
prokṣayeddevaśuddhyarthaṃ ṣaḍaṅgaiḥ sakalīkṛtiḥ /
tataḥ sampūjayeddevīṃ ṣoḍaśairupacārakaiḥ

75

kro/ śrī/ svāhā ādyākālīdevatāyā jīva iha sthitaḥ ā/ hrī/ kro/
śrī/ svāhā ādyākālīdevatāyāḥ sarvendriyāṇi ā/ hrī/ kro/ śrī/
svāhā ādyākālīdevatāyā
vāṅmanonayanaghrāṇaśrotratvakprāṇāḥ ihāgatya sukhaṃ
cirantiṣṭhantu svāheti prāṇapratiṣṭhāmantra īritaḥ // ७१ - ७४ //
itīti / ityanenaiva prāṇapratiṣṭhāmantreṇa tridhā vāratrayaṃ
gurūpadiṣṭayā lelihānākhyamudrayā yantramadhye devyāḥ
prāṇān vidhivat saṃsthāpya kṛtāñjalipuṭaḥ san vadet /
lelihānākhyamudrā yathā dakṣiṇāmūrtisaṃhitāyām /
tarjanīmadhyamānāmāḥ samaṃ kuryādadhomukham /
anāmāyāṃ kṣipedvṛddhāmṛjuṃ kṛtvā kaniṣṭhikām /
lelihānākhyamudreyaṃ jīvanyāse prakīrtiteti

76

kiṃ vadedityapekṣāyāmāha ādye ityādi / suṣṭhu āgataṃ
svāgatam

77

tata ityādi / tato mūlaṃ mantraṃ tridhā samuccaran
devaśuddhyarthaṃ viśeṣārghyajalairdevīṃ prokṣayet abhiṣiñcet /
ṣaḍaṅgaiḥ hrā/ hṛdayāya namaḥ hrī/ śirase svāhā hrū/ śikhāyai
vaṣaṭ hrai/ kavacāya hum hrau/ netratrayāya vauṣaṭ hra/ḥ astrāya phaṭ
iti mantrairdevyāḥ sakalīkṛtiḥ samastīkaraṇaṃ vidheyam /
sakalīkaraṇaṃ yathā /
devatāṅge ṣaḍaṅgānāṃ nyāsaḥ syāt sakalīkṛtiriti

78

(pṛ० १४०) pādyārghyācamanīyañca snānaṃ vasanabhūṣaṇe /
gandhapuṣpe dhūpadīpau naivedyācamane tathā

79

amṛtañcaiva tāmbūlaṃ tarpaṇañca natikriyā /
prayojayedarcanāyāmupacārāṃśca ṣoḍaśa

80

ādyābījamidaṃ pādyaṃ devatāyai namaḥ padam /
pādyañcaraṇayordadyāt śirasyarghyaṃ nivedayet

81

svāhāpadena matimān svadhetyācamanīyakam /
mukhe niyojayenmantrī madhuparkaṃ mukhāmbuje /
vaṃsvadheti samuccārya punarācamanīyakam

78

tāneva ṣoḍaśopacārān darśayati pādyetyādinā

79

amṛtaṃ madyam / prayojayet nivedayet

80

atha kramataḥ pādyādiṣoḍaśopacārasamarpaṇavidhimāha
ādyābījamityādibhiḥ / ādyābījamuktvā idaṃ pādyaṃ devatāyai
nama iti padaṃ vadet / yojanayā hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāhedaṃ
pādyamādyākālīdevatāyai nama iti mantro jātaḥ / anena mantreṇa
devyāścaraṇayoḥ pādyaṃ dadyāt / svāhāpadena
svāhāpadaghaṭitena hrī/ śrī/ kro/ parameśvari
svāhedamarghyamādyāyai kālyai svāheti mantreṇa devyāḥ
śirasyarghyaṃ nivedayet

81

svāhetyādi / svāhāpadeneti pūrvānvayi / matimānmantrī
svadhetipadaghaṭitena hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari
svāhedamācamanīyamādyāyai kālyai svadheti mantreṇa devyā
mukhe ācamanīyakaṃ niyojayeddadyāt / hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari
svāhā eṣa madhuparka ādyāyai kālyai svadheti mantreṇa devyā
mukhāmbuje madhuparkaṃ niyojayet / hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari
svāhedamācamanīyamādyāyai kālyai vaṃsvadheti samuccārya
punardevīmukhe ācamanīyakaṃ niyojayet

82

(pṛ० १४१) snānīyaṃ sarvagātreṣu vasanaṃ bhūṣaṇāni ca /
nivedayāmi manunā dadyādetāni deśikaḥ

83

madhyamānāmikābhyāñca gandhandadyāddhṛdambuje /
namo'ntena ca mantreṇa vauṣaḍantena puṣpakam

84

dhūpadīpau ca purataḥ saṃsthāpya prokṣaṇādibhiḥ /
nivedayāmi mantreṇa utsṛjya tadanantaram

85

jayadhvanimantramātaḥ svāheti mantrapūrvakam /
sampūjya ghaṇṭāṃ vāmena vādayan dakṣiṇena tu

86

dhūpaṃ gṛhītvā matimān nāsikādho niyojayet /
dīpantu dṛṣṭiparyantaṃ daśadhā bhrāmayet puraḥ

82

snānīyamityādi / hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāhedaṃ
snānīyamidaṃ vasanametāni bhūṣaṇāni cādyāyai kālikāyai
nivedayāmīti manunā etāni snānīyādīni devyāḥ sarvagātreṣu
deśikaḥ sādhako dadyāt

83

madhyametyādi / namo'ntena hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāhā
eṣa gandha ādyāyai kālyai nama iti mantreṇa devyā hṛdambuje
madhyamānāmikābhyāmaṅgulibhyāṃ gandhaṃ dadyāt /
vauṣaḍantena hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāhedaṃ puṣpamādyāyai
kālyai vauṣaḍiti mantreṇa devyai puṣpakaṃ dadyāt

87

dhūpetyādi / purato devyagre dhūpadīpau saṃsthāpya
prokṣaṇādibhiḥ saṃśodhya ca hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāhā
etau dhūpadīpāvādyāyai kālyai nivedayāmīti mantreṇotsṛjya devyai
samarpya ca tadanantaram ete gandhapuṣpe jayadhvanimantramātaḥ
svāheti mantrapūrvakaṃ ghaṇṭāṃ sampūjya vāmena hastena tāṃ
ghaṇṭāṃ vādayan san dakṣiṇena hastena dhūpaṃ gṛhītvā matimān
sādhako devyā nāsikāyā adho niyojayennivedayet / dīpantu puro
devyagre pādamārabhya dṛṣṭiparyantaṃ daśadhā daśavāraṃ
bhrāmayet // ८४ - ८६ //
(pṛ० १४२) tataḥ pātrañca śuddhiñca samādāya karadvaye /
mūlaṃ samuccaran mantrī yantramadhye nivedayet

88

paramaṃ vāruṇīkalpaṃ koṭikalpāntakāriṇi /
gṛhāṇa śuddhisahitaṃ dehi me mokṣamavyayam

89

tataḥ sāmānyavidhinā purato maṇḍalaṃ likhet /
tasyopari nyaset pātraṃ naivedyaparipūritam

90

prokṣaṇañcāvaguṇṭhañca rakṣaṇañcāmṛtīkṛtam /
mūlena saptadhā'mantrya arghyādbhirvinivedayet

91

mūlametattu siddhānnaṃ sarvopakaraṇānvitam /
nivedayāmīṣṭadevyai juṣāṇedaṃ haviḥ śive

87

tata ityādi / tato'nantaraṃ pānapātraṃ śuddhiṃ
māṃsādikañca karadvaye samādāya gṛhītvā mūlaṃ mantraṃ
tadante idaṃ madyamimāṃ śuddhiñcādyāyai kālyai nivedayāmīti
ca samuccaran mantrī yantramadhye devyai nivedayet

88

tataḥ prārthanāvākyamāha paramamityādi / vāruṇīkalpam
madyam

89

tata iti / tato'nantaraṃ sāmānyavidhinā sādhāraṇavidhānena
purato'gre trikoṇañcatuṣkoṇaṃ vā maṇḍalaṃ likhet / tasya
maṇḍalasyopari naivedyaparipūritaṃ pātraṃ nyaset sthāpayet

90

prokṣaṇamiti / tatpātrasthasya naivedyasya phaṭā prokṣaṇaṃ
hū/ bījenāvaguṇṭhanaṃ veṣṭanaṃ phaṭaiva rakṣaṇaṃ
dhenumudrayā vaṃ bījenāmṛtīkṛtamamṛtīkaraṇañca vidadhyāt /
tato mūlamantreṇa saptadhā
tannaivedyamāmantryārghyādbhirarghyajalairdevyai nivedayet

92

naivedyanivedanamantramāhaikena mūlamiti / pūrvaṃ mūlaṃ
vadet / tataḥ etat sarvopakaraṇānvitaṃ siddhānnamiṣṭadevatāyai
nivedayāmīti vadet / tataḥ śive haviridaṃ juṣāṇeti vadet / yojanayā
hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari svāhā etat
(pṛ० १४३) tataḥ prāṇādimudrābhiḥ pañcabhiḥ prāśayeddhaviḥ

93

vāme naivedyamudrāñca vikacotpalasannibhām /
darśayenmūlamantreṇa pānārthaṃ tīrthapūritam

94

kalaśaṃ vinivedyātha punarācamanīyakam /
tataḥ śrīpātrasaṃsthenāmṛtena tarpayet tridhā

95

uttamāṅgaṃ hṛdādhārapādasarvāṅgakeṣu ca /
pañca puṣpāñjalīndattvā mūlamantreṇa deśikaḥ

96

kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā prārthayediṣṭadevatām /
tavāvaraṇadevāṃśca pūjayāmi namo vadet

91

sarvopakaraṇānvitaṃ siddhānnamiṣṭadevatāyai nivedayāmi śive
haviridaṃ juṣāṇeti mantro naivedyasamarpaṇāyāsīt /
siddhānnamityāmānnasyāpyupalakṣaṇam

92

tata ityādi / tato'nantaramprāṇāya svāhā apānāya svāhā
samānāya svāhā udānāya svāhā vyānāya svāheti
mantrairgurūpadiṣṭābhiḥ pañcabhiḥ prāṇādimudrābhirdevīṃ
haviḥ prāśayet bhojayet

93

vāma iti / vāme haste vikacotpalasannibhāṃ
praphullapaṅkajatulyāṃ naivedyamudrāñca devīṃ darśayet / tato
mūlamantreṇa tīrthapūritaṃ madyena pūritaṃ kalaśaṃ pānārthaṃ
devyai nivedya punarācamanīyakaṃ dadyāt / tato'nantaraṃ
śrīpātrasaṃsthenāmṛtena surayā tridhā trivāraṃ pūrvavaddevīṃ
tarpayet

95

९४ //
uttamāṅgetyādi / tato deśikaḥ sādhako devyāḥ uttamāṅge
mastake hṛdaye ādhāradeśe pādayoḥ sarvāṅgeṣu ca mūlamantreṇa
pañca puṣpāñjalīn datvā kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtveṣṭadevatāṃ
prārthayet / yat prārthayettadāhārddhena taveti /
tavāvaraṇadevānityuktvā pūjayāmi nama iti padaṃ vadet / yojanayā
iṣṭadevate tavāvaraṇadevān pūjayāmi nama iti
prārthanāvākyamāsīt

97

९६ //
(pṛ० १४४) agnirnirṛtivāyavīśapurataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ kramāt /
ṣaḍaṅgāni ca sampūjya gurupaṅktīḥ samarcayet

98

guruñca paramādiñca parāparaguruntathā /
parameṣṭhiguruñcaiva yajet kulagurūnimān

99

gurupātrāmṛtenaiva tristristarpaṇamācaret /
tato'ṣṭadalamadhye tu pūjayedaṣṭanāyikāḥ

100

maṅgalā vijayā bhadrā jayantī cā'parājitā /
nandinī nārasiṃhī ca kaumārītyaṣṭamātaraḥ

97

āvaraṇadevānāṃ pūjāyāḥ prakāraṃ darśayati
agnītyādibhiḥ / agninirṛtivāyavīśapurataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ
yantrasyāgnikoṇe nairṛtakoṇe vāyukoṇe īśānakoṇe purato'gre
pṛṣṭhataḥ paścādbhāge ca kramataḥ hrā/ namaḥ hrī/ namaḥ hrū/
namaḥ hrai/ namaḥ hrau/ namaḥ hra/ nama iti mantraiḥ ṣaḍaṅgāni
ṣaḍaṅgadaivatāni saṃpūjya gurupaṅktīrguruśreṇīḥ samarcayet

98

gurupaṅktīreva darśayannāha guruñcetyādi / o/ gurave namaḥ
o/ paramagurave namaḥ o/ parāparagurave namaḥ o/ parameṣṭiguruve
namaḥ iti mantrairgandhapuṣpādibhiryantramadhye guruṃ paramādiṃ
parama ādiryasya tathābhūtaṃ guruṃ tathaiva parāparaguruṃ
parameṣṭiguruñcāpīmān kulagurūn kramato yajet

99

gurvityādi / gurupātrāmṛtenaiva tristristrivāraṃ trivāraṃ
kramato gurūṇāṃ tarpaṇamācaret kuryāt /
tato'nantaramaṣṭadalamadhye'ṣṭapatrāṇāmabhyantare o/
maṅgalāyai nama ityevaṃ praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhiraṣṭanāyikāḥ pūjayet

100

pūjyā aṣṭanāyikā āha maṅgaletyādyekena

101

(pṛ० १४५) dalāgreṣu yajedaṣṭabhairavān sādhakottamaḥ

102

asitāṅgo ruruścaṇḍaḥ krodhonmatto bhayaṅkaraḥ /
kapālī bhīṣaṇaścaiva saṃhāro'ṣṭau ca bhairavāḥ

103

indrādidaśadikpālān bhūpurāntaḥ prapūjayet /
teṣāmastrāṇi tadbāhye pūjayet tarpayettataḥ

104

sarvopacāraiḥ sampūjya baliṃ dadyāt samāhitaḥ

105

mṛgaśchāgaśca meṣaśca lulāpaḥ śūkarastathā /
śallakī śaśako godhā kūrmaḥ khaḍgī daśa smṛtāḥ

106

anyānapi paśūn dadyāt sādhakecchānusārataḥ

101

daletyādi / dalāgreṣu patrāgreṣu o/ asitāṅgāya bhairavāya
nama ityevaṃ praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhiraṣṭabhairavān sādhakottamo yajet

102

pūjyānaṣṭabhairavānāha asitāṅga ityādyekena

103

indretyādi / tataḥ praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhirindrādidaśadikpālān bhūpurābhyantare
prapūjayet / teṣāmindrādīnāmastrāṇi vajrādīni
praṇavādinamo'ntanāmamantreṇa tadbāhye bhūpurādbahiḥ pūjayet
/ tataḥ param o/ indraṃ tarpayāmi namaḥ ityevaṃ praṇavādinā
tarpayāmi namaḥ ityantena nāmamantreṇa
indrādidaśadikpālāṃstarpayet

104

sarvetyādi / pādyādibhiḥ sarvopacārairdevīṃ saṃpūjya
samāhitaḥ sāvadhāno bhūtvā devyai baliṃ dadyāt

105

nanu balidānavidhau kaḥ kaḥ paśuḥ praśastaḥ syāttatrāha
mṛga ityādi / lulāpo mahiṣaḥ / mṛgādayo daśa balidānavidhau
praśastāḥ smṛtāḥ

106

anyānapīti / na tu mṛgādaya eva balidānavidhau praśastāḥ
kintu sādhakecchānusārato'nyānapi paśūn devyai dadyāt

107

(pṛ० १४६) sulakṣaṇaṃ paśuṃ devyā agre saṃsthāpya mantravit /
arghyodakena samprokṣya dhenumudrāmṛtīkṛtam

108

kṛtvā chāgāya paśave nama ityamunā sudhīḥ /
sampūjya gandhasindūrapuṣpanaivedyapāthasā /
gāyatrīṃ dakṣiṇe karṇe japet pāśavimocanīm

109

paśupāśāya śabdānte vidmahe padamuccaret /
viśvakarmaṇi ca padāt dhīmahīti padaṃ vadet

110

tataścodīrayen mantrī tanno jīvaḥ pracodayāt /
eṣā tu paśugāyatrī paśupāśavimocanī

111

tataḥ khaḍgaṃ samādāya kūrcabījena pūjayet /
tadagramadhyamūleṣu kramataḥ pūjayedimān

107

atha balidānavidhimāha sulakṣaṇamityādibhiḥ / mantravit
mantrajñaḥ sudhīḥ dhīraḥ sādhakaḥ sulakṣaṇaṃ rogādiśūnyaṃ
paśuṃ devyā agre saṃsthāpya viśeṣārghyodakena phaṭ mantreṇa
saṃprokṣyābhiṣicya dhenumudrayā vaṃ bījenāmṛtīkṛtaṃ kṛtvā
chāgāya paśave nama ityamunā mantreṇa
gandhasindūrapuṣpanaivedyapāthasā saṃpūjya ca chāgasya dakṣiṇe
karṇe paśupāśavimocanīṃ gāyatrīṃ japet / chāgāyeti
mṛgādīnāmapyupalakṣaṇaṃ / pātho jalam

109

१०८ //
paśupāśavimocanīṃ gāyatrīmāha paśupāśetyādinā /
mantrī sādhakaḥ paśupāśāyeti śabdasyānte vidmahe iti
padamuccaret / tato viśvakarmaṇe iti padāt dhīmahīti padaṃ vadet
tataḥ paraṃ tanno jīvaḥ pracodayāt ityudīrayeduccaret / yojanayā
paśupāśāya vidmahe viśvakarmaṇe dhīmahi tanno jīvaḥ pracodayāt
iti gāyatrī jātā

111

११० //
tata ityādi / kūrcabījena hūmiti bījena / tadagramadhyamūleṣu
khaḍgāgramadhyamūleṣu

112

(pṛ० १४७) vāgīśvarīñca brahmāṇaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇau tataḥ /
umāmaheśvarau mūle pūjayet sādhakottamaḥ

113

anantaraṃ brahmaviṣṇuśivaśaktiyutāya ca /
khaḍgāya nama ityantamanunā khaḍgapūjanam

114

mahāvākyena cotsṛjya kṛtāñjalipuṭo vadet /
yathoktena vidhānena tubhyamastu samarpitam

115

itthaṃ nivedya ca paśuṃ bhūmisaṃsthantu kārayet /
devībhāvaparo bhūtvā hanyāttīvraprahārataḥ

116

svayaṃ vā bhrātṛputrairvā bhrātrā vā suhṛdaiva vā /
sapiṇḍenātha vā chedyo nāripakṣaṃ niyojayet

112

khaḍgāgramadhyamūleṣu yān pūjayettānāhaikena
vāgīśvarīmiti / o/ vāgīśvarībrahmabhyāṃ nama ityevaṃ
praṇavādinamo'ntanāmamantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ khaḍgāgre
vāgīśvarīṃ sarasvatīṃ brahmāṇañca tataḥ khaḍgamadhye
lakṣmīnārāyaṇau tataḥ khaḍgamūle umāmaheśvarau
sādhakottamaḥ pūjayet

113

anantaramiti / tato'nantaraṃ brahmaviṣṇuśivaśaktiyutāya
khaḍgāya nama ityantamanunā khaḍgapūjanaṃ kuryāt

114

mahāvākyeneti / tato mahāvākyena viṣṇuro/ tatsat o/
adyāmukamāsyamukapakṣe'mukatithāvamukarāśisthite bhāskare
samastābhīpsitapadārthasiddhikāmo'mukagotro'mukaśarmā'hamiṣ.
tadevatāyai paśumimaṃ sampradade iti mahatā vākyena
chāgamutsṛjya devyai samarpya kṛtāñcalipuṭo bhūtvā vadet / kiṃ
vadettatrāha yathetyādi

115

itthamiti / paśuṃ chāgādim / svayaṃ vā ātmanaiva vā /
paśuhanane'ripakṣaṃ na niyojayet pravartayet

117

११६ //
(pṛ० १४८) tataḥ kavoṣṇaṃ rudhiraṃ vaṭukebhyo baliṃ haret /
sapradīpaśīrṣabalirnamo devyai nivedayet

118

evaṃ balividhiḥ proktaḥ kaulikānāṃ kulārcane /
anyathā devatāprītirjāyate na kadācana

119

tato homaṃ prakurvīta tadvidhānaṃ śṛṇu priye /
svadakṣiṇe vālukābhirmaṇḍalaṃ caturasrakam

120

caturhastaparimitaṃ kṛtvā mūlena vīkṣaṇam /
astreṇa tāḍayitvā ca tenaiva prokṣaṇaṃ caret

121

kūrcabījenāvaguṇṭhya devatānāmapūrvakam /
sthaṇḍilāya nama iti yajet sādhakasattamaḥ

117

tata iti / tataḥ paraṃ eṣa kavoṣṇarudhiravaliḥ o/ vaṭukebhyo nama
iti mantreṇa kavoṣṇamīṣaduṣṇaṃ rudhiravaliṃ nivedayet

118

evamiti / anyathā balividherabhāvāt

119

anantarakartavyamāha tata iti dvābhyām / atha
homavidhānamāha svadakṣiṇe ityādibhiḥ / svadakṣiṇe deśe
vālukābhiścaturhastaparimitaṃ caturasrakañcatuṣkoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ
kṛtvā mūlena mantreṇa tasya vīkṣaṇaṃ vilokanañca kṛtvā astreṇa
phaṭā mantreṇa kuśena tāḍayitvā ca tenaiva phaṭaiva mantreṇa
maṇḍalasya prokṣaṇaṃ sekañcaret

121

१२० //
kūrcetyādi / kūrcabījena hūmiti bījena
tanmaṇḍalamavaguṇṭhya veṣṭayitvā devatānāmapūrvakaṃ
sthaṇḍilāya nama ityuccaran sādhakasattamo yajet
amukadevatāsthaṇḍilāya nama iti mantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ
sthaṇḍilaṃ pūjayedityarthaḥ

122

(pṛ० १४९) prāgagrā udagagrāśca rekhāḥ prādeśasammitāḥ /
tisrastisro vidhātavyāstatra sampūjayedimān

123

prāgagrāsu ca rekhāsu mukundeśapurandarān /
brahmavaivasvatendūṃśca uttarāgrāsu pūjayet

124

tataḥ sthaṇḍilamadhye tu hasauḥgarbhaṃ trikoṇakam /
ṣaṭkoṇaṃ tadbahirvṛttaṃ tato'ṣṭadalapaṅkajam /
bhūpuraṃ tadbahirvidvān vilikhedyantramuttamam

125

mūlena puṣpāñjalinā saṃpūjya praṇavena tu /
homadravyāṇi saṃprokṣya karṇikāyāṃ yajet sudhīḥ /
māyāmādhāraśaktyādīn pratyekaṃ vā prapūjayet

122

prāgagrā iti / prāk prācyāṃ diśyagrāṇi yāsāṃ tāḥ
prāgagrāḥ / udak udīcyāṃ diśyagrāṇi yāsāṃ tā udagagrāśca /
prādeśasasammitāḥ prādeśena parimitāstisrastisro rekhāḥ sthaṇḍile
vidhātavyāḥ / tatra tāsu rekhāsu imān saṃpūjayet / tarjanīyukte
vistṛte'ṅguṣṭhe prādeśaḥ syāt / tathaivāmarasiṃhaḥ /
prādeśatālagokarṇāstarjanyādiyute tate /
aṅguṣṭhe sakaniṣṭhe syādvitastirdvādaśoṅgula iti

123

tāsu rekhāsu yān pūjayettān darśayannāha prāgagrāsviti /
prāgagrāsu rekhāsu praṇavādinamo'ntanāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ mukundeśapurandarān viṣṇuśivendrān kramataḥ
pūjayet / uttarāgrāsu rekhāsu tu brahmavaivasvatendūn
brahmayamacandrān pūjayet

124

tata iti / tato'nantaraṃ sthaṇḍilamadhye hsauḥ militā eva
hakārasakāraukāravisargā garbhe yasya tathābhūtaṃ trikoṇakaṃ
tadbahiḥ ṣaṭkoṇaṃ tadbahirvṛtta ca maṇḍalaṃ tato
vahiraṣṭadalapaṅkajaṃ tato'pi bahiścatuṣkoṇañcaturdvāraṃ
bhūpurañca vidvān vilikhet

126

mūleneti / evaṃ likhitamuttamaṃ yantraṃ mūlena mantreṇa
puṣpāñjalinā saṃpūjya praṇavena homadravyāṇi ca
saṃprokṣyāṣṭadalapaṅkajasya karṇikāyāṃ bījakośe
(pṛ० १५०) agnyādikoṇe dharmañca jñānaṃ vairāgyameva ca /
aiśvaryaṃ pūjayitvā tu pūrvādiṣu diśāṃ kramāt

127

adharmamajñānamiti avairāgyamanantaram /
anaiśvaryaṃ yajenmantrī madhye'nantañca padmakam

128

kalāsahitasūryasya tathā somasya maṇḍalam /
prāgādikeśareṣveṣu madhye caitāḥ prapūjayet

129

pītā śvetā'ruṇā kṛṣṇā dhūmrā tīvrā tathaiva ca /
sphuliṅginī ca rucirā jvalinīti tathā kramāt

130

praṇavādinamo'ntena sarvatra pūjanaṃ caret /
raṃ vahnerāsanāyeti namo'ntena prapūjayet

125

samuditānevādhāraśaktyādīn māyāṃ hrī/ bījamuccaran sudhīḥ
sādhako yajet / hrī/ ādhāraśaktyādibhyo nama iti mantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ pūjayedityarthaḥ / athavā ādhāraśaktyādikaṃ
pratyekameva prapūjayet

126

agnītyādi / praṇavādinamo'ntanāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhiryantrasyāgnyādikoṇe kramato dharmaṃ jñānaṃ
vairāgyamaiśvaryañca pūjayitvā diśāṃ kramāt pūrvādiṣu dikṣu
adharmamajñānamavairāgyaṃ etadanantaramanaiśvaryañca mantrī
yajet / yantrasya madhye'nantaṃ padmakañca yajet

128

१२७ //
kaletyādi / pūrvoktābhyāmeva mantrābhyāṃ
gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ kalāsahitasūryasya tathā kalāsahitasya somasya
ca maṇḍalaṃ yantramadhye eva prapūjayet / eṣu prāgādikeśareṣu
madhye ca krameṇaitāḥ prapūjayet

129

yāḥ prapūjayettā āha pītetyādyekena / pītāśvetādīnāṃ
madhye jvalinīṃ madhye pūjayet

130

praṇavādītyādi / sarvatra deśe namo'ntena raṃ
vahnerāsanāyeti mantreṇa yantramadhye vahnerāsanaṃ prapūjayet

131

(pṛ० १५१) vāgīśvarīmṛtusnātāṃ nīlendīvaralocanām /
vāgīśvareṇa saṃyuktāṃ dhyātvā mantrī tadāsane

132

māyayā tau prapūjyātha vidhivadvahnimānayet /
mūlena vīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā phaṭā'vāhanamācaret

133

praṇavaṃ ca tato vahneryogapīṭhāya hṛnmanuḥ /
yantre pīṭhaṃ pūjayitvā dikṣu caitāḥ prapūjayet /
vāmā jyeṣṭhā tathā raudrī ambiketi yathākramāt

134

tato'mukyā devatāyāḥ sthaṇḍilāya namaḥ padam /
iti sthaṇḍilamāpūjya tanmadhye mūlarūpiṇīm

135

dhyātvā vāgīśvarīṃ devīṃ vahnibījapuraḥsaram /
vahnimuddhṛtya mūlānte kūrcamastraṃ samuccaran

136

kravyādebhyo vahnijāyāṃ kravyādāṃśaṃ parityajet /
astreṇa vahniṃ saṃvīkṣya kūrcenaivāvaguṇṭhayet

131

vāgīśvarīmiti / tato vāgīśvareṇa brahmaṇā saṃyuktāṃ
nīlendīvaralocanāṃ śyāmapaṅkajanetrām ṛtusnātāṃ
vāgīśvarīṃ dhyātvā mantrī sādhakastadāsane tasmin vahnipīṭhe
tau vāgīśvarībrahmāṇau māyayā hrī/ bījādyena namo'ntena
nāmamantreṇa prapūjyāthānantaraṃ vidhivat śarāveṇa
kāṃsyapātreṇa vā śuddhamagnimānayet / mūlena mantreṇa
vahnervīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā phaṭā mantreṇa tasyaivāvāhanañcaret

133

१३२ //
praṇavamiti / pūrvaṃ praṇavaṃ vadet tato vahneryogapīṭhāyeti
vadet / tato hṛt nama iti vadet / yojanayā o/ vahneryogapīṭhāya nama iti
manurjātaḥ / anenaiva manunā yantre vahneḥ pīṭhaṃ pūjayitvā
pīṭhāt pūrvādiṣu catasṛṣu dikṣu
praṇavādinamo'ntanāmamantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhiretāśca
prapūjayet / pūrvādidikṣu yāḥ prapūjayettā āha
vāmetyādyarddhena

137

tata iti / tato'nantaram amukyā devatāyāḥ sthaṇḍilāya nama iti
sarvaṃ mantrapadamuccaran gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ sthaṇḍilamāpūjya
tanmadhye mūladevatārūpiṇīṃ
(pṛ० १५२) dhenvā caivāmṛtīkṛtya hastābhyāmagnimuddharet /
prādakṣiṇyakrameṇāgniṃ bhrāmayan sthaṇḍilopari

138

tridhā jānuspṛṣṭabhūmiḥ śivabījaṃ vicintayan /
ātmano'bhimukhīkṛtya yoniyantre niyojayet

139

tato māyāṃ samuccārya vahnimūrtiñca ṅeyutām /
namo'ntena prapūjyātha raṃ vahniparataḥ sudhīḥ /
caitanyāya namo vahneścaitanyaṃ paripūjayet

137

vāgīśvarīṃ devīṃ dhyātvā vahnibījaṃ puraḥsaraṃ yatra
vahnibīja puraḥsaraṃ yathāsyāttathā vahnimuddhṛtya raṃ bījena
vahnimutthāpyetyarthaḥ / mūlānte kūrcaṃ hū/ bījamastraṃ phaḍiti
cā bījaṃ samuccaran tadante kravyādebhya ityuccaran tadante
vahnijāyā svāhetyuccaret / yojanayā hrī/ śrī/ krī/ parameśvari
svāhā hū/ phaṭ kravyādebhyaḥ svāheti mantro jātaḥ / anenaiva
mantreṇa vahnito jvaladdāharūpaṃ kravyādāṃśaṃ
rākṣasabhāgaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi parityajet / tato'streṇa phaṭā
vahniṃ saṃvīkṣya dṛṣṭvā kūrcenaiva hū/
bījenaivāvaguṇṭhayedvahniṃ veṣṭayet // १३४ - १३६ //
dhenveti / dhenvā mudrayā cāmṛtīkṛtya hastābhyāṃ
punaragnimuddharet utthāpayet / utthāpya ca prādakṣiṇyakrameṇa
sthaṇḍilopari tridhā trivāramagniṃ bhrāmayan śivabījaṃ
śambhuvīryarūpamagniṃ vicintayaṃśca sādhako
jānuspṛṣṭabhūmiḥ sannātmano'bhimukhīkṛtya yoniyantre
trikoṇamaṇḍale niyojayet sthāpayet

139

१३८ //
tata iti / tato'nantaraṃ māyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ samuccārya
namo'ntena namasā'ntena saha ṅeyutāṃ vahnimūrtiṃ samuccaret /
yojanayā hrī/ vahnimūrtaye namaḥ iti mantro jātaḥ / anena mantreṇa
vahnimūrtiṃ prapūjyāthānantaraṃ sudhīḥ sādhako raṃ vahneḥ
parataḥ caitanyāya nama iti vadet / yojanayā raṃ vahnicaitanyāya nama
iti manurjātaḥ / anenaiva manunā vahneḥ caitanyaṃ paripūjayet

140

(pṛ० १५३) namasā vahnimūrtiñca caitanyaṃ parikalpya ca /
prajvālayettato vahniṃ mantreṇānena mantravit

141

praṇavaṃ pūrvamuddhṛtya citpiṅgalapadaṃ tathā /
hanadvayaṃ daha daha paca paceti tato vadet

142

sarvajñājñāpaya svāhā vahniprajvālane manuḥ /
tataḥ kṛtāñjalirbhūtvā prakuryādagnivandanam

143

agniṃ prajvalitaṃ vande jātavedaṃ hutāśanam /
suvarṇavarṇamamalaṃ samiddhaṃ sarvatomukham

144

ityupasthāpya dahanaṃ chādayet sthaṇḍilaṃ kuśaiḥ /
sveṣṭanāmnā vahnināma kṛtvā'bhyarcanamācaret

140

namaseti / namasā mantreṇa vahnimūrtiṃ vahneḥ caitanyañca
parikalpya manasā viracya tato'nenānantarameva vakṣyamāṇena
mantreṇa mantravit sādhako vahniṃ prajvālayeduddīpayet

141

vahniprajvālanamantramevāha praṇavamityādinā sārddhena /
pūrvaṃ praṇavamuddhṛtya uktvā tataḥ paraṃ citpiṅgalapadaṃ vadet /
tato hanadvayaṃ tato dahadaheti tataḥ pacapaceti ca vadet / tataḥ
sarvajñājñāpaya svāheti vadet yojanayā o/ citpiṅgala hana hana daha
daha paca paca sarvajñājñāpaya svāheti mantro jātaḥ / ayaṃ
manurvahniprajvālane smṛtaḥ

143

१४२ //
agnivandanamantramāha agniṃ prajvalitaṃ vande ityāti

144

itīti / ityanenaiva mantreṇa dahanaṃ vahnimupasthāpyābhivandya
sthaṇḍilaṃ chādayet / tataḥ sveṣṭanāmnā vahnināma kṛtvā
ito'nantarameva vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa vahnerabhyarcanamācaret

145

(pṛ० १५४) tāro vaiśvānarapadāt jātavedapadaṃ vadet /
ihāvahāvahetyuktvā lohitākṣapadāntaram

146

sarvakarmāṇi padataḥ sādhayānte'gnivallabhā /
ityabhyarcya hiraṇyādisaptajihvāḥ prapūjayet

147

sahasrārciḥpadaṃ ṅe'ntaṃ hṛdayāya namo vadan /
ṣaḍaṅgaṃ pūjayedvahnestato mūrtīryajet sudhīḥ

148

jātavedaprabhṛtayo mūrtayo'ṣṭau prakīrtitāḥ

149

tato yajedaṣṭaśaktīrbrāhmyādyāstadanantaram /
padmādyaṣṭanidhīniṣṭvā yajedindrādidikpatīn

145

vahnyabhyarcanamantramevāha tāra ityādinā sārddhena /
pūrvaṃ tāraḥ praṇavo vācyaḥ tato vaiśvānarapadāt paraṃ
jātavedapadaṃ vadet / tata ihāvahāvahetyuktvā
lohitākṣarūpapadāntaraṃ vadet / tataḥ sarvakarmāṇīti padātparaṃ
sādhayeti padaṃ vadet / tadante cāgnivallabhā svāhā vācyā /
yojanayā o/ vaiśvānara jātaveda ihāvahāvaha lohitākṣa
sarvakarmāṇi sādhaya svāheti manurāsīt / ityanenaiva manunā
sveṣṭadevatānāmānaṃ vahnimabhyarcya o/
vahnerhiraṇyādisaptajihvābhyo namaḥ iti mantreṇa
vahnerhiraṇyādisaptajihvā gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ pūjayet

147

१४६ //
sahasretyādi / ṅe'ntaṃ sahasrārciḥpadaṃ tato hṛdayāya nama
iti ca padaṃ vadan sahasrārciṣe hṛdayāya namaḥ iti mantraṃ
samuccaran sādhako vahnerhṛdayaṃ pūjayet / tato vahneḥ
ṣaḍaṅgebhyo nama iti mantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhirvahneḥ
ṣaḍaṅgaṃ pūjayet / tato vahnimūrtibhyo namaḥ iti mantreṇa
vahnermūrtīḥ sudhīryajet

148

nanu vahneḥ kati mūrtayaḥ santītyapekṣāyāmāha
jātavedetyādi / jātavedaprabhṛtayo vahneraṣṭau mūrtayaḥ
prakīrtitāḥ pūrvamuktāḥ

150

tata iti / tato'nantaraṃ brāhmyādibhyo'ṣṭaśaktibhyo nama iti
mantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhirbrāhmyādyāḥ aṣṭa śaktīryajet /
tadanantaraṃ padmādyaṣṭanidhibhyo nama
(pṛ० १५५) vajrādyastrāṇi sampūjya prādeśaparimāṇakam /
kuśapatradvayaṃ nītvā ghṛtamadhye nidhāpayet

151

vāme dhyāyediḍāṃ nāḍīṃ dakṣiṇe piṅgalāṃ tathā /
madhye suṣumnāṃ sañcintya dakṣabhāgāt samāhitaḥ

152

ājyaṃ gṛhītvā matimān dakṣanetre hutāśituḥ /
mantreṇānena juhuyāt praṇavānte'gnaye padam

153

svāhānto manurākhyāto vāmabhāgāddhavirharet /
vāmanetre hunedvahneḥ o/ somāya dviṭho manuḥ

149

iti mantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ padmādyaṣṭanidhīniṣṭvā sampūjya
indrādidikpatīn yajet

150

vajretyādi / tata indrādīnāñca vajrādyastrāṇi sampūjya
prādeśaparimāṇakaṃ kuśapatradvayaṃ nītvā gṛhītvā
ghṛtamadhye vāme dakṣiṇe nidhāpayet sthāpayet

154

vāme ityādi / ghṛtasya vāme bhāge iḍāṃ nāḍīṃ dhyāyet /
dakṣiṇe bhāge piṅgalāṃ nāḍīṃ dhyāyet / madhye ca suṣumnāṃ
nāḍīṃ sañcintya samāhitaḥ san dakṣabhāgādājyaṃ ghṛtaṃ
gṛhītvā hutāśituragnerdakṣanetre'nenānantarameva vakṣyamāṇena
mantreṇa matimān sādhako juhuyāt / dakṣanetre havanasya
mantramāha praṇavānte ityādinā / praṇavasyānte'gnaye iti padaṃ
vācyam / yojanayā o/ agnaye iti manurjātaḥ / ayañca manuḥ svāhānta
ākhyātaḥ / tato vāmabhāgāddhavirhavanīyaṃ ghṛtaṃ haret
gṛhṇīyāt / gṛhītvā ca havirvahnervāmanetre vakṣyamāṇamantreṇa
hunet juhuyāt / vāmanetre havanasya mantramāha / o/ somāya dviṭhaḥ
o/ somāya svāheti manuḥ prokta iti // १५१ - १५३ //
(pṛ० १५६) madhyādājyaṃ samānīya lalāṭe havanaṃ caret /
agnīṣomau sapraṇavau tūryadvivacanānvitau

155

svāhānto'yaṃ manuḥ proktaḥ punardakṣiṇato haviḥ /
gṛhītvā namasā mantrī praṇavaṃ pūrvamuddharet

156

agnaye ca sviṣṭikṛte vahnikāntāṃ tato vadet /
anena vahnivadane juhuyāt sādhakottamaḥ /
bhūrbhuvaḥ svardviṭhāntena vyāhṛtyā homamācaret

157

tāro vaiśvānarapadāt jātaveda ihāvahā /
vahalohipadānte ca tākṣasarvapadaṃ vadet /
karmāṇi sādhaya svāhā tridhā'nenāhutīrharet

158

madhyāditi / tato madhyādājyaṃ samānīya gṛhītvā
vakṣyamāṇamantreṇa vahnerlalāṭe havanaṃ caret / lalāṭe havanasya
mantramāha agnītyādinā / tūryadvivacanānvitau
caturthīdvivacanayuktau sapraṇavau o/ kārasahitau agnīṣomau vaktavyau
/ tataśca o/ agnīṣomābhyāmiti manurjātaḥ / ayaṃ manuḥ
svāhāntaḥ proktaḥ / mantrī sādhako namasā mantreṇa
punardakṣiṇato haviḥ gṛhītvā pūrvaṃ praṇavamuddharet vadet /
tato'gnaye iti tataḥ sviṣṭikṛte iti tato vahnikāntāñca vadet / yojanayā
o/ agnaye sviṣṭikṛte svāheti manurjātaḥ / anena manunā sādhakottamo
vahnivadane'gnimukhe juhuyāt / śobhaneṣṭiḥ sviṣṭiḥ tāṃ karotīti
sviṣṭikṛt kvip tasmai / tato dviṭhāntena svāhāntena bhūriti bhuvariti
svariti ca vyāhṛtyā homamācaret // १५४ - १५६ //
tāra ityādi / pūrvaṃ tāraḥ praṇavo vaktavyaḥ / tato
vaiśvānareti padāt paraṃ jātaveda ihāvahāvaha lohi iti vadet /
tatpadānte ca tākṣasarveti padaṃ vadet / tataḥ karmāṇi sādhaya
svāheti vadet / yojanayā o/ vaiśvānara jātaveda
(pṛ० १५७) tato'gnau sveṣṭamāvāhya pīṭhādyaiḥ saha pūjanam /
kṛtvā svāhāntamanunā mūlena pañcaviṃśatīḥ

159

hutvā vahnyātmanordevyā aikyaṃ sambhāvayan dhiyā /
ekādaśāhutīrhutvā mūlenaivāṅgadevatāḥ

160

hutvā svakāmamuddiśya tilājyamadhumiśritaiḥ

161

puṣpairvilvadalairvāpi yathāvihitavastubhiḥ /
yathāśaktyāhutiṃ dadyānnāṣṭanyūnāṃ prakalpayet

162

tataḥ pūrṇāhutiṃdadyāt phalapatrasamanvitām /
svāhāntamūlamantreṇa tataḥ saṃhāramudrayā /
tasmāddevīṃ samānīya sthāpayet hṛdayāmbuje

157

ihāvahāvaha lohitākṣa sarvakarmāṇi sādhaya svāheti manurjātaḥ /
anena manunā tridhā vāratrayamāhutīrhareddadyāt

162

tata ityādi / tato'nantaramagnau sveṣṭaṃ devatāmāvāhya
pūrvoktamantreṇa pīṭhādyaiḥ saha tasya pūjanañca kṛtvā
mūlarūpeṇa svāhāntamanunā pañcaviṃśatimāhutīrvahnau hutvā
prakṣipya vahnyātmanoḥ vahnerātmanaśca devyāścaikyaṃ dhiyā
sambhāvayaṃścintayan mūlenaivaikādaśāhutīḥ hutvā o/
aṅgadevatābhyaḥ svāheti mantreṇāṅgadevatāścoddiśya hutvā
viṣṇuro/ tatsat o/
adyāmukamāsyamukapakṣe'mukatithāvamukarāśisthite
bhāskare'mukābhīṣṭārthasiddhikāmo'mukagotraḥ
śrīmadamukaśarmā tilājyādimiśritaiḥ puṣpairvilvapatrādibhirvā
sārddhaṃ vahnāvāhutimahaṃ dade iti vākyena svakāmamuddiśya
svāhāntamūlamantreṇa tilājyamadhumiśritaiḥ puṣpairathavā
vilvadalairyathāvihitavastubhirvā saha yathāśakti vahnāvāhutiṃ
dadyāt / aṣṭanyūnāmāhutiṃ na prakalpayet // १५८ - १६१ //
tata iti / tato'nantaraṃ svāhāntamūlamantreṇa
phalapatrasamanvitāṃ phalatāmbūlayutāṃ pūrṇāhutiṃ vahnau
dadyāt / tataḥ paraṃ saṃhāramudrayā tasmādvahnerdevīṃ
samānīya hṛdayāmbuje sthāpayet

163

(pṛ० १५८) kṣamasveti ca mantreṇa visṛjettaṃ hutāśanam /
kṛtadakṣiṇako mantrī acchidramavadhārayet

164

hutaśeṣaṃ bhruvormadhye dhārayet sādhakottamaḥ

165

eṣa homavidhiḥ proktaḥ sarvatrāgamakarmaṇi /
homakarma samāpyaivaṃ sādhako japamācaret

166

vidhānaṃ śṛṇu deveśi yena vidyā prasīdati /
devatāgurumantrāṇāmaikyaṃ sambhāvayeddhiyā

167

mantrārṇā devatā proktā devatā gururūpiṇī /
abhedena yajedyastu tasya siddhiranuttamā

168

guruṃ śirasi sañcintya devatāṃ hṛdayāmbuje /
rasanāyāṃ mūlavidyāṃ tejorūpāṃ vicintya ca /
trayāṇāntejasā'tmānamekībhūtaṃ vicintayet

166

kṣamasveti / tataḥ agne kṣamasveti mantreṇa taṃ
hutāśanamagniṃ visṛjettasya visarjanaṃ kuryāt / tataḥ kṛtā
dakṣiṇā yena sa kṛtadakṣiṇako mantrī sādhakaḥ kṛtamidaṃ
homakarmācchidramastvityavadhārayet / tato hutaśeṣaṃ
bhruvormadhyadeśe dhārayet // १६३-१६५ //
vidhānamiti / japācaraṇavidhānamevāha devatetyādibhiḥ
/ sambhāvayet samyak vicintayet

167

devatādyaikyasambhāvanaprakārantatphalañca darśayati
mantretyādinā / mantrārṇāḥ mantravarṇāḥ / abhedena
aikyabhāvena

168

mūlavidyām mūlamantrātmikāṃ vidyām / trayāṇām
gurudevatāmūlamantrāṇām

169

(pṛ० १५९) tāreṇa sampuṭīkṛtya mūlamantrañca saptadhā /
japtvā tu sādhakaḥ paścānmātṛkāpuṭitaṃ smaret

170

māyābījaṃ svaśirasi daśadhā prajapet sudhīḥ /
vadane praṇavaṃ tadvat punarmāyāṃ hṛdambuje /
prajapya saptadhā mantrī prāṇāyāmaṃ samācaret

171

tato mālāṃ samādāya pravālādisamudbhavām /
māle māle mahābhāge sarvaśaktisvarūpiṇi

172

caturvargastvayi nyastastasmānme siddhidā bhava /
iti sampūjya mālāṃ tāṃ śrīpātrasthāmṛtena ca

173

tridhā mūlena santarpya sthiracitto japañcaret /
aṣṭottarasahasraṃ vā'pyathavā'ṣṭottaraṃ śatam

169

tāreṇetyādi / tāreṇa sampuṭīkṛtya ādāvante ca
akārādikṣakārāntairekapañcāśatā varṇaiḥ saṃyuktaṃ
mūlamantraṃ saptadhā smaret japet / āgamajasyānityatvāt japtvetyatra
neḍāgamaḥ

170

māyeti / tataḥ sudhīḥ sādhakaḥ svaśirasi māyābījaṃ hrī/
bījaṃ daśadhā prajapet / tato vadane svamukhe praṇavaṃ
tadvaddaśadhā japet / hṛdambūje punarmāyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ saptadhā
prajapya mantrī prāṇāyāmaṃ pūrvavat samācaret kuryāt

174

tata iti / tato'nantaraṃ pravālādisamudbhavāṃ
vidrumādisañjātāṃ mālāṃ samādāya gṛhītvā māle māle
ityādinā siddhidā bhavetyantena mantreṇa tāṃ mālāṃ sampūjya
śrīpātrasthāmṛtena mālāṃ santarpayāmi svāhetyantena
mūlamantreṇa tridhā santarpya ca sthiracitto
bhūtvā'ṣṭottarasahasramaṣṭottaraśataṃ vā mūlamantrasya
japañcaret kuryāt // १७१ - १७३ //
(pṛ० १६०) prāṇāyāmaṃtataḥ kṛtvā śrīpātrajalapuṣpakaiḥ /
guhyātiguhyagoptrī tvaṃ gṛhāṇāsmatkṛtaṃ japam

175

siddhirbhavatu me devi tvatprasādānmaheśvari /
iti mantreṇa matimān devyā vāmakarāmbuje

176

tejorūpaṃ japaphalaṃ samarpya praṇamedbhuvi /
tataḥ kṛtāñjalirbhūtvā stotrañca kavacaṃ paṭhet

177

tataḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya viśeṣārghyeṇa sādhakaḥ /
vilomārghyapradānena kuryādātmasamarpaṇam

178

itaḥ pūrvaṃ prāṇabuddhidehadharmādhikārataḥ /
jāgratsvapnasuṣuptyante avasthāsu prakīrtayet

179

manasā'nte vadedvācā karmaṇā tadanantaram /
hastābhyāṃ padataḥ padbhyāmudareṇa tataḥ param

180

śiśnayā yat kṛtañcoktvā yat smṛtaṃ padato vadet /
yaduktaṃ tat sarvamiti brahmārpaṇamudīrayet /
bhavatvante māṃ madīyaṃ sakalaṃ tadanantaram

181

ādyākālīpadāmbhoje arpayāmi padaṃ vadet /
praṇavaṃ tatsadityuktvā kuryādātmasamarpaṇam

182

prāṇāyametyādi / tataḥ paraṃ prāṇāyāmaṃ kṛtvā
śrīpātrajalapuṣpakaiḥ guhyātiguhyetyādinā maheśvari ityantena
mantreṇa matimān sādhakastejorūpaṃ japaphalaṃ devyā
vāmakarāmbuje samarpya bhuvi daṇḍavannipatya devīṃ praṇamet //
१७४ - १७६ //
ātmasamarpaṇamantramāha tata ityādibhiḥ sārddhaiścaturbhiḥ
/ itaḥ pūrvaṃ prāṇabuddhidehadharmādhikārataḥ
jāgratsvapnasuṣuptyante'vasthāsviti prakīrtayet / tato
(pṛ० १६१) tataḥ kṛtāñjalirbhūtvā prārthayediṣṭadevatām /
māyābījaṃ samuccārya śrī ādye kālike vadet

183

pūjitā'si yathāśaktyā kṣamasveti visṛjya ca /
saṃhāramudrayā puṣpamāghrāya sthāpayet hṛdi

184

aiśānyāṃ maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā trikoṇaṃ supariṣkṛtam /
tatra saṃpūjayeddevīṃ nirmālyapuṣpavāriṇā /
hrī/ nirmālyapadañcoktvā vāsinyai nama ityapi

185

manasā'nte vācā tadanantaraṃ karmaṇā tadanantaraṃ
hastābhyāmiti vadet / tasmācca padāt padbhyām tataḥ paramudareṇeti
ca vadet / tataḥ paraṃ śiśnayā yat kṛtañcoktvā yat smṛtamiti vadet /
tataśca padāt paraṃ yaduktaṃ tatsarvamiti vadet / tato
brahmārpaṇamudīrayet / tato bhavatvityante māṃ madīyaṃ
sakalamityudīrayet / tadanantaramādyākālīpadāmbhoje'rpayāmīti
padaṃ vadet / tataḥ praṇavaṃ tatsaditi ca vadet / sakalapadayojanayā
itaḥ pūrvaṃ prāṇabuddhidehadharmādhikārato
jāgratsvapnasuṣuptyavasthāsu manasā vācā karmaṇā hastābhyāṃ
padbhyāmudareṇa śiśnayā yat kṛtaṃ yat smṛtaṃ yaduktaṃ tat
sarvaṃ brahmārpaṇaṃ bhavatu māṃ madīyaṃ ca
sakalamādyākālīpadāmbhoje'rpayāmi o/ tatsaditi mantro jātaḥ /
imaṃ mantramuktvā kālyai ātmasamarpaṇaṃ kuryāt // १७७ - १८१ //
tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ kṛtāñjalirbhūtveṣṭadevatāṃ
prārthayet / kiṃ prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha māyābījamityādi /
māyābījaṃ hrīṃ bījaṃ samuccārya śrī ādye kālike iti vadet / tato
yathāśaktyā pūjitāsi kṣamasveti prārthanāvākyamāsīt / anenaiva
vākyeneṣṭadevatāṃ visṛjya ca saṃhāramudrayā puṣpamādāya
āghrāya ca svahṛdi sthāpayet // १८२ - १८३ //
aiśānyāmiti / tata aiśānyāṃ diśi supariṣkṛtaṃ trikoṇaṃ
maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā tatra maṇḍale vakṣyamāṇamantreṇa
nirmālyapuṣpavāriṇā nirmālyavāsinīṃ devīṃ
(pṛ० १६२) brahmaviṣṇuśivādibhyaḥ sarvadevebhya eva ca /
naivedyaṃ vitaret paścāt gṛhṇīyāt śaktisādhakaḥ

186

svīyaśaktiṃ vāmabhāge saṃsthāpya pṛthagāsane /
ekāsanopaviṣṭo vā pātraṃ kuryāt manoramam

187

pānapātraṃ prakurvīta na pañcatolakādhikam /
tolakatritayānnyūnaṃ svārṇaṃ rājatameva ca

188

athavā kācajanitaṃ nārikelodbhavañca vā /
ādhāropari saṃsthāpya śuddhipātrasya dakṣiṇe

189

mahāprasādamānīya pātreṣu pariveśayet /
svayaṃ vā bhrātṛputrairvā jyeṣṭhānukramataḥ sudhīḥ

184

saṃpūjayet / nirmālyavāsinyāḥ pūjanasya mantramāha
hrīmityādyarddhena / hrī/ nirmālyapadamuktvā vāsinyai nama iti vadet
/ yojanayā hrī/ nirmālyavāsinyai nama iti manurjātaḥ

185

brahmetyādi / naivedyaṃ devyarpitānnādi / vitaret dadyāt /
śaktisādhakaḥ śaktisahitaḥ sādhakaḥ

186

devīnaivedyagrahaṇavidhānamāha svīyaśaktimityādibhiḥ /
vāmabhāge pṛthagāsane svīyāṃ śaktiṃ saṃsthāpya svīyaśaktyā
sahaikāsane evopaviṣṭo vā sādhakaḥ pānabhojanārthaṃ
manoramaṃ ramyaṃ pātraṃ kuryāt

190

pānetyādi / pañcatolakādadhikaṃ tolakatritayāt nyūnañca
pānapātraṃ na prakurvīta / tacca svārṇaṃ suvarṇodbhavaṃ rājataṃ
rajatodbhavamathavā kācajanitaṃ nārikelodbhavaṃ vā pānapātraṃ
śuddhipātrasya dakṣiṇe deśe ādhāropari saṃsthāpya sudhīḥ
dhīraḥ sādhako mahāprasādamānīya svayaṃ vā bhrātṛputrairvā
jyeṣṭhānukramata eva pātreṣu pariveśayet / janmato'tra jyaiṣṭhyaṃ
na grāhyaṃ kintvabhiṣekata iti bodhyam // १८७ - १८९ //
(pṛ० १६३) pānapātre sudhā deyā śauddhye śuddhyādikāni ca /
tataḥ sāmayikaiḥ sārddhaṃ pānabhojanamācaret

191

ādāvāstaraṇārthāya gṛhṇīyāt śuddhimuttamām /
tato'tihṛṣṭamanasā samastaḥ kulasādhakaḥ

192

svasvapātraṃ samādāya paramāmṛtapūritam /
mūlādhārādijihvāntāṃ cidrūpāṃ kulakuṇḍalīm

193

vibhāvya tanmukhāmbhoje mūlamantraṃ samuccaran /
parasparājñāmādāya juhuyāt kuṇḍalīmukhe

194

alipānaṃ kulastrīṇāṃ gandhasvīkāralakṣaṇam /
sādhakānāṃ gṛhasthānāṃ pañcapātraṃ prakīrtitam

195

atipānāt kulīnānāṃ siddhihāniḥ prajāyate

190

pānetyādi / pānapātre sudhā madirā deyā śauddhye
śuddhipātre śuddhyādikāni māṃsamatsyādīni ca deyāni / tataḥ
paraṃ sāmayikairdevyarcanasamayādhigatairjanaiḥ sārddhaṃ
pānabhojanamācaret

196

ādāviti / ādau prathamato
madyasthāpanārthāyāstaraṇārthāyottamāṃ śuddhiṃ gṛhṇīyāt /
tato'tihṛṣṭamanasā samastaḥ sarvaḥ kulasādhakaḥ
paramāmṛtapūritamuttamamadyapūritaṃ svasvapātraṃ samādāya
gṛhītvā mūlādhārādijihvāntaṃ vyāpya sthitāṃ
cidrūpāñcaitanyasvarūpāṃ kulakuṇḍalinīṃ vibhāvya vicintya
tanmukhāmbhoje mūlamantraṃ samuccaran san
parasparasyājñāmādāya kuṇḍalīmukhe juhuyāt paramāmṛtaṃ
dadyāt // १९१ - १९३ //
alītyādi / kulastrīṇāṃ gandhasvīkāralakṣaṇaṃ
madyasambandhigandhāṅgīkaraṇasvarūpamevālipānaṃ
madyapānaṃ prakīrtitam / gṛhasthānāṃ sādhakānāṃ
pañcapātraṃ pañcapātraparimāṇakamalipānaṃ prakīrtitaṃ
gṛhasthaiḥ sādhakaiḥ pañcapātraparimitameva madyaṃ
(pṛ० १६४) yāvanna cālayed dṛṣṭiṃ yāvanna cālayenmanaḥ /
tāvat pānaṃ prakurvīta paśupānamataḥ param

197

pāne bhrāntirbhavedyasya ghṛṇī ca śaktisādhake /
sa pāpiṣṭhaḥ kathaṃ brūyādādyāṃ kālīṃ bhajāmyaham

198

yathā brahmārpite'nnādau spṛṣṭadoṣo na vidyate /
tathā tava prasāde'pi jātibhedaṃ vivarjayet

199

evameva vidhānena kuryāt pānañca bhojanam /
hastaprakṣālanaṃ nāsti tava naivedyasevane /
lepāvanodanaṃ kuryādvastreṇa pāthasā'pi vā

200

tato nirmālyakusumaṃ vidhṛtya śirasā sudhīḥ /
yantralepaṃ kūrcadeśe vihareddevavadbhuvi

194

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantra sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
śrīpātrasthāpanahomacakrānuṣṭhānakathanaṃ nāma
ṣaṣṭhollāsaḥ /
pātavyamityarthaḥ / gṛhasthānāmityanena
pañcapātraparimitādadhikamapi madyaṃ pibatāṃ tadbhinnānāṃ na
doṣa iti sūcitam / nanu pañcapātraparimitādadhikaṃ madyaṃ
pibatāṃ gṛhasthasādhakānāṃ ko doṣastatrāha atipānādityādi

196

१९५ //
yāvaditi / cālayet ghūrṇayet

197

pāna iti / ghṛṇī jugupsāvān / jugupsākaraṇe ghṛṇetyamaraḥ

199

१९८ //
evamiti / lepāvanodanam hastalepāpanayanam

200

tata iti / kūrcadeśe bhruvormadhyadeśe /
kūrcamastrībhruvormadhyamityamaraḥ

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ ṣaṣṭhollāsaḥ /
saptamollāsaḥ
śrutvā'dyākālikādevyā mantroddhāraṃ mahāphalam /
saubhāgyamokṣajananaṃ brahmajñānaikasādhanam

2

prātaḥkṛtyaṃ tathā snānaṃ sandhyāṃ samvidviśodhanam /
nyāsapūjāvidhānañca bāhyābhyantarabhedataḥ

3

balipradānaṃ homañca cakrānuṣṭhānameva ca /
mahāprasādasvīkāraṃ pārvatī hṛṣṭamānasā /
vinayāvanatā devī provāca śaṅkaraṃ prati

4

śrīdevyuvāca /
sadāśiva jagannātha jagatāṃ hitakāraka /
kṛpayā kathitaṃ deva parāprakṛtisādhanam

5

sarvaprāṇihitakaraṃ bhogamokṣaikakāraṇam /
viśeṣataḥ kaliyuge jīvānāmāśu siddhidam

4

o/ namo brahmaṇe /
śrutvetyādi / mahāphalam mahat phalaṃ yasya tathābhūtam // १- ३ //
pārvatī śaṅkaraṃ prati kiṃ provācetyapekṣāyāmāha
sadāśivetyādi

6

५ //
(pṛ० १६६) tava vāgamṛtāmbhodhau nimajjanmama mānasam /
notthātumīhate svairaṃ bhūyaḥ prārthayate'cirāt

7

pūjāvidhau mahādevyāḥ sūcitaṃ na prakāśitam /
stotrañca kavacaṃ deva tadidānīṃ prakāśaya

8

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
śṛṇu devi jagadvandye stotrametadanuttamam /
paṭhanāt śravaṇādyasya sarvasiddhīśvaro bhavet

9

asaubhāgyapraśamanaṃ sukhasampadvivarddhanam /
akālamṛtyuharaṇaṃ sarvāpadvinivāraṇam

10

śrīmadādyākālikāyāḥ sukhasannidhyakāraṇam /
stavasyāsya prasādena tripurārirahaṃ śive

11

stotrasyāsya ṛṣirdevi sadāśiva udāhṛtaḥ /
chando'nuṣṭubdevatā'dyā kālikā parikīrtitā /
dharmakāmārthamokṣeṣu viniyogaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

6

tavetyādi / tava vāgamṛtāmbhodhau
tvadīyavāgrūpasudhāsamudre nimajjat mama mānasaṃ hṛdayantataḥ
svairaṃ svacchandamutthātuṃ nehate na vāñchati kintu bhūyaḥ
punarapyacirādatiśīghrameva tvadvāgamṛtaṃ prārthayate

8

७ //
pārvatyaivaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca śṛṇvityādi /
anuttamam na uttamaṃ yasmāttathābhūtam

10

९ //
tripurāriḥ trīṇi svargabhūmipātālātmakāni purāṇi yasya saḥ
tripuro'suraviśeṣaḥ tasyāriḥ śatruḥ

11

athāsya stotrasya ṛṣyādikamāha stotrasyetyādinā sārddhena

12

(pṛ० १६७) hrī/ kālī śrī/ karālī ca krī/ kalyāṇī kalāvatī /
kamalā kalidarpaghnī kapardīśakṛpānvitā

13

kālikā kālamātā ca kālānalasamadyutiḥ /
kapardinī karālāsyā karuṇāmṛtasāgarā

14

kṛpāmayī kṛpādhārā kṛpāpārā kṛpāgamā /
kṛśānuḥ kapilā kṛṣṇā kṛṣṇānandavivarddhinī

15

kālarātriḥ kāmarūpā kāmapāśavimocanī /
kādambinī kalādhārā kalikalmaṣanāśinī

16

kumārīpūjanaprītā kumārīpūjakālayā /
kumārībhojanānandā kumārīrūpadhāriṇī

17

kadambavanasañcārā kadambavanavāsinī /
kadambapuṣpasantoṣā kadambapuṣpamālinī

18

kiśorī kalakaṇṭhā ca kalanādaninādinī /
kādambarīpānaratā tathā kādambarīpriyā

12

athādyākālīsvarūpākhyaṃ śatanāmastotraṃ kathayati hrī/
kālītyādi / kapardīśakṛpānvitā kapardo jaṭājuṭo'syāstīti kapardī
sa cāsāvīśo jagatprabhuśceti kapardīśastatra yā kṛpā tayānvitā
yuktā

13

karālāsyā karālaṃ danturamāsyaṃ mukhaṃ yasyāḥ sā /
karālo danture tuṅge ityamaraḥ

18

kṛpāgamā kṛpayā svakāruṇyenaiva gamyate jñāyate yā sā
tathā / grahadavṛniścigama iti karmaṇyac // १४ - १७ //
kalakaṇṭhā kalo gambhīraśabdayuktaḥ kaṇṭho yasyāḥ sā

19

(pṛ० १६८) kapālapātraniratā kaṅkālamālyadhāriṇī /
kamalāsanasantuṣṭā kamalāsanavāsinī

20

kamalālayamadhyasthā kamalāmodamodinī /
kalahaṃsagatiḥ klaivyanāśinī kāmarūpiṇī

21

kāmarūpakṛtāvāsā kāmapīṭhavilāsinī /
kamanīyā kalpalatā kamanīyavibhūṣaṇā

22

kamanīyaguṇārādhyā komalāṅgī kṛśodarī /
kāraṇāmṛtasantoṣā kāraṇānandasiddhidā

23

kāraṇānandajāpeṣṭā kāraṇārcanaharṣitā /
kāraṇārṇavasammagnā kāraṇavratapālinī

24

kastūrīsaurabhāmodā kastūrītilakojjvalā /
kastūrīpūjanaratā kastūrīpūjakapriyā

25

kastūrīdāhajananī kastūrīmṛgatoṣiṇī /
kastūrībhojanaprītā karpūrāmodamoditā /
karpūramālābharaṇā karpūracandanokṣitā

26

karpūrakāraṇāhlādā karpūrāmṛtapāyinī /
karpūrasāgarasnātā karpūrasāgarālayā

27

kūrcabījajapaprītā kūrcajāpaparāyaṇā /
kulīnā kaulikārādhyā kaulikapriyakāriṇī

28

kaṅkālamālyadhāriṇī śarīrāsthimālādhāraṇaśīlā /
syāccharīrāsthi kaṅkāla ityamaraḥ // १९ - २६ //
(pṛ० १६९) kulācārā kautukinī kulamārgapradarśinī /
kāśīśvarī kaṣṭahartrī kāśīśavaradāyinī

29

kāśīśvarakṛtāmodā kāśīśvaramanoramā

30

kalamañjīracaraṇā kvaṇatkāñcīvibhūṣaṇā /
kāñcanādrikṛtāgārā kāñcanācalakaumudī

31

kāmabījajapānandā kāmabījasvarūpiṇī /
kumatighnī kulīnārtināśinī kulakāminī

32

krī/ hrī/ śrī/ mantravarṇena kālakaṇṭakaghātinī /
ityādyākālikādevyāḥ śatanāma prakīrtitam

33

kakārakūṭaghaṭitaṃ kālīrūpasvarūpakam

34

pūjākāle paṭhedyastu kālikākṛtamānasaḥ /
mantrasiddhirbhavedāśu tasya kālī prasīdati

35

buddhiṃ vidyāñca labhate gurorādeśamātrataḥ /
dhanavān kīrtimān bhūyāddānaśīlo dayānvitaḥ

36

putrapautrasukhaiśvaryairmodate sādhako bhuvi

30

kūrcajāpaparāyaṇā hū/bījajapatatparā // २७ - २९ //
kalamañjīracaraṇā kalau gambhīraśabdayutau mañjīrau
caraṇayoryasyāḥ sā

31

kāmabījajapānandā kāmabījasya klīmityasya jape ānando
yasyāḥ sā

33

३२ //
kakārakūṭaghaṭitam kakārarāśisammilitam

37

athaitatstotrapāṭhasya phalamāha pūjākāle ityādibhiḥ // ३४ -
३६ //
(pṛ० १७०) bhaumāvāsyāniśābhāge mapañcakasamanvitaḥ /
pūjayitvā mahākālīmādyāṃ tribhuvaneśvarīm

38

paṭhitvā śatanāmāni sākṣāt kālīmayo bhavet /
nāsādhyaṃ vidyate tasya triṣu lokeṣu kiñcana

39

vidyāyāṃ vākpatiḥ sākṣāt dhane dhanapatirbhavet /
samudra iva gāmbhīrye vale ca pavanopamaḥ

40

tigmāṃśuriva duṣprekṣyaḥ śaśivat śubhadarśanaḥ /
rūpe mūrtidharaḥ kāmo yoṣitāṃ hṛdayaṅgamaḥ

41

sarvatra jayamāpnoti stavasyāsya prasādataḥ /
yaṃ yaṃ kāmaṃ puraskṛtya stotrametadudīrayet

42

taṃ taṃ kāmamavāpnoti śrīmadādyāprasādataḥ /
raṇe rājakule dyūte vivāde prāṇasaṅkaṭe

43

dasyugraste grāmadāhe siṃhavyāghrāvṛte tathā

44

araṇye prāntare durge graharājabhaye'pi vā /
jvaradāhe ciravyādhau mahārogādisaṅkule

45

bālagrahādiroge ca tathā duḥsvapnadarśane /
dustare salile vāpi pote vātavipadgate

46

bhaumetyādi / bhaumāvāsyāniśā`hāge
maṅgalavārayuktāmāvāsyāsambandhimahāniśāyāmityarthaḥ /
pṛṣodarāditvādbhaumāvāsyetyatra mālopaḥ /
mapañcakasamanvitaḥ madyādipañcakayuktaḥ // ३७ - ३९ //
tigmāṃśuriva sūrya iva duṣprekṣyo duḥkhena draṣṭavyaḥ // ४०
- ४३ //
(pṛ० १७१) vicintya paramāṃ māyāmādyāṃ kālīṃ parātparām /
yaḥ paṭhecchatanāmāni dṛḍhabhaktisamanvitaḥ

47

sarvāpadbhyo vimucyeta devi satyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ /
na pāpebhyo bhayaṃtasya na rogebhyo bhayaṃ kvacit

48

sarvatra vijayastasya na kutrāpi parābhavaḥ /
tasya darśanamātreṇa palāyante vipadgaṇāḥ

49

sa vaktā sarvaśāstrāṇāṃ sa bhoktā sarvasampadām /
sa kartā jātidharmāṇāṃ jñātīnāṃ prabhureva saḥ

50

vāṇī tasya vasedvaktre kamalā niścalā gṛhe /
tannāmnā mānavāḥ sarve praṇamanti sasambhramāḥ

51

dṛṣṭyā tasya tṛṇāyante hyaṇimādyaṣṭasiddhayaḥ /
ādyākālīsvarūpākhyaṃ śatanāma prakīrtitam

52

aṣṭottaraśatāvṛttyā puraścaryā'sya gīyate /
puraskriyānvitaṃ stotraṃ sarvābhīṣṭaphalapradam

53

śatanāmastutimimāmādyākālīsvarūpiṇīm /
paṭhedvā pāṭhayedvāpi śṛṇuyācchrāvayedapi

54

sarvapāpavinirmukto brahmasāyujyamāpnuyāt

50

prāntare tarujalādiśūnye grāmato dūre'dhvani // ४४ - ४९ //
sasambhramāḥ sabhayāḥ sādarā vā

55

५१ //
asya śatanāmastotrasya // ५२ - ५४ //
(pṛ० १७२) śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
kathitaṃ paramaṃ brahmaprakṛteḥ stavanaṃ mahat /
ādyāyāḥ śrīkālikāyāḥ kavacaṃ śṛṇu sāmpratam

56

trailokyavijayasyāsya kavacasya ṛṣiḥ śivaḥ /
chando'nuṣṭubdevatā ca ādyā kālī prakīrtitā

57

māyābījaṃ bījamiti ramā śaktirudāhṛtā /
krī/ kīlakaṃ kāmyasiddhau viniyogaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

58

hrīmādyā me śiraḥ pātu śrī/ kālī vadanaṃ mama /
hṛdayaṃ krī/ parā śaktiḥ pāyāt kaṇṭhaṃ parātparā

59

netre pātu jagaddhātrī karṇau rakṣatu śaṅkarī /
ghrāṇaṃ pātu mahāmāyā rasanāṃ sarvamaṅgalā

60

dantān rakṣatu kaumārī kapolau kamalālayā /
oṣṭhādharau kṣamā rakṣet cibukaṃ cāruhāsinī

61

grīvāṃ pāyāt kuleśānī kakut pātu kṛpāmayī /
dvau bāhū bāhudā rakṣet karau kaivalyadāyinī

62

skandhau kapardinī pātu pṛṣṭhaṃ trailokyatāriṇī /
pārśve pāyādaparṇā me kaṭiṃ me kamaṭhāsanā

55

kavacaṃ kathayituṃ pārvatyā pūrvameva preritaḥ
śrīsadāśiva uvāca kathitamityādi

63

५६ //
māyābījaṃ hrīmiti bījam / ramā śrīṃbījam // ५७ - ५९ //
cibukam oṣṭhādharādhobhāgam // ६० - ६२ //
(pṛ० १७३) nābhau pātu viśālākṣī prajāsthānaṃ prabhāvatī /
ūrū rakṣatu kalyāṇī pādau me pātu pārvatī

64

jayadurgā'vatu prāṇān sarvāṅgaṃ sarvasiddhidā /
rakṣāhīnaṃtu yat sthānaṃ varjitaṃ kavacena ca

65

tat sarvaṃ me sadā rakṣedādyā kālī sanātanī /
iti te kathitaṃ divyaṃ trailokyavijayābhidham

66

kavacaṃ kālikādevyā ādyāyāḥ paramādbhutam

67

pūjākāle paṭhedyastu ādyādhikṛtamānasaḥ /
sarvān kāmānavāpnoti tasyādyā suprasīdati /
mantrasiddhirbhavedāśu kiṅkarāḥ kṣudrasiddhayaḥ

68

aputro labhate putraṃ dhanārthī prāpnuyāddhanam /
vidyārthī labhate vidyāṃ kāmī kāmānavāpnuyāt

69

sahasrāvṛttapāṭhena varmaṇo'sya puraskriyā /
puraścaraṇasampannaṃ yathoktaphaladaṃ bhavet

70

candanāgarukastūrīkuṅkumai raktacandanaiḥ /
bhūrje vilikhya guṭikāṃ svarṇasthāṃ dhārayed yadi

67

prajāsthānam upastham // ६३ - ६६ //
atha trailokyavijayābhidhakavacapāṭhasya phalamāha pūjākāla
ityādibhiḥ

69

६८ //
varmaṇaḥ kavacasya

71

७० //
(pṛ० १७४) śikhāyāṃ dakṣiṇe bāhau kaṇṭhe vā sādhakaḥ kaṭau /
tasyā'dyā kālikā vaśyā vāñchitārthaṃ prayacchati

72

na kutrāpi bhayaṃ tasya sarvatra vijayī kaviḥ /
arogī cirajīvī syāt balavān dhāraṇakṣamaḥ

73

sarvavidyāsu nipuṇaḥ sarvaśāstrārthatattvavit /
vaśe tasya mahīpālā bhogamokṣau karasthitau

74

kalikalmaṣayuktānāṃ niḥśreyasakaraṃ param

75

śrīdevyuvāca /
kathitaṃ kṛpayā nātha stotraṃ kavacameva ca /
adhunā śrotumicchāmi puraścaryāvidhiṃ vibho

76

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
yo vidhirbrahmamantrāṇāṃ puraścaraṇakarmaṇi /
sa evā'dyākālikāyā mantrāṇāṃ vidhiriṣyate

77

aśakte sādhake devi japapūjāhutādiṣu /
pūjā saṃkṣepataḥ kāryā puraścaraṇameva ca

71

prayacchati dadāti

73

७२ //
nipuṇaḥ pravīṇaḥ

75

७४ //
athādyākālīmantrāṇāṃ puraścaraṇavidhiṃ śuśrūṣuḥ
śrīdevyuvāca kathitamityādi

76

śrīdevyaivaṃ preritaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca yo vidhirityādi

77

puraścaraṇameva ca puraścaraṇamapi ca saṃkṣepataḥ kāryam

78

(pṛ० १७५) yato hi niranuṣṭhānāt svalpānuṣṭhānamuttamam /
saṃkṣepapūjanaṃ bhadre tatrādau śṛṇu kathyate

79

ācamya mūlamantreṇa ṛṣinyāsaṃ samācaret /
karaśuddhiṃ tataḥ kuryāt nyāsañca karadehayoḥ

80

sarvāṅgavyāpakaṃ kṛtvā prāṇāyāmaṃ caret sudhīḥ /
dhyānaṃ pūjāṃ japañceti saṃkṣepapūjane vidhiḥ

81

puraskriyāyāṃ mantrāṇāṃ yatra yo vihito japaḥ /
tasmāccaturguṇajapāt puraścaryā vidhīyate

82

athavā'nyaprakāreṇa puraścaraṇamucyate /
kṛṣṇāṃ caturdaśīṃ prāpya kauje vā śanivāsare /
pañcatattvaṃ samānīya pūjayitvā jaganmayīm

83

mahāniśāyāmayutaṃ japenmantramananyadhīḥ /
bhojayitvā brahmaniṣṭhān puraścaraṇakṛdbhavet

84

kujavāsaramārabhya yāvanmaṅgalavāsaram /
pratyahaṃ prajapenmantraṃ sahasraparisaṃkhyayā

78

saṃkṣepapūjādikaraṇe hetumāha yato hīti

79

saṃkṣepapūjanamevāha ācamyeyādibhiḥ

80

sarvāṅgavyāpakanyāsam

81

atha saṃkṣepapuraścaraṇamāha puraskriyāyāmityādibhiḥ /
mantrāṇāṃ yatra puraskriyāyāṃ yo japo
vihitastasmāccaturguṇajapāt homādikaṃ vinaiva puraścaryā
vidhīyate

83

८२ //
ayutam daśasahasram

85

(pṛ० १७६) vasusaṃkhyājapenaiva bhavenmantrapuraskriyā

86

śrī ādyākālikāmantrāḥ siddhamantrāḥ susiddhidāḥ /
sadā sarvayuge devi kalikāle viśeṣataḥ

87

kālīrūpāṇi bahudhā kalau jāgrati pārvati /
prabale kalikāle tu rūpametajjagaddhitam

88

nātra siddhyādyapekṣāsti nāri mitrādidūṣaṇam /
niyamāniyamenāpi japannādyāṃ prasādayet

89

brahmajñānamavāpnoti śrīmadādyāprasādataḥ /
brahmajñānayuto martyo jīvanmukto na saṃśayaḥ

90

na ca prayāsabāhulyaṃ kāyakleśo'pi na priye /
ādyākālīsādhakānāṃ sādhanaṃ sukhasādhanam

91

cittasaṃśuddhirevātra mantriṇāṃ phaladāyinī

92

yāvanna cittakalilaṃ hātumutsahate vratī /
tāvat karma prakurvīta kulabhaktisamanvitaḥ

93

yathāvadvihitaṃ karma cittaśuddherhi kāraṇam /
ādau mantraṃ gurorvaktrād gṛhṇīyād brahmamantravat

87

atha tṛtīyaṃ puraścaraṇamāha kujetyādinā sārddhena /
yāvanmaṅgalavāsaram dvitīyamaṅgalavāraparyantamityarthaḥ // ८४ -
८६ //
etadrūpam ādyāyāḥ kālyā rūpam

94

atra ādyākālīmantre // ८८ - ९१ //
yāvaditi / yāvat kālaparyantaṃ cittakalilañcetasaḥ kāluṣyaṃ
hātuṃ tyaktuṃ notsahate na śaknoti tāvadeva kulabhaktisamanvito
bhūtvā vratī niyamavān sādhakaḥ
(pṛ० १७७) prātaḥkṛtyādiniyamān kṛtvā kuryāt puraskriyām /
citte śuddhe maheśāni brahmajñānaṃ prajāyate /
brahmajñāne samutpanne kṛtyākṛtyaṃ na vidyate

95

śrīpārvatyuvāca /
kulaṃ kiṃ parameśāna kulācāraśca kiṃ vibho /
lakṣaṇaṃ pañcatattvasya śrotumicchāmi tattvataḥ

96

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
samyak pṛṣṭaṃ kuleśāni sādhakānāṃ hitaiṣiṇi /
kathayāmi tava prītyai yathāvadavadhāraya

97

jīvaḥ prakṛtitattvañca dikkālākāśameva ca /
kṣityaptejovāyavaśca kulamityabhidhīyate

98

brahmabuddhyā nirvikalpameteṣvācaraṇañca yat /
kulācāraḥ sa evādye dharmakāmārthamokṣadaḥ

95

karma prakurvīta na tu tataḥ param / tatra kāraṇamāha yathāvaditi / hi
yataḥ // ९२ - ९४ //
kulakulācārādikaṃ jijñāsuḥ śrīpārvatyuvāca kulaṃ
kimityādi

96

evaṃ preritaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca samyak pṛṣṭamityādi

97

prathamatastatra kulaṃ nirvakti jīva ityādyekena / jīvādayo nava
kulamityabhidhīyate kathyate

98

athaikena kulācāraṃ nirvakti brahmabuddhyeti / he ādye eteṣu
jīvaprakṛtyādiṣu brahmabuddhyā nirvikalpaṃ
nānāvidhakalpanāśūnyaṃ yadācaraṇaṃ sa eva
dharmakāmārthamokṣadaḥ kulācāro'bhidhīyate

99

(pṛ० १७८) bahujanmārjitaiḥ puṇyaistapodānadṛḍhavrataiḥ /
kṣīṇāghānāṃ sādhakānāṃ kulācāre matirbhavet

100

kulācāragatā buddhirbhavedāśu sunirmalā /
tadādyācaraṇāmbhoje matisteṣāṃ prajāyate

101

sadguroḥ sevayā prāpya vidyāmenāṃ parātparām /
kulācāraratā bhūtvā pañcatattvaiḥ kuleśvarīm

102

yajantaḥ kālikāmādyāṃ kulajñāḥ sādhakottamāḥ /
iha bhuktvā'khilān bhogān brajantyante nirāmayam

103

mahauṣadhaṃ yajjīvānāṃ duḥkhavismārakaṃ mahat /
ānandajanakaṃ yacca tadādyatattvalakṣaṇam

104

asaṃskṛtañca yattattvaṃ mohadaṃ bhramakāraṇam /
vivādarogajananantyājyaṃ kaulaiḥ sadā priye

105

grāmyavāyavyavanyānāmudbhūtaṃ puṣṭivarddhanam /
buddhitejobalakaraṃ dvitīyatattvalakṣaṇam

99

atha kulācārasya sudurlabhatvamāha bahujanmārjitairityādinā

100

atha kulācārasya atyuttamaphalatvamāha
kulācāragatetyādibhiḥ // vidyāmenāma mantraūpām

102

१०१ //
nirāmayam sarvopadravarahitaṃ mokṣapadam

103

atha kramato madyādipañcatattvānāṃ lakṣaṇamāha
mahauṣadhamityādibhiḥ

104

tattvam ādyatattvam

105

grāmyetyādi / grāmyā grāmodbhavāśchāgādayaśca
vāyavyā vāyūdbhavāstittirihārītādayaśca vanyā vanodbhavā
hariṇādayaśca te teṣām

106

(pṛ० १७९) jalodbhavaṃ yat kalyāṇi kamanīyaṃ sukhapradam /
prajāvṛddhikarañcā'pi tṛtīyatattvalakṣaṇam

107

sulabhaṃ bhūmijātañca jīvānāṃ jīvanañca yat /
āyurmūlaṃ trijagatāṃ caturthatattvalakṣaṇam

108

mahānandakaraṃ devi prāṇināṃ sṛṣṭikāraṇam /
anādyantajaganmūlaṃ śeṣatattvasya lakṣaṇam

109

ādyatattvaṃ viddhi tejo dvitīyaṃ pavanaṃ priye /
apastṛtīyaṃ jānīhi caturthaṃ pṛthivīṃ śive

110

pañcamaṃ jagadādhārā viyadviddhi varānane

111

itthaṃ jñātvā kuleśāni kulantattvāni pañca ca /
ācāraṃ kuladharmasya jīvanmukto bhavennaraḥ

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde stotrakavaca
kulatattva lakṣaṇa kathanaṃ nāma saptamollāsaḥ /
kamanīyamākāṅkṣaṇīyam // १०६ - १११ //
iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ saptamollāsaḥ /
aṣṭamollāsaḥ
śrutvā dharmān bahuvidhān bhavānī bhavamocanī /
hitāya jagatāṃ mātā bhūyaḥ śaṅkaramabravīt

2

śrīdevyuvāca /
śrutaṃ bahuvidhaṃ dharmamihāmūtra sukhapradam /
dharmārthakāmadaṃ vighnaharaṃ nirvāṇakāraṇam

3

sāmprataṃ śrotumicchāmi brūhi varṇāśramān vibho /
tatra ye vihitācārāḥ kṛpayā vada tānapi

4

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
catvāraḥ kathitā varṇā āśramā api suvrate /
ācārāścāpi varṇānāmāśramāṇāṃ pṛthak pṛthak

1

ā/ namo brahmaṇe /
śrutvetyādi / bhavamocanī bhaktasaṃsārabhañjanaśīlā /
jagatāmiti kākākṣigolakanyāyena pūrvottarābhyāṃ padābhyāṃ
sambadhyate

2

kimabravīdityapekṣāyāmāha śrutamityādi

3

tatra varṇāśrameṣu

5

evaṃ preritaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca catvāra ityādi / he suvrate
kṛtādau satyatretādau varṇā āśramā api catvāraḥ kathitāḥ /
varṇāmāśramāṇāñcācārāścāpi
(pṛ० १८१) kṛtādau kalikāle tu varṇāḥ pañca prakīrtitāḥ /
brāhmaṇaḥ kṣatriyo vaiśyaḥ śūdraḥ sāmānya eva ca

6

eteṣāṃ sarvavarṇānāmāśramau dvau maheśvari /
teṣāmācāradharmāṃśca śṛṇuṣvādye vadāmi te

7

puraiva kathitaṃ tāvat kalisambhavaceṣṭitam /
tapaḥsvādhyāyahīnānāṃ nṛṇāmalpāyuṣāmapi /
kleśaprayāsāśaktānāṃ kuto dehapariśramaḥ

8

brahmacaryāśramo nāsti vānaprastho'pi na priye /
gārhasthyo bhaikṣukaścaiva āśramau dvau kalau yuge

4

pṛthak pṛthak kathitāḥ / kalikāle tu varṇāḥ pañcaprakīrtitāḥ / tān
darśayati brāhmaṇa ityādyarddhena / sāmānyo varṇasaṅkaraḥ

6

५
//
eteṣāmiti / he ādye maheśvari eteṣāṃ brāhmaṇādīnāṃ
sarvavarṇānāṃ dvāvāśramau teṣāṃ
varṇāśramāṇāmācārarūpān dharmāṃśca te tavāgre'haṃ
vadāmi tvaṃ śṛṇuṣvetyanvayaḥ

7

kaliyuge vartamānau dvāvāśramāvabhidhāsyanmahādevaḥ
pūrvamāśramadvayābhāve hetuṃ darśayati puraivetyādinā
sārddhena / kalau sambhava utpattiryeṣāṃ te kalisambhavāḥ teṣāṃ
ceṣṭitaṃ puraiva kathitam / tāvadityavadhāraṇe / kiñca tapa ityādi /
tapaḥsvādhyāyahīnānāṃ tapaḥ kṛcchrādikarma svādhyāyo
vedapāṭhaḥ tābhyāṃ rahitānāṃ / kleśaprayāsāśaktānāṃ
kleśa upatāpaḥ prayāsaḥ pariśramaḥ tayornirvalatvādasamarthānām
/ natvetādṛśānāmeva kiṃtvalpāyuṣāmapi / evaṃbhūtānāṃ
nṛṇāṃ dehapariśramaḥ kuto bhavet na kenāpi prakāreṇa
bhavedityarthaḥ

8

brahmacaryetyādi / he priye ataḥ kalau yuge brahmacaryāśramo
nāsti vānaprastho'pi nāsti kintu gārhasthyabhaikṣukarūpau
dvāvevāśramau kalau staḥ

9

(pṛ० १८२) gṛhasthasya kriyāḥ sarvā āgamoktāḥ kalau śive /
nānyamārgaiḥ kriyāsiddhiḥ kadāpi gṛhamedhinām

10

bhaikṣuke'pyāśrame devi vedoktaṃ daṇḍadhāraṇam /
kalau nāstyeva tattvajñe yatastat śrautasaṃskṛtiḥ

11

śaivasaṃskāravidhinā'vadhūtāśramadhāraṇam /
tadeva kathitaṃ bhadre sannyāsagrahaṇaṃ kalau

12

viprāṇāmitareṣāñca varṇānāṃ prabale kalau /
ubhayatrāśrame devi sarveṣāmadhikāritā

13

sarveṣāmeva saṃskārāḥ karmāṇi śaivavartmanā /
viprāṇāmitareṣāñca karmaliṅgaṃ pṛthak pṛthak

9

na kevalaṃ kalau yuge dvayorāśramayorevābhāvo'sti kintu
sarvāsāṃ vaidikakriyāṇāmapītyāha gṛhasthasyetyādinā /
gṛhamedhinām gṛhasaṅgamavatāṃ gṛhasthānāmityarthaḥ

10

kalau yuge gārhasthyāśrama eva vaidikyaḥ sarvāḥ kriyā
niṣiddhā na santyapi tu bhaikṣukāśrame'pītyāha bhaikṣuke'pītyādi
/ tat vedoktaṃ daṇḍadhāraṇam / śrautasaṃskṛtiḥ vaidikaḥ
saṃskāraḥ

11

yadyevaṃ tarhi kalau kinnāma sannyāsagrahaṇaṃ tatrāha
śaivetyādi / he bhadre śaivasaṃskāravidhinā śivaproktena
saṃskāravidhānenāvadhūtāśramadhāraṇaṃ yattadeva kalau yuge
sannyāsagrahaṇaṃ kathitam

12

nanu kalau yuge brāhmaṇādīnāṃ sarveṣāmapi varṇānāṃ
sannyāsāśramādhikāritvaṃ satyādāviva
brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviśāmeva vā tatrāha viprāṇāmityādi

14

nanu pravale kalau kiṃ brāhmaṇādayaḥ sarve varṇā ekācārā
eva bhaveyuḥ pṛthak pṛthagācārā vā tatrāha sarveṣāmevetyādi /
viprādīnāṃ sarveṣāmeva varṇānāṃ sarve
(pṛ० १८३) jātamātro gṛhasthaḥ syāt saṃskārādāśramī bhavet /
gārhasthyaṃ prathamaṃ kuryāt yathāvidhi maheśvari

15

tattvajñāne samutpanne vairāgyaṃ jāyate yadā /
tadā sarvaṃ parityajya sannyāsāśramamācaret

16

vidyāmupārjayet bālye dhanaṃ dārāṃśca yauvane /
prauḍhe dharmyāṇi karmāṇi caturthe pravrajet sudhīḥ

17

mātaraṃ pitaraṃ bṛddhaṃ bhāryāñcaiva pativratām /
śiśuñca tanayaṃ hitvā nāvadhūtāśramaṃ vrajet

18

mātṝḥ pitṝn śiśūn dārān svajanān bāndhavānapi /
yaḥ pravrajati hitvaitān sa mahāpātakī bhavet

13

saṃskārāḥ anyāni ca sarvāṇi karmāṇi ekena śaivavartmanaiva
sādhanīyāni / śāmbhavaikavartmasādhyatvena sarveṣāmeva
varṇānāṃ sarvāṇi karmāṇi kalau samānānyevetyarthaḥ / kintu
viprāṇāmitareṣāṃ viprabhinnānāñca karmaliṅgaṃ karmacihnaṃ
kalāvapi pṛthak pṛthagevāsti

14

nanu gārhasthyāśramaśālitvaṃ kiṃ janmanaiva bhavet
saṃskāreṇa vā tatrāha jātamātra ityādi / nanu
gārhasthyabhaikṣukayormadhye prathamaṃ
kamāśramamāśrāyettatrāha gārhasthyamityādi

15

tattvajñāne brahmajñāne

16

nanu kasyāmavasthāyāṃ gārhasthyāśrama āśrayaṇīyaḥ
sannyāsaśca kasyāmavasthāyāṃ grahaṇīyastatrāha vidyāmityādi /
vālye śaiśave vidyāmupārjayet / yauvane dhanaṃ vittaṃ dārān
bhāryāñcopārjayet / proḍhe tṛtīye vayasi dharmyāṇi
dharmādanapetāni karmāṇi kuryāt / sudhīrvidvāṃścaturthe vayasi
pravrajet saṃnyaset

19

१७ //
(pṛ० १८४) mātṛhā pitṛhā sa syāt strīvadhī brahmaghātakaḥ /
asantarpya svapitrādīn yo gacchedbhikṣukāśrame

20

brāhmaṇo viprabhinnaśca svasvavarṇoktasaṃskriyām /
śaivena vartmanā kuryādeṣa dharmaḥ kalau yuge

21

śrīdevyuvāca /
ko vā dharmo gṛhasthasya bhikṣukasya ca kiṃ vibho /
viprasya viprabhinnānāṃ saṃskārādīni me vada

22

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
gārhasthyaṃ prathamaṃ dharmaṃ sarveṣāṃ manujanmanām /
tadeva kathayāmyādau śṛṇu kaulini tattvataḥ

23

brahmaniṣṭho gṛhasthaḥ syāt brahmajñānaparāyaṇaḥ /
yadyat karma prakurvīta tadbrahmaṇi samarpayet

21

mātrādīn parityajya pravrajato manuṣyasya mahāpātakaṃ
bhavedityāha mātṝrityādidvābhyām / bahuvacanasya
bahūpalakṣakatvāt pitṝn pitrādīnityarthaḥ / svajanān svenaiva
bhartavyānātmīyān janān / bāndhavān asamarthān bhrātrādīn // १८
- २० //
brāhmaṇādīn pañcavarṇān teṣāṃ dvāvāśramau
sāmānyaṃ dharmañca śrutvedānīṃ teṣāmaśeṣān viśeṣān
dharmān śrotumicchantī śrīdevyuvāca ko vā ityādi / kim dharmam

22

śrīdevyaivaṃ preritaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca
gārhasthyamityādi / he kaulini yataḥ sarveṣāṃ manujanmanāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ gārhasthyaṃ karma prathamaṃ dharmaṃ
bhavatyatastadeva dharmamādau kathayāmi tvaṃ tattvataḥ śṛṇu
ityanvayaḥ

23

gārhastthyaṃ dharmamevāha brahmaniṣṭha ityādibhiḥ /
brahmaṇi niṣṭhā yasya sa brahmaniṣṭhaḥ

24

(pṛ० १८५) na mithyābhāṣaṇaṃ kuryāt na ca śāṭhyaṃ samācaret /
devatātithipūjāsu gṛhastho nirato bhavet

25

mātaraṃ pitarañcaiva sākṣāt pratyakṣadevatām /
matvā gṛhī niṣeveta sadā sarvaprayatnataḥ

26

tuṣṭāyāṃ mātari śive tuṣṭe pitari pārvati /
tava prītirbhaveddevi parabrahma prasīdati

27

tvamādye jagatāṃ mātā pitā brahma parātparam /
yuvayoḥ prīṇanaṃ yasmāt tasmāt kiṃ gṛhiṇāṃtapaḥ

28

āsanaṃ śayanaṃ vastraṃ pānaṃ bhojanameva ca /
tattatsamayamājñāya mātre pitre niyojayet

29

śrāvayenmṛdulāṃ vāṇīṃ sarvadā priyamācaret /
pitrorājñānusārī syāt satputraḥ kulapāvanaḥ

30

auddhatyaṃ parihāsañca tarjanaṃ paribhāṣaṇam /
pitroragre na kurvīta yadīcchedātmano hitam

31

mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vīkṣya natvottiṣṭhet sasambhramaḥ /
vinā'jñayā nopaviśet saṃsthitaḥ pitṛśāsane

27

śāṭhyaṃ anārjavam // २४ - २६ //
yasmāt mātuḥ pituśca toṣaṇāt

28

āsanamityādi / śayayate'sminniti śayanam śayayām / pīyate
yattat pānam peyaṃ jalādikamityarthaḥ / bhojanam bhojyaṃ vastu /
tattatsamayam āsanādisamarpaṇasamayam / niyojayet samarpayet

30

२९ //
auddhatyam avinītatvam / tarjanam bhṛtyādīnāṃ
bhartsanam

31

sasambhramaḥ sādaraḥ

32

(pṛ० १८६) vidyādhanamadonmatto yaḥ kuryāt pitṛhelanam /
sa yāti narakaṃ ghoraṃ sarvadharmavahiṣkṛtaḥ

33

mātaraṃ pitaraṃ putraṃ dārānatithisodarān /
hitvā gṛhī na bhuñjīyāt prāṇaiḥ kaṇṭhagatairapi

34

vañcayitvā gurūn bandhūn yo bhuṅkte svodarambharaḥ /
ihaiva lokagarhyo'sau paratra nārakī bhavet

35

gṛhastho gopayeddārān vidyāmabhyāsayet sutān /
poṣayet svajanān bandhūneṣa dharmaḥ sanātanaḥ

36

jananyā varddhito deho janakena prapoṣitaḥ /
svajanaiḥ śikṣitaḥ prītyā so'dhamastān parityajet

37

eṣāmarthe maheśāni kṛtvā kaṣṭaśatānyapi /
prīṇayet satataṃ śaktyā dharmo hyeṣa sanātanaḥ

38

sa dhanyaḥ puruṣo loke sa kṛtī paramārthavit /
brahmaniṣṭhaḥ satyasandho yo bhavedbhuvi mānavaḥ

39

na bhāryāṃ tāḍayet kvāpi mātṛvat pālayet sadā /
na tyajet ghorakaṣṭe'pi yadi sādhvī pativratā

32

pitṛhelanam mātāpitrostiraskāram

34

३३ //
gurūn pitrādīn / lokagarhyaḥ jananindyaḥ

36

३५ //
svajanaiḥ bandhubhiḥ

37

eṣāṃ jananyādīnām / prīṇayet jananyādīn toṣayet

38

dhanyaḥ sukṛtī / kṛtī vicakṣaṇaḥ / satyasandhaḥ satyapratijñaḥ

40

३९ //
(pṛ० १८७) sthiteṣu svīyadāreṣu striyamanyāṃ na saṃspṛśet /
duṣṭena cetasā vidvānanyathā nārakī bhavet

41

virale śayanaṃ vāsaṃ tyajet prājñaḥ parastriyā /
ayuktabhāṣaṇañcaiva striyaṃ śauryanna darśayet

42

dhanena vāsasā premṇā śraddhayā mṛdubhāṣaṇaiḥ /
satataṃ toṣayeddārān nāpriyaṃ kvacidācaret

43

utsave lokayātrāyāṃ tīrtheṣvanyaniketane /
na patnīṃ preṣayet prājñaḥ punnāmātyavivarjitām

44

yasminnare maheśāni tuṣṭā bhāryā pativratā /
sarvo dharmaḥ kṛtastena bhavatīpriya eva saḥ

45

caturvarṣāvadhi sutān lālayet pālayet pitā /
tataḥ ṣoḍaśaparyantaṃ guṇān vidyāñca śikṣayet

46

viṃśatyabdādhikān putrān prerayed gṛhakarmasu /
tatastāṃstulyabhāvena matvā snehaṃ pradarśayet

47

kanyā'pyevaṃ pālanīyā śikṣaṇīyā'tiyatnataḥ /
deyā varāya viduṣe dhanaratnasamanvitā

40

duṣṭena cetasā vikṛtena manasā

41

virale nirjanasthāne

43

४२ //
anyaniketane paragṛhe

45

४४ //
tataḥ caturbhyo varṣebhya ūrddhvam

46

prerayet pravartayet / tān viṃśatyabdādhikān putrān

47

evam putravat

48

(pṛ० १८८) evaṃ krameṇa bhrātṝṃśca svasṛbhrātṛsutānapi /
jñātīn mitrāṇi bhṛtyāṃśca pālayettoṣayed gṛhī

49

tataḥ svadharmaniratānekagrāmanivāsinaḥ /
abhyāgatānudāsīnān gṛhasthaḥ paripālayet

50

yadyevaṃ nācareddevi gṛhastho vibhave sati /
paśureva sa vijñeyaḥ sa pāpī lokagarhitaḥ

51

nidrālasyaṃ dehayatnaṃ keśavinyāsameva ca /
āsaktimaśane vastre nātiriktaṃ sasācaret

52

yuktāhāro yuktanidro mitavāṅmitamaithunaḥ /
svaccho namraḥ śucirdakṣo yuktaḥ syāt sarvakarmasu

53

śūraḥ śatrau vinītaḥ syāt bāndhave gurusannidhau /
jugupsitān na manyeta nāvamanyeta māninaḥ

54

sauhārdaṃ vyavahārāṃśca pravṛttiṃ prakṛtiṃ nṛṇām /
sahavāsena tarkaiśca viditvā viśvasettataḥ

48

tataḥ bhrātrādīnāṃ pālanāttoṣaṇāccorddhvam / udāsīnān
mitrāmitrabhinnān

50

४९ //
dhane satyevamakurvato gṛhasthasya pātakāśrayatvaṃ
lokagarhitatvañca syādityāha yadītyādinā

51

āsaktim āsaṅgam / atiriktam adhikam

52

yuktāhāraḥ parimitabhojanaḥ / svacchaḥ kapaṭādiśūnyaḥ /
śuciḥ vāhyābhyantaraśaucasampannaḥ / dakṣaḥ nirālasyaḥ / yuktaḥ
udyogavān

53

śūraḥ vikrāntaḥ / nāvamanyeta na anādriyeta

54

tarkaiḥ paryālocanaiḥ

55

(pṛ० १८९) traseddveṣṭurapi kṣudrāt samayaṃ vīkṣya buddhimān /
pradarśayedātmabhāvānnaiva dharmaṃ vilaṅghayet

56

svīyaṃ yaśaḥ pauruṣañca guptaye kathitañca yat /
kṛtaṃ yadupakārāya dharmajño na prakāśayet

57

jugupsitapravṛttau ca niścite'pi parājaye /
guruṇā laghunā cāpi yaśasvī na vivādayet

58

vidyādhanayaśodharmān yatamāna upārjayet /
vyasanañcāsatāṃ saṅgaṃ mithyādrohaṃ parityajet

59

avasthānugatāśceṣṭāḥ samayānugatāḥ kriyāḥ /
tasmādavasthāṃ samayaṃ vīkṣya karma samācaret

60

yogakṣemarato dakṣo dhārmikaḥ priyabāndhavaḥ /
mitavāṅmitahāsaḥ syānmānyāgre tu viśeṣataḥ

61

jitendriyaḥ prasannātmā sucintyaḥ syāddṛḍhavrataḥ /
apramatto dīrghadarśī mātrāsparśān vicārayet

58

traset vibhīyāt / dveṣṭuḥ śatroḥ / kṣudrāt laghoḥ /
ātmabhāvān svaprabhāvān ātmanaḥ kośadaṇḍajāni tejāṃsi / sa
pratāpaḥ prabhāvaśca yattejaḥ kośadaṇḍajamityamaraḥ // ५५ - ५७ //
yatamānaḥ yatnaṃ kurvāṇaḥ

60

५९ //
yogakṣemarataḥ yogo'prāptasvīkāraḥ prāptasya paripālanaṃ
kṣemaḥ tayoranuraktaḥ

62

jitendriya ityādi / sucintyaḥ suṣṭu cintyaṃ smaraṇīyaṃ
śāstrādi yasya saḥ / mātrāsparśān mīyante viṣayā etābhiriti
mātrā indriyavṛttayaḥ tāsāṃ sparśān viṣayeṣu sambandhān // ६१ -
६५ //
(pṛ० १९०) satyaṃ mṛdu priyaṃ dhīro vākyaṃ hitakaraṃ vadet /
ātmautkarṣyaṃ tathā nindāṃ pareṣāṃ parivarjayet

63

jalāśayāśca vṛkṣāśca viśrāmagṛhamadhvani /
setuḥ pratiṣṭhito yena tena lokatrayaṃ jitam

64

santuṣṭau pitarau yasminnanuraktāḥ suhṛdgaṇāḥ /
gāyanti yadyaśo lokāstena lokatrayaṃ jitam

65

satyameva vrataṃ yasya dayā dīneṣu sarvathā /
kāmakrodhau vaśe yasya tena lokatrayaṃ jitam

66

viraktaḥ paradāreṣu niṣpṛhaḥ paravastuṣu /
dambhamātsaryahīno yastena lokatrayaṃ jitam

67

na bibheti raṇādyo vai saṃgrāme'pyaparāṅmukhaḥ /
dharmayuddhe mṛto vā'pi tena lokatrayaṃ jitam

68

asaṃśayātmā suśraddhaḥ śāmbhavācāratatparaḥ /
macchāsane hito yaśca tena lokatrayaṃ jitam

69

jñāninā lokayātrāyai sarvatra samadṛṣṭinā /
kriyante yena karmāṇi tena lokatrayaṃ jitam

70

śaucantu dvividhaṃ devi bāhyābhyantarabhedataḥ /
brahmaṇyātmārpaṇaṃ yattat śaucamāntarikaṃ smṛtam

69

nispṛhaḥ nirākāṅkṣaḥ // ६६ - ६८ //
sarvatra śatrumitrādau

71

७० //
(pṛ० १९१) adbhirvā bhasmanā vā'pi malānāmapakarṣaṇam /
dehaśuddhirbhavedyena bahiḥśaucaṃ taducyate

72

gaṅgā nadyo hradā vāpyastathā kūpāśca kṣullakāḥ /
sarvaṃ pavitrajananaṃ svarṇadī kramataḥ priye

73

bhasmā'tra yājñikaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ mṛtsnā tu malavarjitā /
vāso'jinatṛṇādīni mṛdvajjānīhi suvrate

74

kimatra bahunoktena śaucāśaucavidhau śive /
manaḥpūtaṃ bhavedyena gṛhasthastattadācaret

75

nidrānte maithunasyānte tyāgānte malamūtrayoḥ /
bhojanānte male spṛṣṭe bahiḥśaucaṃ vidhīyate

76

sandhyā traikālikī kāryā vaidikī tāntrikī kramāt /
upāsanāyā bhedena pūjāṃ kuryād yathāvidhi

77

brahmamantropāsakānāṃ gāyatrījapanāt priye /
jñānāt brahmeti tadvācyaṃ sandhyā bhavati vaidikī

71

adbhiriti / adbhirjalairvā bhasmanā vā yena
dehaśuddhirbhavettena mṛttikāvastracarmatṛṇādirūpavastunā vāpi
malānāmapakarṣaṇaṃ dūrīkaraṇaṃ yattat vahiḥśaucamucyate
ityanvayaḥ

72

kṣullakāḥ svalpajalāśayāḥ / svalpe'pi kṣullakastriṣvityamaraḥ
/ sarvam gaṅgājalādi

77

bhasmetyādi / atra bahiḥśaucavidhau / he suvrate
vāso'jinatṛṇādīnyapi mṛdvanmṛttikāvanmalavarjitānyeva
śreṣṭhāni jānīhi // ७३ - ७६ //
upāsanābhedadarśanapūrvakaṃ sandhyābhedaṃ darśayati
dvābhyām brahmetyādi / brahmamantropāsakānāṃ gāyatryā
japanāt tadvācyaṃ gāyatrīpratipādyaṃ brahma bhavatīti jñānācca
vaidikī sandhyā bhavati

78

(pṛ० १९२) anyeṣāṃ vaidikī sandhyā sūryopasthānapūrvakam /
arghyadānaṃ dineśāya gāyatrījapanaṃ tathā

79

aṣṭottaraṃ sahasraṃ vā śataṃ vā daśadhā'pi vā /
japānāṃ niyamo bhadre sarvatrāhnikakarmaṇi

80

śūdrasāmānyajātīnāmadhikāro'sti kevalam /
āgamoktavidhau devi sarvasiddhistato bhavet

81

prātaḥ sūryodayaḥ kālo madhyāhnastadanantaram /
sāyaṃ sūryāstasamayastrikālānāmayaṃ kramaḥ

82

śrīdevyuvāca /
viprādisarvavarṇānāṃ vihitā tāntrikī kriyā /
tvayaiva kathitā nātha samprāpte prabale kalau

78

anyeṣāmiti / anyeṣāṃ brahmamantropāsakabhinnānāntu
sūryopasthānapūrvakaṃ dineśāya sūryāyārghyadānaṃ tathā
gāyatrījapanaṃ vaidikī sandhyā bhavati

79

athā'hnikakarmaṇi mantrajapānāṃ niyamamāha
aṣṭottaramityādinā / śatamapi aṣṭottarameva / sarvatra vaidike tāntrike
ca

80

tataḥ āgamoktavidhitaḥ

81

atha sandhyāvidhyapekṣitatrikālakramamāha prātarityādinā /
sūryasyodayo yatra sa sūryodayaḥ kālaḥ

82

pūrvaṃ śrīsadāśivena sarveṣāṃ brāhmaṇādivarṇānāṃ
prabale kalau yuge tāntrika eva karmaṇyadhikāro'stītyuktam / samprati
tu brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānāṃ vaidikyāmapi
sandhyāyāmadhikāro'stītyucyate etadayuktaṃ manvānā
śrīdevyuvāca viprādītyādi

83

(pṛ० १९३) tadidānīṃ kathaṃ deva viprān vaidikakarmaṇi /
niyojayasi tatsarvaṃ viśeṣādvaktumarhasi

84

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
satyaṃ bravīṣi tattvajñe sarveṣāṃ tāntrikī kriyā /
lokānāṃ bhogamokṣāya sarvakarmasu siddhidā

85

iyantu brahmasāvitrī yathā bhavati vaidikī /
tathaiva tāntrikī jñeyā praśastobhayakarmaṇi

86

ato'tra kathitaṃ devi dvijānāṃ pravale kalau /
gāyatryāmadhikāro'sti nānyamantreṣu karhicit

87

tārādyā kamalādyā ca vāgbhavādyā yathākramāt /
brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviśāṃ sāvitrī kathitā kalau

88

dvijādīnāṃ prabhedārthaṃ śūdrebhyaḥ parameśvari /
sandhyeyaṃ vaidikī proktā prāgevāhnikakarmaṇām

89

anyathā śāmbhavairmārgaiḥ kevalaiḥ siddhibhāgbhavet /
satyaṃ satyaṃ punaḥ satyaṃ satyametanna saṃśayaḥ

83

niyojayasi pravartayasi

87

atrottaraṃ śrīsadāśiva uvāca satyamityādibhiḥ // ८४-८६ //
tārādyetyādi / kalau yuge yathākramāt krameṇaiva
brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviśāntārādyā praṇavādyā kamalādyā śrī/
bījādyā vāgbhavādyā ai/ bījādyā sāvitrī gāyatrī kathitā

88

dvijādīnāmiti / he parameśvari dvijādīnāṃ
brāhmaṇādīnāṃ śūdrebhyaḥ
prabhedārthantāntrikāṇāmāhnikakarmaṇāṃ prāgeveyaṃ vaidikī
sandhyā karaṇīyā proktā

90

८९ //
(pṛ० १९४) kālātyaye'pi sandhyeyaṃ kartavyā devavandite /
o/ tatsat brahma coccārya mokṣecchubhiranāturaiḥ

91

āsanaṃ vasanaṃ pātraṃ śayayā yānaṃ niketanam /
gṛhyakaṃ vastujātañja svacchāt svacchaṃ praśasyate

92

samāpyāhnikakarmāṇi svādhyāyaṃ gṛhakarma vā /
gṛhastho niyataṃ kuryānnaiva tiṣṭhennirudyamaḥ

93

puṇyatīrthe puṇyatithau grahaṇe candrasūryayoḥ /
japaṃ dānaṃ prakurvāṇaḥ śreyasāṃ nilayo bhavet

94

kalāvannagataprāṇā nopavāsaḥ praśasyate /
upavāsapratinidhāvekaṃ dānaṃ vidhīyate

95

kalau dānaṃ maheśāni sarvasiddhikaraṃ bhavet /
tatpātraṃ kevalaṃ jñeyo daridraḥ satkriyānvitaḥ

96

māsavatsarapakṣāṇāmārambhadinamambike /
caturdaśyaṣṭamī śuklā tathaivaikādaśī kuhūḥ

97

nijajanmadinañcaiva pitrormaraṇavāsaraḥ /
vaidhotsavadinañcaiva puṇyakālaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

90

kāletyādi / he devavandite kālātyaye'pi
sandhyāvidhānakālavyatyaye'pi
anāturairjarādinimittakenā'paṭutvena
śūnyairmokṣecchubhirmokṣākāṅkṣibhirjanaiḥ o/ tatsadbrahmeti
sasuccāryeyaṃ vaidikī tāntrikī ca sandhyā kartavyā

91

gṛhyakaṃ vastujātam gṛhasambandhi sarvaṃ vastu

98

svādhyāyam vedādhyāyanam // ९२ - ९५ //
(pṛ० १९५) gaṅgānadī mahānadyo guroḥ sadanameva ca /
prasiddhaṃ devatākṣetraṃ puṇyatīrthaṃ prakīrtitam

99

tyaktvā svādhyāyanaṃ pitroḥ śuśrūṣāndārarakṣaṇam /
narakāya bhavettīrthaṃ tīrthāya vrajatāṃ nṛṇām

100

na tīrthasevā nārīṇāṃ nopavāsādikāḥ kriyāḥ /
naiva vratānāṃ niyamo bhartuḥ śuśrūṣaṇaṃ vinā

101

bhartaiva yoṣitāṃ tīrthaṃ tapo dānaṃ vrataṃ guruḥ /
tasmāt sarvātmanā nārī patisevāṃ samācaret

102

patyuḥ priyaṃ sadā kuryāt vacasā paricaryayā /
tadājñānucarī bhūtvā toṣayet patibāndhavān

103

nekṣet patiṃ krūradṛṣṭyā śrāvayennaiva durvacaḥ /
nāpriyaṃ manasā vāpi caredbhartuḥ pativratā

104

kāyena manasā vācā sarvadā priyakarmabhiḥ /
yā prīṇayati bhartāraṃ saiva brahmapadaṃ labhet

105

nānyavaktraṃ nirīkṣeta nānyaiḥ sambhāṣaṇañcaret /
na cāṅgaṃ darśayedanyān bharturājñānusāriṇī

100

atha japadānavidhāvapekṣitaṃ puṇyakālaṃ puṇyatīrthañca
kramata āha māsetyādibhiḥ / kuhūḥ naṣṭacandrakalā'māvāsyā //
९६ - ९९ //
atha strīdharmānāha na tīrthetyādibhiḥ saptabhiḥ

101

sarvātmanā sarvaprayatnena

106

paricaryayā sevayā // १०२ - १०५ //
(pṛ० १९६) tiṣṭhet pitrorvaśe bālye bhartuḥ samprāptayauvane /
vārddhakye patibandhūnāṃ na svatantrā bhavet kvacit

107

ajñātapatimaryādāmajñātapatisevanām /
nodvāhayet pitā bālāmajñātadharmaśāsanām

108

naramāṃsaṃ na bhuñjīyāt narākṛtipaśūṃstathā /
bahūpakārakān gāśca māṃsādān rasavarjitān

109

phalāni grāmyavanyāni mūlāni vividhāni ca /
bhūmijātāni sarvāṇi bhojyāni svecchayā śive

110

adhyāpanaṃ yājanañca viprāṇāṃ vratamuttamam /
aśaktau kṣatriyaviśāṃ vṛttairnirvāhamācaret

111

rājanyānāñca sadvṛttaṃ saṃgrāmo bhūmiśāsanam /
atrāśaktau vaṇigvṛttaṃ śūdravṛttamathāśrayet

112

vāṇijyāśaktavaiśyānāṃ śūdravṛttamadūṣaṇam /
śūdrāṇāṃ parameśāni sevāvṛttiṃ vidhīyate

106

svatantrā svādhīnā

108

१०७ //
bahūpakārakāniti goviśeṣaṇena tadbhojananiṣedhe
heturdarśitaḥ / māṃsādān māṃsabhakṣakān gṛdhrādīn /
rasavarjitān āsvādaśūnyān

110

१०९ //
atha brāhmaṇavṛttamāha adhyāpanamityādi

111

atha kṣatriyavṛttamāha rājanyānāmityādyekena / atra
saṃgrāmabhūmiśāsanarūpe sadvṛtte

112

atha vaiśyānāṃ śūdrāṇāñca vṛttamāha
vāṇijyetyādinaikena / vaiśyānāmapi vāṇijyamuttamaṃ vṛttam

113

(pṛ० ११९७) sāmānyānāṃ tu varṇānāṃ vipravṛttyanyavṛttiṣu /
adhikāro'sti deveśi dehayātrāprasiddhaye

114

adveṣṭā nirmamaḥ śāntaḥ satyavādī jitendriyaḥ /
nirmatsaro niṣkapaṭaḥ svavṛttau brāhmaṇo bhavet

115

adhyāpayet putrabuddhyā śiṣyān sanmārgavartinaḥ /
sarvalokahitaiṣī syāt pakṣapātavinirmukhaḥ

116

mithyālāpamasūyāñca vyasanāpriyabhāṣaṇam /
nīcaiḥ prasaktiṃ dambhañca sarvathā brāhmaṇastyajet

117

yuyutsā garhitā sandhau sammānaiḥ sandhiruttamā /
mṛtyurjayo vā yuddheṣu rājanyānāṃ varānane

118

alobhī syāt prajāvitte gṛhṇīyāt sammitaṃ karam /
rakṣannaṅgīkṛtaṃ dharmaṃ putravat pālayet prajāḥ

119

nyāyaṃ yuddhaṃ tathā sandhiṃ karmāṇyanyāni yāni ca /
mantribhiḥ saha kurvīta vicārya sarvathā nṛpaḥ

113

atha varṇasaṅkarāṇāṃ vṛttamāha
sāmānyānāmityādinaikena

114

atha brāhmaṇadharmānāha adveṣṭetyādibhiḥ / nirmamaḥ
dehādiviṣayakamamatāśūnyaḥ / śāntaḥ saṃyatacittaḥ

116

११५ //
mithyetyādi / asūyām guṇeṣu satsvapi parasmin
doṣāropaṇam / vyasanam dyūtādikarma / dambham
svaniṣṭhabahumānyatvanimittakacittasamunnatim

120

atha rājanyadharmānāha yuyutsetyādibhiḥ / he varānane
ati praśaṃsanīyavadane rājanyānāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ sandhau
saṃmelane sati yuyutsā yuddhecchā garhitā ninditā
(pṛ० १९८) dharmayuddhena yoddhavyaṃ nyāyadaṇḍapuraskriyāḥ /
karaṇīyā yathāśāstraṃ sandhiṃ kuryād yathābalam

121

upāyaiḥ sādhayet kāryaṃ yuddhaṃ sandhiñca śatrubhiḥ /
upāyānugatāḥ sarvā jayakṣemavibhūtayaḥ

122

syānnīcasaṅgādvirataḥ sadā vidvajjanapriyaḥ /
dhīro vipattau dakṣaśca śīlavān sammitavyayī

123

nipuṇo durgasaṃskāre śastraśikṣāvicakṣaṇaḥ /
svasainyabhāvānveṣī syāt śikṣayedraṇakauśalam

124

na hanyānmūrcchitān yuddhe tyaktaśastrān parāṅmukhān /
valānītān ripūn devi ripudāraśiśūnapi

125

jayalabdhāni vastūti sandhiprāptāni yāni ca /
vitarettāni sainyebhyo yathāyogyavibhāgataḥ

126

śauryaṃ vṛttañca yoddhṝṇāṃ jñeyaṃ rājñā pṛthak pṛthak /
bahusainyādhipaṃ naikaṃ kuryādātmahite rataḥ

120

bhavet / sandhistu teṣāṃ sammānairevottamo bhavet / teṣāṃ yuddheṣu
tu mṛtyureva vā jaya eva vā uttamo bhavet natu
palāyanādikamityarthaḥ // ११७ - ११९ //
puraskriyā satkāraḥ / yathābalam balamanatikramya
balapūrvakamityarthaḥ

122

१२१ //
virataḥ viraktaḥ / dhīro dhairyavān / dakṣo'nalasaḥ

123

nipuṇa ityādi / durgasaṃskāre duḥkhena gacchati vipakṣo yatra
taddurgam parvataparikhāprākārādibhiḥ durgamaṃ nagaram tasya
saṃskāre

127

१२४ //
(pṛ० १९९) naikasmin viśvasedrājā naikaṃ nyāye niyojayet /
sāmyaṃ krīḍopahāsañca nīcaiḥ saha vivarjayet

128

bahuśrutaḥ svalpabhāṣī jijñāsurjñānavānapi /
bahumāno'pi nirdambho dhīro daṇḍaprasādayoḥ

129

svayaṃ vā caradṛṣṭyā vā prajābhāvān vilokayet /
evaṃ svajanabhṛtyānāṃ bhāvān paśyennarādhipaḥ

130

krodhāddambhāt pramādādvā sammānaṃ śāsanaṃ tathā /
sahasā naiva kartavyaṃ svāminā tattvadarśinā

131

sainyasenādhipāmātyavanitāpatyasevakāḥ /
pālanīyāḥ sadoṣāścet daṇḍyā rājñā yathāvidhi

132

unmattānasamarthāṃśca bālāṃśca mṛtabāndhavān /
jvarābhibhūtān vṛddhāṃśca rakṣayet pitṛvannṛpaḥ

133

vaiśyānāṃ kṛṣivāṇijyaṃ vṛttaṃ viddhi sanātanam /
yenopāyena lokānāṃ dehayātrā prasiddhati

128

vitaret dadyāt // १२५ - १२७ //
bahuśruta ityādi / bahumāno'pi bhūrisammāno'pi rājā
nirdambho bhūrisammānanimittakacittasamunnatiśūnyo bhavet

129

svayaṃvetyādi / caradṛṣṭyā anyatattvānusandhānapravīṇo
gūḍhapuruṣaścaraḥ tadrūpayā dṛṣṭyā / prajābhāvān
prajānāmabhiprāyān ceṣṭā vā

130

dambhāt rājyādinimittakāccittautsukyāt

132

१३१ //
mṛtabāndhavān mṛtā bāndhavā yeṣāṃ tathābhūtān

133

atha vaiśyācārān vaktumupakramate vaiśyānāmityādibhiḥ /
yena kṛṣivāṇijyakarmarūpeṇopāyena / dehayātrā śarīranirvāhaḥ

134

(pṛ० २००) ataḥ sarvātmanā devi vāṇijyakṛṣikarmasu /
pramādavyasanālasyaṃ miyayāśāṭhyaṃ vivarjayet

135

niścitya vastu tanmūlyamubhayoḥ sammatau śive /
parasparāṅgīkaraṇaṃ krayasiddhistato bhavet

136

mattavikṣiptabālānāmarigrastanṛṇāṃ priye /
rogavibhrāntabuddhīnāmasiddhau dānavikrayau

137

krayasiddhiradṛṣṭānāṃ guṇaśravaṇato bhavet /
viparyaye tadguṇānāmanyathā bhavati krayaḥ

138

kuñjaroṣṭraturaṅgāṇāṃ guptadoṣaprakāśanāt /
varṣātīte'pi tatkreyamanyathā kartumarhati

139

dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāṃ bhājanaṃ mānavaṃ vapuḥ /
ataḥ kuleśi tatkreyo na siddhenmama śāsanāt

140

yavagodhūmadhānyānāṃ lābho varṣe gate priye /
yuktaścaturtho dhātūnāmaṣṭamaḥ parikīrtitaḥ

141

ṛṇe kṛṣau ca vāṇijye tathā sarveṣu karmasu /
yadyadaṅgīkṛtaṃ martyaistatkāryaṃ śāstrasammatam

134

sarvātmanā sarvaprakāreṇa

135

niścityetyādi / niścitya nirṇīya / tanmūlyam
niścitavastumūlyamapi niścitya / ubhayoḥ vikretṛkrayakārakayoḥ

137

१३६ //
adṛṣṭānām vastūnām / viparyaye vaiparītye

139

१३८ //
tatkreyaḥ mānavavapuḥkreyaḥ

140

uttamarṇena mūladhanādadhikaṃ grāhyaṃ lābhaḥ

142

१४१
//
(pṛ० २०१) dakṣaḥ śuciḥ satyabhāṣī jitanidro jitendriyaḥ /
apramatto nirālasyaḥ sevāvṛttau bhavennaraḥ

143

prabhurviṣṇusamo mānyastajjāyā jananīsamā /
mānyāstadbāndhavā bhṛtyairihāmutra sukhepsubhiḥ

144

bhartrurmitrāṇi mitrāṇi jānīyāttadarīnarīn /
sabhītiḥ sarvadā tiṣṭhet prabhorājñāṃ pratīkṣayan

145

apamānaṃ gṛhacchidraṃ guptyarthaṃ kathitañca yat /
bharturglānikaraṃ yacca gopayedatiyatnataḥ

146

alobhaḥ syāt svāmidhane sadā svāmihite rataḥ /
tatsannidhāvasadbhāṣaṃ krīḍāṃ hāsyaṃ parityajet

147

na pāpamanasā paśyedapi tadgṛhakiṅkarīḥ /
viviktaśayayāṃ hāsyañca tābhiḥ saha vivarjayet

148

prabhoḥ śayayāsanaṃ yānaṃ vasanaṃ bhājanāni ca /
upānadbhūṣaṇaṃ śastraṃ nātmārthaṃ viniyojayet

149

kṣamāṃ kṛtāparādhaścet prārthayedyatnataḥ prabhoḥ /
prāgalbhyaṃ prauḍhavādañca sāmyācāraṃ vivarjayet

147

atha sevakadharmānāha dakṣa ityādibhiḥ / dakṣaḥ
ātmakāryeṣu caturaḥ / śuciḥ svacchaḥ / apramattaḥ nijakāryeṣu
sāvadhānaḥ // १४२ - १४६ //
na pāpetyādi / pāpamanasā tasya svāmino gṛhakiṅkarīrapi na
paśyet kā vārtā tatpatnīputryādīnām / viviktaśayayām
rahaḥśayanam / tābhiḥ svāmigṛhakiṅkarībhiḥ

149

१४८ //
prāgalbhyam dhārṣṭyam

150

(pṛ० २०२) sarve varṇāḥ svasvavarṇairbrāhmodvāhaṃ tathā'śanam /
kurvīran bhairavīcakrāttattvacakrādṛte śive

151

ubhayatra maheśāni śaivodvāhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ /
tathā'dāne ca pāne ca varṇabhedo na vidyate

152

śrīdevyuvāca /
kimidaṃ bhairavīcakraṃ tattvacakrañca kīdṛśam /
tatsarvaṃ śrotumicchāmi kṛpayā vaktumarhasi

153

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
kulapūjāvidhau devi cakrānuṣṭhānamīritam /
viśeṣapūjāsamaye tatkāryaṃ sādhakottamaiḥ

154

bhairavīcakraviṣaye na tādṛṅniyamaḥ priye /
yathāsamayamāsādya kuryāccakramidaṃ śubham

155

vidhānamasya vakṣyāmi sādhakānāṃ śubhāvaham /
ārādhitā yena devī tūrṇaṃ yacchati vāñchitam

150

aśanam bhojanam / ṛte vinā

151

ubhayatra bhairavīcakre tattvacakre ca

152

atha bhairavīcakratattvacakrayorvidhānaṃ śrotumicchantī
śrīdevyuvāca kimidamityādi

153

evaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca kulapūjetyādi /
tatkulapūjāvidhāvuktaṃ cakrānuṣṭhānam

155

१५४ //
asya bhairavīcakrasya / yena bhairavīcakravidhānena /
yacchati dadāti

156

(pṛ० २०३) kulācāryo ramyabhūmāvāstīryā'sanamuttamam /
kāmādyenāstrabījena saṃśodhyopaviśettataḥ

157

sindūreṇa kusīdena kevalena jalena vā /
trikoṇañcaturasrañca maṇḍalaṃ racayet sudhīḥ

158

vicitraghaṭamānīya dadhyakṣatavimṛkṣitam /
phalapallavasaṃyuktaṃ sindūratilakānvitam

159

suvāsitajalaiḥ pūrṇaṃ maṇḍale tatra sādhakaḥ /
praṇavena tu saṃsthāpya dhūpadīpau pradarśayet

160

sampūjya gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ cintayediṣṭadevatām /
saṃkṣepapūjāvidhinā tatra pūjāṃ samācaret

161

viśeṣamatra vakṣyāmi śṛṇuṣvā'maravandite /
gurvādinavapātrāṇāṃ nātra sthāpanamiṣyate

156

bhairavīcakrānuṣṭhānamevāha kulācārya ityādibhiḥ /
kulācāryaḥ kulaguruḥ / ramyabhūmau ramaṇīyāyāṃ
bhuvyuttamamāsanamāstīryā'cchādya kāmādyena klī/
bījādyenā'strabījena phaṭā saṃśodhya ca tatastatrā'sane upaviśet

157

sindūreṇeti / tataḥ sudhīḥ kovidaḥ sindūreṇa kusīdena
raktacandanena kevalena jalena vā trikoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ
tadvahiścaturasrañcatuṣkoṇañca maṇḍalaṃ racayet

158

vicitretyādi / tataḥparaṃ vicitraṃ vividhāni citrāṇyālekhyāni
yatraivambhūtaṃ ghaṭamānīya dadhyakṣatavimṛkṣitaṃ
dadhnā'kṣataiśca sampṛktaṃ phalaiḥ pallavaiśca saṃyuktaṃ
sindūratilakairanvitaṃ saṃyutaṃ karpūrādibhiḥ suvāsitairjalaiḥ
pūrṇañca kṛtvā praṇavena o/kāreṇa tatra maṇḍale saṃsthāpya ca
sādhako dhūpadīpau taṃ pradarśayet

160

१५९ //
sampūjyeti / tato gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ ghaṭaṃ saṃpūjya
tatreṣṭadevatāṃ cintayet / sañcintya ca pūrvoktena
saṃkṣepapūjāvidhinā tatra kalaśe iṣṭadevatāyāḥ pūjāṃ
samācaret kuryāt

162

१६१ //
(pṛ० २०४) yatheṣṭaṃ tattvamādāya saṃsthāpya purato vratī /
prokṣayedastramantreṇa divyadṛṣṭyā'valokayet

163

aliyantre gandhapuṣpaṃ dattvā tatra vicintayet /
ānandabhairavīṃ devīṃ ānandabhairavaṃ tathā

164

navayauvanasampannāṃ taruṇāruṇavigrahām /
cāruhāsāmṛtābhāṣollasadvadanapaṅkajām

165

nṛtyagītakṛtāmodāṃ nānābharaṇabhūṣitām /
vicitravasanāṃ dhyāyet varābhayakarāmbujām

166

ityānandamayīṃ dhyātvā smaredānandabhairavam

162

yatheṣṭamiti / tato vratī sādhako yatheṣṭaṃ tattvaṃ
madyādikamādāya pūrato'gre saṃsthāpya cā'stramantreṇa phaṭā
prokṣayet jalena siñcet divyadṛṣṭyā'valokayecca

163

aliyantre iti / tato'liyantre madyapātre gandhapuṣpaṃ dattvā
tatrā'liyantre evā'nandabhairavīṃ devīntathā'nandabhairavaṃ
devaṃ vicintayet

167

ānandabhairavyā dhyānamevāha navayauvanasampannāmiti /
navayauvanasampannāṃ navīnatāruṇyaṃ samprāptām /
taruṇāruṇavigrahām navīnasūryasadṛśadehām /
cāruhāsāmṛtābhāṣollasadvadanapaṅkajām cāruhāsena
manoharahasanenāmṛtabhāṣayā sudhātulyabhāṣaṇena
collasaddedīpyamānaṃ vadanapaṅkajaṃ mukhakamalaṃ
yasyāstathābhūtām / nṛtyagītakṛtāmodām nṛtyagītābhyāṃ kṛta
āmoda ānando yayā tām / nānābharaṇabhūṣitām
anekavidhabhūṣaṇālaṅkṛtām / vicitravasanām vicitramadbhutaṃ
vasanaṃ vastraṃ yasyāstām / varābhayakarāmbujām
varo'bhayañca karāmbujayoryasyāstām /
evambhūtāmānandabhairavīṃ dhyāyet / ityevamānandabhairavīṃ
dhyātvā ānandabhairavaṃ smaret // १६४ - १६६ //
(pṛ० २०५) karpūrapūradhavalaṃ kamalāyatākṣam
divyāmbarābharaṇabhūṣitadehakāntim /
vāmena pāṇikamalena sudhāḍhyapātram
dakṣeṇa śuddhiguṭikāṃ dadhataṃ smarāmi

168

dhyātvaivamubhayostatra sāmarasyaṃ vicintayan /
praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa deśikaḥ /
saṃpūjya gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ śodhayet kāraṇaṃ tataḥ

169

pāśāditrikabījena svāhāntena kulārcakaḥ /
aṣṭottaraśatāvṛttyā japan hetuṃ viśodhayet

170

gṛhakāmyaikacittānāṃ gṛhiṇāṃ prabale kalau /
ādyatattvapratinidhau vidheyaṃ madhuratrayam

167

ānandabhairavadhyānamevāhaikena karpūrapūradhavalamiti /
karpūrapūradhavalaṃ karpūrapravāhavacchubhram /
kamalāyatākṣam kamalavadāyate vistṛte akṣiṇī yasya tam /
divyāmbarābharaṇabhūṣitadehakāntim
divyairambarābharaṇairvastravibhūṣaṇairbhūṣito'laṅkṛto yo
dehastatra kāntiradhikā dīptiryasya tathābhūtam / vāmena
pāṇikamalena sudhāḍhyapātraṃ madyasamanvitaṃ pātraṃ dakṣeṇa
pāṇikamalena śuddhiguṭikāñca dadhatamānandabhairavaṃ smarāmi
cintayāmi

168

dhyātveti / evamubhau dhyātvā tatrā'liyantre
ubhayorbhairavībhairavayoḥ sāmarasyamaikarasyaṃ vicintayan
deśikaḥ sādhakaḥ praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ tau saṃpūjya tataḥ kāraṇaṃ madyaṃ
śodhayet

169

nanu kena mantreṇa madyaṃ śodhayet tatrāha pāśādītyādi /
svāhāntena svāhā'nto yasyaivambhūtena pāśāditrikabījena ā/
hrī/ kromiti bījatrayeṇa aṣṭottaraśatāvṛttyā imameva mantraṃ japan
kulārcako hetuṃ madyaṃ viśodhayet

171

१७० //
(pṛ० २०६) dugdhaṃ sitā mākṣikañca vijñeyaṃ madhuratrayam /
alirūpamidaṃ mattvā devatāyai nivedayet

172

svabhāvāt kalijanmānaḥ kāmavibhrāntacetasaḥ /
tadrūpeṇa na jānanti śaktiṃ sāmānyabuddhayaḥ

173

atasteṣāṃ pratinidhau śeṣatattvasya pārvati /
dhyānaṃ devyāḥ padāmbhoje sveṣṭamantrajapastathā

174

tatastu prāptatattvāni palalādīni yāni ca /
pratyekaṃ śatadhā'nena manunā cābhimantrayet

175

sarvaṃ brahmamayaṃ dhyātvā nimīlya nayanadvayam /
nivedya pūrvavat kālyai pānabhojanamācaret

171

madhuratrayamevāha dugdhamityādi / alirūpaṃ madyasvarūpam
/ idaṃ madhurayatram

172

śaktiṃ striyam

173

ata ityādi / he pārvati ato hetoḥ teṣāṃ kalijanmanāṃ
śeṣatattvasya maithunasya pratinidhau devyāḥ padāmbhoje dhyānaṃ
vidheyam tathā sveṣṭamantrasya japo vidheyaḥ

174

tatastviti / tataḥ paraṃ palalādīni māṃsādīni yāni
prāptatatvāni tāni pratyekaṃ śatadhā japyamānenānena ā/ hrī/ kro/
svāheti manunā'bhimantrayet śodhayedityarthaḥ

175

sarvamiti / tato nayanadvayaṃ nimīlya sarvaṃ madyāditattvaṃ
brahmamayaṃ brahmasvarūpaṃ dhyātvā pūrvavat kālyai nivedya ca
pūrvavadeva pānabhojanamācaret

176

(pṛ० २०७) idantu bhairavīcakraṃ sarvatantreṣu gopitam /
tavāgre kathitaṃ bhadre sārātsāraṃ parātparam

177

vivāho bhairavīcakre tattvacakre'pi pārvati /
sarvathā sādhakendreṇa kartavyaḥ śaivavartmanā

178

vinā pariṇayaṃ vīraḥ śaktisevāṃ samācaran /
parastrīgāmināṃ pāpaṃ prāpnuyānnātra saṃśayaḥ

179

samprāpte bhairavīcakre sarve varṇāḥ dvijottamāḥ /
nivṛtte bhairavīcakre sarve varṇāḥ pṛthak pṛthak

180

nātra jātivicāro'sti nocchiṣṭādivivecanam /
cakramadhyagatā vīrā mama rūpā narākhyayā

181

na deśakālaniyamo na vā pātravicāraṇam /
yena kenā'hṛtaṃ dravyaṃ cakre'smin viniyojayet

182

dūradeśāt samānītaṃ pakvaṃ vā'pakvameva vā /
vīreṇa paśunā vāpi cakramadhyagataṃ śuci

183

cakrārambhe maheśāni vighnāḥ sarve bhayākulāḥ /
bibhītāste palāyante vīrāṇāṃ brahmatejasā

176

atha bhairavīcakrasya māhātmyaṃ varṇayitumupakramate
idantvityādi

178

१७७ //
pariṇayam vivāham

180

१७९ //
atra bhairavīcakre

184

dravyaṃ madyādi // १८१ - १८३ //
(pṛ० २०८) piśācā guhyakā yakṣā vetālāḥ krūrajātayaḥ /
śrutvātra bhairavīcakraṃ dūraṃ gacchanti sādhvasam

185

tatra tīrthāni sarvāṇi mahātīrthādikāni ca /
sendrāmaragaṇāḥ sarve tatrāgacchanti sādaram

186

cakrasthānaṃ mahātīrthaṃ sarvatīrthādhikaṃ śive /
tridaśā yatra vāñchanti tava naivedyamuttamam

187

mlecchena śvapacenāpi kirātenāpi hūṇunā /
āmaṃ pakvaṃ yadānītaṃ vīrahastārpitaṃ śuci

188

dṛṣṭvā tu bhairavīcakraṃ mama rūpāṃśca sādhakān /
mucyante paśupāśebhyaḥ kalikalmaṣadūṣitāḥ

189

prabale kalikāle tu na kuryāccakragopanam /
sarvatra sarvadā vīraḥ sādhayet kulasādhanam

190

cakramadhye vṛthālāpaṃ cāñcalyaṃ bahubhāṣaṇam /
niṣṭhīvanamadhovāyuṃ varṇabhedaṃ vivarjayet

191

krūrān khalān paśūn pāpān nāstikān kuladūṣakān /
nindakān kulaśāstrāṇāṃ cakrāddūrataraṃ tyajet

192

snehādbhayādānuraktyā paśuṃścakre praveśayan /
kuladharmāt paribhraṣṭo vīro'pi narakaṃ vrajet

184

sādhvasaṃ sabhayaṃ

185

tatra cakrasthāne

193

१८६ //
hūṇunā jātiviśeṣeṇa / āmam apakvam // १८७ - १९१ //
(pṛ० २०९) brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrāḥ sāmānyajātayaḥ /
kuladharmāśritā ye vai pūjyāste devavat sadā

194

varṇābhimānāccakre tu varṇabhedaṃ karoti yaḥ /
sa yāti ghoranirayamapi vedāntapāragaḥ

195

cakrāntargatakaulānāṃ sādhūnāṃ śuddhacetasām /
sākṣācchivasvarūpāṇāṃ pāpaśaṅkā bhavet kutaḥ

196

yāvadvasanti cakreṣu viprādyāḥ śaivamārgiṇaḥ /
tāvattu śāmbhavācārāṃścareyuḥ śivaśāsanāt

197

cakrādviniḥsṛtāḥ sarve svasvavarṇāśramoditam /
lokayātrāprasiddhyarthaṃ kuryuḥ karma pṛthak pṛthak

198

puraścaryāśatenāpi śavamuṇḍacitāsanāt /
cakramadhye sakṛt japtvā tat phalaṃ labhate sudhīḥ

199

bhairavīcakramāhātmyaṃ ko vā vaktuṃ kṣamo bhavet /
sakṛdetat prakurvāṇaḥ sarvaiḥ pāpaiḥ pramucyate

200

ṣaṇmāsaṃ bhūmipālaḥ syāt varṣaṃ mṛtyuñjayaḥ svayam /
nityaṃ samācaran martyo brahmanirvāṇamāpnuyāt

196

bhayādānuraktyā bhayahetukenānurāgeṇa // १९२ - १९५ //
careyuḥ kuryuḥ

198

१९७ //
puraścaryetyādi / śavamuṇḍacitāsanāt śavāsanāt
muṇḍāsanāt citāsanācca yat phalaṃ labhate

201

१९९ //
(pṛ० २१०) bahunā kimihoktena satyaṃ jānīhi kālike /
ihāmutra sukhāvāptyai kulamārgo hi nāparaḥ

202

kaleḥ prābalyasamaye sarvadharmavivarjite /
gopanāt kuladharmasya kaulo'pi nārakī bhavet

203

kathitaṃ bhairavīcakraṃ bhogamokṣaikasādhanam /
tattvacakraṃ kuleśāni sāmprataṃ vacmi tat śṛṇu

204

tattvacakraṃ cakrarājaṃ divyacakraṃ taducyate /
nātrādhikāraḥ sarveṣāṃ brahmajñān sādhakān vinā

205

parabrahmopāsakā ye brahmajñā brahmatatparāḥ /
śuddhāntaḥkaraṇāḥ śāntāḥ sarvaprāṇihite ratāḥ

206

nirvikārā nirvikalpā dayāśīlā dṛḍhavratāḥ /
satyasaṅkalpakā brāhmāsta evātrā'dhikāriṇaḥ

207

brahmabhāvena tattvajñe ye paśyanti carācaram /
teṣāṃ tattvavidāṃ puṃsāṃ tattvacakre'dhikāritā

208

sarvaṃ brahmamayaṃ bhāvaścakre'smiṃstattvasaṃjñake /
yeṣāmutpadyate devi ta eva tattvacakriṇaḥ

204

ṣaṇmāsamiti / bhairavīcakraṃ ṣaṇmāsaṃ samācaran martyo
bhūmipālaḥ syādityevamanvayaḥ // २०० - २०३ //
atra cakrarāje tattvacakre

205

śāntāḥ rāgadveṣādiśūnyāḥ

206

tatra tattvacakre

208

२०७ //
bhāvo bhāvanā vicintanetyarthaḥ

209

(pṛ० २११) na ghaṭasthāpanā'trāsti na bāhulyena pūjanam /
sarvatra brahmabhāvena sādhayet tattvasādhanam

210

brahmamantrī brahmaniṣṭho bhaveccakreśvaraḥ priye /
brahmajñaiḥ sādhakaiḥ sārddhaṃ tattvacakraṃ samārabhet

211

ramye sunirmale deśe sādhakānāṃ sukhāvahe /
vicitrāsanamānīya kalpayedvimalāsanam

212

tatropaviśya cakreśaḥ sahito brahmasādhakaiḥ /
āsādayettu tattvāni sthāpayedagrataḥ śive

213

tārādiprāṇabījāntaṃ śatāvṛttyā japan manum /
sarvatattveṣu cakreśa imaṃ mantramudīrayet

214

brahmārpaṇaṃ brahmahavirbrahmāgnau brahmaṇā hutam /
brahmaiva tena gantavyaṃ brahmakarmasamādhinā

209

tattvasādhanam tattvacakrasādhanam

211

२१० //
atha tattvacakrasya vidhānamāha ramye ityādibhiḥ

212

tatra kalpite vimalāsane āsādayet ānayet tattvāni madyādīni

213

tārādītyādi / tato madyādiṣu sarvatattveṣu
tārādiprāṇabījāntaṃ tāraḥ praṇava ādiryasya sa tārādiḥ
prāṇabījaṃ haṃsa iti bījamanto yasya saḥ prāṇabījāntaḥ
tārādiścāsau prāṇabījāntaśca tārādiprāṇabījāntastaṃ manum
o/ haṃsa iti mantraṃ śatāvṛttyā japan cakreśa imaṃ vakṣyamāṇaṃ
mantramudīrayet

214

mantramevāha brahmārpaṇamiti

215

(pṛ० २१२) saptadhā vā tridhā japtvā tāni sarvāṇi śodhayet

216

tato brāhmeṇa manunā samarpya paramātmane /
brahmajñaiḥ sādhakaiḥ sārddhaṃ vidadhyāt pānabhojanam

217

brahmacakre maheśāni varṇabhedaṃ vivarjayet /
na deśakālaniyamo na pātraniyamastathā

218

ye kurvanti narā mūḍhā divyacakre pramādataḥ /
kulabhedaṃ varṇabhedaṃ te gacchantyadhamāṃ gatim

219

ataḥ sarvaprayatnena brahmajñaiḥ sādhakottamaiḥ /
tattvacakramanuṣṭheyaṃ dharmakāmārthamuktaye

220

śrīdevyuvāca /
gṛhasthānāmaśeṣeṇa dharmānakathayat prabho /
saṃnyāsavihitāt dharmān kṛpayā vaktumarhasi

221

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
avadhūtāśramo devi kalau saṃnyāsa ucyate /
vidhinā yena kartavyastat sarvaṃ śṛṇu sāmpratam

215

saptadheti / imaṃ mantraṃ saptadhā tridhā vā japtvā sarvāṇi
tāni madyādīni śodhayet

216

brāhmeṇa manunā o/ saccidekaṃ brahmeti mantreṇa

220

brahmacakre tattvacakre // २१७ - २१९ //
evamaśeṣān gṛhasthadharmān śrutvā adhūnā
saṃnyāsidharmān śrotumicchantī śrīdevyuvāca
gṛhasthānāmityādi

221

evaṃ preritaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca avadhūtetyādi / tat
vidhānam sāmpratamidānīm

222

(pṛ० २१३) brahmajñāne samutpanne virate sarvakarmaṇi /
adhyātmavidyānipuṇaḥ saṃnyāsāśramamāśrayet

223

vihāya vṛddhau pitarau śiśuṃ bhāryāṃ pativratām /
tyaktvā'samarthān bandhūṃśca pravrajannārakī bhavet

224

brāhmaṇaḥ kṣatriyo vaiśyaḥ śūdraḥ sāmānya eva ca /
kulāvadhūtasaṃskāre pañcānāmadhikāritā

225

sampādya gṛhakarmāṇi paritoṣyā'parānapi /
nirmamo nilayādgacchenniṣkāmo vijitendriyaḥ

226

āhūya svajanān bandhūn grāmasthān prativāsinaḥ /
prītyā'numatimanvicchet gṛhājjigamiṣurjanaḥ

227

teṣāmanujñāmādāya praṇamya paradevatām /
grāmaṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya nirapekṣo gṛhādiyāt

228

muktaḥ saṃsārapāśebhyaḥ paramānandanirvṛtaḥ /
kulāvadhūtaṃ brahmajñaṃ gatvā saṃprārthayedidam

225

saṃnyāsagrahaṇavidhānamevāha brahmajñāne ityādibhiḥ /
adhyātmavidyānipuṇaḥ ātmavidyābhijñaḥ // २२२ - २२४ //
sampādya sādhayitvā / aparān pitrādibhinnān / nirmamaḥ
gṛhādiviṣayamamatāśūnyaḥ nilayāt gṛhāt

226

anumatimanvicchet anujñāmādadyāt

227

nirapekṣaḥ niṣpṛhaḥ / iyāt gacchet

228

paramānandanirvṛttaḥ paramānande nimagnaḥ

229

(pṛ० २१४) gṛhāśrame parabrahman mamaitadvigataṃ vayaḥ /
prasādaṃ kuru me nātha saṃnyāsagrahaṇaṃ prati

230

nivṛttagṛhakarmāṇaṃ vicārya vidhivadguruḥ /
śāntaṃ vivekinaṃ vīkṣya dvitīyāśramamādiśet

231

tataḥ śiṣyaḥ kṛtasnāno yatātmā vihitāhnikaḥ /
ṛṇatrayavimuktyarthaṃ devarṣīnarcayet pitṝn

232

devā brahmā ca viṣṇuśca rudraśca svagaṇaiḥ saha /
ṛṣayaḥ sanakādyāśca devabrahmarṣayastathā

233

atra ye pitaraḥ pūjyā vakṣyāmi śṛṇu tānapi

234

pitā pitāmahaścaiva prapitāmaha eva ca /
mātā pitāmahī devi tathaiva prapitāmahī /
mātāmahādayo'pyevaṃ mātāmahyādayo'pi ca

229

yat prārthayet tadāha gṛhāśrame ityādinā

230

śāntam uparatacittam

231

tata iti / tataḥ paraṃ yatātmā saṃyatamanāḥ śiṣyaḥ
kṛtasnāno vihitāhnikaśca bhūtvā ṛṇatrayavimuktyarthaṃ devarṣīn
devān ṛṣīn pitṝścārcayet pūjayet

232

ṛṇavimuktyarthaṃ ye devā ṛṣayaśca pūjyāstānāha devā
ityādinā / brahmā ca viṣṇuśca svagaṇaiḥ saha rudraścaite devāḥ
saṃnyāsakarmaṇi pūjyāḥ / sanaka ādyo yeṣāṃ te sanakādyāḥ
sanakasanandanasanātanādyāḥ sanakasajātīyā ṛṣayaḥ tathā
devarṣayo nāradādayo brahmarṣayo bhṛgvādayaśca pūjyāḥ

233

atra saṃnyāsakarmaṇi

234

ṛṇavimuktyarthaṃ pūjyān pitṝnevāha pitetyādinā sārddhena
/ evaṃ pitrādivanmātāmahādayo'pi pūjyāḥ evamanvayaḥ / ādinā
pramātāmahavṛddhapramātāmahayoḥ
pramātāmahīvṛddhapramātāmahyośca grahaṇam

235

(pṛ० २१५) prācyāmṛṣīn yajeddevān dakṣiṇasyāṃ pitṝn yajet /
mātāmahān pratīcyāñca pūjayennyāsakarmaṇi

236

pūrvādikramato dadyādāsanānāṃ dvayaṃ dvayam /
devādīn kramatastatrā'vāhya pūjāṃ samācaret

237

samarcya vidhivattebhyaḥ piṇḍān dadyāt pṛthak pṛthak /
piṇḍapradānavidhinā dattvā piṇḍaṃ yathākramam /
kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā prārthayet pitṛdevatāḥ

238

tṛpyadhvaṃ pitaro devā deparṣimātṛkā gaṇāḥ /
guṇātītapade yūyamanṛṇīkurutā'cirāt

239

ityānṛṇyamarthayitvā praṇamya ca punaḥ punaḥ /
ṛṇatrayavinirmukta ātmaśrāddhaṃ prakalpayet

235

nanu kasyāṃ kasyāṃ diśi devānṛṣīn pitṝṃśca
pūjayedityapekṣāyāmāha prācyāmityādi / saṃnyāsakarmaṇi
devānṛṣīṃśca prācyāṃ pūrvasyāṃ diśi yajet / dakṣiṇasyāṃ
diśi pitṝn pitrādīn yajet / pratīcyāṃ paścimāyāṃ diśi
mātāmahānmātāmahaprabhṛtīn yajet pūjayet

236

atha saṃkṣepato devādīnāṃ pūjāyā vidhānamāha
pūrvādikramata ityādibhiḥ / pūrvādikramataḥ pūrvādikrameṇa
tisṛṣu dikṣvāsanānāṃ dvayaṃ dvayaṃ dadyāt / tatrāsanānāṃ
dvaye dvaye kramato devādīnāvāhya teṣāṃ pūjāṃ samācaret
kuryāt

237

samarcyetyādi / devarṣipitṝn vidhivat samarcya tebhyo
devarṣipitṛbhyaḥ pṛthak pṛthak piṇḍān vidhivaddadyāt /
vakṣyamāṇena piṇḍapradānavidhinā devādibhyo yathākramaṃ
piṇḍaṃ datvā kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā pitṛdevatāḥ prārthayet

238

kiṃ prārthayettatrāha tṛpyadhvamityādi / he pitaro devā
devarṣayo mātṛgaṇāśca yūyaṃ tṛpyadhvaṃ guṇātītapade
atikrāntaguṇe pade vrajantaṃ māmacirādatiśīghrameva
yūyamanṛṇī kūruta

240

२३९ //
(pṛ० २१६) pitā hyātmaiva sarveṣāṃ tatpitā prapitāmahaḥ /
ātmanyātmārpaṇārthāya kuryādātmakriyāṃ sudhīḥ

241

uttarābhimukho bhūtvā pūrvavat kalpitāsane /
āvāhyā'tmapitṝn devi dadyāt piṇḍaṃ samarcayan

242

prāgagrān dakṣiṇāgrāṃśca paścimāgrān yathākramāt /
piṇḍārthamāstareddarbhānudagagrān svakarmaṇi

243

samāpya śrāddhakarmāṇi gurudarśitavartmanā /
yuyukṣuścittaśuddhyarthamimaṃ mantraṃ śataṃ japet

244

hrī/ tryambakaṃ yajāmahe sugandhiṃ puṣṭivarddhanam /
ūrvārukamiva bandhanān mṛtyormukṣīya mā'mṛtāt

245

upāsanānusāreṇa vedyāṃ maṇḍalapūrvakam /
saṃsthāpya kalaśaṃ tatra guruḥ pūjāṃ samārabhet

240

ātmaśrāddhakaraṇe hetuṃ darśayannāha pitā hītyādi / hi
yataḥ sarveṣāmātmaiva pitā tatpitā pitāmahaḥ prapitāmahaśca syāt
ataḥ ātmani paramātmani ātmano'rpaṇārthāya sudhīrvidvān
ātmakriyāṃ kuryāt

241

saṃkṣepataḥ ātmanaśca śrāddhasya vidhānamāha
uttarābhimukha ityādinā / ātmapitṝn ātmasvarūpān pitrādīn

242

prāgagrāniti / piṇḍārthaṃ
devarṣipitruddeśyakapiṇḍadānārthaṃ yathākramāt krameṇaiva
prāk prācyāṃ diśyagrāṇi yeṣāṃ tān prāgagrān dakṣiṇāgrān
paścimāgrāṃśca darbhān kuśānāstaredācchādayet / svakarmaṇi
ātmaśrāddhakriyāyāṃ tu udak udīcyāmagrāṇi yeṣāṃ
tathābhūtān darbhānāstaret

244

२४३ //
tameva mantramāha hrī/ tryambakamityādikam

245

upāsanetyādi / tataḥ upāsanāyā anusāreṇa racitāyāṃ
vedyāṃ maṇḍalapūrvakaṃ kalaśaṃ saṃsthāpya tatra kalaśe
śiṣyasyeṣṭadevatāyāḥ pūjāṃ guruḥ samārabhet

246

(pṛ० २१७) tatastu paramaṃ brahma dhyātvā śāmbhavavartmanā /
vidhāya pūjāṃ brahmajño vahnisthāpanamācaret

247

prāguktasaṃskṛte vahnau svakalpoktāhutiṃ guruḥ /
dattvā śiṣyaṃ samāhūya sākalyaṃ hāvayettu tam

248

ādau vyāhṛtibhirhutvā prāṇahomaṃ prakalpayet /
prāṇāpānau samānaścodānavyānau ca vāyavaḥ

249

tattvahomaṃ tataḥ kuryāddehātmādhyāsamuktaye /
pṛthivī salilaṃ vahnirvāyurākāśameva ca

250

gandho rasaśca rūpaśca sparśaḥ śabdo yathākramāt /
tato vākpāṇipādāśca pāyūpasthau tataḥ param

246

tatastviti / tatastu śiṣyeṣṭadevatāpūjanādanantaraṃ tu
brahmajño guruḥ paramaṃ brahma dhyātvā śāmbhavavartmanā
tasya pūjāṃ ca vidhāya vedyāṃ vahnisthāpanamācaret kuryāt

247

prāguktetyādi / tataḥ prāguktena vidhinā saṃskṛte vahnau
svakalpoktāhutiṃ svasvakalpe uktāmāhutiṃ dattvā gurustaṃ
śiṣyaṃ samāhūya tena sākalyamagnau hāvayet

248

ādāviti / ādau prathamato bhūrādibhirvyāhṛtibhiḥ sākalyaṃ
hutvā tataḥ prāṇahomaṃ śarīrasthaprāṇādipañcavāyuhomaṃ
prakalpayet kuryāt / hotavyān prāṇādīn pañcavāyūnāha
prāṇetyādyarddhena

249

tattveti / tataḥ paraṃ dehātmādhyāsamuktaye
śarīraniṣṭhātmatvajñānavimuktyarthaṃ yathākramaṃ tattvahomaṃ
pṛthvījalādicaturviṃśatitattvahavanaṃ kuryāt / krameṇaiva
havanīyāni caturviṃśatitattvānyevāha pṛthivītyādinā'haṅkāra
ityantena kiñcidadhikena sapādadvayena

251

(pṛ० २१८) śrotraṃ tvaṅnayanaṃ jihvā ghrāṇaṃ buddhīndriyāṇi ca /
mano buddhiśca cittañcāhaṅkāro dehajāḥ kriyāḥ

252

sarvāṇīndriyakarmāṇi prāṇakarmāṇi yāni ca

253

etāni me padānte ca śuddhyantāṃ padamuccaret /
hrī/ jyotirahaṃ virajā vipāpmā bhūyāsamityapi

254

caturviṃśatitattvāni karmāṇi daihikāni ca /
hutvā'gnau niṣkriyo dehaṃ mṛtavaccintayettataḥ

250

gandha ityādi / pṛthivyādipañcatattvahavanānantaraṃ
gandhādipañcatattvāni yathākramāt hotavyāni / tato
vāgādipañcakarmendriyāṇi havanīyāni / tataḥ paraṃ śrotrādīni
pañcabuddhīndriyāṇi hotavyāni / tato mana ādīni catvāri tattvāni
havanīyāni / tato dehajāḥ kriyāḥ hotavyāḥ

252

२५१ //
sarvāṇīti / tataḥ sarvāṇīndriyakarmāṇi yāni ca
prāṇakarmāṇi tānyapi havanīyāni

253

prāṇādipañcavāyūnāṃ pṛthivyādicaturviṃśatitattvānāṃ
dehajakriyāṇāṃ sarvendriyakarmaṇāṃ prāṇādivāyukarmaṇāñca
homasya mantramāha etānītyādinā / pūrvaṃ etāni me ityuccaret /
tatpadānte ca śuddhyantāmiti padamuccaret / tato hrī/ jyotirahaṃ virajā
vipāppā bhūyāsamityuccaret / tato dviṭhaḥ svāhetyapyuccaret /
yojanayā etāni me śuddhyantāṃ hrī/ jyotirahaṃ virajā vipāpmā
bhūyāsaṃ svāheti mantro jātaḥ / anenaiva prāṇādīni
prāṇakarmaparyantāni sarvāṇi juhuyāt / yathā
prāṇāpānasamānodānavyānā me śuddhyantāṃ hrī/ jyotirahaṃ
virajā vipāpmā bhūyāsaṃ svāheti prāṇādīn juhuyāditi / evaṃ
sarvatra yojanā

254

caturviṃśatītyādi / evaṃ caturviṃśatitattvāni daihikāni
karmāṇi cāgnau hutvā niṣkriyaḥ kriyābhyaśca niṣkrānto bhūtvā
tato dehaṃ mṛtavaccintayet

255

(pṛ० २१९) vibhāvya mṛtavat kāyaṃ rahitaṃ sarvakarmaṇā /
smaraṃstat paramaṃ brahma yajñasūtraṃ samuddharet

256

ai/ klī/ hū/ iti mantreṇa skandhāduttārya tattvavit /
yajñasūtraṃ kare kṛtvā paṭhitvā vyāhṛtitrayam /
vahnijāyāṃ samuccārya ghṛtāktamanale kṣipet

257

hutvaivamupavītañca kāmabījaṃ samuccaran /
chitvā śikhāṃ kare kṛtvā ghṛtamadhye niyojayet

258

brahmaputri śikhe tvaṃ hi bālarūpā tapasvinī /
dīyate pāvake sthānaṃ gaccha devi namo'stu te

259

kāmaṃ māyāṃ kūrcamantraṃ vahnijāyāmudīrayan /
tasmin susaṃskṛte vahnau śikhāhomaṃ samācaret

255

vibhāvyeti / sarvakarmaṇā rahitaṃ mṛtavacca kāyaṃ dehaṃ
vibhāvya vicintya tat jagatkāraṇatvenātiprasiddhaṃ paramaṃ brahma
smaran san yajñasūtraṃ yajñopavītaṃ samuddharet uraḥsthalāt
skandhaṃ nayet

256

aimityādi / tataḥ tattvavit brahmavijjanaḥ ai/ klī/ imiti mantreṇa
yajñasūtraṃ skandhāduttārya kare haste ca kṛtvā vyāhṛtitrayaṃ
paṭhitvā vyāhṛtitrayānte ca vahnijāyāṃ svāheti padaṃ samuccārya
ghṛtāktaṃ ghṛtasaṃyuktaṃ yajñasūtramanale'gnau kṣipet

257

hutveti / evaṃ prakāreṇopavītaṃ yajñasūtramagnau hutvā
kāmabījaṃ klīmiti bījaṃ samuccaran san śikhāṃ chittvā kare ca
kṛtvāṣṭamadhye niyojayet sthāpayet

260

brahmeti / tato brahmaputri ityādyaṃ namo'stute ityantaṃ
mantramudīrayan etanmantrānte ca kāmaṃ klīmitimāyāṃ hrīmiti
kūrcaṃ hūmiti astraṃ phaḍiti vahnijāyāṃ
(pṛ० २२०) śikhāmāśritya pitaro devā devarṣayastathā /
sarvāṇyāśramakarmāṇi nivasanti śikhopari

261

ataḥ santarpya tāḥ sarvā devarṣipitṛdevatāḥ /
śikhāsūtraparityāgāddehī brahmamayo bhavet

262

yajñasūtraśikhātyāgāt saṃnyāsaḥ syāt dvijanmanām /
śūdrāṇāmitareṣāñca śikhāṃ hutvaiva saṃskriyā

263

tato muktaśikhāsūtraḥ praṇamet daṇḍavad gurum /
gururutthāpya taṃ śiṣyaṃ dakṣakarṇe vadedidam

264

tattvamasi mahāprājña haṃsaḥ so'haṃ vibhāvaya /
nirmamo nirahaṅkāraḥ svabhāvena sukhaṃ cara

261

svāheti ca bījaṃ kīrtayan tasmin susaṃskṛte vahnau śikhāyā
homaṃsamācaret kuryāt // २५८ - २६० //
brahmamayo brahmasvarūpaḥ

262

dvijanmanām brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānām itareṣām
varṇasaṅkarāṇām

264

२६३ //
nanu guruḥ śiṣyasya dakṣiṇe karṇe kiṃ
vadedityapekṣāyāmāha tattvamasītyādi / he mahāprājña
mahāmanīṣin tat jagatkāraṇatvenātiprasiddhaṃ paraṃ brahma
tvamevāsi ato'hameva sa paramātmā sa evāhamasmīti tvaṃ
vibhāvaya vicintaya / kiñca nirmamaḥ putrādiviṣayakamamatāśūnyo
nirahaṅkāro vidyādiviṣayanimittakacittasamunnatiśūnyaśca san
svabhāvena sukhaṃ yathā syāttathā cara itastato gaccha /
ahamityasyāderlopastvārṣaḥ

265

(pṛ० २२१) tato ghaṭañca vahniñca visṛjya brahmatattvavit /
ātmasvarūpaṃ taṃ matvā praṇamecchirasā guruḥ

266

namastubhyaṃ namo mahyaṃ tubhyaṃ mahyaṃ namo namaḥ /
tvameva tat tattvameva viśvarūpa namo'stu te

267

brahmamantropāsakānāṃ tattvajñānāṃ jitātmanām /
svamantreṇa śikhācchedāt saṃnyāsagrahaṇaṃ bhavet

268

brahmajñānaviśuddhānāṃ kiṃ yajñaiḥ śrāddhapūjanaiḥ /
svecchācāraparāṇāṃ tu pratyavāyo na vidyate

269

tato nirdvandvarūpo'sau niṣkāmasthiramānasaḥ /
viharet svecchayā śiṣyaḥ sākṣād brahmamayo bhuvi

270

ābrahmastambaparyantaṃ sadrūpeṇa vibhāvayan /
vismarannāmarūpāṇi dhyāyannātmānamātmani

265

tata iti / tataḥ paraṃ ghaṭhaṃ vahniñca visṛjya brahmatattvavid
gurustaṃ śiṣyamātmasvarūpaṃ matvā vakṣyamāṇamantreṇa
śirasā praṇamet

266

yena mantreṇa praṇamet tameva mantramāha
namastubhyamityādikam

267

brahmamantropāsakānāṃ tu saṃnyāsagrahaṇe
viśeṣavidhimāha brahmamantretyādinā / tattvajñānāṃ
brahmajñānināṃ jitātmanāṃ jitamanasāṃ
brahmamantropāsakānāṃ svamantreṇa śikhācchedādeva
saṃnyāsagrahaṇaṃ bhavet

268

nanu yajñaśrāddhādikamakṛtvaiva saṃnyāsaṃ gṛhṇatāṃ
brahmamantropāsakānāṃ pratyavāyabhāgitvaṃ syāttatrāha
brahmajñānetyādi

269

nirdvandvarūpaḥ sukhaduḥkhādiyugalāni dvandvāni tadrahito
nirdvandvastatsvarūpaḥ

270

ābrahmastambaparyantaṃ brahmārabhya
tṛṇādigucchaparyantaṃ sadrūpeṇa satyarūpeṇa vibhāvayan
vicintayan

271

(pṛ० २२२) aniketaḥ kṣamāvṛtto niḥśaṅkaḥ saṅgavarjitaḥ /
nirmamo nirahaṅkāraḥ saṃnyāsī viharet kṣitau

272

mukto vidhiniṣedhebhyo niryogakṣema ātmavit /
sukhaduḥkhasamo dhīro jitātmā vigataspṛhaḥ

273

sthirātmā prāptaduḥkho'pi sukhe prāpte'pi niṣpṛhaḥ /
sadānandaḥ śuciḥ śānto nirapekṣo nirākulaḥ

274

nodvejakaḥ syājjīvānāṃ sadā prāṇihite rataḥ /
vigatāmarṣabhīrdānto niḥsaṅkalpo nirudyamaḥ

275

śokadveṣavimuktaḥ syāt śatrau mitre samo bhavet /
śītavātātapasahaḥ samo mānāpamānayoḥ

271

aniketa ityādi / aniketaḥ niyatavāsaśūnyaḥ / kṣamāvṛttaḥ
kṣamaiva vṛttaṃ yasya saḥ / niḥsaṅkaḥ udvegarahitaḥ / saṅgavarjitaḥ
kvacidapyanāsaktaḥ

272

mukta ityādi / niryogakṣemaḥ aprāptasvīkāro yogaḥ
prāptaparirakṣaṇaṃ kṣemaḥ tābhyāṃ rahitaḥ / sukhaduḥkhasamaḥ
sukhaduḥkhe same yasya saḥ / jitātmā jitadehaḥ / vigataspṛhaḥ
uccāvaceṣu dṛṣṭamātreṣu vastuṣu itastato jighṛkṣā spṛhāḥ vigatā
spṛhā yasya saḥ

273

sthiretyādi / sthirātmā sthiracittaḥ sthirasvabhāvo vā / niṣpṛhaḥ
bhogākāṅkṣāśūnyaḥ / śuciḥ bāhyābhyantaraśaucasampannaḥ /
śāntaḥ saṃyatāntaḥkaraṇaḥ / nirapekṣaḥ parāpekṣārahitaḥ /
nirākulaḥ ākulatāśūnyaḥ

274

netyādi / nodvejakaḥ na bhītijanakaḥ / vigatāmarṣabhīḥ
apagatakrodhabhayaḥ / dāntaḥ saṃyatavāhyendriyaḥ / nirudyamaḥ
svadehanirvāhārthavyāpāraśūnyaḥ

275

śoketyādi / śatrau mitre ca samaḥ ekarūpaḥ
mānāpamānayorapi samaḥ harṣaviṣādaśūnya ityarthaḥ

276

(pṛ० २२३) samaḥ śubhāśubhe tuṣṭo yadṛcchāprāptavastunā /
nistraiguṇyo nirvikalpo nirlobhaḥ syādasañcayī

277

yathā satyamupāśritya mṛṣā viśvaṃ pratiṣṭhati /
ātmāśritastathā deho jānannevaṃ sukhī bhavet

278

indriyāṇyeva kurvanti svaṃ svaṃ karma pṛthak pṛthak /
ātmā sākṣī vinirlipto jñātvaivaṃ mokṣabhāg bhavet

279

dhātupratigrahaṃ nindāmanṛtaṃ krīḍanaṃ striyā /
retastyāgamasūyāñca saṃnyāsī parivarjayet

280

sarvatra samadṛṣṭiḥ syāt kīṭe deve tathā nare /
sarvaṃ brahmeti jānīyāt parivrāṭ sarvakarmasu

281

viprānnaṃ śvapacānnaṃ vā yasmāttasmāt samāgatam /
deśaṃ kālaṃ tathā pātramaśnīyādavicārayan

276

sama ityādi / nistraiguṇyaḥ trayo guṇā yasmin sa triguṇaḥ
sakāmaḥ tasya bhāvastraiguṇyam tasmānniṣkrānto nistraiguṇyaḥ
niṣkāmaḥ ityarthaḥ / nirvikalpaḥ nānāvidhakalpanāśūnyaḥ /
nirlobhaḥ dhanādyāgame bahudhā jāyamāne'pi
punarvarddhamāno'bhilāṣo lobhaḥ tadrahitaḥ / asañcayī
tattadvastusañcayābhāvavān

277

yathetyādi / yathā satyaṃ
paramātmānamevopāśrityāvalambya mṛṣā mithyābhūtamapi
viśvaṃ pratiṣṭhati satyavadāste tathaivātmānamāśrito mithyāmūta
eva dehaḥ pratiṣṭhati evaṃ jānan saṃnyāsī sukhī bhavet

278

indriyāṇīti / indriyāṇyeva pṛthak pṛthak svaṃ svaṃ karma
kurvanti / ātmā tu sākṣī kevalaṃ śubhāśubhakarmaṇāṃ draṣṭā
bhavati / ata eva nirliptaḥ tattatkarmabhirvaddho na bhavati / evaṃ
jñātvaiva saṃnyāsī mokṣabhāg bhavet

282

anṛtam ayathārthabhāṣaṇam / asūyām satsvapi guṇeṣu
doṣāropaṇam // २७९ - २८१ //
(pṛ० २२४) adhyātmaśāstrādhyayanaiḥ sadā tattvavicāraṇaiḥ /
avadhūto nayet kālaṃ svecchācāraparāyaṇaḥ

283

saṃnyāsināṃ mṛtaṃ kāyaṃ dāhayenna kadācana /
sampūjya gandhapuṣpādyairnikhanedvāpsu majjayet

284

aprāptayogamartyānāṃ sadā kāmābhilāṣiṇām /
svabhāvājjāyate devi pravṛttiḥ karmasaṅkule

285

tatrāpi te sānuraktā dhyānārcājapasādhane /
śreyastadeva jānantu yatraiva dṛḍhaniścayāḥ

286

ataḥ karmavidhānāni proktāni cittaśuddhaye /
nāmarūpaṃ bahuvidhaṃ tadarthaṃ kalpitaṃ mayā

287

brahmajñānādṛte devi karmasaṃnyasanaṃ vinā /
kurvan kalpaśataṃ karma na bhavenmuktibhāg janaḥ

288

kulāvadhūtastattvajño jīvanmukto narākṛtiḥ /
sākṣānnārāyaṇaṃ matvā gṛhasthastaṃ prapūjayet

282

adhyātmaśāstrādhyayanaiḥ vedāntaśāstrapāṭhaiḥ /
tattvavicāraṇaiḥ brahmatattvavivecanaiḥ

283

nikhanet śucau bhūmau gartaṃ vidhāya tatraiva nidadhyāt / apsu
jaleṣu

284

aprāptayogamartyānām na prāpto yogo
brahmajñānasaṃbandho yaistathābhūtānām / karmasaṅkule
karmasamūhe

285

tatrāpi tatraivāpi / aprāptayogamartyāḥ / sānuraktāḥ
anurāgavantaḥ / tadeva arcādikarmaiva

289

(pṛ० २२५) yaterdarśanamātreṇa vimuktaḥ sarvapātakāt /
tīrthavratatapodānasarvayajñaphalaṃ labhet

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
varṇāśramācāradharmakathanaṃ nāmāṣṭamollāsaḥ /
tadartham aprāptayogamartyārtham // २८६ - २८९ //
iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ aṣṭamollāsaḥ /
navamollāsaḥ
śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
varṇāśramācāradharmāḥ kathitāstava suvrate /
saṃskārān sarvavarṇānāṃ śṛṇuṣva gadato mama

2

saṃskāreṇa vinā devi dehaśuddhirna jāyate /
nāsaṃskṛto'dhikārī syād daive paitre ca karmaṇi

3

ato viprādibhirvarṇaiḥ svasvavarṇoktasaṃskriyā /
kartavyā sarvathā yatnairihāmutra hitepsubhiḥ

4

jīvasekaḥ puṃsavanaṃ sīmantonnayanaṃ tathā /
jātanāmnī niṣkramaṇamannāśanamataḥ param /
cūḍopanayanodvāhāḥ saṃskārāḥ kathitā daśa

4

oṃ namo brahmaṇe
śrīśrīnāthapadāmbhoje niyataṃ matirastu me /
evamaśeṣān varṇāśramācāradharmān kathayitvedānīṃ
sarvavarṇānāmakhilān saṃskārān vivakṣan śrīsadāśiva uvāca
varṇāśrametyādi / gadato mama kathayato mattaḥ // १ - ३ //
brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānāṃ jīvasekādaya udvāhāntā daśa
saṃskārāḥ santi śūdrāṇāṃ varṇasaṅkarāṇāṃ
copanayanākhyasaṃskāravarjitā jīvasekādayo navaiva saṃskārāḥ
santītyāha jīvaseka ityādinā sārddhadvayena

5

(pṛ० २२७) śūdrāṇāṃ śūdrabhinnānāmupavītaṃ na vidyate /
teṣāṃ navaiva saṃskārā dvijātīnāṃ daśa smṛtāḥ

6

nityāni sarvakarmāṇi tathā naimittikāni ca /
kāmyānyapi varārohe kuryācchāmbhavavartmanā

7

yāni yāni vidhānāni yeṣu yeṣu ca karmasu /
puraiva brahmarūpeṇa tānyuktāni mayā priye

8

saṃskāreṣu ca sarveṣu tathaivānyeṣu karmasu /
viprādivarṇabhedena kramānmantrāśca darśitāḥ

9

satyatretādvāpareṣu tattatkarmasu kālike /
praṇavādyāṃstu tān mantrān prayogeṣu niyojayet

10

kalau tu parameśāni taireva manubhirnarāḥ /
māyādyaiḥ sarvakarmāṇi kuryuḥ śaṅkaraśāsanāt

11

nigamāgamatantreṣu vedeṣu saṃhitāsu ca /
sarve mantrā mayaivoktāḥ prayogo yugabhedataḥ

12

kalāvannagataprāṇāḥ mānavā hīnatejasaḥ /
teṣāṃ hitāya kalyāṇi kuladharmo nirūpitaḥ

13

kalidurbalajīvānāṃ prayāsāśaktacetasām /
saṃskārādikriyāsteṣāṃ saṃkṣepeṇāpi vacmi te

5

śūdrabhinnānāṃ varṇasaṅkarāṇāṃ / teṣāṃ
śūdrāṇāṃ śūdrabhinnānāñca / dvijātīnāṃ
brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānām

14

६ //
vidhānāni ākāṅkṣitānīti śeṣaḥ // ७ - ९ //
māyādyaiḥ māyā hrīmiti bījaṃ ādyaṃ yeṣāṃ manūnām
te taiḥ // १० - १३ //
(pṛ० २२८) sarveṣāṃ śubhakāryāṇāmādibhūtā kuśaṇḍikā /
tasmādādau pravakṣyāmi śṛṇu tāṃ devavandite

15

ramye pariṣkṛte deśe tuṣāṅgārādivarjite /
hastamātrapramāṇena sthaṇḍilaṃ racayet sudhīḥ

16

tisro rekhā vidhātavyā prāgagrāstatra maṇḍale /
kūrcenābhyukṣya tāḥ sarvā vahninā vahnimāharet

17

ānīya vahniṃ tatpārśve sthāpayedvāgbhavaṃ smaran

18

tatastasmāt jvaladdāru gṛhītvā dakṣapāṇinā /
hrī/ kravyādebhyo namaḥ svāhā kravyādāṃśaṃ parityajet

19

itthaṃ pratiṣṭhitaṃ vahniṃ pāṇibhyāmātmasammukham /
uddhṛtya tāsu rekhāsu māyādyāṃ vyāhṛtiṃ smaran

14

tām kuśaṇḍikām

15

kuśaṇḍikāmevāha ramye ityādibhiḥ / sthaṇḍilam catvaram

16

tisra ityādi / tatra maṇḍale hastamātrapramāṇena racite sthaṇḍile
prāgagrāstisro rekhā vidhātavyāḥ / tataḥ kūrcena hūmiti mantreṇa
tā rekhā abhyukṣya jalenābhiṣicya vahninā ramiti mantreṇa
vahnimāharet ānayet

17

ānīyetyādi / vahnimānīya vāgbhavam aimiti mantraṃ smaran
san tatpārśve sthaṇḍilasya pārśve sthāpayet

18

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ tasmādvahnerekaṃ jvaladdāru
prajvalatkāṣṭhaṃ dakṣapāṇinā gṛhītvā hrī/ kravyādebhyo namaḥ
svāheti mantreṇa kravyādāṃśaṃ rākṣasabhāgaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ
diśi parityajet

20

itthamityādi / itthamanena prakāreṇa pratiṣṭhitaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ
vahniṃ pāṇibhyāmuddhṛtyotthāpya māyādyāṃ hrī/ bījādyāṃ
vyāhṛtiṃ smaran san ātmanaḥ
(pṛ० २२९) saṃsthāpya tṛṇadārubhyāṃ prabalīkṛtya pāvakam /
samidhe dve ghṛtākte ca hutvā tasmin hutāśane /
svakarmavihitaṃ nāma kṛtvā dhyāyeddhanañjayam

21

bālārkāruṇasaṅkāśaṃ saptajihvaṃ dvimastakam /
ajārūḍhaṃ śaktidharaṃ jaṭāmukuṭamaṇḍitam

22

dhyātvaivaṃ prāñjalirbhūtvā'vāhayeddhavyavāhanam

23

māyāmehyehi padataḥ sarvāmara vadet priye /
havyavāhapadānte ca munibhiḥ svagaṇaiḥ saha /
adhvaraṃ rakṣa rakṣeti namaḥ svāhā tato vadet

19

sammukhaṃ yathā syāttathā tāsu rekhāsu saṃsthāpya
tṛṇadārubhyāṃ pāvakamagniṃ prabalīkṛtya ca tasmin
hutāśane'gnau ghṛtākte ghṛtasaṃyukte dve samidhau kāṣṭhe hutvā
prakṣipya vahneḥ svakarmavihitaṃ nāma ca kṛtvā dhanañjayamagniṃ
dhyāyet

21

२० //
vahnerdhyānamevāha bālārkāruṇasaṅkāśamityādi / bālo
yo'rkaḥ sūryastadvadaruṇo lohitavarṇaḥ saṅkāśo dīptiryasya
tathābhūtam

22

dhyātvetyādi / evaṃ havyavāhanamagniṃ dhyātvā tataḥ
prāñjalirbhūtvā vakṣyamāṇamantreṇa havyavāhanamāvāhayet

23

vahnyāvāhanamantramevāha māyāmityādinā sārddhena / he
priye pūrvaṃ māyāṃ hrīmiti bījaṃ vadet tataḥ paramehyehītyuktvā
tat padataḥ paraṃ sarvāmareti padaṃ vadet / tato havyavāheti
padasyānte munibhiḥ svagaṇaiḥ saha adhvaraṃ rakṣa rakṣeti vadet / tato
namaḥ svāheti vadet / sakalapadayojanayā hrī/ ehyehi
sarvāmarahavyavāha munibhiḥ svagaṇaiḥ saha adhvaraṃ rakṣa rakṣa
namaḥ svāheti mantro jātaḥ

24

(pṛ० २३०) ityāvāhya havyavāhamayaṃ te yoniruccaran /
yathopacāraiḥ sampūjya sapta jihvāḥ prapūjayet

25

kālī karālī ca manojavā ca
sulohitā caiva sudhūmravarṇā /
sphuliṅginī viśvanirūpiṇī ca
lelāyamāneti ca sapta jihvāḥ

26

tato'gneḥ pūrvamārabhya saha kīlālapāṇinā /
uttarāntaṃ maheśāni tridhā prokṣaṇamācaret

27

tathaiva yāmyamārabhya kauberāntaṃ hutāśituḥ /
tridhā paryukṣaṇaṃ kuryāttato yajñīyavastunaḥ

24

itīti / ityanena mantreṇa havyavāhanamagnimāvāhya vahne te
tavāyaṃ yonirityuccaran san praṇavādinamo'ntena
nāmamantreṇopacāraiḥ pādyādibhirvahniṃ yathāvat sampūjya
praṇavādinamo'ntanāmamantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhirvahneḥ sapta
jihvāḥ prapūjayet

25

vahneḥ saptajihvā evāha kālītyādinaikena / kālyādyā
viśvanirūpiṇyantā lelāyamānā agnerhavirgrahaṇārthā etāḥ
saptajihvāḥ

26

tata iti / he maheśāni tataḥ paraṃ saha kīlālapāṇinā sajalena
hastena pūrvamārabhyottarāntamuttaraparyantamagnestridhā trivāraṃ
prokṣaṇamācaret

27

tathaivetyādi / tatastathaiva saha kīlālapāṇinaiva yāmyaṃ
dakṣiṇamārabhya kauberāntamuttaraparyantaṃ hutāśiturvahnestridhā
paryukṣaṇamabhiṣecanaṃ kuryāt / tataḥ paraṃ yajñīyavastuno'pi
tridhaiva paryukṣaṇaṃ kuryāt

28

(pṛ० २३१) paristarettato darbhaiḥ pūrvasmāduttarāvadhi /
udaksaṃsthairuttarāgraiḥ prāgagrairanyadiksthitaiḥ

29

agniṃ dakṣiṇataḥ kṛtvā gatvā brahmāsanāntikam /
vāmāṅguṣṭhakaniṣṭhābhyāṃ brahmaṇaḥ kalpitāsanāt

30

gṛhītvā kuśapatraikaṃ hrī/ nirastaḥ parāvasuḥ /
ityuktvāgnerdakṣiṇasyāṃ nikṣipedutkarādinā

31

sīda yajñapate brahmannidaṃ te kalpitāsanam /
sīdāmīti vadan brahmā viśettatrottarāmukhaḥ

32

sampūjya gandhapuṣpādyairbrahmāṇaṃ prārthayedidam

33

gopāya yajñaṃ yajñeśa yajñaṃ pāhi bṛhastapate /
māñca yajñapatiṃ pāhi karmasākṣinnamo'stu te

28

paristarediti / tataḥ paraṃ pūrvasmāt pūrvamārabhya
uttarāvadhi
uttaraparyantamudaksaṃsthairuttaradiksthitairuttarāgrairanyadiksthitaiḥ
prāgagrairdarbhaiḥ kuśaiḥ sthaṇḍilaṃ paristaredācchādayet

29

agnimityādi / tato'gniṃ dakṣiṇataḥ kṛtvā brahmāsanāntika
gatvā vāmāṅguṣṭhakaniṣṭhābhyāmaṅgulibhyāṃ brahmaṇaḥ
kalpitādāsanāt kuśapatraikamekaṃ kuśapatraṃ gṛhītvā hrī/
nirastaḥ parāvasuritimantramuktvā utkarādinā saha tadeva
kuśapatramagnerdakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi nikṣipet

31

३० //
sīdeti / he yajñapate brahman idaṃ te tvadarthaṃ kalpitāsanaṃ
vartate tvaṃ sīda atropaviśeti brahmāṇaṃ yajñakartā brūyāt
tato'haṃ sīdāmīti vadan brahmā uttarāmukho bhūtvā tatrāsane
viśet

32

sampūjyetyādi / tato gandhapuṣpādibhirbrahmāṇaṃ sampūjya
tamevedaṃ prārthayet

33

idaṃ kiṃ prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha gopāya yajñamityādi /
gopāya rakṣa

34

(pṛ० २३२) gopayāmi vadet brahmā brahmābhāve svayaṃ vadet /
tatra darbhamayaṃ vipraṃ kalpayet yajñasiddhaye

35

tato brahmannihāgacchāgacchetyāvāhya sādhakaḥ /
pādyādibhiśca sampūjya yāvad yajñasamāpanam /
tāvadbhavadbhiḥ sthātavyamiti prārthya namettataḥ

36

sodakena kareṇāgnerīśānād brahmaṇo'ntikam /
tridhā paryukṣya vahniñca triḥ prokṣya tadanantaram

37

āgatya vartmanā tena sūpaviśya nijāsane /
sthaṇḍilasyottare darbhānudagagrān paristaret

38

teṣu yajñīyavastūni sarvāṇyāsādayet sudhīḥ /
sodakaṃ prokṣaṇīpātramājyasthālīsamitkuśān

34

gopayāmīti / yajñakartraivaṃ prārthito brahmā gopayāmīti
vadet / brahmābhāve tu gopayāmīti svayameva vadet / tatra
brahmābhāve sati yajñasiddhaye darbhamayaṃ vipraṃ kalpayet

35

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ sādhako yajñakartā
brahmannihāgacchāgaccheti mantreṇa brahmāṇamāvāhya
pādyādibhiḥ sampūjya ca yāvadyajñasamāpanaṃ
bhavettāvadbhavadbhiriha sthātavyamiti prārthya ca tato brahmāṇaṃ
namet

36

sodakeneti / tataḥ sodakena kareṇa sajalena
hastenāgnerīśānādīśānakoṇamārabhya brahmaṇo'ntikaṃ
bramasamīpaparyantaṃ tridhā vāratrayaṃ paryukṣyābhiṣicya
vahniñca trirvāratrayaṃ prokṣya tadanantaraṃ yena vartmanā
brahmāsanāntikaṃ gatavānāsīttenaiva vartmanā'gatya nijāsane
sūpaviśya ca yajñakartā sthaṇḍilasyottare deśe udagagrān darbhān
kuśān āstaret

38

३७ //
teṣviti / sudhīryajñasādhakasteṣu darbheṣu sarvāṇi
yajñīyavastūnyāsādayet sthāpayet / darbheṣu yāni yajñīyavastūni
āsādayettānyāha sodakamityādinā

39

(pṛ० २३३) āsādya sruksruvādīni hrā/ hrī/ hrūmiti mantrakaiḥ /
divyadṛṣṭyā prokṣaṇena saṃskṛtya tadanantaram

40

pṛthivyāṃ dakṣiṇaṃ jānu pātayitvā sruve srucā /
ghṛtamādāya matimāṃścintayan hitamātmanaḥ /
hrī/ viṣṇave dviṭhāntena pradadyādāhutitrayam

41

tathaiva ghṛtamādāya dhyāyan devaṃ prajāpatim /
vāyavyādagnikoṇāntaṃ juhuyādājyadhārayā

42

punarājyaṃ samādāya dhyāyandevaṃ purandaram /
nairṛtādīśakoṇāntaṃ juhuyādājyadhārayā

43

tato'gneruttare yāmye madhye ca parameśvari /
agniṃ somaṃ agnīṣomau samullikhya yathākramāt

39

āsādyeti / darbheṣu sodakaprokṣaṇīpātrādīni vastūni
sruksruvādīni yajñīyāni pātrāṇi cāsādya saṃsthāpya hrā/ hrī/
hrūmiti mantrakairdivyadṛṣṭyā prokṣaṇena ca tāni saṃskṛtya
tadanantaraṃ pṛthivyāṃ dakṣiṇaṃ jānu pātayitvā srucā sruve
yajñīye pātre ghṛtamādāya gṛhītvā matimān yajñasādhaka
ātmano hitaṃ cintayan san dviṭhāntena svāhāntena hrī/ viṣṇave iti
mantreṇa viṣṇumuddiśyāhutitrayaṃ pradadyāt

41

४० //
tathaivetyādi / tathaiva srucā sruve eva ghṛtamādāya hrī/
bījādyena sacaturthīsvāhāntena nāmamantreṇa prajāpatiṃ devaṃ
dhyāyan san tamuddiśya vāyavyāt vāyavyaṃ
koṇamārabhyāgnikoṇāntaṃ ghṛtadhārayā juhuyāt

42

punarityādi / punaḥ srucā sruve ājyaṃ ghṛtaṃ samādāya
purandaraṃ devaṃ dhyāyan san tamuddiśya hrī/ bījādyena
sacaturthīsvāhāntena nāmamantreṇa nairṛtānairṛtaṃ
koṇamārabhyeśakoṇāntamīśānakoṇaparyantamājyadhārayā
juhuyāt

44

tata ityādi / he parameśvari tataḥ param agneruttare bhāge yāmye
dakṣiṇe bhāge madhye ca yathākramāt krameṇaivāgniṃ somam
agnīṣomau ca samuddiśya māyādyena
(pṛ० २३४) sacaturthīnamo'ntena māyādyenāhutitrayam /
hutvā vidheyakarmoktaṃ homaṃ kuryādvicakṣaṇaḥ

45

āhutitrayadānāntaṃ dhārāhomaṃ pracakṣate

46

yaduddiśyāhutiṃ dadyāt deyoddeśo'pi tatkṛte /
samāpya prakṛtaṃ karma sviṣṭakṛddhomamācaret

47

prāyaścittātmako homaḥ kalau nāsti varānane /
sviṣṭikṛtā vyāhṛtibhiḥ prāyaścittaṃ vidhīyate

48

pūrvavaddhavirādāya brahmāṇaṃ manasā smaran /
asmin karmaṇi deveśa pramādādbhramato'pi vā

43

hrī/ bījādyena sacaturthīnamo'ntena nāmamantreṇāhutitrayaṃ hutvā
vicakṣaṇaḥ sudhīryajñasādhako vidheyakarmoktaṃ vidheye
ṛtusaṃskārādau karmaṇyuktaṃ homaṃ kuryāt

45

४४ //
āhutītyādi / viṣṇūddeśyakāhutitrayadānam ārabhya
agnyādyuddeśyakāhutitrayadānāntaṃ dhārāhomaṃ pracakṣate
pravadanti

46

yadityādi / yaddaivatamuddiśyāhutiṃ dadyāt tatkṛte tadarthaṃ
deyoddeśo'pi deyasya vastuna uddeśa ullekho'pi kartavyaḥ / yathā hrī/
viṣṇave svāhā haviridaṃ viṣṇave evameveti
vidheyakarmāṅgabhūtaṃ prakṛtaṃ karma homakarmaivaṃ samāpya
sviṣṭakṛddhomaṃ śobhanābhīṣṭakārakaṃ homamācaret

47

prāyaścittetyādi / kalau yuge prāyaścittātmakahomābhāvāt
sviṣṭikṛtā homena vyāhṛtibhirhomena ca prāyaścittaṃ vidhīyate

49

atha sviṣṭakṛddhomācaraṇavidhimāha pūrvavadityādibhiḥ /
pūrvavat srucā sruve havirghṛtamādāya brahmāṇaṃ prajāpatiṃ
manasā smaran san tamuddiśya māyādyena hrī/ bījādyena
svāhāntena -
(pṛ० २३५) nyūnādhikaṃ kṛtaṃ yacca sarvaṃ sviṣṭakṛtaṃ kuru /
māyādyenāmunā devi svāhāntenāhutiṃ hunet

50

tvamagne sarvalokānāṃ pāvanaḥ sviṣṭakṛt prabhuḥ /
yajñasākṣī kṣemakartā sarvān kāmān prapūraya /
anena havanaṃ kuryāt māyayā vahnijāyayā

51

itthaṃ sviṣṭakṛtaṃ homaṃ samāpya kratusādhakaḥ /
karmaṇo'sya parabrahmannayuktaṃ vihitañca yat

52

tacchāntyai yajñasampattyai vyāhṛtyā hūyate vibho /
māyādivahnijāyāntairbhūrbhuvaḥ svariti tribhiḥ

48

asmin karmaṇi deveśa pramādādbhūmato'pi vā /
nyūnādhikaṃ kṛtaṃ yacca sarvaṃ sviṣṭakṛtaṃ kuru //
ityamunā mantreṇāhutiṃ hunet dadyāt

50

४९ //
tvamityādi / tato'gnimuddiśyā'dibhūtayā māyayā hrī/
bījenāntabhūtayā vahnijāyayā svāhayā ca saṃyuktena -
tvamagne sarvalokānāṃ pāvanaḥ sviṣṭakṛt prabhuḥ /
yajñasākṣī kṣemakartā sarvān kāmān prapūraya //
ityanena mantreṇa havanaṃ kuryāt

53

itthamityādi / itthamanena prakāreṇa sviṣṭakṛtaṃ homaṃ
samāpya kratusādhako yajñakartā /
karmaṇo'sya parabrahmannayuktaṃ vihitañca vihitañca yat /
tacchāntyai yajñasampattyai vyāhṛtyā hūyate vibho //
iti paraṃ brahma samprārthya paraṃ brahmaivoddiśya ca
māyādivahnijāyāntaiḥ hrī/ bījādibhiḥ
svāhāntairbhūrbhuvaḥsvariti tribhirmantrairāhutitritayaṃ dadyāt /
tathaiva hrī/
(pṛ० २३६) āhutitritayaṃ dadyāt tritayena tathaiva ca /
hutvāgnau yajamānena dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ budhaḥ

54

svayaṃ cet karmakartā syāt svayamevāhutiṃ kṣipet /
abhiṣekavidhānādāvevameva vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ

55

ādau māyāṃ samuccārya tato yajñapate vadet /
pūrṇo bhavatu yajño me hṛṣyantu yajñadevatāḥ /
phalāni samyak yacchantu vahnikāntāvadhirmanuḥ

56

mantreṇānena matimānutthāya susamāhitaḥ /
phalatāmbūlasahitāhutiṃ dadyāddhutāśane

57

dattapūrṇāhutirvidvān śāntikarma samācaret /
prokṣaṇīpātratoyena kuśaiḥ sammārjayecchiraḥ

54

bījādyena svāhāntena bhūrāditritayenaikadhāhutiṃ dadyāt / budho
yajñasādhaka evaṃ hutvā yajamānena saha viṣṇumuddiśya
vakṣyamāṇamantreṇāgnau pūrṇāhutiṃ dadyāt // ५१ - ५३ //
svayañcedityādiślokastu spaṣṭārthaḥ

55

yena mantreṇa pūrṇāhutiṃ dadyāt tameva mantramāha
ādāvityādinā sārddhena / ādau māyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ samuccārya
tato yajñapate iti vadet tataḥ pūrṇo bhavatu yajño me hṛṣyantu
yajñadevatāḥ phalāni samyagyacchantu iti vadet / yojanayā hrī/
yajñapate pūrṇo bhavatu yajño me hṛṣyantu yajñadevatāḥ phalāni
samyag yacchantu svāheti manurjātaḥ ayaṃ manurvahnikāntāvadhiḥ
svāhāntaḥ proktaḥ

56

mantreṇetyādi / matimān yajñasādhako yajamānena sahotthāya
susamāhitaḥ atisāvadhānaḥ san anena mantreṇa
phalatāmbūlasahitāhutiṃ hutāśane'gnau dadyāt

57

dattetyādi / evaṃ dattapūrṇāhutiḥ san vidvān yajñasādhakaḥ
śāntikarma samācaret / śāntikarmācaraṇasyaiva vidhimāha
prokṣaṇīpātretyādibhiḥ

58

(pṛ० २३७) āpaḥ sumitriyāḥ santu bhavantvoṣadhayo mama /
āpo rakṣantu māṃ nityamāpo nārāyaṇaḥ svayam

59

āpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuvastā na ūrje dadhātanaḥ /
ityābhyāṃ mārjanaṃ kṛtvā bhūmau bindūn vinikṣipet

60

ye dviṣanti ca māṃ nityaṃ yāṃśca dviṣmo narān vayam /
āpo durbhitriyāsteṣāṃ santu bhakṣantu tānapi

61

aneneśānadigbhāge bindūn prakṣipya tān kuśān /
hitvā kṛtāñjalirbhūtvā prārthayeddhavyavāhanam

62

buddhiṃ vidyāṃ balaṃ medhāṃ prajñāṃ śraddhaṃ yaśaḥ
śriyam /
ārogyaṃ teja āyuṣyaṃ dehi me havyavāhana

63

iti prārthya vītihotraṃ visṛjedamunā śive

58

śiraḥsammārjanārthamāpa ityādikaṃ mantradvayamāha āpa
iti / he āpo bhavatyo mama sumitriyāḥ santu oṣadhayaśca bhavantu
ityevamanvayaḥ / sumitrāṇyeva sumitriyāḥ svārthe ṣṇyaḥ
tasyeyādeśaḥ

59

āpa ityāderartho vakṣyate / ityābhyāṃ mantrābhyāṃ śiraso
mārjanaṃ kṛtvā bhūmau kuśairbindūn viniḥkṣipen

60

bhūmau bindūnāṃ nikṣepaṇasya mantramāha ye dviṣantīti

61

anenetyādi / anena mantreṇeśānadigbhāge kuśairbindūn
prakṣipya tān kuśānapi tatraiva hitvā tyaktvā kṛtāñcalirbhūtvā
havyavāhanamagniṃ prārthayet

62

agniṃ kiṃ prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha buddhimityādi /
buddhim śāstrāditattvajñānam / vidyām ātmajñānam / medhām
dhāraṇāvatīṃ dhiyam / prajñām sārāsāravivekanaipuṇyam

63

itīti / he śive iti vītihotramagniṃ prārthyā'munā
vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa tameva visṛjet

64

(pṛ० २३८) yajña yajñapatiṃ gaccha yajñaṃ gaccha hutāśana /
svāṃ yoniṃ gaccha yajñeśa pūrayāsmanmanoratham

65

agne kṣamasva svāheti mantreṇāgnerudagdiśi /
datvā dadhnā'hutiṃ vahniṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ vicālayet

66

brahmaṇe dakṣiṇāṃ dattvā bhaktyā natvā visarjayet /
tatastu tilakaṃ kuryāt sruvasaṃlagnabhasmanā

67

māyāṃ kāmaṃ samuccārya sarvaśāntikaro bhava /
lalāṭe tilakaṃ kuryāt mantreṇānena yājñikaḥ

68

śāntirastu śivaṃ cāstu vāsavāgniprasādataḥ /
marutāṃ brahmaṇaścaiva vasurudraprajāpateḥ

64

agnivisarjanasyaiva mantramāha yajñeti / he yajña tvaṃ
yajñapatiṃ viṣṇuṃ gaccha prāpnuhi / he hutāśana tvaṃ yajñaṃ
gaccha / he yajñeśa yajñakartastvaṃ svāṃ yonimātmīyasthānaṃ
gaccha / he yajñādika tvamasmanmanorathamasmākaṃ kāmaṃ
pūraya / yajñayajñapatimityādinā'gne kṣamasva
svāhetyantenānena mantreṇāgnerudagdiśi dadhnāhutiṃ datvā
dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi vahnimanenaiva mantreṇa vicālayet

66

६५ //
brahmaṇe ityādistu spaṣṭārthaḥ

67

nanu kena mantreṇa lalāṭe tilakaṃ kartavyaṃ tatrāha
māyāmityādi / māyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ kāmaṃ klī/ bījaṃ samuccārya
sarvaśāntikaro bhaveti vadet / yojanayā hrī/ klī/ sarvaśāntikaro
bhaveti mantro jātaḥ / yājñiko yajñakartā'nena mantreṇa lalāṭe
tilakaṃ kuryāt

68

śāntirityādi / śivam kalyāṇam / marutāmityādāvapi
prasādata ityasya yojanā kartavyā

69

(pṛ० २३९) anena manunā puṣpaṃ dhārayenmastakopari /
svaśaktyā dakṣiṇāṃ dadyāt homaprakṛtakarmaṇoḥ

70

iti te kathitā devi sarvakarmakuśaṇḍikā /
prayojyā śubhakarmādau yatnataḥ kulasādhakaiḥ

71

prakṛte karmaṇi śive caruryeṣāṃ kulāgamaḥ /
siddhyarthaṃ karmaṇānteṣāṃ carukarma nigadyate

72

carusthālī prakartavyā tāmrī vā mṛttikodbhavā

73

kuśaṇḍikoktavidhinā dravyasaṃskaraṇāvadhi /
kṛtvā karma carusthālīmānayedātmasammukhe

74

akṣatāmabraṇāṃ dṛṣṭvā prādeśaparimāṇakam /
pavitrakuśamekañca sthālīmadhye niyojayet

69

aneneti / anena śāntirastvityādinā prajāpaterityantena manunā
mastakopari puṣpaṃ dhārayet / tato homaprakṛtakarmaṇoḥ svaśaktyā
dakṣiṇāṃ yajñasādhakāya brāhmaṇāya dadyāt

71

७० //
prakṛta ityādi / prakṛte karmaṇi ṛtusaṃskārādau / caruḥ
devatārthaṃ paramānnam / kule āgama āgamanaṃ yasya caroḥ sa
kulāgamaḥ

72

carukarmaivāha carusthālītyādibhiḥ

73

kuśaṇḍiketyādi / kuśaṇḍikoktavidhinā
dravyasaṃskaraṇāvadhi dravyasaṃskāraparyantaṃ sarvaṃ karma
kṛtvā carusthālīmātmasammukhe deśe ānayet

74

akṣatāmiti / tato'kṣatāmabhagnāmabraṇāmacchidrāṃ
carusthālīṃ dṛṣṭvā prādeśaparimāṇakamekaṃ pavitrakuśaṃ
sthālīmadhye niyojayet sthāpayet

75

(pṛ० २४०) ānīya taṇḍulāṃstatra saṃsthāpya sthaṇḍilāntike /
yasmin karmaṇi ye devāḥ pūjanīyāḥ surārcite

76

tattannāma caturthyantamuktvā tvājuṣṭamīrayan /
gṛhṇāmi nirvapāmīti prokṣāmīti kramādvadan

77

gṛhītvā nirvapet sthālyāṃ prokṣayejjalabindunā /
pratyekañcaturo muṣṭīn devamuddiśya taṇḍulān

78

tato dugdhaṃ sitāñcaiva datvā pākavidhānataḥ /
supacet saṃskṛte vahnau sāvadhānena suvrate

79

supakvaṃ komalaṃ jñātvā dadyāt tatra ghṛtasruvam

78

ānīyetyādi / tatastatra yajñasthāne taṇḍulānānīya
sthaṇḍilāntike saṃsthāpya ca yasmin ṛtusaṃskārādau karmaṇi ye
devāḥ pūjanīyāstattannāma caturthyantamuktvā tataḥ paraṃ
tvājuṣṭamitīrayan vadan tataḥ paraṃ kramādeva gṛhṇāmīti
nirvapāmīti prokṣāmīti ca vadan san pratyekaṃ devamuddiśya caturo
muṣṭīn caturmuṣṭiparimitāṃstaṇḍulān gṛhītvā sthālyāṃ nirvapet
jalabindunā prokṣayecca / amukadevāya tvājuṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti
mantreṇa taṇḍulānādāyāmukadevāya tvājuṣṭaṃ nirvapāmīti
mantreṇa sthālyāṃ niḥkṣipet / amukadevāya tvājuṣṭaṃ
prokṣāmīti mantreṇa jalabindunā tānabhiṣiñceccetyarthaḥ / tu
ājuṣṭamiti chedaḥ / ājuṣṭam prītiḥ / ājuṣṭamiti kriyāviśeṣaṇam //
७५ - ७७ //
tata iti / he suvrate tataḥ paraṃ krameṇa dugdhaṃ sitāñca
sthālyāṃ dattvā sāvadhānena manasā saṃskṛte vahnau
pākavidhānataścaruṃ supacet

79

supakvamiti / tataḥ supakvaṃ komalaṃ caruṃ jñātvā tatra
ghṛtasruvaṃ ghṛtapūrṇasruvaṃ dadyāt

80

(pṛ० २४१) agneruttarataḥ pātraṃ vinidhāya kuśopari /
punastridhā ghṛtaṃ dattvā sthālīmācchādayet kuśaiḥ

81

tataḥ sṛve carusthālyā ghṛtādhāraṇapūrvakam /
kiñciccaruṃ samādāya jānuhomaṃ samācaret

82

dhārāhomaṃ tataḥ kṛtvā pradhānībhūtakarmaṇi /
yatra ye vihitā devāstanmantrairāhutīrhunet

83

samāpya prakṛtaṃ homaṃ sviṣṭikṛddhomapūrvakam /
prāyaścittātmakaṃ hutvā kuryāt karmasamāpanam

84

saṃskāreṣu pratiṣṭhāsu vidhireṣaḥ prakīrtitaḥ /
vidheyaḥ śubhakarmādau karmasaṃsiddhihetave

85

athocyate mahāmāye garbhādhānādikāḥ kriyāḥ /
tatrādāvṛtusaṃskāraḥ kathyate kramataḥ śṛṇu

80

agneriti / tataścarupātramagneruttāryāgneruttarato deśe
kuśopari vinidhāya saṃsthāpya ca punastridhā trivāraṃ tatra ghṛtaṃ
dattvā kuśaiḥ sthālīmācchādayet

81

tata iti / tataḥ paraṃ ghṛtādhāraṇapūrvakaṃ
ghṛtasecanapūrvakaṃ carusthālyāḥ sakāśāt kiñciccaruṃ sṛve
samādāya gṛhītvā jānuhomaṃ samācaret kuryāt / pṛthivyāṃ
dakṣiṇaṃ jānu pātayitvā yo homo vidhīyate sa eva jānuhomo
jñātavyaḥ

82

dhāretyādi / tato dhārāhomaṃ kṛtvā yatra yasmin
pradhānībhūtakarmaṇi ye devāḥ pūjyā vihitāstanmantraisteṣāṃ
devānāṃ mantrairāhutīrhuneddadyāt

86

samāpyeti / evaṃ prakṛtahomaṃ samāpya
sviṣṭikṛddhomapūrvakaṃ prāyaścittātmakaṃ hutvā homaṃ kṛtvā
karmasamāpanaṃ homakarmaṇaḥ samāptiṃ kuryāt // ८३ - ८५ //
(pṛ० २४२) kṛtanityakriyaḥ śuddhaḥ pañca devān samarcayet /
brahmā durgā gaṇeśaśca grahā dikpatayastathā

87

sthaṇḍilasyendradigbhāge ghaṭeṣvetān prapūjayet /
tatastu mātṛkāḥ pūjyā gauryādyāḥ ṣoḍaśa kramāt

88

gaurī padmā śacī medhā sāvitrī vijayā jayā /
devasenā svadhā svāhā śāntiḥ puṣṭirdhṛtiḥ kṣamā /
ātmano devatā caiva tathaiva kuladevatā

89

āyāntu mātaraḥ sarvāstridaśānandakārikāḥ /
vivāhavratayajñānāṃ sarvābhīṣṭaṃ prakalpyatām

90

yānaśaktisamārūḍhāḥ saumyamūrtidharāḥ sadā /
āyāntu mātaraḥ sarvā yajñotsavasamṛddhaye

91

ityāvāhya mātṛgaṇān svaśaktyā paripūjya ca /
dehalyāṃ nābhimātrāyāṃ prādeśaparimāṇataḥ /
sapta vā pañca vā bindūn dadyāt sindūracandanaiḥ

86

ṛtusaṃskāravidhimāha kṛtanityakriya ityādibhiḥ / nanu kān
pañcadevān samarcayedityapekṣāyāmāha brahmetyādi

87

sthaṇḍilasyetyādi / sthaṇḍilasya catvarasyendradigbhāge
pūrvabhāge saṃsthāpiteṣu pañcasu ghaṭeṣvetān brahmādīn devān
gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ prapūjayet

88

pūjyā gauryādyāḥ ṣoḍaśamātṛkā eva darśayati
gaurītyādinā sārddhena

89

atha gauryādiṣoḍaśamātṛkāvāhanārthaṃ mantradvayamāha
āyāntu mātaraḥ sarvā ityādi

92

९० //
itītyādi / ityābhyāṃ mantrābhyāṃ mātṛgaṇānāvāhya
svaśaktyā gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ paripūjya ca nābhimātrāyāṃ
nābhiparimitāyāṃ dehalyāṃ prādeśaparimāṇataḥ
(pṛ० २४३) pratyekabinduṃ matimān kāmaṃ māyāṃ ramāṃ smaran /
ghṛtadhārāmavicchinnāṃ dattvā tatra vasuṃ yajet

93

vasudhārāṃ prakalpyaivaṃ mayoktenaiva vartmanā /
viracya sthaṇḍilaṃ dhīro vahnisthāpanapūrvakam /
homadravyāṇi saṃskṛtya paceccarumanuttamam

94

prājāpatyaścaruścātra vāyunāmā hutāśanaḥ /
samāpya dhārāhomāntaṃ kṛtyamārtavamārabhet

95

hrī/ prajāpataye svāhā caruṇaivāhutitrayam /
pradāyaikāhutiṃ dadyādimaṃ mantramudīrayan

91

parimāṇataḥ prādeśaparimite deśe sapta vā pañca vā bindūn
sindūracandanairdadyāt

92

pratyeketyādi / matimān karmasādhakaḥ kāmaṃ klīmiti
māyāṃ hrīmiti ramāṃ śrīmiti ca bījaṃ smaran
pratyekabindumavicchinnāṃ ghṛtadhārāṃ dattva tatraiva vasuṃ
devaṃ gandhapuṣpādibhiryajet

93

vasudhārāmityādi / mayoktenaiva vartmanaivamanena prakāreṇa
vasudhārāṃ prakalpya sampādya dhīro vicakṣaṇaḥ karmasādhakaḥ
sthaṇḍilaṃ catvaraṃ viracya tatra vahnisthāpanapūrvakaṃ
homadravyāṇi saṃskṛtya ca anuttamaṃ na vidyate uttamo
yasmādevaṃbhūtaṃ caruṃ pacet

94

prājāpatya ityādi / atra ṛtusaṃskārakarmaṇi yaścaruḥ pacyate
saḥ prājāpatyaḥ prajāpatidevatāko bhavati / hutāśano'gniśca
vāyunāmā bhavati / tataḥ pūrvoktena vidhinā dhārāhomāntaṃ
karma samāpya kṛtyaṃ kartavyaṃ ārtavamṛtusaṃskārakarmārabhet

95

hromityādi / hrī/ prajāpataye svāheti mantreṇa
prajāpatimuddiśya caruṇaivāhutitrayaṃ pradāya imaṃ
vakṣyamāṇaṃ mantramudīrayan san ekāhutiṃ dadyāt

96

(pṛ० २४४) viṣṇuryoniṃ kalpayatu tvaṣṭā rūpāṇi piṃśatu /
āṃsiñcatu prajāpatirdhātā garbhaṃ dadhātu te

97

ājyena caruṇā vāpi sājyena caruṇāpi vā /
sūryaṃ prajāpatiṃ viṣṇuṃ dhyāyannāhutimutsṛjet

98

garbhaṃ dhehi śinīvālī garbhaṃ dhehi sarasvatī /
garbhaṃ te aśvinau devāvādhattāṃ puṣkarasrajau

99

dhyātvā devīṃ śinīvālīṃ sarasvatyaśvinau tathā /
svāhāntamanunā'nena dadyādāhutimuttamām

100

tataḥ kāmaṃ badhūṃ māyāṃ ramāṃ kūrcaṃ samuccaran /
amuṣyai putrakāmāyai garbhamādhehi sadviṭham /
uktvā dhyātvā raviṃ viṣṇuṃ juhuyāt saṃskṛte'nale

96

ekāhutidānārthaṃ mantramāha viṣṇuryonimiti / piṃśatu
dīpayatu

97

ājyenetyādi / viṣṇuryonimityādinā mantreṇājyena ghṛtena vā
caruṇaiva vā sājyena saghṛtena caruṇā vā sūryaṃ prajāpatiṃ
viṣṇuñca dhyāyan san tānevoddiśyaikāmāhutimutsṛjeddadyāt

99

९८ //
dhyātvetyādi / anena garbhaṃ dhehi śinīvālītyādinā
svāhāntena manunā śinīvālīṃ devīṃ tathā sarasvatyaśvinau
sarasvatīsahitāvaśvinau devau ca dhyātvā uttamāmāhutiṃ dadyāt

100

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ kāmaṃ klīmiti badhūṃ strīmiti
māyāṃ hrīmiti ramāṃ śrīmiti kūrcaṃ hūmiti ca bījaṃ
samuccaran sadviṭhaṃ svāhāsahitamamuṣyai putrakāmāyai
garbhamādhehītyuktvā klī/ strī/ hrī/ śrī/ hū/ amuṣyai
putrakāmāyai garbhamādhehi svāheti mantramuccārya raviṃ
viṣṇuñca dhyātvā saṃkṛte'nale juhuyāt

101

(pṛ० २४५) yatheyaṃ pṛthivī devī hyuttānā garbhamādadhe /
tathā tvaṃ garbhamādhehi daśame māsi sūtaye /
svāhāntenā'munā viṣṇuṃ dhyāyannāhutimāharet

102

punarājyaṃ samādāya dhyātvā viṣṇuṃ parātparam /
viṣṇo jyeṣṭhena rūpeṇa nāryāmasyāṃ varīyasam /
sutamādhehi ṭhadvandvamuktvā vahnau havistyajet

103

kāmena puṭitāṃ māyāṃ māyayā puṭitāṃ vadhūm /
punaḥ kāmañca māyāñca paṭhitvā'syāḥ śiraḥ spṛśet

104

patiputravatībhiśca nārībhiḥ pariveṣṭitaḥ /
śiraścālabhya hastābhyāṃ badhvāḥ kroḍāñcale patiḥ

105

viṣṇuṃ durgāṃ vidhiṃ sūryaṃ dhyātvā dadyāt phalatrayam /
tataḥ sviṣṭikṛtaṃ hutvā prāyaścittyā samāpayet

101

yatheyamiti / sūtaye prasavāya / svāhāntenāmunā yatheyaṃ
pṛthivītyādinā mantreṇa viṣṇuṃ
dhyāyaṃstamevoddiśyāhutimāharedvahnau dadyāt

102

punarityādi / punarājyaṃ ghṛtaṃ samādāya gṛhītvā parādapi
paraṃ śreṣṭhaṃ viṣṇuṃ dhyātvā tamevoddiśya viṣṇo jyeṣṭhena
rūpeṇa nāryāmasyāṃ varīyasaṃ sutamādhehi svāheti
mantramuktvā vahnau havirghṛtaṃ tyajedityanvayaḥ / jyeṣṭhena
śreṣṭhena rūpeṇa viśiṣṭam varīyasamativaramatiśreṣṭhamityarthaḥ /
ṭhadvandvaṃ svāhā

103

kāmeneti / tataḥ kāmena klīmiti bījena puṭitāmādāvante ca
saṃyuktāṃ māyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ tathaiva māyayā hrī/ bījena
puṭhitāṃ vadhūṃ strī/ bījaṃ punaḥ kāmaṃ klī/ bījaṃ ca
māyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ ca paṭhitvā yojanayā klī/ hrī/ klī/ hrī/ strī/ hrī/
klī/ hrīmiti mantraṃ paṭhitvā asyā bhāryāyāḥ śiraḥ spṛśet

106

patītyādi / patiputravatībhirnārībhiḥ pariveṣṭitaḥ
patirhastābhyāṃ badhvāḥ śiraścālabhya spṛṣṭvā tasyā eva
kroḍāñcale hastābhyāṃ viṣṇuṃ durgāṃ vidhiṃ
(pṛ० २४६) yadvā pradoṣasamaye gaurīśaṅkarapūjanāt /
bhāskarārghyapradānācca dampatyoḥ śodhanaṃ bhavet

107

ārtavaṃ kathitaṃ karma garbhādhānamatho śṛṇu

108

tadrātrāvanyarātrau vā yugmāyāṃ niśi bhāryayā /
sadanābhyantaraṃ gatvā dhyātvā devaṃ prajāpatim

109

spṛśan patnīṃ paṭhedbhartā māyābījapuraḥsaram /
āvayoḥ suprajāyai tvaṃ śayaye śubhakarī bhava

110

āruhya bhāryayā śayayāṃ prāṅmukho vāpyudaṅmukhaḥ /
upaviśya striyaṃ paśyan hastamādhāya mastake /
vāmena pāṇinā'liṅgya sthāne sthāne manuṃ japet

104

prajāpatiṃ sūryañca dhyātvā phalatrayaṃ dadyāt / samāpayet
ārtavaṃ karmeti śeṣaḥ

106

१०५ //
athānyadṛtusaṃskārasya vidhānamāha yadvetyādyekena /
pradoṣasamaye rātryārambhasamaye

108

१०७ //
atha garbhādhānakriyāvidhimevāha tadrātrāvityādibhiḥ /
tadrātrāvṛtusaṃskārarātrāvanyarātrau vā yugmāyāmeva niśi
bhāryayā saha sadanābhyantaraṃ gatvā prajāpatiṃ devaṃ dhyātvā
ca patnīṃ spṛśan bhartā māyābījapuraḥsaraṃ māyābījaṃ hrīmiti
puraḥsaramagresaraṃ yatraivambhūtaṃ āvayoḥ suprajāyai tvaṃ
śayaye śubhakarī bhaveti mantraṃ paṭhet

110

१०९ //
āruhyeti / tato bhāryayā saha śayayāmāruhya prāṅmukha
udaṅmukho vā bhūtvā tatropaviśya ca striyaṃ paśyan bhartā tasyā
mastake dakṣiṇaṃ hastamādhāya vāmena pāṇinā tāmāliṅgya ca
sthāne sthāne manuṃ japet

111

(pṛ० २४७) śīrṣe kāmaṃ śataṃ japtvā civuke vāgbhavaṃ śatam /
kaṇṭhe ramāṃ viṃśatidhā stanadvandve śataṃ śatam

112

hṛdaye daśadhā māyāṃ nābhau tāṃ pañcaviṃśatim /
japtvā yonau karaṃ dattvā kāmena saha vāgbhavam

113

śatamaṣṭottaraṃ japtvā liṅge'pyevaṃ samācaran /
vikāśya māyayā yoniṃ striyaṃ gacchet sutāptaye

114

retaḥsampātasamaye dhyātvā viśvakṛtaṃ patiḥ /
nābheradhastāt citkuṇḍe raktikāyāṃ prapātayet

115

śukrasekāntare vidvānimaṃ mantramudīrayet

111

nanu kasmin kasmin sthāne kaṃ kaṃ mantraṃ
japedityapekṣāyāmāha śīrṣe kāmamityādi / śīrṣe mastake
kāmaṃ klīmiti mantraṃ śatavāraṃ japtvā civuke
oṣṭhādharādhobhāge ca vāgbhavam aimiti mantraṃ śatavāraṃ
japtvā kaṇṭhe ca ramāṃ śrīmiti mantraṃ viṃśatidhā
viṃśativāraṃ japtvā stanadvandve ca śrīmiti mantraṃ śataṃ
śataṃ japet

112

hṛdaye ityādi / tato bhāryāyā hṛdaye māyāṃ hrīmiti mantraṃ
daśadhā japtvā nābhau ca tāṃ māyāṃ hrīmiti mantraṃ
pañcaviṃśativāraṃ japtvā yonau ca karaṃ dattvā kāmena klīmiti
bījena saha vāgbhavaṃ aimiti mantramaṣṭottaraṃ śataṃ japtvā
liṅge'pyevaṃ klī/ aimiti mantrasya japaṃ samācaran patirmāyayā
hrīmiti mantreṇa yoniṃ vikāśya vyādāya sutāptaye putraprāptaye
striyaṃ gacchet

114

११३ //
retaḥsampātetyādi / retaḥsampātasamaye bījasampātanakāle
patirviśvakṛtaṃ prajāpatiṃ dhyātvā nābheradhastāccitkuṇḍe
raktikāyāṃ nāḍyāṃ bījaṃ prapātayet

116

११५ //
(pṛ० २४८) yathā'gninā sagarbhā bhūrdyauryathā vajradhāriṇā /
vāyunā diggarbhavatī tathā garbhavatī bhava

117

jāte garbhe ṛtau tasminnanyasmin vā maheśvari /
tṛtīye garbhamāse tu caret puṃsavanaṃ gṛhī

118

kṛtanityakriyo bhartā pañca devān samarcayet /
gauryādimātṛkāścaiva vasordhārāṃ prakalpayet

119

vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ tataḥ kṛtvā pūrvoktavidhinā sudhīḥ /
dhārāhomāntamāpādya kuryāt puṃsavanakriyām

120

prājāpatyaścarustatra candranāmā hutāśanaḥ

121

gavye dadhni yavañcaikaṃ dvau māṣāvapi nikṣipet /
patiḥ pṛcchet striyaṃ bhadre kiṃ tvaṃ pivasi triḥkṛtam

122

tataḥ sīmantinī brūyāt māyāpuṃsavanaṃ tridhā /
prasṛtīṃstrīn pivennārī yavamāṣayutaṃ dadhi

116

bījasekāntare yaṃ mantraṃ bhartā paṭhettameva mantramāha
yathāgnineti / bhūḥ pṛthvī / dyauḥ svargaḥ / vajradhāriṇā indreṇa

118

११७ //
puṃsavanakriyāvidhimevāha kṛtanityakriya ityādibhiḥ /
kṛtanityakriyo bhartā pūrvoktān brahmādīn pañca devān samarcayet

120

११९ //
tatra puṃsavanakriyāyām

121

gavye ityādi / gavye gosambandhini dadhni ekaṃ yavaṃ dvau
māṣāvapi niḥkṣipet / tato he bhadre patni tvaṃ kiṃ pibasīti
patistriḥkṛtaṃ trivāraṃ striyaṃ pṛcchet

122

tata iti / tataḥ paraṃ māyāpuṃsavanaṃ hrī/ puṃsavanamiti
sīmantinī strī tridhā trivāraṃ brūyāt / tato nārī
yāgasthānādanyatra gatvā trīn prasṛtīn yavamāṣayutaṃ dadhi pivet

123

(pṛ० २४९) jīvatsutābhirvanitāṃ yāgasthānaṃ samānayet /
saṃsthāpya vāmabhāge tāṃ caruhomaṃ samācaret

124

pūrvavaccarumādāya māyāṃ kūrcaṃ samuccaran /
ye garbhavighnakartāro ye ca garbhavināśakāḥ

125

bhūtāḥ pretāḥ piśācāśca vetālā vālaghātakāḥ /
tān sarvān nāśaya dvandvaṃ garbharakṣāṃ kuru dviṭhaḥ

126

mantreṇānena rakṣoghnaṃ cintayitvā hutāśanam /
rudraṃ prajāpatiṃ dhyāyan dhyāyan pradadyāt dvādaśāhutīḥ

127

tato māyā candramase svāhetyāhutipañcakam /
dattvā bhāryāhṛdi spṛṣṭvā māyāṃ lakṣmīṃ śataṃ japet

123

jīvadityādi / tato jīvantaḥ sutāḥ putrā yāsāntā
jīvatsutāstābhiḥ strībhiḥ saha vanitāṃ striyaṃ yāgasthānaṃ
samānayet / tāṃ vanitāṃ vāmabhāge saṃsthāpya caruhomaṃ
samācaret

124

pūrvavaditi / pūrvavat sruve carumādāya gṛhītvā māyāṃ
hrīmiti kūrcaṃ hūmiti ca bījaṃ samuccaran ye garbhetyādi tān
sarvānityantaṃ vākyamuccaret / tato nāśaya dvandvamuccaret / tato
garbharakṣāṃ kurviti vadet / tato dviṭhaḥ svāheti vadet /
sakalapadayojanayā hrī/ hū/ ye garbhavighnakartāro ye ca
garbhavināśakā bhūtāḥ pretāḥ piśācāśca vetālā
vālaghātakāstān sarvānnāśaya nāśaya garbharakṣāṃ kuru
svāheti mantro jātaḥ / anena mantreṇa rakṣoghnaṃ
rakṣoghnanāmānaṃ hutāśanamagniṃ cintayitvā rudraṃ
prajāpatiñca dhyāyan dvādaśāhutīḥ pradadyāt

127

१२६ //
tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ hrī/ ccandramase svāheti
mantreṇāhutipañcakaṃ dattvā bhāryāhṛdi spṛṣṭvā māyāṃ
lakṣmīṃ hrī/ śrīmiti mantraṃ śatavāraṃ japet

128

(pṛ० २५०) tataḥ sviṣṭikṛtaṃ hutvā prāyaścittyā samāpayet /
tatastu pañcame māsi dadyāt pañcāmṛtaṃ striyai

129

śarkarā madhu dugdhañca ghṛtaṃ dadhi samāṃśakam /
pañcāmṛtamidaṃ proktaṃ dehaśuddhau vidhīyate

130

vāgbhavaṃ madanaṃ lakṣmīṃ māyāṃ kūrcaṃ purandaram /
pañcadravyopari śive prajapya pañca pañcadhā /
ekīkṛtyā'mṛtānyatra prāśayeddayitāṃ patiḥ

131

sīmantonnayanaṃ kuryānmāsi ṣaṣṭhe'ṣṭame'pi vā /
yāvanna jāyate'patyaṃ tāvat sīmantanakriyā

132

pūrvoktadhārāhomāntaṃ karma kṛtvā striyā saha /
upaviśyā'sane prājñaḥ pradadyādāhutitrayam /
viṣṇave bhāsvate dhātre vahnijāyāṃ samuccaran

133

tataścandramasaṃ dhyātvā śivanāgni hutāśane /
saptadhā havanaṃ kuryāt somamuddiśya mānavaḥ

128

samāpayet puṃsavanaṃ karmeti śeṣaḥ

129

nanu kinnāma pañcāmṛtamata āha śarkaretyādi /
samāṃśakam tulyabhāgam

130

vāgbhavamityādi / vāgbhavaṃ aimiti madanaṃ klīmiti
lakṣmīṃ śrīmiti māyāṃ hrīmiti kūrcaṃ hūmiti purandaraṃ lamiti
ca bījaṃ śarkarādipañcadravyopari pañca pañcadhā pañca
pañcavārān prajapya śarkarādīni amṛtāni ekīkṛtya patirdayitāṃ
bhāryām atra pañcame māsi prāśayet

134

१३१ //
sīmantonnayanakriyāvidhimevāha pūrvoktetyādibhiḥ / prājño
vidvān puruṣaḥ striyā sahāsane upaviśya pūrvoktadhārāhomāntaṃ
karma kṛtvā pūrvaṃ viṣṇave iti
(pṛ० २५१) aśvinau vāsavaṃ viṣṇuṃ śivaṃ durgāṃ prajāpatim /
dhyātvā pratyekato dadyādāhutīḥ pañcadhā śive

135

svarṇakaṅkatikāṃ bhartā gṛhītvā dakṣiṇe kare /
sīmantādvaddhakeśāntaḥ keśapāśe niveśayet

136

śivaṃ viṣṇuṃ vidhiṃ dhyāyan māyābījaṃ samuccaran

137

bhārye kalyāṇi subhage daśame māsi suvrate /
suprasūtā bhava prītā prasādādviśvakarmaṇaḥ

138

āyuṣmatī kaṅkatikā varcasvī te śubhaṃ kuru /
tataḥ samāpayet karma sviṣṭikṛddhavanādibhiḥ

139

bhāsvate iti dhātre iti samuccaran tato vahnijāyāṃ svāhā samuccaran
viṣṇave svāhā sūryāya svāhā prajāpataye svāheti ca mantraṃ
prakīrtayan san viṣṇuṃ sūryaṃ prajāpatiṃ coddiśyāhutitrayaṃ
pradadyāt // १३२ - १३४ //
svarṇetyādi / tato bhartā dakṣiṇe kare svarṇakaṅkatikāṃ
suvarṇamayīṃ prasādhanīṃ gṛhītvā pūrvaṃ māyābījaṃ hrīmiti
bījaṃ samuccaran tato /
bhārye kalyāṇi subhage daśame māsi suvrate /
suprasūtā bhava prītā prasādādviśvakarmaṇaḥ /
āyuṣmatī kaṅkatikā varcasvī te śubhaṃ kuru /
iti mantraṃ samuccaran śivaṃ viṣṇuṃ vidhiṃ prajāpatiñca dhyāyan
san sīmantāt sakāśāt vaddhakeśāntaḥ keśapāśe
vaddhakeśābhyantarakeśasamūhe niveśayet / āyuṣmatītyasya
bhavetyanenānvayo vidheyaḥ / te ityasya kaṅkatiketyanenānvayaḥ //
१३५-१३८ //
(pṛ० २५२) jātamātraṃ sutaṃ dṛṣṭvā dattvā svarṇaṃ gṛhāntare /
pūrvoktavidhinā dhīro dhārāhomaṃ samāpayet

140

tataḥ pañcāhutīrdadyāt agnimindraṃ prajāpatim /
viśvān devāṃśca brahmāṇamuddiśya tadanantaram

141

madhusarpiḥ kāṃsyapātre samānīyā'samāṃśakam /
vāgbhavaṃ śatadhā japtvā prāśayettanayaṃ pitā

142

dakṣahastānāmikayā mantramenaṃ samuccaran /
āyurvarco balaṃ medhā varddhatāṃ te sadā śiśo

143

ityāyurjananaṃ kṛtvā guptaṃ nāma prakalpayet /
kṛtopanayane putre tena nāmnā samāhvayet

144

prāyaścittādikaṃ kṛtvā jātakarma samāpayet /
nālachedaṃ tato dhātrī kuryādutsāhapūrvakam

145

yāvanna chidyate nālaṃ tāvacchaucaṃ na vādhate /
prāgeva nāḍikāchedāddaivīṃ paitrīṃ kriyāñcaret

139

atha jātakarmavidhimāha jātamātramityādibhiḥ / dattvā
sutāyeti śeṣaḥ gṛhāntare sūtikāgṛhādanyasmin gṛhe / tata ityādistu
spaṣṭārthaḥ

141

१४० //
madhviti / tadanantaraṃ pañcāhutidānānantaraṃ
kāṃsyapātre'samāṃśakaṃ madhusarpiśca samānīya tadupari
vāgbhavam aimiti mantraṃ śatadhā japtvā āyurvarco valaṃ medhā
varddhatāṃ te sadā śiśo ityenaṃ mantraṃ samuccaran pitā
dakṣahastānāmikayāṅgulyā madhusarpistanayaṃ prāśayet

146

१४२ //
ityāyurjananamityādayastu spaṣṭārthāḥ // १४३ - १४५ //
(pṛ० २५३) kumāryāścāpi kartavyamevamevamamantrakam /
ṣaṣṭhe vā cāṣṭame māsi nāma kuryāt prakāśataḥ

147

snāpayitvā śiśuṃ mātā paridhāpyāmbare śubhe /
bhartuḥ pārśvaṃ samāgatya prāṅmukhaṃ sthāpayet sutam

148

abhiṣiñcet śiśormūrdhni sahiraṇyakuśodakaiḥ /
jāhnavī yamunā revā supavitrā sarasvatī

149

narmadā varadā kuntī sāgarāśca sarāṃsi ca /
ete tvāmabhiṣiñcantu dharmakāmārthasiddhaye

150

hrī/ āpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuvastā na ūrje dadhātana
mahe raṇāya cakṣuṣe

146

kumāryā ityādi / kumāryāścāpyamantrakaṃ mantrahīnameva
jātakarmaivameva kartavyam

147

atha nāmakaraṇasya vidhimoha snāpayitvetyādibhiḥ / mātā
śiśuṃ snāpayitvā śubhe ambare vastre paridhāpya bhartuḥ
pārśvaṃ samāgatya sutaṃ prāṅmukhaṃ sthāpayet

148

abhiṣiñcedityādi / tataḥ pitā jāhnavītyādibhirmantraiḥ
sahiraṇyakuśodakaiḥ śiśoḥ mūrdhnyabhiṣiñcet

151

१४९ //
āpa ityādi / he āpo hi yasmāt yūyaṃ mayobhuvaḥ sthā mayaḥ
sukhaṃ tasya bhāvayitryaḥ prāpayitryo bhavata / tā tasmāt no'smān
ūrje'nnāya dadhātana sthāpayata / kiñca mahe mahate raṇāya
ramaṇīyāya cakṣuṣe darśanīyāya dadhātana / ayamarthaḥ he āpo
yasmādyūyaṃ sukhaṃ prāpayatha tasmādasmān
aihikenā'nnādinā'muṣmikena ca mahāramaṇīyadarśanīyena
brahmaṇā saṃyojayateti / hi ṣṭhā iti asterloṭ
madhyamapuruṣavahuvacanam / dadhātanetyapi dadhāterloṭ
madhyamapuruṣabahuvacanaṃ chandasi vahulamityanena siddham / maha
iti mahate iti padasya chāndasatvādakāratakārayorlope
(pṛ० २५४) hrī/ yo vaḥ śivatamo rasastasya bhājayateha na
ūśatīriva mātaraḥ

152

hrī/ tasmā araṃ gamāma vo yasya kṣayāya jinvatha
āpo janayathā ca naḥ

153

abhiṣicya tribhirmantraiḥ pūrvavadvahnisaṃskriyām /
kṛtvā sampādya dhārāntaṃ dadyāt pañcāhutīḥ sudhīḥ

150

sati mahe iti bhavati / raṇāyeti ramaṇīyaśabdasya chandasi raṇādeśaḥ
/ cakṣuṣe iti us pratyayāntāccaturthī

151

yo va ityādi / he āpo vo yuṣmākaṃ
śivatamo'tyantakalyāṇarūpo yo raso niryāso madhurastasya rasasyeha
no'smān bhājayata bhāginaḥ kuruta tena rasena sambaddhānasmān
kurutetyarthaḥ / kimbhūtā yūyam ūśatīricchāvatyaḥ snehena
mātara iva / ayamarthaḥ yathā snehena mātaraḥ putrān
tulyarasabhāginaḥ kurvanti tathā yūyamapyasmān
kalyāṇakārirasasambandhān kuruteti / ūśatīriti vaśa kāntau
śatṛpratyayaḥ tadantādīppratyayaḥ tato jasi kṛte nipātanāt
pūrvasavarṇadīrghaḥ / he āpo vo yuṣmākaṃ tasmai tasmin
rase'ramalaṃ paryāptaṃ gamāma gacchāmetyarthaḥ / kiñca vaḥ
tatra rase no'smākaṃ bhogaṃ yūyaṃ janayatha / yasya rasasya
kṣayāya kṣaye sthāne jinvatha prīṇayatha ābrahmastambaparyantaṃ
jagaditi śeṣaḥ / ayamarthaḥ he āpo yuṣmākaṃ yasya rasasya sthāne
jagad yūyaṃ prīṇayatha tasya viṣaye vayaṃ tṛptiṃ gacchāma
yūyañca naḥ tatra sambhogaṃ janayatheti / tasmai
kṣayāyetyubhayatrāpi saptamyarthe caturthī / gamāma iti
loṭuttamapuruṣabahuvacanaṃ gacchādeśābhāvaśchāndasaḥ /
janayathā iti chandasi dīrghaḥ / jinvatha iti chandasi siddham

153

१५२ //
abhiṣicyetyādi / etaistribhirmantraiḥ śiśormūrdhnyabhiṣicya
pūrvavat vahnisaṃskriyāṃ kṛtvā dhārāntaṃ dhārāhomāntaṃ
karma ca sampādya sudhīḥ pitā pañcāhutīrdadyāt

154

(pṛ० २५५) agnaye prathamāṃ dattvā vāsavāya tataḥ param /
tataḥ prajānāmpataye viśvadevebhya eva ca /
brahmaṇe cāhutiṃ dadyādvahnau pārthivasaṃjñake

155

tato'ṅke putramādāya śrāvayet dakṣiṇaśrutau /
svalpākṣaraṃ sukhoccāryaṃ śubhaṃ nāma vicakṣaṇaḥ

156

śrāvayitvā tridhā nāma brāhmaṇebhyo nivedya ca /
tataḥ samāpayet karma kṛtvā sviṣṭikṛdādikam

157

kanyāyā niṣkramo nāsti bṛddhiśrāddhaṃ na vidyate /
nāmānnaprāśanaṃ cūḍāṃ kuryāddhīmānamantrakam

158

caturthe māsi ṣaṣṭhe vā kuryānniṣkramaṇaṃ śiśoḥ

159

kṛtanityakriyastātaḥ sampūjya gaṇanāyakam /
snāpayitvā tu tanayaṃ vastrālaṅkārabhūṣitam /
saṃsthāpya purato vidvānimaṃ mantramudīrayet

160

brahmā viṣṇuḥ śivo durgā gaṇeśo bhāskarastathā /
indro vāyuḥ kuveraśca varuṇo'gnirbṛhaspatiḥ /
śiśoḥ śubhaṃ prakurvantu rakṣantu pathi sarvadā

154

nanu kāndevānuddiśya pañcāhutīrdadyādityapekṣāyāmāha
agnaye ityādi

159

tata ityādi / tato'ṅke kroḍe putramādāya gṛhītvā vicakṣaṇaḥ
pitā putrasya dakṣiṇaśrutau dakṣiṇe karṇe svalpākṣaraṃ
sukhoccāryaṃ śubhaṃ maṅgalavācakaṃ nāma śrāvayet // १५५ -
१५८ //
atha śiśuniṣkramaṇakriyāvidhimāha kṛtanityakriya ityādibhiḥ

160

yaṃ mantramudīrayettameva mantramāha brahmā viṣṇuriti

161

(pṛ० २५६) ityuktvā'ṅke samādāya gītavādyapuraḥsaram /
bahirniṣkrāmayedbālaṃ sānandaiḥ svajanaiḥ saha

162

gatvā'dhvani kiyaddūraṃ śiśuṃ sūryaṃ nirīkṣayet

163

hrī/ taccakṣurdevahitaṃ purastācchrakramuccarat /
paśyema śaradaḥ śataṃ jīvema śaradaḥ śatam

164

ityādityaṃ darśayitvā samāgatya nijālayam /
arghyaṃ dattvā dineśāya svajanān bhojayet pitā

165

ṣaṣṭhe māsi kumārasya māsi vāpyaṣṭame śive /
pitṛbhrātā pitā vāpi kuryādannāśanakriyām

166

pūrvavaddevapūjādi vahnisaṃskaraṇaṃ tathā /
evaṃ dhārāntakarmāṇi sampādya vidhivat pitā

167

dadyāt pañcāhutīstatra śucināgni hutāśane /
agnimuddiśya prathamāṃ dvitīyāṃ vāsavaṃ smaran

168

tataḥ prajāpatiṃ devaṃ viśvān devān tataḥ param /
brahmāṇañca samuddiśya pañcamīmāhutiṃ tyajet

161

itītyādi / itīmaṃ mantramuktvā'ṅke kroḍe bālaṃ samādāya
gṛhītvā sānandaiḥ svajanaiḥ saha gītavādyapuraḥsaraṃ bālaṃ
bahirniṣkrāmayet

162

gatvetyādi / adhvani mārge kiyaddūraṃ gatvā pitā śiśuṃ
bālaṃ sūryaṃ nirīkṣayeddarśayet

166

yena mantreṇa śiśuṃ sūryaṃ darśayettaṃ mantramāha hrī/
taccakṣuriti / purastādagrataḥ śukramuccarat śukramullaṅghya gacchat
tatsūryarūpaṃ devahitaṃ cakṣurvartate yadvayaṃ śataṃ śarado
varṣāṇi paśyema yacca paśyanto vayaṃ śataṃ śarado jīvema // १६३
- १६५ //
annaprāśanakriyāvidhimāha pūrvavadityādibhiḥ

167

tatra annaprāśanakriyāyām / nanu kāndevānuddiśya
pañcāhutīrdadyādityapekṣāyāmāha agnimityādi

169

१६८ //
(pṛ० २५७) tato'gnāvannadāṃ dhyātvā dattapañcāhutiḥ pitā /
tatrāthavā gṛhe'nyasmin vastrālaṅkāraśobhitam /
kroḍe nidhāya tanayaṃ prāśayet pāyasāmṛtam

170

pañcaprāṇāhutermantrairbhojayitvā tu pañcadhā /
tato'nnavyañjanādīnāṃ dattvā kiñcit śiśormukhe

171

śaṅkhatūryādighoṣeṇa prāyaścittyā samāpayet /
ityannaprāśanaṃ proktaṃ cūḍāvidhimataḥ śṛṇu

172

tṛtīye pañcame varṣe kulācārānusārataḥ /
cūḍākarma śiśoḥ kuryādbālasaṃskārasiddhaye

173

devapūjādidhārāntaṃ karma niṣpādya sādhakaḥ /
satyāgneruttare deśe vṛṣagomayapūritam

174

tilagodhūmasaṃyuktaṃ śarāvaṃ sthāpayed budhaḥ /
kavoṣṇaṃ salilaṃ cāpi kṣuramekaṃ suśāṇitam

169

tata ityādi / tataḥ paramannadāṃ devīṃ dhyātvā
tāmuddiśyāgnau dattāḥ pañcāhutīryena sa dattapañcāhutiḥ pitā
tatrāthavā'nyasmin gṛhe vastrālaṅkāraśobhitaṃ tanayaṃ kroḍe
nidhāya saṃsthāpya pāyasāmṛtaṃ paramānnarūpamamṛtaṃ
prāśayet bhojayet

170

pañcetyādi / prāṇāya svāhā apānāya svāhā samānāya
svāhā udānāya svāhā vyānāya svāhetyātmakaiḥ
pañcaprāṇāhutermantraiḥ putraṃ pāyasaṃ pañcadhā bhojayitvā
tato'nnavyañjanādīnāṃ kiñcit śiśormukhe datvā
śaṅkhatūryādighoṣ.eṇa prāyaścittyā cānnaprāśanakriyāṃ
samāpayet

175

१७१ //
atha cūḍākarmavidhimāha tṛtīya ityādibhiḥ / budho
vicakṣaṇaḥ sādhakaḥ karmaniṣpādakaḥ pitā
pūrvavaddevapūjādidhārāntaṃ karma niṣpādya satyāgneḥ
satyanāmno vahneruttare deśe vṛṣagomayapūritaṃ
tilagodhūmasaṃyuktaṃ śarāvaṃ kavoṣṇamīṣaduṣṇaṃ salilaṃ
jalaṃ suśāṇitamekaṃ kṣurañcāpi sthāpayet // १७२ - १७४ //
(pṛ० २५८) āsādya tanayaṃ tatra janakaḥ svīyavāmataḥ /
saṃsthāpya jananīkroḍe kavoṣṇasalilaiśca taiḥ

176

vāruṇaṃ daśadhā japtvā sammārjya śiśumūrddhajān /
māyayā kuśapatrābhyāṃ juṣṭimekāṃ prakalpayet

177

māyāṃ lakṣmīṃ tridhā japtvā gṛhītvā lauhajaṃ kṣuram /
chittvā tu juṣṭikāmūlaṃ mātṛhaste niveśayet

178

kumāramātā hastābhyāmādāya gomayānvite /
śarāve sthāpayet juṣṭiṃ nāpitāya pitā vadet

179

kṣuramuṇḍin śiśoḥ kṣauraṃ sukhaṃ sādhaya ṭhadvayam /
paṭhitvā nāpitaṃ paśyan satyanāmani pāvake /
prajāpatiṃ samuddiśya pradadyādāhutitrayam

175

āsādyetyādi / tato janakaḥ pitā tanayaṃ putraṃ tatra
satyanāmno vahneḥ samīpe āsādyā'nīya svīyavāmataḥ ātmano
vāme deśe jananīkroḍe saṃsthāpya tairvahneruttare deśe sthāpitaiḥ
kavoṣṇasalilairvāruṇaṃ varuṇasambandhi vamiti bījaṃ daśadhā
japtvā śiśumūrddhajān bālakakeśān sammārjya māyayā hrī/
bījena kuśapatrābhyāmekāṃ juṣṭiṃ prakalpayet

177

१७६ //
māyāmityādi / tato māyāṃ hrī/ bījaṃ lakṣmīṃ śrī/
bījañca tridhā japtvā lauhajaṃ kṣuraṃ gṛhītvā juṣṭikāmūlaṃ
chittvā mātṛhaste juṣṭikāṃ niveśayet sthāpayet

178

kumāretyādi / kumāramātā hastābhyāṃ juṣṭikāmādāya
gṛhītvā gomayānvite śarāve sthāpayet / tato nāpitāya pitā
śiśujanako vadet

180

śiśoḥ pitā nāpitāya kiṃ vadedityapekṣāyāmāha
kṣuramuṇḍinnityādi / he kṣuramuṇḍinnāpita śiśoḥ kṣauraṃ
sukhaṃ yathā syāttathā tvaṃ sādhaya ṭhadvayaṃ svāhā /
(pṛ० २५९) nāpitena kṛtakṣauraṃ snāpayitvā śiśuṃ tataḥ /
vastrālaṅkāramālyena bhūṣayitvā'gnisannidhau

181

svavāmabhāge saṃsthāpya sviṣṭikṛddhomamācaret /
prāyaścittaṃ tataḥ kṛtvā dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ pitā

182

māyā śiśo te kuśalaṃ kurutāṃ viśvakṛdvibhuḥ /
paṭhitvainaṃ śiśoḥ karṇe svarṇamayayā śalākayā /
rājatyā lauhamayayā vā karṇavedhaṃ prakalpayet

183

āpohiṣṭheti mantreṇa abhiṣicya sutaṃ tataḥ /
śāntyādidakṣiṇāṃ kṛtvā cūḍākarma samāpayet

184

garbhādhānādicūḍāntaṃ samānaṃ sarvajātiṣu /
śūdrasāmānyajātīnāṃ sarvametadamantrakam

185

jātakarmādicūḍāntaṃ kumāryāścāpyamantrakam /
kartavyaṃ pañcabhirvarṇairekaṃ niṣkramaṇaṃ vinā

179

kṣuramuṇḍinnityādyaṃ sādhaya svāhetyantaṃ manuṃ paṭhitvā
nāpitaṃ paśyan śiśujanakaḥ prajāpatiṃ samuddiśya satyanāmani
pāvake'gnāvāhutitrayaṃ pradadyāt

180

nāpiteneti / tato nāpitena kṛtaṃ kṣauraṃ yasya tathābhūtaṃ
śiśuṃ snāpayitvā tato vastrālaṅkāramālyena
bhūṣayitvā'gnisannidhau svavāmabhāge saṃsthāpya ca
sviṣṭikṛtaṃ homamācaret kuryāt

186

१८१ //
māyetyādi / māyā hrī/ bījam / enaṃ hrī/ śiśo ityādyaṃ
viśvakṛdvibhurityantaṃ mantraṃ śiśoḥ karṇe paṭhitvā
svarṇamayayā suvarṇavikārabhūtayā rājatyā rajatodbhūtayā
lauhamayayā vā śalākayā śiśoḥ karṇavedhaṃ prakalpayet kuryāt //
१८२ - १८५ //
(pṛ० २६०) athocyate dvijātīnāmupavītakriyāvidhiḥ /
yasmin kṛte dvijanmāno daivapaitrādhikāriṇaḥ

187

garbhāṣṭame'ṣṭame vā'bde kuryādupanayaṃ śiśoḥ /
ṣoḍaśābdādhiko nopanetavyo niṣkriyo'pi saḥ

188

kṛtanityakriyo vidvān pañca devān samarcayet /
gauryādimātṛkāścaiva vasudhārāṃ prakalpayet

189

vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ tataḥ kuryāt devatāpitṛtṛptaye /
kuśaṇḍikoktavidhinā dhārāhomāntamācaret

190

prātaḥ kṛtāśanaṃ bālaṃ susnātaṃ samalaṅkṛtam /
śikhāṃ vinā kṛtakṣauraṃ kṣaumāmbaravibhūṣitam

191

chāyāmaṇḍapamānīya samudbhavahutāśituḥ /
samīpe cātmano vāme saṃsthāpya vimalāsane

186

athetyādi / dvijātīnām brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānām

187

garbhetyādi / garbhādaṣṭame jananādvāṣṭame'bde varṣe
śiśorbālasyopanayamupanayanaṃ kuryāt / ṣoḍaśābdādhiko
laṅghitaṣoḍaśavarṣo bālo nopanetavyaḥ / sa bālo niṣkriyo'pi
daivapitryakriyāvihīno'pi bhavati

188

athopavītakriyāvidhimāha kṛtanityakriya ityādibhiḥ / pañca
devān brahmādīn

192

१८९ //
prātarityādi / tataḥ prātaḥ kṛtāśanaṃ kṛtamaśanaṃ
bhojanaṃ yena tathābhūtaṃ śikhāṃ vinā kṛtaṃ kṣauraṃ yasya
tathābhūtaṃ susnātaṃ suṣṭhu kṛtasnānaṃ bhūṣaṇādibhiḥ
samalaṅkṛtaṃ kṣaumāmbaravibhūṣitaṃ
dukūlavastrābhyāmalaṅkṛtaṃ bālaṃ chāyāmaṇḍapamānīya
samudbhavahutāśituḥ samudbhavanāmno vahneḥ samīpe ātmano
vāme deśe vimalāsane
(pṛ० २६१) śiṣyaṃ vadedbrahmacaryaṃ kuru vatsa tataḥ śiśuḥ /
brahmacaryaṃ karomīti gurave vinivedayet

193

tato guruḥ prasannātmā śiśave śāntacetase /
kāṣāyavāsasī dadyāt dīrghāyuṣṭvāya varcase

194

mauñjīṃ kuśamayīṃ vāpi trivṛtāṃ granthisaṃyutām /
tūṣṇīṃ ca mekhalāṃ dadyāt kāṣāyāmbaradhāriṇe

195

māyāmuccārya subhagā mekhalāṃ syāt śubhapradā /
ityuktvā mekhalā baddhvā maunī tiṣṭhet guroḥ puraḥ

196

yajñopavītaṃ paramaṃ pavitraṃ bṛhaspatiryat sahajaṃ purastāt /
āyuṣyamagryaṃ pratimuñca śubhraṃ yajñopavītaṃ balamastu tejaḥ

197

mantreṇānena śiśave dadyāt kṛṣṇājinānvitam /
yajñopavītaṃ daṇḍañca vaiṇavaṃ khādirañca vā /
pālāśamathavā dadyāt kṣīravṛkṣasamudbhavam

193

saṃsthāpya ca brahmacaryaṃ kuru vatseti guruḥ śiṣyaṃ vadet / tataḥ
paraṃ śiśuḥ brahmacaryaṃ karomīti gurave vinivedayet // १९० - १९२ //
tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ prasannātmā prasannamanā guruḥ
śāntacetase śiśave śiṣyāya dīrghāyuṣṭvāya dīrghamāyuryasya sa
dīrghāyustasya bhāvo dīrghāyuṣṭvaṃ tasmai varcase tejase ca
kāṣāyavāsasī kaṣāyeṇa rakte vastre dadyāt

194

mauñjīmiti / mauñjīṃ muñjamayīṃ kuśamayīṃ vā
trivṛtāṃ granthisaṃyutāṃ mekhalāmapi kāṣāyāmbaradhāriṇe
śiśave tūṣṇīmeva dadyāt

195

māyāmiti / pūrvaṃ māyāṃ hrīmiti bījamuccārya tataḥ
subhagā mekhalā syācchubhapradeti mantramuktvā kaṭyāṃ
mekhalāṃ baddhvā maunī san guroḥ purastiṣṭhet

198

१९६ //
mantreṇetyādi / anena yajñopavītamityādinā balamastu teja
ityantena mantreṇa kṛṣṇājinānvitaṃ
kṛṣṇavarṇamṛgacarmasaṃyuktaṃ yajñopavītaṃ śiśave dadyāt /
(pṛ० २६२) āpo hi ṣṭheti mantreṇa māyayā puṭitena ca /
trirāvṛttyā kuśāmbhobhirdhṛtadaṇḍopavītinam /
abhiṣicya tatastoyaiḥ pūrayedvālakāñjalim

199

tadañjaliṃ dineśāya dātāraṃ brahmacāriṇam /
taccakṣuriti mantreṇa darśayedbhāskaraṃ guruḥ

200

dṛṣṭabhāskaramācāryo vadenmāṇavakaṃ tataḥ /
mama vrate mano dhehi mama cittaṃ dadāmi te /
juṣasvaikamanā vatsa mama vāco'stu te śivam

201

hṛdi spṛṣṭvā paṭhitvainaṃ kinnāmā'sīti taṃ vadet /
śiṣyastvamukaśarmā'haṃ bhavantamabhivādaye

197

vaiṇavaṃ veṇusamudbhavaṃ khādiraṃ khadirasamudbhavaṃ
pālāśaṃ palāśasamudbhavaṃ kṣīravṛkṣasamudbhavaṃ vā
daṇḍamapi śiśave dadyāt

198

āpohiṣṭhetyādi / tato māyayā hrī/ bījenādāvante ca puṭitena
saṃyuktenāpo hi ṣṭheti mantreṇa
kuśāmbhobhirdhṛtadaṇḍopavītinaṃ dhṛtadaṇḍamupavītavantaṃ
śiśuṃ trirāvṛttyā'bhiṣicya tataḥ paraṃ toyairjalairvālakāñjaliṃ
pūrayet

199

tadañjalimityādi / dineśāya sūryāya tadañjaliṃ dātāraṃ
brahmacāriṇaṃ bālakaṃ taccakṣuriti mantreṇa bhāskaraṃ
gururdarśayet / dātāramityatra śīle tṛnpratyayaḥ / ata eva
tadañjalimityatra kartṛkarmaṇoḥ kṛtītyanena karmaṇi prāptāyāḥ
ṣaṣṭhyā na lokānvayaniṣṭhā khalarthatṛṇamityanena pratiṣedho
jātaḥ

200

dṛṣṭabhāskaramityādi / tataḥ paramācāryo guruḥ
ddaṣṭabhāskaraṃ dṛṣṭo bhāskaro yena tathābhūtaṃ māṇavakaṃ
śiśuṃ vadet / ācāryo bālakaṃ kiṃ vadedityapekṣāyāmāha mama
vrate ityādi / juṣasva mama vrataṃ sevasva / śivaṃ kalyāṇam

201

hṛdīti / gururenaṃ mamavratamityādikaṃ śivamityantaṃ
mantraṃ paṭhitvā śiśorhṛdi spṛṣṭvā vatsa tvaṃ kiṃ nāmāsīti taṃ
śiṣyaṃ vadet / guruṇaivamuktaḥ śiṣyastu amukadevaśarmāhaṃ
bhavantamabhivādaye iti brūyāt

202

(pṛ० २६३) kasya tvaṃ brahmacārīti gurau pṛcchati pārvati /
śiṣyaḥ sāvahito brūyādbhavato brahmacāryaham

203

indrasya brahmacārī tvamācāryarate hutāśanaḥ /
ityuktvā sadguruḥ paścāddevebhyastaṃ samarpayet

204

tvāṃ prajāpataye vatsa savitre varuṇāya ca /
pṛthivyai viśvadevebhyaḥ sarvadevebhya eva ca /
samarpayāmi te sarve rakṣantu tvāṃ nirantaram

205

tato māṇavako vahniṃ dakṣiṇāvartayogataḥ /
guruṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya svāsane punarāviśet

206

guruḥ śiṣyeṇa saṃspṛṣṭaḥ samudbhavahutāśane /
pañcadevān samuddiśya dadyāt pañcāhutīḥ priye

202

kasyetyādi / he vatsa tvaṃ kasya brahmacāryasīti gurau pṛcchati
sati śiṣyaḥ sāvahitaḥ sāvadhānaḥ san bhavato brahmacāryahamiti
brūyāt

203

indrasyetyādi / he vatsa tvamindrasya brahmacāryasi te tava
hutāśano'gnirācāryo gururbhavati iti śiṣyamuktvā sadguruḥ
paścāt taṃ śiṣyaṃ devebhyaḥ samarpayet

204

nanu kebhyo devebhyo guruḥ śiṣyaṃ
samarpayedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha tvāṃ prajāpataye vatsetyādi

205

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ māṇavako bālako dakṣiṇāvartayogato
vahniṃ guruñca pradakṣiṇīkṛtya punaḥ svāsane āviśet

206

gururiti / guruḥ śiṣyeṇa saṃspṛṣṭaḥ san samudbhavahutāśane
samudbhavasaṃjñake agnau pañcadevān samuddiśya
pañcāhutīrdadyāt

207

(pṛ० २६४) prajāpatistathā śakro viṣṇurbrahmā śivastathā

208

māyādivahnijāyāntairjuhuyāt svasvanāmabhiḥ /
anuktamantre sarvatra vidhireṣaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

209

tato durgā mahālakṣmīḥ sundarī bhuvaneśvarī /
indrādidaśadikpālā bhāskarādinavagrahāḥ

210

pratyekanāmnā hutvaitān vāsasā'cchādya bālakam /
pṛcchenmāṇavakaṃ prājño brahmacaryābhimāninam /
ko vā'śramaste tanaya brūhi kiṃ te manogatam

211

tataḥ śiṣyaḥ sāvahito dhṛtvā gurupadadvayam /
karotu māmāśramiṇaṃ brahmavidyopadeśataḥ

207

nanu kān pañcadevān samuddiśya
pañcāhutīrdadyādityapekṣāyāṃ tān pañca devān darśayati
prajāpatirityādyarddhena

208

nanu kairmantraiḥ pañcadevānuddiśyāhutīrdadyāttatrāha
māyādītyādi / māyādivahnijāyāntaiḥ hrī/ bījādibhiḥ
svāhāntaiḥ svasvanāmabhiḥ prajāpatyādīn pañcadevānuddiśya
juhuyāt / nanu prajāpatyādipañcadevoddeśyaka eva homo
māyādivahnijāyāntaiḥ
svasvanāmabhirvidhātavyastadanyadevoddeśyako'pi vā tatrāha
anuktamantre ityādi

209

tata ityādi / tato hrī/ bījādyena svāhāntena pratyekanāmnā
etān durgāmahālakṣmyādīnuddiśya hutvā vāsasā vastreṇa
bālakamācchādya he tanaya te tavāśramaḥ kaḥ te manogataṃ vā
kiṃ vartate tvaṃ brūhi iti prājño dhīmān
gururbrahmacaryābhimānina māṇavakaṃ bālakaṃ pṛcchet

211

२१० //
tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ śiṣyaḥ sāvahitaḥ sāvadhānaḥ san
gurupadadvayaṃ dhṛtvā he guro brahmavidyopadeśataḥ sāvitryā
upadeśena māmāśramiṇaṃ bhavān karotviti prārthayet

212

(pṛ० २६५) evaṃ prārthayamānasya dakṣakarṇe śiśostadā /
śrāvayitvā tridhā tāraṃ sarvamantramayaṃ śive /
vyāhṛtitrayamuccārya sāvitrīṃ śrāvayedguruḥ

213

ṛṣiḥ sadāśivaḥ proktaḥ chandastriṣṭubudāhṛtam /
adhiṣṭhātrī tu sāvitrī mokṣārthe viniyogitā

214

ādau tatsavituḥ paścādvareṇyaṃ padamuccaret /
bhargaḥ padānte devasya dhīmahīti padaṃ vadet

215

tatastu parameśāni dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayāt /
punaḥ praṇavamuccārya sāvitryarthaṃ gururvadet

212

evamityādi / tadā tasmin kāle evaṃ prāryayamānasya
śiśordakṣakarṇe sarvamantramayaṃ sakalamantrasvarūpaṃ
sakalamantrapradhānaṃ vā tāraṃ praṇavaṃ tridhā trivāraṃ
śrāvayitvā tato bhūrādivyāhṛtitrayamuccārya guruḥ sāvitrīṃ
gāyatrīṃ śrāvayet

213

atha gāyatryā ṛṣyādikamāha ṛṣirityādinā / asyā gāyatryāḥ
sadāśiva ṛṣistriṣṭupchandaḥ sāvitryadhiṣṭhātrī devatā mokṣārthe
viniyogaḥ / śirasi sadāśivāya ṛṣaye namaḥ mukhe triṣṭupchandase
namaḥ hṛdaye sāvitryai adhiṣṭhātryai devātāyai namaḥ iti
ṛṣinyāsaṃ vidhāya sāvitryā japo vidheyaḥ

214

sāvitrīmevāha ādāvityādinā sārddhena / ādau tatsavituriti
vadet / paścāt vareṇyaṃ padamuccareduddharet / tato bharga iti padaṃ
vadet / tatpadānte devasyeti padaṃ vadet / tadante dhīmahīti padaṃ vadet
/ tatastu dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayāditi vadet / sakalapadayojanayā
tatsaviturvareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayāt
ityākārikā sāvitrī jātā / sāvitryante punaḥ
praṇavamoṅkāramuccārya guruḥ sāvitryarthaṃ vadet /
sāvitryarthamiti praṇavārthasya vyāhṛtyarthasya cāpyupalakṣaṇam

216

२१५ //
(pṛ० २६६) tryakṣarātmakatāreṇa pareśaḥ pratipādyate /
pātā hartā ca saṃsraṣṭā yo devaḥ prakṛteḥ paraḥ

217

asau devastrilokātmā triguṇaṃ vyāpya tiṣṭhati /
ato viśvamayaṃ brahma vācyaṃ vyāhṛtibhistribhiḥ

218

tāravyāhṛtivācyo yaḥ sāvitryā jñeya eva saḥ /
jagadrūpasya savituḥ saṃsraṣṭurdīvyato vibhoḥ

219

antargataṃ mahadvarco varaṇīyaṃ yatātmabhiḥ /
dhyāyema tat paraṃ satyaṃ sarvavyāpi sanātanam

220

yo bhargaḥ sarvasākṣīśo manobuddhīndriyāṇi naḥ /
dharmārthakāmamokṣeṣu prerayedviniyojayet

216

prathamataḥ praṇavārthaṃ vyāhṛtyarthaṃ cābhidadhāti
dvābhyāṃ tryakṣarātmaketyādi / pātā jagataḥ pālako hartā tasya
saṃhārakaḥ saṃsraṣṭā tasyaivotpādakaśca prakṛteḥ paro dūra
uttamo vā yaḥ pareśaḥ paramātmā devo dīptyādikriyāśrayo'sti
asau pareśo devaḥ tryakṣarātmakatāreṇa akārāditrivarṇātmakena
praṇavena pratipādyate bodhyate / praṇavapratipādyo yo devaḥ asau
devo yatastrilokātmā trilokasvarūpo bhavati triguṇaṃ sattvādikaṃ
vyāpya tiṣṭhati ca ato hetorviśvamayaṃ viśvasvarūpaṃ brahma
lokatrayābhidhāyibhirbhūrādibhistribhirvyāhṛtibhirvācyaṃ bhavati

221

२१७ //
evaṃ praṇavārthaṃ vyāhṛtyarthaṃ ca
dvābhyāmabhidhāyedānīṃ tāra ityādibhistribhiḥ
sāvitryarthamabhidhatte tāretyādi / tāravyāhṛtivācyo yaḥ
paramātmā sa eva savitryā api vācyo jñeyaḥ / paramātmana eva
yathā sāvitrīvācyatvaṃ bhavettathaiva vyākhyāyayati
jagadarūpasyetyādi / saviturityasya vivaraṇaṃ jagadrūpasya
saṃsraṣṭuriti / devasyetyasya vivaraṇaṃ dīvyato vibhoriti /
bhargapadārthamāha antargataṃ mahadvarca iti /
vareṇyamityasyārthamāha yatātmabhirvaraṇīyamiti / dhīmahītyasya
vivaraṇaṃ
(pṛ० २६७) itthamarthayutāṃ brahmavidyāmādiśya sadguruḥ /
śiṣyaṃ niyojayeddevi gṛhasthāśramakarmasu

222

brahmacaryocitaṃ veśaṃ vatsedānīṃ parityaja /
śāmbhavoditamārgeṇa devān pitṝn samarcaya

223

brahmavidyopadeśena pavitraṃ te kalevaram /
prāptā gṛhasthāśramitā taduktaṃ karma kalpaya

221

dhyāyemeti / tatpadārthamāha paraṃ satyaṃ sarvavyāpi sanātanamiti
/ ya ityasya vivaraṇaṃ sarvasākṣīśa iti / dhiya ityasya vivaraṇaṃ
manobuddhīndriyāṇīti / pracodayādityasya vivaraṇaṃ
dharmārthakāmamokṣeṣu prerayediti / prerayedityasya ca vivaraṇaṃ
viniyojayediti / tadevaṃ vākyārthaḥ / saviturjagadrūpasya vastunaḥ
saṃsraṣṭurdevasya dīvyato vibhorvareṇyaṃ yatātmabhiḥ
saṃyatāntaḥkaraṇairvaraṇīyamupāsanīyaṃ tat paramuttamaṃ
satyaṃ yathārthabhūtaṃ sarvavyāpi sakalapadārthavyāpanaśīlaṃ
sanātanamādyantaśūnyam antargataṃ mahadvarcastejo vayaṃ
dhīmahi dhyāyema / yaḥ sarvasākṣīśaḥ sarveṣāṃ
śubhāśubhakarmaṇāṃ draṣṭā niyantā ca bhargo no'smākaṃ
dhiyo manobuddhīndriyāṇi pracodayāt dharmārthakāmamokṣeṣu
prerayet viniyojayediti / atra yadyapi saviturbharga iti
savitṛbhargayorbhedaḥ pratīyate tathāpi paramārthacintāyāmabheda
eveti boddhavyam // २१८ - २२० //
itthamityādi / he devi itthamanena prakāreṇārthayutāṃ
brahmavidyāṃ gāyatrīmādiśya bhikṣārthamitastato gamayitvā ca
sadguruḥ śiṣyaṃ gṛhasthāśramakarmasu niyojayet pravartayet

222

gṛhasthāśramakarmasu śiṣyasya pravartanamāha
brahmacaryetyādibhiḥ / he vatsa tvamidānīṃ brahmacaryocitaṃ
veśaṃ parityaja śāmbhavoditamārgeṇa śambhuproktena vartmanā
devān pitṝṃśca samarcaya samyak pūjaya

223

brahmetyādi / he vatsa brahmavidyopadeśena te tava kalevaraṃ
śarīraṃ pavitramāsīt / idānīṃ prāptā yā gṛhasthāśramitā
taduktaṃ karma kalpaya kuru

224

(pṛ० २६८) upavītadvayaṃ divyavastrālaṅkaraṇāni ca /
gṛhāṇa pādukāchatraṃ gandhamālyānulepanam

225

tataḥ kāṣāyavasanaṃ kṛṣṇājinasamanvitam /
yajñasūtraṃ mekhalāñca daṇḍaṃ bhikṣākaraṇḍakam

226

ācārādarjitāṃ bhikṣāṃ samarpya gurave śive /
śuddhopavītayugalaṃ paridhāyāmbare śubhe

227

gandhamālyadharastūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhedācāryasannidhau /
tato gṛhasthāśramiṇaṃ śiṣyametadvadedguruḥ

228

jitendriyaḥ satyavādī brahmajñānaparo bhava /
svādhyāyā'śramakarmāṇi yathādharmeṇa sādhaya

229

ityādiśya dvijaṃ paścāt samudbhavahutāśane /
māyādipraṇavāntena bhūrbhuvaḥsvastrayeṇa ca

224

upavītetyādi / he vatsa tvamidānīmupavītadvayaṃ dve upavīte
divyāni vastrālaṅkaraṇāni ca pādukāchatramupānahaṃ chatraṃ ca
gandhamālyānulepanamapi gṛhāṇa

228

tata ityādi / guruṇaivamājñāpitaḥ śiṣyaḥ tataḥ paraṃ
kāṣāyavasanaṃ kaṣāyeṇa raktaṃ vastraṃ kṛṣṇājinasamanvitaṃ
yajñasūtraṃ mekhalāṃ daṇḍaṃ bhikṣākaraṇḍakaṃ
bhikṣāpātramācārādarjitāṃ bhikṣāñca gurave samarpya datvā
śudvopavītayugalaṃ śubhe ambare vastre ca paridhāya
gandhamālyadharaḥ san tūṣṇīmācāryasannidhau gurusamīpe tiṣṭhet
/ tato gṛhasthāśramiṇaṃ śiṣyaṃ gururetadvadet // २२५ - २२७ //
nanu gṛhasthāśramiṇaṃ śiṣyaṃ guruḥ kiṃ
vadedityapekṣāyāmāha jitendriya ityādi

230

(pṛ० २६९) hāvayitvā tridhā'cāryaḥ sviṣṭikṛddhomamācaran /
dattvā pūrṇāhutiṃ bhadre vratakarma samāpayet

231

jīvasekādisaṃskārā vratāntāḥ pitṛto nava /
udvāhaḥ pitṛto vāpi svato'pi sidhyati priye

232

vivāhāhni kṛtasnānaḥ kṛtanityakriyaḥ kṛtī /
pañcadevān samabhyarcya gauryādimātṛkāstathā /
vasordhārāṃ kalpayitvā vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ samācaret

233

rātrau pratiśrutaṃ pātraṃ gītavādyapuraḥsaram /
chāyāmaṇḍapamānīya upaveśya varāsane

234

vāsavābhimukhaṃ dātā paścimābhimukho viśet /
ācamya svastimṛddhiñca kathayedbrāhmaṇaiḥ saha

232

itītyādi / dvijaṃ dvijatvaśālinaṃ śiṣyamityādiśya ājñāpya
paścāt samudbhavahutāśane samudbhavākhye vahnau
māyādipraṇavāntena hrī/ bījādinā o/ kārāntena bhūrbhuvaḥ
svastrayeṇa mantreṇa tridhā trivāraṃ śiṣyeṇa hāvayitvā ca
sviṣṭakṛtaṃ homamācarannācāryaḥ pūrṇāhutiṃ dattvā vratakarma
yajñopavītakriyāṃ samāpayet // २२९ - २३१ //
athodvāhakriyāvidhimāha vivāhāhnītyādibhiḥ

235

rātrāvityādi / tataḥ pratiśrutamaṅgīkṛtaṃ pātraṃ varaṃ
gītavādyapuraḥsaraṃ yathā syāttathā rātrau
chāyāmaṇḍapamānīya varāsane śreṣṭhe pīṭe vāsavābhimukhaṃ
pūrvābhimukhamupaveśya ca kanyāyā dātā paścimābhimukho
bhūtvā viśet / paścimābhimukha upaviṣṭo dātā ācamyācamanaṃ
kṛtvā kartavye'smin śubhavivāhakarmaṇi svasti bhavanto
bruvantvityuktvā brāhmaṇaiḥ saha svasti na indro bṛddhaśravā ityādi
svastiṃ kathayet / tataḥ kartavye'smin śubhavivāhakarmaṇi
ṛddhiṃbhavanto'dhibruvantvityuktvā
(pṛ० २७०) sādhupraśnaṃ varaṃ pṛcchedarcanāpraśnameva ca /
varāt praśnottaraṃ nītvā pādyādyairvaramarcayet

236

samarpayāmi vākyena deyadravyaṃ samarpayet /
pādayorarpayet pādyaṃ śirasyarghyaṃ nivedayet

237

ācamyaṃ vadane dadyāt gandhaṃ mālyaṃ suvāsasī /
divyābharaṇaratnāni yajñasūtraṃ samarpayet

238

tatastu bhājane kāṃsye kṛtvā dadhi ghṛtaṃ madhu /
samarpayāmi vākyena madhuparkaṃ kare'rpayet

239

varo'pi pātramādāya vāme pāṇau nidhāya ca /
dakṣāṅguṣṭhānāmikābhyāṃ prāṇāhutyuktamantrakaiḥ

233

taireva saha ṛdhyatām ṛdhyatām ṛdhyatām ityṛddhiñca kathayet
vācayet

235

२३४ //
sādhvityādi / tato dātā sādhu bhavānāstāmiti sādhupraśnaṃ
bhavantamarcayiṣyāma ityarcanāpraśnañca varaṃ pṛcchet / tato varāt
sādhvahamāse iti omarcayeti ca praśnottaraṃ nītvā samādāya
pādyādyairvaramarcayet pūjayet pādyādīni varāya
samarpayedityarthaḥ

236

nanu kena vākyena kutra kutra vā aṅge pādyādikaṃ
samarpayedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha samarpayāmītyādi / tubhyamidaṃ
samarpayāmīti vākyena pādyādideyadravyaṃ varāya samarpayet

238

२३७ //
tatastvityādi / tatastu kāṃsye bhājane dadhi ghṛtaṃ madhu ca
kṛtvā tubhyaṃ samarpayāmīti vākyena madhuparkaṃ varasya kare
dakṣiṇe haste samarpayet

240

varo'pītyādi / varo'pi madhuparkapātramādāya gṛhītvā
vāme pāṇau nidhāya saṃsthāpya ca
dakṣāṅguṣṭhānāmikābhyāmaṅgulibhyāṃ prāṇāya
svāhetyādikaiḥ
(pṛ० २७१) pañcadhāghrāya tatpātramudīcyāṃ diśi dhārayet /
madhuparkaṃ samarpyaivaṃ punarācāmayedvaram

241

dūrvākṣatābhyāṃ jāmāturvidhṛtya jānu dakṣiṇam /
smṛtvā viṣṇuṃ tatsaditi māsapakṣatithīstataḥ

242

samullikhya nimittāni vṛṇuyādvaramuttamam /
gotrapravaranāmāni pratyekaṃ prapitāmahāt

243

ṣaṣṭhyantāni samuccārya varasya janakāvadhi /
dvitīyāntaṃ varaṃ brūyāt gotrapravaranāmabhiḥ

244

tathaiva kanyāmullikhya brāhmodvāhena paṇḍitaḥ /
dātuṃ bhavantamityuktvā vṛṇe'hamiti kīrtayet

239

prāṇāhutyuktamantraiḥ pañcadhā pañcavāraṃ
madhuparkamāghrāya tatpātraṃ
madhuparkapātramudīcyāmuttarasyāṃ diśi dhārayet / evaṃ varāya
madhuparkaṃ samarpya punarvaramācāmayet

245

२४० //
dūrvetyādi / tato jāmāturvarasya dakṣiṇaṃ jānu vidhṛtya
prathamato viṣṇuṃ smṛtvā tatastatsaditi samullikhyoccārya tato
māsaprabhṛtīni nimittāni samullikhya tato varasya prapitāmahāt
prapitāmahamārabhya janakāvadherjanakaparyantasya tripuruṣasya
pratyekaṃ ṣaṣṭhyantāni gotrapravaranāmāni samuccārya tato
gotrapravaranāmabhirviśiṣṭaṃ dvitīyāntaṃ varaṃ brūyāt /
tatastathaiva kanyāyāḥ prapitāmahāderjanakaparyantasya tripuruṣasya
ṣaṣṭhyantāni gotrapravaranāmānyullikhya tato
gotrapravaranāmabhirviśiṣṭāṃ dvitīyāntāṃ kanyāmullikhya tato
brāhmodvāhena dātuṃ bhavantamityuktvā paṇḍitaḥ sampradātā
vṛṇe'hamiti kīrtayet / yojanayā viṣṇuro/ tatsat o/
adyāmukamāsyamukapakṣe'mukatithāvamukarāśisthite
bhāskare'mukagotraḥ śrīmadamukadevaśarmā amukagotrasya
amukapravarasya śrīmato amukadevaśarmaṇaḥ prapautram
amukagotrasya amukapravarasya
(pṛ० २७२) vṛto'smīti varo brūyāt tato dātā vadedvaram /
yathāvihitamityuktvā vivāhakarma kurviti /
varo brūyāt yathājñānaṃ karavāṇi taduttaram

246

tataḥ kanyāṃ samānīya vastrālaṅkārabhūṣitām /
vastrāntareṇa saṃcchādya sthāpayedvarasammukham

247

punarvaraṃ samabhyarcya vāso'laṅkaraṇādibhiḥ /
varasya dakṣiṇe pāṇau kanyāpāṇiṃ niyojayet

248

tanmadhye pañcaratnāni phalatāmbūlameva vā /
dattvā'rcayitvā tanayāṃ varāya viduṣe'rpayet

245

śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ pautram amukagotrasyāmukapravarasya
śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ putram amukagotramamukapravaraṃ
śrīmantamamukadevaśarmāṇaṃ varam
amukagotrasyāmukapravarasya śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
prapautrīm amukagotrasyāmukapravarasya
śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ pautrīmamukagotrasyāmukapravarasya
śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ putrīm
amukagotrāmamukapravarāmamukīṃ devīṃ kanyāṃ
brāhmodvāhena dātuṃ bhavantamahaṃ vṛṇe iti vākyaṃ jātam /
anena vākyena dūrvākṣatābhyāmuttamaṃ varaṃ vṛṇuyāt // २४१ -
२४४ //
vṛta ityādi / tato vṛto'smīti varo brūyāt / tato dātā
yathāvihitamityuktvā vivāhakarma kuru iti varaṃ vadet yathāvihitaṃ
vivāhakarma kurviti jāmātaraṃ brūyādityarthaḥ / tato
yathājñānaṃ vivāhakarma karavāṇīti taduttaraṃ varo brūyāt

246

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ vastrālaṅkārabhūṣitāṃ kanyāṃ
vastrāntareṇa saṃcchādya gṛhāt samānīya varasammukhaṃ
sthāpayet

247

punarityādi / tato dātā vāso'laṅkaraṇādibhirvaraṃ punaḥ
samabhyarcya varasya dakṣiṇe pāṇau kanyāpāṇiṃ kanyāyā
dakṣiṇaṃ hastaṃ niyojayet sthāpayet

248

tanmadhye ityādi / tatastanmadhye pāṇimadhye pañcaratnāni
phalatāmmūlameva vā datvā tanayāṃ putrīmarcayitvā viduṣe
dhīmate varāyārpayet dadyāt

249

(pṛ० २७३) prāgvattripuruṣākhyānaṃ nimittākhyānameva ca /
ātmanaḥ kāmamuddiśya caturthyantaṃ varaṃ vadet

250

kanyābhidhāṃ dvitīyāntāmarcitāṃ samalaṅkṛtām /
sācchādanāṃ prajāpatidevatākāmudīrayan

251

tubhyamahamiti procya dadyāt sampradade vadan /
varaḥ svastīti svīkuryāt sampradātā varaṃ vadet

252

dharme cārthe ca kāme ca bhavatā bhāryayā saha /
vartitavyaṃ varo bāḍhamuktvā kāmastutiṃ paṭhet

253

nanu kena vākyena varāya kanyā
samarpayitavyetyākāṅkṣāyāmāha prāgvadityādi / prāgvat
pūrvavat tripuruṣākhyānaṃ nimittākhyānañca kṛtvā'tmanaḥ
kāmamapyuddiśya tataścaturthyantaṃ varaṃ vadet / tato
dvitīyāntāmarcitāṃ samalaṅkṛtāṃ sācchādanāṃ
prajāpatidevatākāṃ kanyābhidhāmudīrayaṃstubhyamahamiti procya
tataḥ sampradade iti vadaṃstanayāṃ dadyāt / yojanayā viṣṇuro/ tatsat
o/ adyāmukamāsyamukapakṣe'mukatithāvamukarāśisthite
bhāskare'mukābhīṣṭāsiddhikāmo'mukagotraḥ
śrīmadamukaśarmā'mukagotrasyā'mukapravarasya
śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ prapautrāya
amukagotrasyā'mukapravarasya śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
pautrāya amukagotrasyāmukapravarasya śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
putrāyā amukagotrāyā'mukapravarāya śrīmate'mukadevaśarmaṇe
varāya amukagotrasyā'mukapravarasya śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
prapautrīmamukagotrasyāmukapravarasya śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
pautrīmamukagotrasyāmukapravarasya śrīmadamukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
putrīmamukagotrāmamukapravarāmarcitāṃ samalaṅkṛtāṃ
sācchādanāṃ prajāpatidevatākāmamukīṃ devīmenāṃ kanyāṃ
tubhyamahaṃ sampradade iti vākyena viduṣe varāya tanayāṃ
samarpayedityarthaḥ / varaḥ svastītyuktvā bhāryāṃ svīkuryāt / tataḥ
sampradātā varaṃ vadet // २४९ - २५१ //
sampradātā varaṃ prati kiṃ vadedityapekṣāyāmāha dharme
cetyādi / he jāmātaḥ dharme cārthe ca kāme ca bhāryayā saha
bhavatā vartitavyam / tato varo
(pṛ० २७४) dātā kāmo gṛhītā'pi kāmāyā'dācca kāminīm /
kāmena tvāṃ pragṛhṇāmi kāmaḥ pūrṇo'stu cāvayoḥ

254

tato vadet sampradātā kanyāṃ jāmātaraṃ prati /
prajāpatiprasādena yuvayorabhivāñchitam /
pūrṇamastu śivañcāstu dharmaṃ pālayataṃ yuvām

255

tata ācchādya vastreṇa sampradātā sumaṅgalaiḥ /
parasparaśubhālokaṃ kārayedvarakanyayoḥ

256

tato hiraṇyaratnāni yathāśaktyanusārataḥ /
jāmātre dakṣiṇāṃ dadyādacchidramavadhārayet

252

bāḍhamityuktvā kāmastutiṃ paṭhet / bāḍhamaṅgīkaraṇam /
bhṛśapratijñayorbāḍhamityamaraḥ

253

kāmastutimevāha dātā kāma iti / kāmo dātā bhavati kāma
eva gṛhītā bhavati kāmaḥ kāmāya kāminīmadāt he bhārye
kāmena tvāmahaṃ pragṛhṇāmi āvayoḥ kāmaḥ pūrṇo'stu

254

tata ityādi / tataḥ kāmastutipaṭhanādanantaraṃ sampradātā
kanyāṃ jāmātaraṃ varañca prati vadet / kiṃ
vadedityapekṣāyāmāha prajāpatiprasādenetyādi

255

tata ityādi / tataḥ sampradātā vastreṇa varakanye ācchādya
sumaṅgalairgītavādyādibhirvarakanyayoḥ parasparaśubhālokaṃ
kārayet

256

tata ityādi / tata o/ adyetyādi kṛtasyāsya śubhavivāhakarmaṇaḥ
sāṅgatvārthaṃ
hiraṇyādidakṣiṇāmamukagotrāyāmukadevaśarmaṇe varāya
tubhyamahaṃ sampradade iti vākyena sampradātā jāmātre
yathāśaktyanusārato hiraṇyaratnāni dakṣiṇāṃ dadyāt / tataḥ
kṛtamidaṃ śubhavivāhakarmā'cchidramastu ityavadhārayet

257

(pṛ० २७५) varastu bhāryayā sārddhaṃ tadrātrau divase'pi vā /
kuśaṇḍikoktavidhinā vahnisthāpanamācaret

258

yojakākhyaḥ pāvako'tra prājāpatyaścaruḥ smṛtaḥ /
dhārānta karma sampādya dadyāt pañcāhutīrvaraḥ

259

śivaṃ durgāṃ tathā viṣṇuṃ brahmāṇaṃ vajradhāriṇām /
dhyātvaikaikaṃ samuddiśya juhuyāt saṃskṛte'nale

260

bhāryāyāḥ pāṇiyugalaṃ gṛhṇīyādityudīrayan /
pāṇiṃ gṛhṇāmi subhage gurudevaratā bhava /
gārhasthyaṃ karma dharmeṇa yathāvadanuśīlaya

261

ghṛtena svāmidattena lājairbhrātrāhṛtaiḥ śive /
prajāpatiṃ samuddiśya dadyāt vedāhutīrvadhūḥ

262

pradakṣiṇīkṛtya vahnimutthāya bhāryayā saha /
durgāṃ śivaṃ ramāṃ viṣṇuṃ brāhmīṃ brahmāṇameva ca /
yugmaṃ yugmaṃ samuddiśya tristridhā havanaṃ caret

257

varastvityādi / tadanantaramiti śeṣaḥ / divase'pi vā tasyā eva
rātreḥ parasmin dine vā // atra vivāhakarmaṇi

259

२५८ //
nanu kāndevānuddiśya sabhāryo varaḥ
pañcāhutīrdadyādityapekṣāyāmāha śivamityādi

260

bhāryāyā iti / tato vara iti vakṣyamāṇaṃ mantramudīrayan
kīrtayan bhāryāyāḥ pāṇiyugalaṃ gṛhṇīyāt / tameva mantramāha
pāṇiṃ gṛhṇāmi subhage ityādi

261

ghṛtenetyādi / he śive tato vadhūrbhāryā svāmidattena ghṛtena
bhrātrāhṛtairdattairlājaiśca prajāpatiṃ samuddiśya
vedāhutīścatasra āhutīrdadyāt

262

pradakṣiṇīkṛtyetyādi / tato varo bhāryayā sahotthāya vahniṃ
pradakṣaṇīkṛtya durgāṃ śivañca ramāṃ viṣṇuñca brāhmīṃ
brahmāṇameva ca yugmaṃ yugmaṃ samuccārya tristridhā trivāraṃ
trivāraṃ havanaṃ caret kuryāt

263

(pṛ० २७६) aśmamaṇḍalikāsaptārohau kuryādamantrakam /
niśāyāṃ cet tadā strībhiḥ paśyed dhruvamarundhatīm

264

pratyāvṛtyāsane samyagupaviśya varastadā /
sviṣṭikṛddhomataḥ pūrṇāhutyantena samāpayet

265

brāhmo vivāho vihito doṣahīnaḥ savarṇayā /
kuladharmānusāreṇa gotrabhinnāsapiṇḍayā

266

brāhmodvāhena yā grāhyā saiva patnī gṛheśvarī /
tadanujñāṃ vinā brāhmavivāhaṃ nācaret punaḥ

267

tasyā apatye tadvaṃśe vidyamāne kuleśvari /
śaivodbhavānyapatyāni dāyārhāṇi bhavanti na

268

śaivā tadanvayāścaiva labheran dhanabhājinaḥ /
yathāvibhavamācchādaṃ grāsañca parameśvari

269

śaivo vivāho dvividhaḥ kulacakre vidhīyate /
cakrasya niyamenaiko dvitīyo jīvanāvadhi

263

aśmamaṇḍaliketyādi / tataḥ sabhāryo varo'mantrakaṃ
mantravarjitamevāśmamaṇḍalikāsaptārohau pāṣāṇārohaṇaṃ
saptamaṇḍalikārohañca kuryāt / cet yadi niśāyāṃ tadārohau
kuryāttadā strībhiḥ parivṛtaḥ sabhāryo varo dhruvamarundhatīñca
paśyet

267

samāpayet vivāhakarmeti śeṣaḥ // २६४ - २६६ //
tasyā ityādi / tasyā brāhmodvāhena gṛhītāyāḥ patnyāḥ
apatye ātmaje ātmajāyāṃ vā

268

dhanabhājino janāt

270

२६९ //
(pṛ० २७७) cakrānuṣṭhānasamaye svagaṇaiḥ śaktisādhakaiḥ /
parasparecchayodvāhaṃ kuryādvīraḥ samāhitaḥ

271

bhairavīvīravṛndeṣu svābhiprāyaṃ nivedayet /
āvayoḥ śāmbhavodvāhe bhavadbhiranumanyatām

272

teṣāmanujñāmādāya japtvā saptākṣaraṃ manum /
aṣṭottaraśatāvṛttyā praṇamet kālikāṃ parām

273

tato vadet tāṃ ramaṇīṃ kaulānāṃ sannidhau śive /
akaitavena cittena patibhāvena māṃ vṛṇu

274

gandhapuṣpākṣatairvṛtvāṃ sā kaulā dayitaṃ tataḥ /
suśraddadhānā deveśi karau dadyāt karopari

270

atha śāmbhavodvāhavidhimāha cakrānuṣṭhānetyādibhiḥ /
svagaṇaiḥ śaktisādhakaiḥ saha cakrānuṣṭhānasamaye
parasparecchayā parasparasya bhairavyā vīrasya cākāṅkṣayā
samāhitaḥ sāvadhānaḥ san vīra udvāhaṃ kuryāt

272

२७१ //
teṣāmityādi / teṣāṃ
bhairavīvīravṛndānāmanujñāmanumatimādāya gṛhītvā
saptākṣaraṃ parameśvari svāheti manumaṣṭottaraśatāvṛttyā japtvā
vīraḥ paramāmuttamāṃ kālikāṃ praṇamet

273

tata ityādi / he śive pārvati tato vīraḥ kaulānāṃ sannidhau
samīpe he ramaṇi tvamakaitavena vyājaśūnyena cittena patibhāvena
māṃ vṛṇviti tāṃ ramaṇīṃ vadet

274

gandhetyādi / he deveśi tataḥ sā kaulā suśraddadhānā satī
gandhapuṣpākṣatairdayitaṃ priyaṃ vṛtvā tasya karopari svakīyau
karau dadyāt

275

(pṛ० २७८) tato'bhiṣiñcet cakreśo mantreṇānena dampatī /
tadā cakrasthitāḥ kaulā brūyuḥ svastīti sādaram

276

rājarājeśvarī kālī tāriṇī bhuvaneśvarī /
bagalā kamalā nityā yuvāṃ rakṣantu bhairavī

277

abhiṣiñcet dvādaśadhā madhunā vā'rghyapāthasā /
tatastau praṇatau vidvān śrāvayedvāgbhavaṃ ramām

278

yadyadaṅgīkṛtaṃ tatra tābhyāṃ pālyaṃ prayatnataḥ /
śāmbhavoktavidhānena kulīnābhyāṃ kuleśvari

279

vayovarṇavicāro'tra śaivodvāhe na vidyate /
asapiṇḍāṃ bhartṛhīnāmudvahecchambhuśāsanāt

280

pariṇītā śaivadharme cakranirdhāraṇena yā /
apatyārthī ṛtuṃ dṛṣṭvā cakrātīte tu tāṃ tyajet

275

tata ityādi / tataḥparaṃ cakreśo'nena vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa
tau dampatī jāyāpatī abhiṣiñcet / tadā tasmin kāle cakrasthitāḥ
kaulāḥ sādaraṃ yathā syāttathā svastīti brūyurvadeyuḥ

276

nanu kena mantreṇa cakreśo dampatī
abhiṣiñcedityapekṣāyāmāha rājarājeśvarītyādi

277

abhiṣiñcedityādi / cakreśo'nenaiva mantreṇa madhunā madyena
vā'rghyapāthasā'rghyajalena vā dvādaśadhā dvādaśavāraṃ
dampatī abhiṣiñcet / tataḥ praṇatau dampatī prati vidvāṃścakreśo
vāgbhavaṃ aimiti ramāṃ śrīmiti ca bījaṃ śrāvayet

278

tatra śāmbhavodvāhakarmaṇi / tābhyāṃ jāyāpatibhyāṃ

280

२७९ //
pariṇītetyādi / cakranirdhāraṇena cakraniyamena śaivadharme
yā strī pariṇītā udūḍhā āsīttāṃ striyaṃ cakrātīte sati
apatyārthī vīraḥ dvitoyamṛtuṃ dṛṣṭvā tyajet

281

(pṛ० २७९) śaivabhāryodbhavāpatyamanulomena mātṛvat /
samācaredvilomena tattu māmānyajātivat

282

eṣāṃ saṅkarajātīnāṃ sarvatra pitṛkarmasu /
bhojyapradānaṃ kaulānāṃ bhojanaṃ vihitaṃ bhavet

283

nṛṇāṃ svabhāvajaṃ devi priyaṃ bhojanamaithunam /
saṅkṣepāya hitārthāya śaivadharme nirūpitam

284

ata eva maheśāni śaivadharmaniṣevaṇāt /
dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāṃ prabhurbhavati nānyathā

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
kuśaṇḍikādaśavidhasaṃskāravidhirnāma navamollāsaḥ /
śaivabhāryetyādi / anulomena varṇena
śaivabhāryodbhavāpatyaṃ mātṛvat karma samācaret kuryāt / yathā
brāhmaṇāt kṣatriyāyāṃ śaivyāṃ bhāryāyāṃ jātamapatyaṃ
kṣatriyāvat karma samācaredityevam vilomena varṇena yat
śaivabhāryodbhavāpatyaṃ tattu sāmānyajātivat pañcamavarṇavat
karma samācaret // २८१ - २८४ //
iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ navamollāsaḥ /
daśamollāsaḥ
śrīdevyuvāca /
kuśaṇḍikāvidhirnātha saṃskārāśca daśa śrutāḥ /
vṛddhiśrāddhavidhiṃ deva kṛpayā me prakāśaya

2

kasmin kasmiṃśca saṃskāre pratiṣṭhāsu ca kāsvapi /
kuśaṇḍikāvidhānañca vṛddhiśrāddhañca śaṅkara

3

kartavyaṃ vā na kartavyaṃ tanmamācakṣva tatvataḥ /
matprītaye maheśāna jīvānāṃ maṅgalāya ca

4

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
jīvasekādvivāhāntadaśasaṃskārakarmasu /
yatra yadvihitaṃ bhadre saviśeṣaṃ prakīrtitam

5

tadeva kāryaṃ manujaistatvajñairhitamicchubhiḥ /
anyatra yadvidhātavyaṃ tacchṛṇuṣva varānane

1

o/ namo brahmaṇe /
kuśaṇḍikāyā jīvasekādivivāhāntānāṃ
daśavidhasaṃskārāṇāñca vidhiṃ śrutvedānīṃ
vṛddhiśrāddhavidhiṃ kuśaṇḍikāyā vṛddhiśrāddhasya ca kasmin
kasmin karmaṇi kāryatvamakāryatvaṃ vā vartate tadapi
śrotumicchantī śrīdevyuvāca kuśaṇḍikāvidhirityādi // ācakṣva
brūhi

3

२

4

śrīdevyaivaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca
jīvasekādityādi / jīvasekājjīvasekamārabhya

6

५ //
(pṛ० २८१) vāpīkūpataḍāgānāṃ devapratikṛtestathā /
gṛhārāmavratādīnāṃ pratiṣṭhākarmasu priye

7

sarvatra pañcadevānāṃ mātṝṇāmapi pūjanam /
vasordhārā ca kartavyā vṛddhiśrāddhakuśaṇḍike

8

strīṇāṃ vidheyakṛtyeṣu vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ na vidyate /
devatāpitṛtṛptyarthaṃ bhojyamekaṃ samutsṛjet

9

devamātrārcanaṃ tatra vasudhārā kuśaṇḍikā /
bhaktyā striyā vidhātavyā ṛtvijā kamalānane

10

putraśca pautro dauhitro jñātayo bhaginīsutaḥ /
jāmātartvigdaivapitre śastāḥ pratinidhau śive

11

vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ pravakṣyāmi tattvataḥ śṛṇu kālike

12

kṛtvā nityoditaṃ karma mānavaḥ susamāhitaḥ /
gaṅgāṃ yajñeśvaraṃ viṣṇuṃ vāstvīśaṃ bhūpatiṃ yajet

6

vāpītyādi / devapratikṛteḥ devatāpratimāyāḥ

7

pañcadevānāṃ brahmādīnāṃ / mātṝṇāṃ gauryādīnām

8

strīṇāmityādi / strīṇāmiti kṛtyānāṃ kartari vetyanena kartari
ṣaṣṭhī / samutsṛjet strīti śeṣaḥ

9

tatra strībhirvidheyeṣu karmasu / ṛtvijā ātmapratinidhinā
purohitena

10

nanu purohita eva pratinidhiḥ praśasto bhavati tadanyo'pi vā
kaścit tatrāha putra ityādi

12

११ //
atha vṛddhiśrāddhavidhimāha kṛtvetyādibhiḥ / nityoditaṃ
karma kṛtvā pūrvābhimukho mānavaḥ susamāhito'tisāvadhānaḥ
san praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhirgaṅgāṃ yajñeśvaraṃ viṣṇuṃ vāstvīśaṃ
bhūpatiṃ bhūmisvāminaṃ puruṣañca kramato yajet pūjayet

13

(pṛ० २८२) tato darbhamayān viprān kalpayet praṇavaṃ smaran /
pañcabhirnavabhirvā'pi saptabhistribhireva vā

14

nirgarbhaiśca kuśaiḥ sāgrairdakṣiṇāvartayogataḥ /
sārddhadvayāvartanena ūrddhvāgrairacayed dvijān

15

vṛddhiśrāddhe pārvaṇādau ṣaḍviprāḥ parikīrtitāḥ /
ekoddiṣṭe tu kathita eka eva dvijaḥ śive

16

tato viprān kuśamayānekasminneva bhājane /
kauberābhimukhān kṛtvā snāpayedamunā sudhīḥ

17

hrī/ śanno devīrabhīṣṭaye śanno bhavantu pītaye /
śaṃyorabhisravantu naḥ

18

tatastu gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ pūjayet kuśabhūsurān

13

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ praṇavamoṅkāraṃ smaran san mānavo
darbhamayān viprān kalpayet racayet /
darbhamayabrāhmaṇanirmāṇavidhānamāha pañcabhirityādinā
sārddhena / nirgarbhairgarbhaśūnyaiḥ
sāgrairagrasahitairūrddhāgrairnavabhiḥ saptabhiḥ pañcabhistribhireva
vā kuśairdakṣiṇāvartayogataḥ sārddhadvayāvartanena dvijān
viprān racayet

15

१४ //
nanu kati darbhamayā brāhmaṇāḥ kalpayitavyā
ityapekṣāyāmāha vṛddhiśrāddhe ityādi

16

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ sudhīrvṛddhiśrāddhakartā ekasminneva
bhājane pātre kuśamayān viprān kauberābhimukhānuttaramukhān
kṛtvā'munā vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa snāpayet

17

kuśamayabrāhmaṇasnāpanārthaṃ mantramevāha / hrī/ śanna
ityādyam

18

tatastvityādi / tatastu praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ kuśabhūsurān kuśamayabrāhmaṇān pūjayet

19

(pṛ० २८३) paścime dakṣiṇe caiva yugmayugmakramāt sudhīḥ /
ṣaṭpātrāṇi sadarbhāṇi sthāpayettulasītilaiḥ

20

pātradvaye paścimāyāṃ yāmye pātracatuṣṭaye /
pūrvāsyāvuttaramukhān ṣaḍviprānupaveśayet

21

daivapakṣaṃ paścimāyāṃ dakṣiṇe vāmayāmyayoḥ /
piturmātāmahasyāpi pakṣau dvau viddhi pārvati

22

nāndīmukhāśca pitaro nāndīmukhyaśca mātaraḥ /
mātāmahādayo'pyevaṃ mātāmahyādayo'pi ca /
śrāddhe nāmnyābhyudayike samullekhyā varānane

19

paścime ityādi / tatastu sudhīḥ karmasādhakaḥ paścime
dakṣiṇe caiva yugma yugmakramāt sadarbhāṇi kuśasahitāni
tulasītilaiśca yuktāni ṣaṭpātrāṇi sthāpayet

20

pātradvaye ityādi / tataḥ paścimāyāṃ diśi sthāpite
pātradvaye yāmye dakṣiṇe sthāpite pātracatuṣṭaye ca kramataḥ
pūrvāsyau pūrvamukhau uttaramukhāṃśca kuśamayān
ṣaḍviprānupaveśayet

21

daivapakṣamityādi / he pārvati paścimāyāṃ diśi daivaṃ
pakṣaṃ tvaṃ viddhi jānīhi / dakṣiṇe tu vāmayāmyayorvāmabhāge
dakṣiṇabhāge ca kramataḥ piturmātāmahasyāpi dvau pakṣau viddhi

22

nāndīmukhāścetyādi / he varānane devi ābhyudayike nāmni
śrāddhe pitaraḥ pitrādayo nāndīmukhā mātaro mātrādayaśca
nāndīmukhyaḥ samullekhyāḥ samuccāryāḥ / evaṃ
mātāmahādayo'pi nāndīmukhāḥ mātāmahyādayo'pi
nāndīmukhyaḥ samullekhyāḥ

23

(pṛ० २८४) dakṣāvartenottarāsyo daivaṃ karma samācaret /
vāmāvartena dakṣārayaḥ pitṛkarmāṇi sādhayet

24

sarvaṃ karma prakurvīta daivādikramataḥ śive /
laṅghanānmātṛmātṝṇāṃ śrāddhaṃ tadviphalaṃ bhavet

25

kauberābhimukho'nujñāvākyaṃ daive prakalpayet /
yāmyāsyaḥ kalpayedvākyaṃ pitrye mātāmahe'pi ca /
tatrādau daivapakṣe tu vākyaṃ śṛṇu śucismite

26

kālādīni nimittāni samullikhya tataḥ param /
tattatkarmābhyudayārthamuktvā sādhakasattamaḥ

23

dakṣāvartenetyādi / dakṣiṇāvartenottarāsya uttaramukhaḥ san
daivaṃ karma samācaret kuryāt / vāmāvartena dakṣāsyo
dakṣiṇamukhaḥ san pitṛkarmāṇi sādhayet

24

sarvamityādi / he śive daivādikramata eva sarvaṃ karma
prakurvīta / nanu pitṛkarmasādhanāya dakṣiṇāvartenaiva
dakṣiṇāmukhabhavane ko doṣastatrāha laṅghanādityādi /
mātṛmātṝṇāṃ māturmātrādīnāṃ laṅghanāttacchrāddhaṃ
viphalaṃ bhavet / mātṛmātṝṇāmiti mātuḥ
pitrādīnāmapyupalakṣaṇam

25

kauberetyādi / kauberābhimukho uttarābhimukho bhūtvā
daivapakṣe'nujñāvākyaṃ kalpayet racayet / yāmyāsyo
dakṣiṇamukho bhūtvā pitrye pakṣe mātāmahe api pakṣe
anujñāvākyaṃ kalpayet

27

daivapakṣe prakalpanīyaṃ yadanujñāvākyaṃ tadevāha
kālādīnītyādibhiḥ / prathamataḥ kālādīni nimittāni samullikhya
tataḥ paraṃ tattatkarmābhyudayārthamuktvā sādhakasattamo
gotranāmoccāraṇapūrvakaṃ pitrādīnāṃ trayāṇāṃ
mātrādīnāmapi tisṝṇāṃ tathaiva mātāmahādīnāṃ trayāṇāṃ
mātāmahyādīnāmapi tisṝṇāṃ ṣaṣṭhyantaṃ nāma kīrtayet / tato
viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ ceti padamudīrayeduccārayet / tataḥ
śrāddhapadamudīrayet /
(pṛ० २८५) pitrādīnāṃ trayāṇāṃ tu mātrādīnāṃ tathaiva ca /
mātāmahānāṃ ca mātāmahyādīnāmapi priye

28

ṣa.ṣṭhyantaṃ kīrtayennāma gotroccāraṇapūrvakam /
viśveṣāñcaiva devānāṃ śrāddhaṃ padamudīrayet

29

kuśanirmitayoḥ paścāt viprayorahamityapi /
kariṣye parameśānītyanujñāvākyamīritam

30

viśvān devān parityajya pitṛpakṣe tu pārvati /
tathā mātāmahasyāpi pakṣe'nujñā prakīrtitā

30

paścāt kuśanirmitayorviprayorahamityapyudīrayet / tataḥ kariṣye
ityudīrayet / sakalapadayojanayā viṣṇuro/ tatsat o/
adyāmukamāsyamukapakṣe'mukatithāvamukakarmābhyudayārthama
mukagotrāṇāṃ nāndīmukhānāṃ
pitṛpitāmahaprapitāmahānāmamukāmukāmukadevaśarmaṇāmamu
kagotrāṇāṃ nāndīmukhīnāṃ
mātṛpitāmahīprapitāmahīnāmamukyamukyamukīnāṃ devīnāṃ ca
amukagotrāṇāṃ nāndīmukhānāṃ
mātāmahapramātāmahavṛddhapramātāmahānāmamukāmukāmuk
adevaśarmaṇāṃ ca amukagotrāṇāṃ nāndīmukhīnāṃ
mātāmahīpramātāmahīvṛddhapramātāmahīnāmamukyamukya-
mukīnāṃ devīnāṃ ca viśveṣāṃ devānāmābhyudayikaṃ
śrāddhaṃ kuśanirmitayorviprayorahaṃ kariṣye iti vākyaṃ jātam / he
parameśāni daivapakṣe ityetadevānujñāvākyamīritaṃ kathitam // २६
- २९ //
pitṛpakṣe mātāmahapakṣe ca yadanujñāvākyaṃ
prakalpanīyaṃ tadāha viśvānityādinā / he pārvati pitṛpakṣe tathā
mātāmahasyāpi pakṣe viśvān devān parityajyānujñā
prakīrtitā'nujñāvākyaṃ kathitaṃ / pitṛpakṣe'nujñāvākyaṃ
yathā o/ adya amuke
māsyamukapakṣe'mukatithāvamukakarmābhyudayārthamamukagotrā
ṇāṃ nāndīmukhānāṃ
pitṛpitāmahaprapitāmahānāmamukāmukāmukadevaśarmaṇāṃ
amukagotrāṇāṃ nāndīmukhīnāṃ
mātṛpitāmahīprapitāmahīnāmamukyamukyamukīnāṃ devīnāṃ
cāpyābhyudayikaṃ śrāddhaṃ kuśanirmitayorviprayorahaṃ kariṣye
iti / mātāmahapakṣe'pyevamevānujñāvākyaṃ prakalpanīyam

31

(pṛ० २८६) tato japedbrahmavidyāṃ gāyatrīṃ daśadhā śive

32

devatābhyaḥ pitṛbhyaśca mahāyogibhya eva ca /
namo'stu puṣṭyai svāhāyai nityameva bhavantviti

33

paṭhitvainaṃ tridhā haste jalamādāya sattamaḥ /
va/ hū/ phaḍiti mantreṇa śrāddhadravyāṇi śodhayet

34

āgneyayāṃ pātramekantu saṃsthāpya kulanāyike /
rakṣoghnamamṛtaṃ procya yajñarakṣāṃ kuruṣva me /
ityuktvā bhājane tasmiṃstulasīdalasaṃyutam

35

nidhāya salilaṃ devi devādikramataḥ sudhīḥ /
viprebhyo jalagaṇḍūṣaṃ datvā dadyāt kuśāsanam

31

tataḥ anujñāvākyakalpanādanantaram

33

३२ //
paṭhitvainamityādi / enaṃ devatābhya ityādyaṃ
bhavantvitītyantaṃ mantraṃ tridhā trivāraṃ paṭhitvā tataḥ sattamaḥ
śrāddhakartā haste jalamādāya va/ hū/ phaḍiti mantreṇa
śrāddhadravyāṇi śodhayet

36

āgneyayāmityādi / tata āgneyayāṃ diśyekaṃ pātraṃ
saṃsthāpya prathamato rakṣoghnamamṛtaṃ procya tato me
yajñarakṣāṃ kuruṣveti vadet / yojanayā rakṣoghnamamṛtamasi mama
yajñarakṣāṃ kuruṣveti mantro jātaḥ / itīmaṃ mantramuktvā
tasminnāgneyayāṃ diśi saṃsthāpite bhājane tulasīyavasaṃyutaṃ
salilaṃ jalaṃ nidhāya saṃsthāpya tataḥ sudhīḥ śrāddhakartā
daivādikramataḥ kuśamayebhyo viprebhyo jalagaṇḍūṣaṃ dattvā
viśvedevā idamāsanaṃ vo nama iti vākyena viśvebhyo
devebhyo'mukagotra nāndīmukha pitaramukadevaśarman amukagotra
nāndīmukha pitāmahāmukadevaśarmannamukagotra nāndīmukha
prapitāmahāmukadevaśarmannidamāsanaṃ vaḥ svadheti vākyena
pitrādibhyo'mukagotre nāndīmukhi mātaramuki devi amukagotre
nāndīmukhi pitāmahi amuki devi
(pṛ० २८७) tata āvāhayedvidvān viśvān devān pitṝṃstathā /
mātṝrmātāmahāṃścāpi tathā mātāmahīḥ śive

37

āvāhya pūjayedādau viśvān devāṃstato yajet /
pitṛtrayaṃ tathā mātṛtrayaṃ mātāmahatrayam

34

amukagotre nāndīmukhi prapitāmahi amuki devi idamāsanaṃ vaḥ
svadheti vākyena mātrādibhyo'mukagotra nāndīmukha
mātāmahāmukadevaśarmannamukagotra nāndīmukha
pramātāmahāmukadevaśarmannamukagotra nāndīmukha
vṛddhapramātāmahāmukadevaśarmannidamāsanaṃ vaḥ svadheti
vākyena mātāmahādibhyo'mukagotre nāndīmukhi mātāmahyamuki
devi amukagotre nāndīmukhi pramātāmahyamuki devi amukagotre
nāndīmukhi vṛddhapramātāmahyamuki devi idamāsanaṃ vaḥ
svadheti vākyena mātāmahyādibhyo'pi kuśāsanaṃ dadyāt

36

३५
//
tata ityādi / tato vidvān śrāddhakartā viśvedevā ihāgacchateha
tiṣṭhateha sannidhatta mama pūjāṃ gṛhṇīteti vākyena viśvān
devān amukagotrā nāndīmukhāḥ pitṛpitāmahaprapitāmahā
amukāmukadevaśarmāṇaḥ ihāgacchateha tiṣṭhateha sannidhatta
mama pūjāṃ gṛhṇīteti vākyena pitṝn pitrādīn tathā amukagotrā
nāndīmukhyo mātṛpitāmahīprapitāmahyo'mukyamukyamukyo devya
ihāgacchateha tiṣṭhateha sannidhatta mama pūjāṃ gṛhṇīteti vākyena
mātṝrmātrādīrapi amukagotrā nāndīmukhā
mātāmahapramātāmahavṛddhapramātāmahā
amukāmukāmukadevaśarmāṇa ihāgacchateha tiṣṭhateha sannidhatta
mama pūjāṃ gṛhṇīteti vākyena mātāmahān mātāmahādīnapi
amukagotrā nāndīmukhyo
mātāmahīpramātāmahīvṛddhapramātāmahyo'mukyamukyamukyo
devya ihāgacchateha tiṣṭhateha sannidhatta mama pūjāṃ gṛhṇīteti
vākyena mātāmahīrmātāmahyādīścāpi kuśāsane āvāhyet

38

āvāhyetyādi / evaṃ viśvedevādīnāvāhya viśvedevā etāni
pādyārghyācamanādīni vo nama iti vākyena
pādyārghyācamanādibhirdhūpairdīpairvāsobhiścāpyādau
(pṛ० २८८) mātāmahītrayaṃ cāpi pādyārghyācamanādibhiḥ /
dhūpairdīpaiśca vāsobhiḥ pūjayitvā varānane /
pātrāṇāṃ pātanapraśnaṃ kuryāddaivakramāt śive

39

maṇḍalaṃ racayedekaṃ māyayā caturasrakam /
dve dve ca maṇḍale kuryāt tadvatpakṣadvayorapi

40

vāruṇaprokṣiteṣveṣu pātrāṇyāsādya sādhakaḥ /
tena kṣālitapātreṣu sarvopakaraṇaiḥ saha /
pānārthapāthasānnāni krameṇa pariveśayet

37

viśvān devān pūjayet / tataḥ o/ adyāmukagotrā nāndīmukhāḥ
pitṛpitāmahaprapitāmahā amukāmukāmukadevaśarmāṇa etāni
gandhapuṣpadhūpadīpādīni vaḥ svadheti vākyena pitṛtrayaṃ
tathaivāmukagotrā nāndīmukhyo
mātṛpitāmahīprapitāmahyo'mukyamukyamukyo devya etāni
pādyādīni vaḥ svadheti vākyena mātṛtrayaṃ tathaiva prakalpitena
vākyena mātāmahatrayaṃ tathaiva kalpitavākyena mātāmahītrayaṃ
cāpi kramataḥ pādyādibhiryajet pūjayet / he varānane śive evaṃ
viśvadevādīn pūjayitvā tato daivakramāt devapakṣādikramataḥ
pātrāṇi pātayiṣye iti pātrāṇāṃ pātanapraśnaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ
prati kuryāt

39

३८ //
maṇḍalamityādi / tataḥ o/ pātayeti brāhmaṇāttaduttaraṃ
prāpya daivapakṣe māyayā hrī/ bījena caturasrakaṃ
catuṣkoṇamekaṃ maṇḍalaṃ racayet / pakṣadvayorapi
pitṛpakṣamātāmahapakṣayorapi tadvat hrī/ bījena catuṣkoṇe dve dve
maṇḍale kuryāt

40

vāruṇetyādi / tataḥ sādhako jano vāruṇaprokṣiteṣu vamiti
bījenābhiṣikteṣveṣu maṇḍaleṣu kramataḥ pātrāṇyāsādya
saṃsthāpya tena vamiti bījena kṣāliteṣu pātreṣu sarvairupakaraṇaiḥ
pānārthapāthasā pānārthena jalena ca sahānnāni krameṇa
daivādikramataḥ pariveśayet

41

(pṛ० २८९) tato madhuyavān datvā hrā/ hrū/ phaḍiti mantrakaiḥ /
saṃprokṣyānnāni sarvāṇi viśvān devāṃstathā pitṝn

42

mātṝrmātāmahān mātāmahīrullikhya tattvavit /
nivedya devīṃ gāyatrīṃ devatābhyastridhā paṭhet

43

śeṣānnapiṇḍayoḥ praśnau kuryādādye tataḥ param

44

tata ityādi / tataḥ paramanneṣu madhuyavān dattvā hrā/ hrū/
phaḍiti mantrakaiḥ sarvāṇyannāni saṃprokṣyābhiṣicya tattvavit jano
viśvān devān tathā pitṝn pitrādīn tathā mātṝrmātrādīṃstathā
mātāmahānmātāmahādīn tathā
mātāmahīrmātāmahyādīrapyullikhyoccārya viśvadevādibhyaḥ
sarvāṇyannāni nivedya viśvedevāḥ
pānārthodakamadhuyavasarvopakaraṇasahitametadannaṃ vo nama iti
vākyena viśvebhyo devebhyo'mukagotrā nāndīmukhāḥ
pitṛpitāmahaprapitāmahā amukāmukāmukadevaśarmāṇaḥ
pānārthodakamadhuyavasarvopakaraṇānvitametadannaṃ vaḥsvadheti
vākyena pitrādibhyo'mukagotrā nāndīmukhyo
mātṛpitāmahīprapitāmahyo'mukyamukyamukyo devyaḥ
pānārthodakamadhuyavasarvopakaraṇānvitametadannaṃ vaḥsvadheti
vākyena mātrādibhyo'mukagotrā nāndīmukhā
mātāmahapramātāmahavṛddhapramātāmahā
amukāmukāmukadevaśarmāṇa etat
pānārthodakamadhuyavasarvopakaraṇānvitamannaṃ vaḥsvadheti
vākyena mātrādibhyo'mukagotrā nāndīmukhyo
mātāmahīpramātāmahīvṛddhapramātāmahyo'mukyamukyamukyo
devyaḥ pānārthodakamadhuyavasarvopakaraṇānvitametadannaṃ
vaḥsvadheti vākyena mātāmahyādibhyo'pisopakaraṇānyannāni
krameṇa dattvā gāyatrīṃ devīṃ daśadhā paṭhet / tato devatābhya
ityādyaṃ bhavantvitītyantaṃ mantraṃ tridhā paṭhet he ādye tataḥ
paraṃ śeṣānnamasti kva deyamiti piṇḍadānaṃ kariṣye iti ca
śeṣānnapiṇḍayoḥ praśnau vipraṃ prati kuryāt // ४१ - ४३ //
(pṛ० २९०) dattaśeṣairakṣatādyairmālūraphalasannibhān /
dvijāt prāptottaraḥ piṇḍān racayeddvādaśa priye

45

anyaṃ tu kalpayedekaṃ piṇḍaṃ tatsamamambike /
āstarennairṛte darbhān maṇḍale yavasaṃyutān

46

ye me kule luptapiṇḍāḥ putradāravivarjitāḥ /
agnidagdhāśca ye ke'pi vyālavyāghrahatāśca ye

47

ye bāndhavābāndhavā vā ye'nyajanmani bāndhavāḥ /
maddattapiṇḍatoyābhyāṃ te yāntu tṛptimakṣayām

48

dattvā piṇḍamapiṇḍebhyo mantrābhyāṃ suravandite /
prakṣālya hastāvācāntaḥ sāvitrīṃ prajapaṃstataḥ /
devatābhyastridhā japtvā maṇḍalāni prakalpayet

44

dattaśeṣairityādi / tataḥ paraṃ dvijāt iṣṭebhyo dīyatāmiti o/
kuruṣveti prāptottaraḥ san
dattaśeṣairdattebhyo'vaśiṣṭairakṣatādyairmālūraphalasannibhān
vilvaphalatulyān dvādaśa piṇḍān racayet

45

anyantvityādi / tatastebhyo'nyamapi tatsamaṃ
bilvaphalatulyamekaṃ piṇḍaṃ kalpayet / tato nairṛte koṇe kalpite
catuṣkoṇamaṇḍale yavasaṃyutān darbhān
kuśānāstaredācchādayet

49

dattvetyādi / he suravandite ye me kule ityādibhyāṃ te yāntu
tṛptimakṣayāmityantābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ
mantrābhyāmapiṇḍebhyaḥ piṇḍahīnebhyo nairṛtakoṇe kalpite
catuṣkoṇe maṇḍale ācchāditeṣu darbheṣu
pūrvaracitadvādaśapiṇḍātiriktaṃ paścādracitaṃ trayodaśaṃ
piṇḍaṃ dattvā hastau prakṣālya tata ācāntaḥ kṛtācamanaḥ san
sāvitrīṃ gāyatrīṃ dvādaśadhā prajapan devatābhya iti mantraṃ
tridhā japtvā maṇḍalāni prakalpayet // ४६ - ४८ //
(pṛ० २९१) ucchiṣṭapātrapurataḥ pūrvoktavidhinā budhaḥ /
dve dve ca maṇḍale devi racayet pitṛtaḥ kramāt

50

pūrvamantreṇa saṃprokṣya kuśāṃsteṣvāstaret kṛtī /
abhyukṣya vāyunā darbhān pitṛdarbhakramāt śive /
ūrddhve mūle ca madhye ca trīṃstrīn piṇḍānnivedayet

51

āmantraṇena pratyekaṃ nāmoccārya maheśvari /
svadhayā vitaret piṇḍaṃ yavamādhvīkasaṃyutam

49

nanu kena vidhinā kutra sthāne kiyanti vā maṇḍalāni
kalpayitavyānītyākāṅkṣāyāmāha ucchiṣṭetyādi / he devi budhaḥ
prājñaḥ śrāddhakartā pūrvoktena vidhinā pitṛtaḥ
kramāducchiṣṭapātrāṇāṃ purato dve dve catuṣkoṇe maṇḍale
racayet

50

pūrvamantreṇetyādi / he śive tato vamiti bījarūpeṇa
pūrvamantreṇa maṇḍalāni samprokṣyā'bhiṣicya kṛtī vicakṣaṇaḥ
śrāddhakartā teṣu maṇḍaleṣu kuśānāstaret / tato vāyunā yamiti
bījena darbhānabhyukṣyā'bhiṣicya pitṛdarbhakramāt darbhāṇāṃ
mūle madhye corddhve ca pitrādibhyo mātrādibhyo
mātāmahādibhyo mātāmahyādibhyaśca krameṇaiva trīṃstrīn
piṇḍānnivedayet dadyāt

52

nanu kena kena vākyena pitrādibhyaḥ piṇḍā nivedayitavyā
ityapekṣāyāmāha āmantraṇenetyādi / he maheśvari āmantraṇena
sambodhanavibhaktyā viśiṣṭaṃ pitrādīnāṃ pratyekaṃ nāmoccārya
svadhayā yavamādhvīkasaṃyutaṃ madhuyavābhyāṃ saṃyuktaṃ
piṇḍaṃ vitaret / amukagotra nāndīmukha pitaramukadevaśarmanneṣa
madhuyavayutaḥ piṇḍaste svadheti vākyena darbhamūle pitre
amukagotra nāndīmukha pitāmaha amukadevaśarmanneṣa
madhuyavayutaḥ piṇḍaste svadheti vākyena darbhamadhye pitāmahāya
amukagotra nāndīmukha prapitāmaha amukadevaśarmanneṣa
madhuyavayutaḥ piṇḍaste svadheti vākyena darbhorddhve bhāge
prapitāmahāyā'mukagotre
(pṛ० २९२) piṇḍānte piṇḍaśeṣañca vikīrya lepabhājinaḥ /
prīṇayet karalepena naikoddiṣṭeṣvayaṃ vidhiḥ

53

devatāpitṛtṛptyarthaṃ sāvitrīṃ daśadhā japet /
devatābhyastridhā japtvā piṇḍān sampūjayettataḥ

51

gotre nāndīmukhi mātaramuki devi madhuyavayuta eṣa piṇḍaste
svadheti vākyena darbhamūle mātre amukagotre nāndīmukhi
pitāmahyamuki devi madhuyavayuta eṣa piṇḍaste svadheti vākyena
darbhamadhye pitāmahyai amukagotre nāndīmukhi prapitāmahyamuki
devi madhuyavayuta eṣa piṇḍaste svadheti vākyena darbhāgre
prapitāmahyai amukagotra nāndīmukha
mātāmahāmukadevaśarmanneṣa madhuyavayutaḥ piṇḍaste
svadhetyanena vākyena darbhamūle mātāmahāya amukagotra
nāndīmukha pramātāmaha amukadevaśarmanneṣa madhuyavayutaḥ
piṇḍaste svadhetyanena vākyena darbhamadhye pramātāmahāya
amukagotra nāndīmukha vṛddhapramātāmaha amukadevaśarmanneṣa
madhuyavayutaḥ piṇḍaste svadhetyanena darbhāgre
vṛddhapramātāmahāya amukagotre nāndīmukhi mātāmahyamuki
devi madhuyavayuta eṣa piṇḍaste svadhetyanena darbhamūle
mātāmahyai amukagotre nāndīmukhi pramātāmahyamuki devi
madhuyavayuta eṣa piṇḍaste svadhetyanena dabhamadhye
pramātāmahyai amukagotre nāndīmukhi vṛddhapramātāmahyamuki
devi madhuyavayuta eṣa piṇḍaste svadheti vākyena darbhāgre
vṛddhapramātāmahyai ca piṇḍaṃ dadyādityarthaḥ

52

piṇḍānte ityādi / piṇḍānte piṇḍapradānānte piṇḍānabhitaḥ
piṇḍaśeṣaṃ vikīrya vikṣipya o/ lepabhujaḥ pitaraḥ prīyantāmiti
vākyena karalepena hastalagnenānnena lepabhājinaścaturthādyān
pitṝn prīṇayet / ekoddiṣṭeṣvayaṃ
vidhirlepabhājipitṛprīṇanavidhirnāsti

53

devatetyādi / tato devatāpitṛtṛptyarthaṃ sāvitrīṃ gāyatrīṃ
daśadhā japet / tato devatābhya iti mantraṃ tridhā japtvā tato
gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ piṇḍān sampūjayet

54

(pṛ० २९३) prajvālya dhūpaṃ dīpaṃ ca nimīlya nayanadvayam /
divyadehadharān pitṝnaśnataḥ kavyamadhvare /
vibhāvya praṇameddhīmānimaṃ mantramudīrayan

55

pitā me paramo dharmaḥ pitā me paramaṃ tapaḥ /
svargaḥ pitā me tattṛptau tṛptamastyakhilaṃ jagat

56

tato nirmālyamādāya prārthayedāśiṣaḥ pitṝn

57

āśiṣo me pradīyantāṃ pitaraḥ karuṇāmayāḥ /
vedāḥ santatayo nityaṃ varddhantāṃ bāndhavā mama

58

pātāro me vivarddhantāṃ bahūnyannāni santu me /
yācitāraḥ sadā santu mā ca yācāmi kañcana

59

daivādito dvijān piṇḍān visṛjettadanantaram /
tathaiva dakṣiṇāṃ kuryāt pakṣeṣu triṣu tattvavit

54

prajvālyetyādi / tato dhūpaṃ dīpaṃ ca prajvālya
nayanadvayaṃ nimīlya divyadehadharān adhvare yajñe kavyaṃ
pitryamannaṃ aśnataḥ khādataḥ pitṝn vibhāvya vicintyemaṃ
vakṣyamāṇaṃ mantramudīrayan kīrtayan dhīmān janastān praṇamet

55

tameva mantramāha pitā me ityādyam

60

tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ nirmālyaṃ puṣpādyādāya gṛhītvā
āśiṣo me pradīyantāmityādyaṃ mā ca yācāmi kañcanetyantaṃ
mantradvayamudīrayan karmasādhakaḥ pitṝnāśiṣaḥ kāmān
prārthayet yācet // ५६ - ५८ //
daivādita ityādi / tadanantaraṃ daivādito daivapakṣādikramato
brahman kṣamasveti piṇḍa gayāṃ gaccheti ca vākyamuccaran tattvavit
sādhako darbhamayān dvijān piṇḍāṃśca visṛjet / tathaiva
daivādikrameṇaiva triṣvapi pakṣeṣu o/ tatsat
(pṛ० २९४) gāyatrīṃ daśadhā japtvā devatābhyo'pi pañcadhā /
dṛṣṭvā vahniṃ raviṃ vipramidaṃ pṛcchet kṛtāñjaliḥ

61

idaṃ śrāddhaṃ samuccārya sāṅgaṃ jātamudīrayet /
dvijo vadet samyageva sāṅgaṃ jātaṃ vidhānataḥ

62

aṅgavaiguṇyaśāntyarthaṃ praṇavaṃ daśadhā japan /
acchidrābhividhānena kuryāt karmasamāpanam /
pātrīyānnāni piṇḍāṃśca brāhmaṇāya nivedayet

63

viprābhāve gavājebhyaḥ salile vā viniḥkṣipet /
vṛddhiśrāddhamidaṃ proktaṃ nityasaṃskārakarmaṇi

64

śrāddhe parvaṇi kartavye pārvaṇatvena kīrtayet

59

adyetyādi kṛtaitadābhyudayikaśrāddhapratiṣṭhārthaṃ
hiraṇyādikamamukagotrāyāmukadevaśarmaṇe brāhmaṇāya
dakṣiṇāṃ dātumahamutsṛje iti vākyena yathāśakti hiraṇyādikaṃ
dakṣiṇāṃ kuryāt

60

gāyatrīmityādi / tato gāyatrīṃ daśadhā japtvā devatābhya iti
mantramapi pañcadhā japtvā vahniṃ raviṃ ca dṛṣṭvā kṛtāñcaliḥ
san vipramidaṃ pṛcchet

61

vipraṃ prati kiṃ pṛcchedityapekṣāyāmāha idamityādi / idaṃ
śrāddhaṃ samuccārya sāṅgaṃ jātamityudīrayet / yojanayā idaṃ
śrāddhaṃ sāṅgaṃ jātamityeva vipraṃ pṛcchet / tato vidhānataḥ
samyageva sāṅgaṃ jātamiti dvijo vadet

62

acchidrābhividhānena kṛtametacchrāddhakarmā'cchidramastviti
vākyena

64

६३ //
evamābhyudayikaśrāddhavidhimuktvedānīṃ saviśeṣeṇa
tenaiva vidhinā pārvaṇādikamapi śrāddhaṃ vidhātavyamityāha
śrāddhe ityādibhiḥ / parvaṇyamāvāsyādau kartavye śrāddhe
kalpanīyeṣvanujñāvākyeṣu pārvaṇatvena śrāddhaṃ
kīrtayeduccārayet

65

(pṛ० २९५) devatādipratiṣṭhāsu tīrthayātrāpraveśayoḥ /
pārvaṇena vidhānena śrāddhametadudīrayet

66

naiteṣu śrāddhakṛtyeṣu pitṝnnāndīmukhān vadet /
namo'ntapuṣṭyāyityatra svadhāyai padamuccaret

67

pitrāditrayamadhye tu yo jīvati varānane /
tasyorddhvatanamullikhya śrāddhaṃ kuryādvicakṣaṇaḥ

68

janakādiṣu jīvatsu triṣu śrāddhaṃ vivarjayet /
teṣu prīteṣu deveśi śrāddhayajñaphalaṃ labhet

69

jīvatpitari kalyāṇi nānyaśrāddhādhikāritā /
mātuḥ śrāddhaṃ vinā patnyāstathā nāndīmukhaṃ vinā

70

ekoddiṣṭe tu kauleśi viśvadevānna pūjayet /
ekameva samuddiśyā'nujñāvākyaṃ prakalpayet

71

dakṣiṇābhimukho dadyādannaṃ piṇḍaṃ ca mānavaḥ /
yavasthāne tilā deyāḥ sarvamanyacca pūrvavat

65

devatādītyādi / devatādipratiṣṭhāsu tīrthayātrāpraveśayośca
kartavye śrāddhe kalpanīyeṣvanujñāvākyeṣu pārvaṇena
vidhānenaitacchrāddhamityudīrayet

66

naiteṣvityādi / eteṣu śrāddhakṛtyeṣu pitṝnnāndīmukhānna
vadet kiṃ ca devatābhyaḥ pitṛbhyaśceti mantreṇa namo'nte puṣṭyai
ityatra svadhāyai iti padamuccaret / anyat sarvaṃ pūrvavadeva vidheyam

67

ūrddhvatanam ūrddhvabhavam

69

६८ //
jīvadityādi / he kalyāṇi pitari jīvati sati putrasya mātuḥ
patnyāśca śrāddhaṃ vinā tathā nāndīmukhamābhyudayikamapi
śrāddhaṃ vinā anyaśrāddhādhikāritā nāstītyanvayaḥ

70

ekoddiṣṭe śrāddhe

72

७१ //
(pṛ० २९६) pretaśrāddhe viśeṣo'yaṃ gaṅgādyarcāṃ vivarjayet /
mṛtaṃ samullikhet pretaṃ vākye dāne'nnapiṇḍayoḥ

73

ekamuddiśya yat śrāddhamekoddiṣṭaṃ taducyate /
pretasyānne ca piṇḍe ca matsyaṃ māṃsaṃ niyojayet

74

aśaucāntāt dvitīye'hni śrāddhaṃ yat kurute naraḥ /
pretaśrāddhaṃ vijānīhi tadeva kulanāyike

75

garbhasrāvājjātamṛtādanyatra mṛtajātayoḥ /
kulācārānusāreṇa mānavo'śaucamācaret

76

dvijātīnāṃ daśāhena dvādaśāhena pakṣataḥ /
śūdrasāmānyayordevi māsenāśaucakalpanā

72

pretaśrāddha ityādi / pretaśrāddhe gaṅgādyarcāṃ vivarjayet
na kuryāt / anujñāvākye'nnapiṇḍayordāne ca mṛtaṃ janaṃ pretaṃ
samullikheduccārayet / pretaśrāddhe'yaṃ viśeṣo vijñeyaḥ

73

nanu kinnāma ekoddiṣṭaṃ śrāddhaṃ tatrāha
ekamuddiśyetyādi / niyojayet samarpayet

74

nanu pretaśrāddhaṃ kinnāma tatrāha aśaucāntādityādi /
aśaucāntāt aśaucasyānto yatrāsti tadaśaucāntaṃ tasmāt

75

atha prasaṅgādaśaucādivyavasthāmāha
garbhasrāvādityādibhiḥ / garbhasrāvādgarbhapātāt jātamṛtāt
jātaḥ sanneva mṛto jātamṛtastasmāccānyatrānyayormṛtajātayoḥ
satormānavaḥ svasvakulācārānusāreṇāśaucamaśucikriyāmācaret
kuryāt

76

dvijātīnāmityādi / upanītasapiṇḍamaraṇe śiśujanane ca
dvijātīnāṃ brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānāṃ kramato daśāhena
dvādaśāhena pakṣataḥ pakṣeṇāśaucakalapnā vijñeyā /
śūdrasāmānyayostu māsenāśaucakalpanā vijñeyā /
śūdrasāmānyavarṇayorupanayanasthāne vivāho jñeyaḥ

77

(pṛ० २९७) asapiṇḍamṛtajñātau trirātrāśaucamiṣyate /
śṛṇvato'pi gatāśauce sapiṇḍasya mṛtiṃ śive

78

aśucirnādhikārī syāddaive syāddaive pitrye ca karmaṇi /
ṛte kulārcanādādye tathā prārabdhakarmaṇaḥ

79

pañcavarṣādhikān martyān dāhayet pitṛkānane /
bhartrā saha kuleśāni na dahet kulakāminīm

80

tava svarūpā ramaṇī jagatyācchannavigrahā /
mohādbhartuścitārohāt bhavennarakagāminī

81

brahmamantropāsakāṃstu teṣāmājñānusārataḥ /
pravāhayedvā nikhaneddāhayedvāpi kālike

82

puṇyakṣetre ca tīrthe vā devyāḥ pārśve viśeṣataḥ /
kulīnānāṃ samīpe vā maraṇaṃ śastamambike

83

vibhāvayan satyamekaṃ vismaran jagatāṃ trayam /
parityajati yaḥ prāṇān sa svarūpe pratiṣṭhati

77

asapiṇḍetyādi / asapiṇḍamṛtajñātau sapiṇḍabhinne gotraje
mṛte sati trirātramaśaucamiṣyate / gatāśauce'śauce gate sati
sapiṇḍasya mṛtiṃ maraṇaṃ śṛṇvato'pi janasya
trirātrāśaucamiṣyate

78

aśucirityādi / he ādye kulārcanāttathā prārabdhakarmaṇaśca
ṛte kulārcana prārabdhakarmabhyāmanyasmin daive pitrye ca
karmaṇyaśucirjano'dhikārī na syāt

83

pitṛkānane śmaśāne // ७९ - ८२ //
vibhāvayanniti / vibhāvayan vicintayan / svarūpe paramātmani

84

(pṛ० २९८) pretabhūmau śavaṃ nītvā snāpayitvā ghṛtokṣitam /
uttarābhimukhaṃ kṛtvā śāyayettaṃ citopari

85

sambodhanāntaṃ tadgotraṃ pretākhyānaṃ samuccaran /
dattvā piṇḍaṃ pretamukhe dahedvahnimanuṃ smaran

86

piṇḍantu racayettatra siddhānnaistaṇḍulaiśca vā /
yavagodhūmacūrṇairvā dhātrīphalasamaṃ priye

87

sthiteṣu pretaputreṣu jyeṣṭhe śrāddhādhikāritā /
tadabhāve'nyaputrādau jyeṣṭhānukramato bhavet

88

aśaucāntāntadivase kṛtasnāno naraḥ śuciḥ /
mṛtapretatvamuktyarthamutsṛjettilakāñcanam

84

pretabhūmāvityādi / pretabhūmau śavaṃ nītvā ghṛtokṣitaṃ
ghṛtābhyaktaṃ taṃ snāpayitvottarābhimukhaṃ kṛtvā citopari taṃ
śavaṃ śāyayet

88

sambodhanāntamityādi / sambodhanāntaṃ
sambodhanavibhaktyantaṃ pretākhyānaṃ pretanāma tadgotrañca
samuccaran o/ adyāmukagotra preta pitaramukadevaśarmanneṣa
piṇḍaste svadheti vākyamudīrayan pretamukhe piṇḍaṃ dattvā
vahnimanuṃ ramiti mantraṃ smaran san śavaṃ dahet // jyeṣṭhe putre //
८५ - ८७ //
aśaucāntetyādi / aśaucāntāntadivase aśaucāntādvāsarāt
parasmin vāsare / kṛtasnānaḥ śuciśca sannaraḥ o/ adyetyādi
amukagotrasya pretasya pituramukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
pretatvavimuktyarthamamukagotrāyāmukadevaśarmaṇe brāhmaṇāya
dātuṃ kāñcanasahitāṃstilānahamutsṛje iti vākyena
mṛtapretatvavimuktyarthaṃ tilakāñcanamutsṛjet

89

(pṛ० २९९) gāṃ bhūmiṃ vasanaṃ yānaṃ pātraṃ dhātuvinirmitam /
bhojyaṃ bahuvidhaṃ dadyāt pretasvargāya satsutaḥ

90

gandhaṃ mālyaṃ phalaṃ toyaṃ śayayāṃ priyakarīṃ tathā /
yad yat pretapriyaṃ dravyaṃ tat svargāya samutsṛjet

91

tatastu vṛṣabhañcaikaṃ triśūlāṅkena lāñchitam /
svarṇenālaṅkṛtaṃ kṛtvā tyajet tatsvaravāptaye

92

pretaśrāddhoktavidhinā śrāddhaṃ kṛtvā'tibhaktitaḥ /
brahmajñān brāhmaṇān kaulān kṣudhitānapi bhojayet

93

dāneṣvaśakto manujaḥ kurvan śrāddhaṃ svaśaktitaḥ /
bubhukṣitān bhojayitvā pretatvaṃ mocayet pituḥ

94

ādyaikoddiṣṭametattu pretatvānmuktikāraṇam /
varṣe varṣe mṛtatithau dadyādannaṃ gatāsave

95

bahubhirvidhibhiḥ kiṃ vā karmabhirbahubhiśca kim /
sarvasiddhimavāpnoti mānavaḥ kaulikārcanāt

96

vinā homājjapāt śrāddhāt saṃskāreṣu ca karmasu /
sampūrṇakāryasiddhiḥ syādekayā kaulikārcayā

89

gāmityādi / o/ adyāmukagotrasya pretasya
pituramukadevaśarmaṇaḥ
svargārthamamukagotrāyāmukadevaśarmaṇe brāhmaṇāya
gāmimāmahaṃ sampradade iti vākyena satsutaḥ pretasvargāya gāṃ
dadyāt / itthameva kalpitena tattadvākyena bhūmyādikamapi
pretasvargāya dadyāt

91

९० //
tatsvaravāptaye pretasvargāvāptaye

93

९२ //
bubhukṣitān kṣudhitān

97

ādyetyādi / etadādyamekoddiṣṭaṃ tu mṛtasya pretatvānmukteḥ
kāraṇaṃ bhavati / ataḥparaṃ varṣe varṣe mṛtatithau kariṣyamāṇe
ekoddiṣṭaśrāddhe mṛtaṃ pretaṃ noccārayedityavagantavyam /
gatāsave vigataprāṇāya // ९४ - ९६ //
(pṛ० ३००) śuklāṃ caturthīmārabhya śubhakarmāṇi sādhayet /
asitāṃ pañcamīṃ yāvat vidhireṣa śivoditaḥ

98

anyatrāpi viruddhe'hni gurvartvikkaulikājñayā /
karmāṇyaparihāryāṇi karmārthī kartumarhati

99

gṛhārambhaḥ praveśaśca yātrā ratnādidhāraṇam /
sampūjyā'dyāṃ pañcatattvaiḥ kuryādetāni kaulikaḥ

100

saṃkṣepayātrāmathavā kuryāt sādhakasattamaḥ /
dhyāyan devīṃ smaranmantraṃ natvā gacched yathāmati

101

sarvāsu devatārcasu śāradīyotsavādiṣu /
tattatkalpoktavidhinā dhyānapūjāṃ samācaret

102

ādyāpūjoktavidhinā balihomaṃ prayojayet /
kaulārcanaṃ dakṣiṇāñca kṛtvā karma samāpayet

103

gaṅgāṃ viṣṇuṃ śivaṃ sūryaṃ brahmāṇaṃ paripūjya ca /
uddeśyamarcayeddevaṃ sāmānyo vidhirīritaḥ

104

kaulikaḥ paramaṃ dharmaḥ kaulikaḥ paradevatā /
kaulikaḥ paramaṃ tīrthaṃ tasmāt kaulaṃ sadārcayet

105

sārddhatrikoṭitīrthāni brahmādyāḥ sarvadevatāḥ /
vasanti kaulike dehe kinna syāt kaulikārcanāt

106

pūrṇābhiṣiktaḥ satkaulo yasmin deśe virājate /
dhanyo mānyaḥ puṇyatamaḥ sa deśaḥ prārthate suraiḥ

107

kṛtapūrṇābhiṣekasya sādhakasya śivātmanaḥ /
puṇyapāpavihīnasya prabhāvaṃ vetti ko bhuvi

108

śuklāmityādi / asitāṃ kṛṣṇām / yāvadityavadhau // ९७ - १०८ //
(pṛ० ३०१) kevalaṃ nararūpeṇa tārayannakhilaṃ jagat /
śikṣayan lokayātrāñca kaulo viharati kṣitau

109

śrīdevyuvāca /
pūrṇābhiṣiktakaulasya māhātmyaṃ kathitaṃ prabho /
vidhānamabhiṣekasya kṛpayā śrāvayasva mām

110

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
vidhānametat paramaṃ guptamāsīd yugatraye /
guptabhāvena kurvanto narā mokṣaṃ yayuḥ purā

111

pravale kalikāle tu prakāśe kulavartmanaḥ /
naktaṃ vā divase kuryāt saprakāśābhiṣecanam

112

nā'bhiṣekaṃ vinā kaulaḥ kevalaṃ madyasevanāt /
pūrṇābhiṣekāt kaulaḥ syāt cakrādhīśaḥ kulārcakaḥ

113

tatrābhiṣekapūrve'hṇi sarvavighnopaśāntaye /
yathāśaktyupacāreṇa vighneśaṃ pūjayedguruḥ

109

pūrṇābhiṣekavidhiṃ śrotumicchantī śrīdevyuvāca /
pūrṇābhiṣiktakaulasyetyādi

110

evaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca / vidhānamityādi

111

naktaṃ rātrau

113

११२ //
atha pūrṇābhiṣekasya vidhānamāha tatretyādibhiḥ /
vighneśam gaṇapatim

114

(pṛ० ३०२) guruścennādhikārī syāt śubhapūrṇābhiṣecane /
tadā'bhiṣiktakaulena saṃskāraṃ sādhayet priye

115

khāntārṇaṃ bindusaṃyuktaṃ bījamasya prakīrtitam

116

gaṇako'sya ṛṣiśchando nivṛt vighnastu devatā /
kartavyakarmaṇo vighnaśāntyarthe viniyogitā

117

ṣaḍdīrghayuktamūlena ṣaḍaṅgāni samācaret /
prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kṛtvā dhyāyed gaṇapatiṃ śive

114

gururityādi / cet yadyanabhiṣiktatvāt śubhapūrṇābhiṣecane
gururadhikārī na syāttadābhiṣiktakaulena pūrṇābhiṣecanaṃ
saṃskāraṃ naraḥ sādhayet

115

atha gaṇapatipūjāyā vidhānamevāha khāntārṇamityādibhiḥ
/ bindusaṃyuktamanusvārasahitaṃ khāntārṇaṃ khasyāntimaṃ
gakārarūpamakṣaram asya vighneśasya bījaṃ prakīrtitam

116

atha ṛṣinyāsaṃ vidhātuṃ gaṇapatibījamantrasya
ṛṣyādikamāha gaṇaka ityādinā / asya gaṇapatibījamantrasya gaṇaka
ṛṣinivṛcchando vighno devatā kartavyasya
śubhapūrṇābhiṣekakarmaṇo vighnaśāntyarthe viniyogaḥ / śirasi
gaṇakāya ṛṣaye namaḥ / mukhe nivṛcchandase namaḥ / hṛdaye
vighnāya devatāyai namaḥ /
iti ṛṣinyāsaṃ vidadhyāt

117

ṣaḍityādi / tataḥ ṣaḍdīrghayuktena mūlena
gaṇapatibījenāṅguṣṭhādīni hṛdayādīni ca ṣaḍaṅgāni prati
nyāsaṃ samācaret / gāṃ aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ namaḥ / gīṃ
tarjanībhyāṃ svāhā / gūṃ madhyamābhyāṃ vaṣaṭ / gaiṃ
anāmikābhyāṃ hu/ / gauṃ kaniṣṭhābhyāṃ vauṣaṭ / gaḥ
karatalapṛṣṭhābhyāṃ phaṭ / ityuṅguṣṭhādiṣaḍaṅganyāsam / gāṃ
hṛdayāya namaḥ / gīṃ śirase svāhā / gūṃ śikhāyai vaṣaṭ / gauṃ
kavacāya hu/ / gauṃ netratrayāya vauṣaṭ / gaḥ karatalapṛṣṭhābhyāṃ
phaṭ / iti hṛdayādiṣaḍaṅganyāsaṃ ca vidadhyādityarthaḥ / tato gamiti
mantreṇa prāṇāyāmaṃ kṛtvā gaṇapatiṃ dhyāyet

118

(pṛ० ३०३) sindūrābhaṃ trinetraṃ pṛthutarajaṭharaṃ
hastapadmairdadhānaṃ /
khaḍgaṃ
pāśāṅkuśeṣṭānyurukaravilasadvāruṇīpūrṇakumbhakam /
bālendūddīptamauliṃ karipativadanaṃ bījapūrārdragaṇḍaṃ
bhogīndrābaddhabhūṣaṃ bhajata gaṇapatiṃ raktavastrāṅgarāgam

119

dhyātvaivaṃ mānasairiṣṭvā pīṭhaśaktīḥ prapūjayet /
tīvrā ca jvālinī nandā bhogadā kāmarūpiṇī

120

ugrā tejasvatī satyā madhye vighnavināśinī /
pūrvādito'rcayitvaitāḥ pūjayet kamalāsanam

118

gaṇapatidhyānamevāhaikena sindūrābhamityādi / he bhaktā
gaṇapatiṃ gaṇeśānaṃ yūyaṃ bhajatetyanvayaḥ / kathambhūtaṃ
gaṇapatim sindūrābham sindūreṇābhā dīptiryasya yasmin vā
tathābhūtam / punaḥ kīdṛśam trinetram trilocanam / punaḥ kīdṛśam
pṛthutarajaṭharam ativiśālakukṣim / punaḥ kīdṛśam hastapadmaiḥ
pāṇikamalaiḥ khaḍgaṃ pāśāṅkuśeṣṭāni pāśamaṅkuśaṃ
varaṃ ca dadhānaṃ dadhatam / punaḥ kīdṛśam
urukaravilasadvāruṇīpūrṇakumbham urau viśāle kare śuṇḍāyāṃ
vilasan bhāsamāno vāruṇyā madirayā pūrṇaḥ kumbho yasya
tathābhūtam / punaḥ kīdṛśam bālendūddīptamaulim
bālendunoddīpto mauliḥ kirīṭaṃ yasya tathābhūtam / punaḥ
kīdṛśam karipativadanam karipatergajarājasyeva vadanaṃ mukhaṃ
yasya tathābhūtam / punaḥ kīdṛśam bījapūrārdragaṇḍam
bījapūreṇa madapravāheṇārdrau gaṇḍau kapolau yasya tathābhūtam
/ punaḥ kīdṛśam bhogīndrābaddhabhūṣam bhogīndreṇa sarparājena
baddhā bhūṣā yasya yena vā tathābhūtam / punaḥ kīdṛśam
raktavastrāṅgarāgam raktavastreṇāṅge rāgo raktatvaṃ yasya
tathābhūtam

121

dhyātvaivamityādi / evaṃ gaṇapatiṃ dhyātvā
mānasairupacārairiṣṭvā pūjayitvā ca praṇavādinamo'ntena
nāmamantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ pīṭhaśaktīḥ prapūjayet / yāḥ
(pṛ० ३०४) punardhyātvā gaṇeśānaṃ pañcatattvopacārakaiḥ /
abhyarcya taccaturdikṣu gaṇeśaṃ gaṇanāyakam

122

gaṇanāthaṃ gaṇakrīḍaṃ yajet kaulikasattamaḥ /
ekadantaṃ raktatuṇḍaṃ lambodaragajānanau

123

mahodarañca vikaṭaṃ dhūmrābhaṃ vighnanāśanam

124

tato brāhmīmukhāḥ śaktīrdikpālāṃśca prapūjayan /
teṣāmastrāṇi sampūjya vighnarājaṃ visarjayet

125

evaṃ sampūjya vighneśamadhivāsanamācaret /
bhojayecca pañcatattvairbrahmajñān kulasādhakān

119

pīṭhaśaktīḥ prapūjayettā āha tībrā cetyādinaikena / pūrvāditaḥ
krameṇaitāstībrādyā arcayitvā praṇavādinamo'ntena
nāmamantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ kamalāsanaṃ pūjayet

124

१२०
//
punarityādi / kaulikasattamaḥ punargaṇeśānaṃ dhyātvā
pañcatattvopacārakaiḥ pūrvoktamantraśodhitairmadyādibhiḥ
pañcatattvairanyaiśca
pādyārghyācamanīyādibhirupacārairabhyarcya ca taccaturdikṣu
namo'ntanāmamantreṇa gandhapuṣpādibhirgaṇeśādīn kramato yajet
// १२१ - १२३ //
tata ityādi / tataḥ paraṃ praṇavādinamo'ntanāmamantreṇa
gandhapuṣpādibhirbrāhmīmukhā
brāhmīprabhṛtīraṣṭaśaktīrindrādīn dikpālāṃśca prapūjayan
teṣāṃ dikpālānāmastrāṇi caṃ sampūjya vighnarāja kṣamasveti
vākyena vighnarājaṃ visarjayet

125

evamityādi / evaṃ vighneśaṃ sampūjya vakṣyamāṇena
vidhinā adhivāsanamācaret kuryāt

126

(pṛ० ३०५) tataḥ paradine snātaḥ kṛtanityoditakriyaḥ /
ājanmakṛtapāpānāṃ kṣayārthaṃ tilakāñcanam /
utsṛjet kaulatṛptyarthaṃ bhojyañcaikamapi priye

127

arghyaṃ dattvā dineśāya brahmaviṣṇuśivagrahān /
arcayitvā mātṛgaṇān vasudhārāṃ prakalpayet

128

karmaṇo'bhyudayārthāya vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ samācaret /
tato gatvā guroḥ pārśvaṃ praṇamya prārthayedidam

129

trāhi nātha kulācāranalinīkulavallabha /
tvatpādāmbhoruhachāyāṃ dehi mūrdhni kṛpānidhe

130

ājñāṃ dehi mahābhāga śubhapūrṇābhiṣecane /
nirvighnaṃ karmaṇaḥ siddhimupaimi tvatprasādataḥ

131

śivaśaktyājñayā vatsa kuru pūrṇābhiṣecanam /
manorathamayī siddhirjāyatāṃ śivaśāsanāt

132

itthamājñāṃ guroḥ prāpya sarvopadravaśāntaye /
āyurlakṣmīvalārogyāvāptyai saṅkalpamācaret

133

tata ityādi / tato dināt paradine snātaḥ kṛtanityoditakriyaśca san
o/ adyāmukagotraḥ śrīmadamukadevaśarmā
ājanmakṛtāśeṣaduṣkṛtakṣayakāmo'mukagotrāyāmukadevaśarma.
ne brāhmaṇāya dātuṃ kāñcanasahitāṃstilānahamutsṛje iti
vākyenājanmakṛtapāpānāṃ kṣayārthaṃ tilakāñcanamutsṛjet /
tathaiva kalpitena vākyena kaulatṛptyarthamekaṃ bhojyamapyutsṛjet //
१२६ - १२८ //
yat prārthayettadāha trāhi nāthetyādibhyāṃ dvābhyām // १२९
- १३१ //
itthamityādi / itthaṃ gurorājñāṃ prāpya sarvopadravaśāntaye
āyurlakṣmīvalārogyaprāptyai ca o/ adyāmukagotraḥ
śrīmadamukadevaśarmā niḥśeṣopadravadhvaṃsakāma
(pṛ० ३०६) tatastu kṛtasaṅkalpo vastrālaṅkārabhūṣaṇaiḥ /
kāraṇaiḥ śuddhisahitairabhyarcya vṛṇuyād gurum

134

gururmanohare gehe gairikādivicitrite /
citradhvajapatākābhiḥ phalapallavaśobhite

135

kiṅkiṇījālamālābhiścandrātapavibhūṣite /
ghṛtapradīpāvalibhistamoleśavivarjite

136

karpūrasahitairdhūpairyakṣadhūpaiḥ suvāsite /
vyajanaiścāmarairbarhairdarpaṇādyairalaṅkṛte

137

sārdhahastamitāṃ vedīmuccakaiścaturaṅgulām /
racayenmṛṇmayīṃ tatra cūrṇairakṣatasambhavaiḥ

132

āyurlakṣmīvalārogyakāmaśca śubhapūrṇābhiṣecanamahaṃ
kariṣye iti saṅkalpamācaret kuryāt

133

tatastvityādi / tatastu kṛtasaṅkalpaḥ śiṣyo
vastrālaṅkārabhūṣaṇaiḥ śuddhisahitairmāṃsādisahitaiḥ
kāraṇairmadyaiśca gurumabhyarcya o/ adyāmukagotraḥ śrī
amukadevaśarmā amukagotraṃ śrīmantamamukānandanāthaṃ
gurutvena bhavantaṃ vastrādibhirahaṃ vṛṇe iti vākyena guruṃ
vastrādibhirvṛṇuyāt

134

gururityādi / tato gururgehe gṛhe
sārdhahastamitāmuccakairuccatve caturaṅgulāṃ
caturaṅguliparimitāṃ mṛṇmayīṃ vedīṃ racayet kalpayet iti
caturthaślokagataiḥ padairanvayaḥ / manohareḥ ityādīni saptamyantāni
padāni gehasya viśeṣaṇāni bhavantīti jñeyam /
citradhvajapatākābhiśca śobhite

135

kiṅkiṇījālamālābhiḥ kṣudraghaṇṭikāsamūhamālābhiśca
bhūṣite yakṣadhūpaiḥ śālavṛkṣarasaiḥ / barhaiḥ mayūrapakṣaiḥ

138

१३६ //
(pṛ० ३०७) pītaraktāsitaśvetaśyāmalaiḥ sumanoharam /
maṇḍalaṃ sarvatobhadraṃ vidadyāt śrīgurustataḥ

139

svasvakalpoktavidhinā mānasārcāvadhikriyām /
kṛtvā pūrvoktamantreṇa pañcatattvāni śodhayet

140

saṃśodhya pañcatattvāni puraḥkalpitamaṇḍale /
svārṇaṃ vā rājataṃ tāmraṃ mṛṇmayaṃ ghaṭameva vā

141

kṣālitañcā'strabījena dadhyakṣatavicarcitam /
sthāpayedbrahmabījena sindūreṇā'ṅkayet śriyā

142

kṣakārādyairakārāntairvarṇairbinduvibhūṣitaiḥ /
mūlamantratrijāpena pūrayet kāraṇena tam

143

athavā tīrthatoyena śuddhena pāthasā'pi vā /
navaratnaṃ suvarṇaṃ vā ghaṭamadhye viniḥkṣipet

137

tataḥ paraṃ śrīgurustatra racitāyāṃ vedyāṃ pītaraktā
sitaśvetaśyāmalairakṣatasambhavaiścūrṇaiḥ sumanoharaṃ
sarvatobhadraṃ maṇḍalaṃ vidadhyāt kuryāt / asitairnīlavarṇaiḥ /
śyāmalairharidvarṇaiḥ

139

१३८ //
svasvetyādi / tataḥ svasvakalpoktavidhinā
mānasārcāvadhikriyāṃ mānasapūjāparyantāṃ kriyāṃ kṛtvā
pūrvoktamantreṇa madyādīni pañcatattvāni śodhayet

140

saṃśodhyetyādi / pūrvoktena mantreṇa pañcatattvāni
saṃśodhya puraḥkalpite sarvatobhadramaṇḍale'strabījena phaṭā
mantreṇa kṣālitaṃ dhautaṃ dadhyakṣatavicarcitaṃ
dadhyakṣatairviliptaṃ svārṇaṃ suvarṇabhavaṃ rājataṃ
rajatodbhavaṃ tāmrodbhavaṃ mṛṇmayameva vā ghaṭaṃ
brahmabījena praṇavena sthāpayet / śriyā śrī/ bījena
sindūreṇā'ṅkayecca

144

१४१ //
kṣakārādyairityādi / tato binduvibhūṣitairanusvārālaṅkṛtaiḥ
kṣakārādyairakārāntairvarṇaiḥ saha mūlamantrasya trijāpena
kāraṇena madyenā'thavā tīrthatoyena śuddhena
(pṛ० ३०८) panasoḍumbarāśvatthavakulāmrasamudbhavam /
pallavaṃ tanmukhe dadyāt vāgbhavena kṛpānidhiḥ

145

śarāvaṃ mārtikaṃ vāpi phalākṣatasamanvitam /
rāmāṃ māyāṃ samuccārya sthāpayet pallavopari

146

badhnīyādvastrayugmena grīvāṃ tasya varānane /
śaktau raktaṃ śive viṣṇau śvetavāsaḥ prakīrtitam

147

sthāṃ sthīṃ māyāṃ ramāṃ smṛtvā sthirīkṛtya ghaṭāntare /
niḥkṣipya pañcatattvāni navapātrāṇi vinyaset

148

rājataṃ śaktipātraṃ syāt gurupātraṃ hiraṇmayam /
śrīpātrantu mahāśaṅkhaṃ tāmrāṇyanyāni kalpayet

142

pavitreṇā'nyena pāthasā jalenāpi vā taṃ ghaṭaṃ pūrayet / tato
ghaṭamadhye navaratnaṃ suvarṇaṃ vā viniḥkṣipet

144

१४३ //
tanmukhe ghaṭamukhe / vāgbhavena aimiti mantreṇa

145

śarāvamityādi / tataḥ phalākṣatasamanvitaṃ
suvarṇādibhavaṃ mārtikaṃ mṛttikodbhavaṃ vāpi śarāvaṃ
ramāṃ śrīmiti māyāṃ hrīmiti ca bījaṃ samuccārya pallavopari
sthāpayet

146

tasya ghaṭasya / nanu kiṃ varṇena vastrayugmena ghaṭasya
grīvāṃ badhnīyādityapekṣāyāmāha śaktau raktamityādi

147

sthāṃ sthīmityādi / tataḥ sthāṃ sthīṃ māyāṃ ramāṃ
smṛtvā sthāṃ sthīṃ hrī/ śrī/ sthirībhaveti mantraṃ paṭhitvā
sthirīkṛtaghaṭāntare pañcatattvāni niḥkṣipya pūrvoktavidhinā
navapātrāṇi vinyaset sthāpayet

148

nanu kiṃ dravyodbhavāni navapātrāṇi vinyasettatrāha
rājatamityādi / mahāśaṅkhaṃ narakapālam

149

१४९ //
(pṛ० ३०९) pāṣāṇadārulauhānāṃ pātrāṇi parivarjayet /
śaktyā prakalpayet pātraṃ mahādevyāḥ prapūjane

150

pātrāṇāṃ sthāpanaṃ kṛtvā gurūn devīṃ pratarpayet /
tatastvamṛtasampūrṇaghaṭamabhyarcayet sudhīḥ

151

darśayitvā dhūpadīpau sarvabhūtabaliṃ haret /
pīṭhadevān pūjayitvā ṣaḍaṅganyāsamācaret

152

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kṛtvā dhyātvā'vāhya maheśvarīm /
svaśaktyā pūjayediṣṭāṃ vittaśāṭhyaṃ vivarjayet

153

homāntakṛtyaṃ niṣpādya kumārīśaktisādhakān /
puṣpacandanavāsobhirarcayet sadguruḥ śive

154

anugṛhṇantu kaulā me śiṣyaṃ prati kulavratāḥ /
pūrṇābhiṣekasaṃskāre bhavadbhiranumanyatām

155

evaṃ pṛcchati cakreśe taṃ brūyurgurumādarāt /
mahāmāyāprasādena prabhāvāt paramātmanaḥ /
śiṣyo bhavatu pūrṇaste paratattvaparāyaṇaḥ

150

gurūn devīmiti ānandabhairavādīnāmapyulakṣaṇam /
pratarpayet pūrvoktena tattanmantreṇa

151

darśayitvetyādi / tato ghaṭaṃ prati dhūpadīpau darśayitvā
pūrvoktamantreṇa sarvabhūtabaliṃ haret dadyāt

153

१५२ //
homāntakṛtyaṃ homaparyantaṃ kartavyaṃ karma niṣpādya
sādhayitvā

155

१५४ //
paratattvaparāyaṇaḥ paraṃbrahmatatparaḥ

156

(pṛ० ३१०) śiṣyeṇa ca gururdevīmarcayitvā'rcite ghaṭe /
kāmaṃ māyāṃ ramāṃ japtvā cālayedvimalaṃ ghaṭam

157

uttiṣṭha brahmakalaśa devatātmaka siddhida /
tvattoyapallavaiḥ siktaḥ śiṣyo brahmarato'stu me

158

itthaṃ sañcālya kalaśamuttarābhimukhaṃ guruḥ /
mantrairetairvakṣyamāṇairabhiṣiñcet kṛpānvitaḥ

159

śubhapūrṇābhiṣekasya sadāśiva ṛṣiḥ smṛtaḥ /
chando'nuṣṭubdevatā'dyā praṇavaṃ bījamīritam /
śubhapūrṇābhiṣekārthe viniyogaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

156

śiṣyeṇetyādi / tato guruḥ śiṣyeṇa devīmarcayitvā'rcite pūjite
ghaṭe kāmaṃ māyāṃ ramāṃ klī/ hrī/ śrīmiti mantraṃ japtvā
vakṣyamāṇamantreṇa vimalaṃ ghaṭaṃ cālayet

157

ghaṭacālanamantramevāha uttiṣṭhetyādyam

158

itthamityādi / itthaṃ kalaśaṃ ghaṭaṃ sañcālya kṛpānvito
gururuttarābhimukhaṃ śiṣyaṃ vakṣyamāṇairetairmantrairabhiṣiñcet

159

atha śubhapūrṇābhiṣekamantrāṇāmṛṣyādikamāha
śubhapūrṇābhiṣekasyetyādinā sārdhena / eṣāṃ
śubhapūrṇābhiṣekamantrāṇāṃ sadāśiva ṛṣiranuṣṭupchandaḥ
ādyā kālī devatā praṇavo bījaṃ śubhapūrṇābhiṣekārthe
viniyogaḥ / śirasi sadāśivāya ṛṣaye namaḥ / mukhe'nuṣṭupcchandase
namaḥ / hṛdaye ādyāyai kālikāyai devatāyai namaḥ / guhye
praṇavāya bījāya namaḥ / śubhapūrṇābhiṣekārthe viniyogaḥ iti
ṛṣinyāso vidhātavyaḥ

160

(pṛ० ३११) guravastvā'bhiṣiñcantu brahmaviṣṇumaheśvarāḥ /
durgālakṣmībhavānyastvāmabhiṣiñcantu mātaraḥ

161

ṣoḍaśī tāriṇī nityā svāhā mahiṣamardinī /
etāstvāmabhiṣiñcantu mantrapūtena vāriṇā

162

jayadurgā viśālākṣī brahmāṇī ca sarasvatī /
etāstvāmabhiṣiñcantu vagalā varadā śivā

163

nārasiṃhī ca vārāhī vaiṣṇavī vanamālinī /
indrāṇī vāruṇī raudrī tvā'bhiṣiñcantu śaktayaḥ

164

bhairavī bhadrakālī ca tuṣṭiḥ puṣṭirumā kṣamā /
śraddhā kāntirdayā śāntirabhiṣiñcantu te sadā

165

mahākālī mahālakṣmīrmahānīlasarasvatī /
ugracaṇḍā pracaṇḍā tvāmabhiṣiñcantu sarvadā

166

matsyaḥ kūrmo varāhaśca nṛsiṃho vāmanastathā /
rāmo bhārgavarāmastvāmabhiṣiñcantu vāriṇā

167

asitāṅgo ruruścaṇḍaḥ krodhonmatto bhayaṅkaraḥ /
kapālī bhīṣaṇaśca tvāmabhiṣiñcantu vāriṇā

168

kālī kapālinī kullā kurukullā virodhinī /
vipracittā mahogrā tvāmabhiṣiñcantu sarvadā

163

atha guravastvābhiṣiñcantvityādīnabhiṣekamantrānevāha tvā
tvām // १६० - १६२ //
tvā tvām

169

te iti karmaṇaḥ śeṣatvena vivakṣitatvāt ṣaṣṭhī // १६४ - १६९ //
(pṛ० ३१२) indro'gniḥ śamano rakṣo varuṇaḥ pavanastathā /
dhanadaśca maheśānaḥ siñcantu tvāṃ digīśvarāḥ

170

raviḥ somo maṅgalaśca budho jīvaḥ sitaḥ śaniḥ /
rāhuḥ ketuḥ sanakṣatrā abhiṣiñcantu te grahāḥ

171

nakṣatraṃ karaṇaṃ yogo vārāḥ pakṣau dināni ca /
ṛturmāso hāyanastvāmabhiṣiñcantu sarvadā

172

lavaṇekṣusurāsarpirdadhidugdhajalāntakāḥ /
samudrāstvā'bhiṣiñcantu mantrapūtena vāriṇā

173

gaṅgā sūryasutā revā candrabhāgā sarasvatī /
sarayurgaṇḍakī kuntī śvetagaṅgā ca kauśikī /
etāstvāmabhiṣiñcantu mantrapūtena vāriṇā

174

anantādyā mahānāgāḥ suparṇādyāḥ patatriṇaḥ /
taravaḥ kalpavṛkṣādyāḥ siñcantu tvāṃ mahīdharāḥ

175

pātālabhūtalavyomacāriṇaḥ kṣemakāriṇaḥ /
pūrṇābhiṣekasantuṣṭāstvā'bhiṣiñcantu pāthasā

176

dorbhāgyaṃ duryaśo rogā daurmanasyaṃ tathā śucaḥ /
vinaśyantvabhiṣekena paramabrahmatejasā

173

jīvo bṛhaspatiḥ / sitaḥ śukraḥ // १७० - १७२ //
sūryasutā sūryaputrī yamunā

174

anantādyāḥ śeṣaprabhṛtayaḥ / suparṇādyāḥ garuḍādayaḥ /
patatriṇaḥ pakṣiṇaḥ

177

१७५ //
(pṛ० ३१३) alakṣmīḥ kālakarṇī ca ḍākinyo yoginīgaṇāḥ /
vinaśyantvabhiṣekeṇa kālībījena tāḍitāḥ

178

bhūtāḥ pretāḥ piśācāśca grahā ye'riṣṭakārakāḥ /
vidrutāste vinaśyantu ramābījena tāḍitāḥ

179

abhicārakṛtā doṣā vairimantrodbhavāśca ye /
manovākkāyajā doṣāḥ vinaśyantvabhiṣecanāt

180

naśyantu vipadaḥ sarvāḥ sampadaḥ santu susthirāḥ /
abhiṣekeṇa pūrṇena pūrṇāḥ santu manorathāḥ

181

ityekādhikaviṃśatyā mantraiḥ saṃsiktasādhakam /
paśormukhāllabdhamantraṃ punaḥ saṃśrāvayed guruḥ

182

pūrvoktanāmnā sambodhya jñāpayan śaktisādhakān /
dadyādānandanāthāntamākhyānaṃ kauliko guruḥ

183

śrutamantro guroryantre sampūjya nijadevatām /
pañcatattvopacāreṇa gurumabhyarcayettataḥ

184

gobhūhiraṇyavāsāṃsi pānālaṅkaraṇāni ca /
gurave dakṣiṇāṃ dattvā yajet kaulān śivātmakān

176

śucaḥ śokāḥ

182

१७७ //
ariṣṭakārakāḥ aśubhotpādakāḥ // १७८ - १८१ //
pūrvoktetyādi / tataḥ kauliko guruḥ śaktisādhakān jñāpayan
san pūrvoktanāmnā śiṣyaṃ sambodhya
tasyā'nandanāthāntamākhyānaṃ nāma dadyāt / yathā
amukadevaśarman
tvametaddinamārabhyā'mukānandanāthākhyo'sīti

185

१८३ //
gobhūhiraṇyetyādi / o/ adyetyādi
kṛtaitacchubhapūrṇābhiṣekakarmaṇaḥ sāṅgatvārthaṃ
gobhūhiraṇyādidakṣiṇāmamukagotrāyāmukānandanāthāya
guruve tubhyamahaṃ
(pṛ० ३१४) kṛtakaulārcano dhīraḥ śānto'tivinayānvitaḥ /
śrīguroścaraṇau spṛṣṭvā bhaktyā natvedamarthayet

186

śrīnātha jagatāṃ nātha mannātha karuṇānidhe /
parāmṛtapradānena pūrayā'smanmanoratham

187

ājñāṃ me dīyatāṃ kaulāḥ pratyakṣaśivarūpiṇaḥ /
sacchiṣyāya vinītāya dadāmi paramāmṛtam

188

cakreśa parameśāna kaulapaṅkajabhāskara /
kṛtārthaṃ kuru sacchiṣyaṃ dehyamuṣmai kulāmṛtam

189

ājñāmādāya kaulānāṃ paramāmṛtapūritam /
saśuddhikaṃ pānapātraṃ śiṣyahaste samarpayet

190

hṛdyākṛṣya gururdevīṃ sruvasaṃlagnabhasmanā /
svasya śiṣyasya kaulānāṃ kūrce ca tilakaṃ nyaset

191

tataḥ prasādatattvāni kaulebhyaḥ pariveśayan /
cakrānuṣṭhānavidhinā vidadhyāt pānabhojanam

192

iti te kathitaṃ devi śubhapūrṇābhiṣecanam /
brahmajñānaikajananaṃ śivatvaphalasādhanam

193

navarātraṃ saptarātraṃ pañcarātraṃ trirātrakam /
atha vāpyekarātrañca kuryāt pūrṇābhiṣecanam

184

sapradade iti vākyena yathāśakti gobhūhiraṇyādīni dakṣiṇāṃ
gurave dattvā śivātmakān śivasvarūpān kaulān yajet

185

arthayet yācet

194

yat prārthayettadāha śrīnāthetyādyekena // १८६ - १९० //
(pṛ० ३१५) saṃskāre'smin kuleśāni pañcakalpāḥ prakīrtitāḥ /
navarātre vidhātavyaṃ sarvatobhadramaṇḍalam

195

navanābhaṃ saptarātre pañcābjaṃ pañcarātrake /
trirātre caikarātre ca padmamaṣṭadalaṃ priye

196

maṇḍale sarvatobhadre navanābhe'pi sādhakaiḥ /
sthāpanīyā nava ghaṭāḥ pañcābje pañcasaṅkhyakāḥ

197

naline'ṣṭadale devi ghaṭastvekaḥ prakīrtitaḥ /
aṅgāvaraṇadevāṃśca kesarādiṣu pūjayet

198

pūrṇābhiṣekasiddhānāṃ kaulānāṃ nirmalātmanām /
darśanāt sparśanād ghrāṇād dravyaśuddhirvidhīyate

199

śāktairvā vaiṣṇavaiḥ śaivaiḥ saurairgāṇapatairapi /
kauladharmāśritaḥ sādhuḥ pūjanīyo'tiyatnataḥ

200

śākte śākto guruḥ śastaḥ śaive śaivo gururmataḥ /
vaiṣṇave vaiṣṇavaḥ saure sauro gururudāhṛtaḥ

201

gāṇape gāṇapaścaiva kaulaḥ sarvatra sadguruḥ /
ataḥ sarvātmanā dhīmān kaulād dīkṣāṃ samācaret

202

pañcatattvena yatnena bhaktyā kaulān yajanti ye /
uddhṛtya puruṣān sarvāṃste yānti paramāṃ gatim

203

tata iti / vidadhyāt kuryāt // १९१ - १९६ //
naline padme // १९७ - २०० //
(pṛ० ३१६) paśorvaktrāllabdhamantraḥ paśureva na saṃśayaḥ /
vīrāllabdhamanurvīraḥ kaulādbhavati brahmavit

204

śāktābhiṣekī vīraḥ syāt pañca tattvāni śodhayet /
sveṣṭapūjāvidhāveva na tu cakreśvaro bhavet

205

vīraghātī vṛthāpāyī vīrāṇāṃ strīgamastathā /
steyī mahāpātakinastatsaṃsargī ca pañcamaḥ

206

kulavartma kuladravyaṃ kulasādhakameva ca /
ye nindanti durātmānaste gacchantyadhamāṃ gatim

207

nṛtyanti rudraḍākinyo nṛtyanti rudrabhairavāḥ /
māṃsāsthicarvaṇānandāḥ surākauladviṣāṃ nṛṇām

208

dayālavaḥ satyaśīlāḥ sadā parahitaiṣiṇaḥ /
tān garhayanto narakānniṣkṛtiṃ yānti na kvacit

209

uktā prayogā bahavaḥ karmāṇi vividhāni ca /
brahmaikaniṣṭhakaulasya tyāgānuṣṭhānayoḥ samam

210

ekameva paraṃ brahma jagadāvṛtya tiṣṭhati /
viśvārcayā tadarcā syāt yataḥ sarvaṃ tadanvitam

208

sarvātmanā sarvaprayatnena // २०१ - २०४ //
atha pañcamahāpātakina āha vīraghātītyādyekena // २०५ - २०७
//
garhayantaḥ nindantaḥ

210

२०९ //
eketi / tadarcā parabrahmārcanam / tadanvitam parabrahmānvitam

211

(pṛ० ३१७) phalāsaktāḥ kāmaparāḥ karmajālaratāḥ priye /
pṛthaktvena yajanto'pi tat prayānti viśanti ca

212

sarvaṃ brahmaṇi sarvatra brahmaiva paripaśyati /
jñeyaḥ sa eva satkaulo jīvanmukto na saṃśayaḥ

211

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
vṛddhiśrādhādimṛtakriyāpūrṇābhiṣekakathanaṃ nāma
daśamollāsaḥ /
phalāsaktā ityādi / ata iti śeṣaḥ / karmajālaratāḥ
karmasamūhānuraktāḥ / tat paraṃ brahma

1

२१२ //
iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ daśamollāsaḥ /
ekādaśollāsaḥ
śrutvā śāmbhavadharmāṇi varṇāśramavibhedataḥ /
aparṇā parayā prītyā papraccha śaṅkaraṃ prati

2

śrīdevyuvāca /
varṇāśramācāradharmāḥ saṃskārā lokasiddhaye /
kathitāḥ kṛpayā mahyaṃ sarvajñena tvayā prabho

1

o/ namo brahmaṇe /
kalau lokānāṃ prāyaśo nāstikatvāt
saṃśayāpannamānasatvāt kāmakrodhādyabhibhūtatvāt
sarvadendriyasukhākāṃkṣitvācca
sadāśivaproktasanmārgānanuṣṭhānāttanniṣiddhadurvartmanaḥ
sevanāccānekavidhaṃ pāpamutpadyate / tataśca teṣāṃ kathaṃ
vimuktirityāśayavatī pārvatī śaṅkaraṃ pṛcchati smetyāha
śrutvetyādinā / varṇā brāhmāṇādayaścāśramau
gārhasthyabhaikṣukau ca teṣāṃ vibhedataḥ śāmbhavadharmāṇi
śambhuproktadharmāṇi śrutvā aparṇā vratatyaktapatrā pārvatī
parayottamayā prītyā śaṅkaraṃ kalyāṇakartāraṃ mahādevaṃ
pratipapraccha

2

kiṃ prapracchetyākāṅkṣāyāṃ
praṣṭavyamevābhidhātumupakramate varṇāśrametyādi
vaktumarhasītyantaṃ ślokatrayaṃ / prabho he svāmin yadyapi
lokasiddhaye lokanirvāhaniṣpattaye varṇānāmāśramāṇāṃ
cācārā dharmāḥ saṃskārāśca sarvajñena sarvaṃ jānatā tvayā
kṛpayā mahyaṃ māmuddiśya kathitā uktāḥ

3

(pṛ० ३१९) kalau durvṛttayo lokāḥ kāmakrodhāndhacetasaḥ /
nāstikāḥ saṃśayātmānaḥ sadendriyasukhaiṣiṇaḥ

4

bhavannigaditaṃ vartma nānuṣṭhāsyanti durdhiyaḥ /
teṣāṃ kā gatirīśāna viśeṣādvaktumarhasi

5

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
sādhu pṛṣṭaṃ tvayā devi lokānāṃ hitakāriṇi /
tvaṃ jagajjananī durgā janmasaṃsāramocanī

3

tathāpi kalau lokā janā bhavannigaditaṃ bhavatā kathitaṃ
vartma mārgaṃ nānuṣṭhāsyanti nānucariṣyantīti dvitīyenānvayaḥ /
śivoktavartmānanuṣṭhāne hetuṃ darśayan lokān viśinaṣṭi kalau
durvṛttaya ityādinā / kathambhūtāḥ lokāḥ durvṛttayaḥ duṣṭe
karmaṇi vṛttirduṣṭā vā vṛttiryeṣāṃ te / duṣṭe karmaṇi vartamānā
ityarthaḥ / punaḥ kāmakrodhāndhacetasaḥ
kāmakrodhābhyāmandhañceto yeṣāṃ tathābhūtāḥ / nāstikā
paralokādikaṃ nāstīti buddhiśālinaḥ / saṃśayātmānaḥ
paralokādikamasti nāsti veti sandehāpannamānasāḥ /
sadendriyasukhaiṣiṇaḥ sarvadā rasanādīndriyasukhākāṅkṣiṇaḥ

4

durdhiyaḥ durbuddhayaḥ / īśāna he aiśvaryaśālin teṣāṃ
lokānāṃ kā gatiḥ ko vimukterupāyaḥ syāditi viśeṣādvaktuṃ
kathayitumarhasi tva yogyo bhavasi / gatirjñāne daśāyāṃ ca mārge
yātrābhyupāyayoriti koṣaḥ

6

śambhuridānīmaparṇāpraśnaṃ stauti sādhu pṛṣṭamityadinā /
devi he dyutimati tvayā sādhu manoramaṃ pṛṣṭam / sādhupraśne
hetuṃ darśayannāha lokānāmiti / kīdṛśi devi lokānāṃ hitakāriṇi
janānāmabhīṣṭotpādayitri / lokānāṃ hitakāriṇītve bījaṃ
darśayannāha tvamityādi / tvaṃ jagajjananī jagatāṃ janayitrī
jagajjananītvāllokānāṃ hitakāriṇī lokānāṃ hitakāriṇītvācca
sādhu pṛṣṭamiti yojyam /
(pṛ० ३२०) tvamādyā jagatāṃ dhātrī pālayitrī parātparā /
tvayaiva dhāryate devi viśvametaccarācaram

7

tvameva pṛthvī tvaṃ vāri tvaṃ vāyustvaṃ hutāśanaḥ /
tvaṃ viyattvamahaṅkārastvaṃ mahattattvarūpiṇī

8

tvameva jīvo loke'smiṃstvaṃ vidyā paradevatā /
indriyāṇi manobuddhirviśveṣāṃ tvaṃ gatiḥ sthitiḥ

9

tvameva vedāḥ praṇavaḥ smṛtayastvaṃ hi saṃhitāḥ /
nigamāgamatantrāṇi sarvaśāstramayī śivā

5

janmasaṃsāramocanī janmanaḥ utpatteḥ saṃsārāt
punaḥpunaryātāyātakartuḥ kalatraputrādeśca muktikartrī tvam / ata
eva duḥkhena gamyate jñāyate yā sā durgā durjñeyā ca tvam

6

tvamiti / tvaṃ jagatāmādyā ādibhūtā'si / jagatāṃ dhātrī
poṣṭrī ca tvam / pālayitrī jagatāṃ rakṣikā ca tvameva / parāt
śreṣṭhādapi parā śreṣṭhā ca tvam / he devi kāntimati carācaraṃ
jaṅgamasthāvarametadviśvaṃ tvayaiva dhāryate

7

tvameveti / tvameva pṛthvī bhūmiḥ tvaṃ vāri jalaṃ tvameva
vāyuḥ pavanaḥ tvaṃ ca hutāśano'gniḥ tvaṃ viyadākāśaṃ tvaṃ
cāhaṅkāraḥ / mahattattvarūpiṇī ca tvameva

8

tvameveti / asmiṃlloke yo jīvastadrūpā ca tvameva / vidyā
ātmajñānarupā ca tvameva / paradevatā śreṣṭhadevatā ca
tvamevāsi / indriyāṇi netrādīni mano hṛdayaṃ buddhiḥ
śāstrāditattvajñānam tattadrūpā ca tvamevāsi / viśveṣāṃ yā
gatiḥ sthitiśca tadrūpā ca tvameva

10

tvameveti / vedā yajurādayaḥ tadrūpā ca tvamevāsi / praṇava
oṅkārarūpā ca tvam / smṛtayo manvādikathitadharmaśāstrāṇi
tadrūpā ca
(pṛ० ३२१) mahākālī mahālakṣmīrmahānīlasarasvatī /
mahodarī mahāmāyā mahāraudrī maheśvarī

11

sarvajñā tvaṃ jñānamayī nāstyavedyaṃ tavā'ntike /
tathāpi pṛcchasi prājñe prītaye kathayāmi te

12

satyamuktaṃ tvayā devi manujānāṃ viceṣṭitam /
jānanto'pi hitaṃ mattāḥ pāpairāśu sukhapradaiḥ

9

tvam / saṃhitā mahābhāratādayastadrūpā ca tvamevāsi / nigamaḥ
śambhupraśnataḥ pārvatīmukhajātaḥ padyarūpo granthaviśeṣaḥ /
āgamaśca
śivamukhāgatagirijānanayātavāsudevamatapadyarūpagranthaviśeṣa
eva / tantraṃ cā'mbikāmuddiśya śivokto gaṇeśalikhito
granthaviśeṣa eva / tattadrūpā ca tvameva / sarvaśāstramayī
vedāntādisakalaśāstrarūpā ca tvam / śivā kalyāṇaikanilayabhūtā
ca tvamasi

10

maheti / jagatsaṃhartrītvānmahākālī tvam /
sampattivṛddhihetutvānmahālakṣmīśca tvameva /
vidyāpradātrītvānmahānīlasarasvatī ca tvamevāsi / pralaye
aśeṣajagatkukṣitvānmahodarī tvam / jaganmohayitrītvānmahāmāyā
ca tvam / mahāraudrī atyugrā ca tvam / maheśvarī
mahaiśvaryaviśiṣṭā ca tvam

11

sarvajñeti / sarvajñā aśeṣapadārthajñātrī jñānamayī
mokṣaviṣayaprajñāsvarūpā ca tvamasi / atastavā'ntike tvannikaṭe
avedyamaprajñeyaṃ kiñcidapi nāsti / nanu kiñcidapi mamāvedyaṃ
nāsti cet kathaṃ pṛcchāmītyāśaṅkamānāṃ pratyāha tathāpīti /
yadyapyevaṃ tathāpi prājñe he prakṛṣṭajñānavati prītaye pṛcchasi
mameti śeṣaḥ ahamapi te tava prītaye kathayāmi / te tavāgrataḥ te
tubhyamiti vā / kākākṣigolakanyāyena prītaye iti pūrvottarābhyāṃ
kriyābhyāṃ sambadhyate

13

adhunā pūrvoktamevānuvadannuttaraṃ dātuṃ prakramate
satyamuktamityādi / he devi manujānāṃ mānavānāṃ viceṣṭitaṃ
viruddhaṃ ceṣṭitaṃ tvayā satyamuktam / viceṣṭitamevāha jānanta
ityādinā / ātmano hitaṃ jānanto'pi manujāḥ sadvartma
(pṛ० ३२२) nā'cariṣyanti sadvartma hitāhitabahiṣkṛtāḥ /
teṣāṃ niḥśreyasārthāya kartavyaṃ yattaducyate

14

anuṣṭhānaṃ niṣiddhasya tyāgo vihitakarmaṇaḥ /
nṝṇāṃ janayataḥ pāpaṃ kleśaśokāmayapradam

15

svāniṣṭamātrajananāt parāniṣṭopapādanāt /
tadeva pāpaṃ dvividhaṃ jānīhi kulanāyike

16

parāniṣṭakarāt pāpāt mucyate rājaśāsanāt /
anyasmānmucyate martyaḥ prāyaścittyā samādhinā

12

sādhumārgaṃ nācariṣyanti nānuṣṭhāsyanti / sadvartmānācaraṇe
hetuṃ vadanmanujān viśinaṣṭi / kathambhūtā manujāḥ āśu
sukhapradairjhaṭiti sukhaprāpakairavaidhastrīgamanasurāpānādibhiḥ
pāpaiḥ karmabhirmattāḥ ata eva hitāhitābhyāṃ bahiṣkṛtāḥ ato
nācariṣyantīti bhāvaḥ / teṣāṃ manujānāṃ niḥśreyasārthāya
muktaye yat kartavyaṃ vidheyaṃ taducyate

14

१३ //
prathamato
niṣiddhakarmānuṣṭhānavihitakarmānanuṣṭhānābhyāṃ
pāpotpattiriti brūte anuṣṭhānamityādinā / niṣiddhasya
karmaṇo'nuṣṭhānamācaraṇaṃ vihitasya
karmaṇastyāgo'nācaraṇaṃ nṝṇāṃ kleśaśokāmayapradaṃ
duḥkhaśokavyādhipradāyakaṃ pāpaṃ janayataḥ utpādayataḥ

15

atha pūrvoktapāpasya sahetukaṃ dvaividhyaṃ sampādayati
svāniṣṭetyādinā / kulanāyike he kuleśvari svāniṣṭamātrajananāt
ātmana evānīpsitasyotpādanāt tathā
parāniṣṭopapādanādanyānākāṃkṣitasyāpi jananāt tadeva
pūrvoktaṃ pāpaṃ dvividhaṃ dviprakārakaṃ jānīhi pratīhi

17

evaṃ dvividhapāpotpattiṃ pradarśyedānīṃ
tasmādvimukterupāyaṃ vadati parāniṣṭetyādinā /
parāniṣṭakarādanyasyāpyanākāṃkṣitotpādakāt pāpāt
rājaśāsanāt
(pṛ० ३२३) prāyaścittyā'thavā daṇḍairna pūtā ye kṛtāṃhasaḥ /
narakānna nivartante ihāmutra vigarhitāḥ

18

tatrādau kathayāmyādye nṛpaśāsananirṇayam /
yallaṅghanānmaheśāni rājā yātyadhamāṃ gatim

19

bhṛtyān putrānudāsīnān priyānapi tathā'priyān /
śāsane ca tathā nyāye samadṛṣṭyā'valokayet

20

svayaṃ cet kṛtapāpaḥ syāt pīḍayedakṛtāṃhasaḥ /
upavāsaiśca dānaistān paritoṣya viśudhyati

16

rājadaṇḍāt martyo jano mucyate mukto bhavati / karmakartari laṭ /
anyasmāt svāniṣṭamātrajanakāt tu pāpāt prāyaścittyā
prāyaścittena samādhinā cittavṛttinirodhena ca mucyate

17

jātadvividhapāpānāṃ prāyaścittadaṇḍābhyāṃ
pūtatvābhāve sarvadā narakasthāyitvaṃ darśayitumāha
prāyaścittyeti / ye kṛtāṃhasaḥ kṛtapāpā janāḥ prāyaścittyā
daṇḍairvā pūtāḥ pavitrā na babhūvuḥ iha loke paraloke ca vigarhitā
vininditāḥ santaste narakānna nivartante tatraiva tiṣṭhantītyarthaḥ

18

atha rājaśāsananirṇayaṃ vadaṃstamullaṅghayato
bhūpaternarakagāmitvamāha tatrādāvityādinā / he ādye he
maheśāni tatra prāyaścittanṛpaśāsanayormadhye ādau prathamato
nṛpaśāsananirṇayaṃ kathayāmi / yasya laṅghanāt rājā'dhamāṃ
gatiṃ yāti

19

nṛpaśāsananirṇayamevāha bhṛtyānityādinā / bhṛtyān
bhartavyānamātyādīn putrānātmajān udāsīnān
śatrumitrabhinnān priyān hitān tathā apriyān ahitāṃśca śāsane
tathā nyāye ca rājā samadṛṣṭyā tulyadṛṣṭyā'valokayet paśyet

21

nanvakṛtakilviṣān puruṣān daṇḍayataḥ svayaṃ kṛtakalmaṣasya
nṛpasya kathaṃ śuddhistatrāha svayaṃ cedityādinā / cedyadi rājā
svayaṃ kṛtapāpaḥ syāt tadā
(pṛ० ३२४) vadhārhaṃ manyamānaḥ svaṃ kṛtapāpo narādhipaḥ /
tyaktvā rājyaṃ vanaṃ prāpya tapasā'tmānamuddharet

22

gurudaṇḍaṃ naiva rājā vidadhyāllaghupāpiṣu /
na laghuṃ gurupāpeṣu vinā hetuṃ viparyaye

23

tasmin yacchāsane śāsyā anekonmārgavartinaḥ /
pāpebhyo nirbhaye śasto laghupāpe gururdamaḥ

24

sakṛtkṛtāparādhena satrape bahumānini /
pāpādbhīrau praśastaḥ syād gurupāpe laghurdamaḥ

20

upavāsairdānaiśca viśudhyati / cedyadi akṛtāṃhaso'kṛtapāpān
anyān pīḍayeddaṇḍayet tadā dānaistānakṛtāṃhasaḥ paritoṣya
upavāsairdānaiśca viśudhyati / atra
pāpatāratabhyādupavāsadānayostāratamyaṃ boddhavyam

21

athātmānaṃ vadhārhaṃ manyamānasya kṛtaduṣkṛtasya
bhūpateḥ prāyaścittamāha vadhārhamityādinā / svamātmānaṃ
vadhārhaṃ vadhayogyaṃ manyamānaḥ kṛtapāpo narādhipo rājyaṃ
tyaktvā vanaṃ prāpya tapasā'tmānamuddharet śodhayet

22

atha daṇḍavaiparītye hetāvasati laghupāpe gurudaṇḍaṃ
gurupāpe ca laghudaṇḍaṃ niṣedhati gurvityādinā / viparyaye
daṇḍavaiparītye hetuṃ vinā laghupāpiṣu janeṣu gurudaṇḍaṃ rājā
naiva vidadhyānna kuryāt / gurupāpeṣu janeṣu laghudaṇḍaṃ na
vidadhyāt

23

vinā hetuṃ viparyaye ityanena vaiparītye kāraṇasattve
viparītadaṇḍaṃ vidadhyādeveti dhvanitamato hetudarśanapūrvakaṃ
viparītadaṇḍaṃ vidadhāti tasminnityādinā ślokadvayena /
yacchāsane yasyonmārgavartino janasya śāsane'nekonmārgavartino
bahavo'sadvartmasu vartamānā janāḥ śāsyā bhavanti tasmin
pāpebhyo bahubhyo'pi duritebhyo nirbhaye bhayahīne'pi jane
laghupāpe'pi gururdamaḥ śastaḥ

24

sakṛditi / sakṛtkṛtāparādhena satrape salajje bahumānini
sabahumāne pāpādekasmādapi bhīrau bhayaśīle jane gurupāpe'pi
laghurdamaḥ praśastaḥ

25

(pṛ० ३२५) svalpāparādhī kaulaścet brāhmaṇo laghupāpakṛt /
bahumānyo'pi daṇḍyaḥ syādvacobhiravanībhṛtā

26

nyāyaṃ daṇḍaṃ prasādaṃ ca vicārya sacivaiḥ saha /
yo na kuryānmahīpālaḥ sa mahāpātakī bhavet

27

na tyajet pitarau putro na tyajeyurnṛpaṃ prajāḥ /
na tyajet svāminaṃ bhāryā vinā tānatipāpinaḥ

28

rājyaṃ dhanaṃ jīvanaṃ ca dhārmikasya mahīpateḥ /
saṃrakṣeyuḥ prajā yatnairanyathā yāntyadhogatim

29

mātaraṃ bhaginīñcāpi tathā duhitaraṃ śive /
gantāro jñānato ye ca mahāgurunighātakāḥ

25

atha kṛtālpāparādhayorbahumānyayorapi
kaulabrāhmaṇayordaṇḍamāha svalpāparādhītyādinā /
bahumānyo'pi kaulaḥ svalpāparādhī cet syāt tādṛg brāhmaṇo'pi
laghupāpakṛccettadā'vanībhṛtā rājñā vacobhirdaṇḍyaḥ syāt

26

atha sahāmātyairvicāramakṛtvaiva daṇḍādikaṃ vidadhato
mahīpālasya mahāpātakitvamāha nyāyamityādinā /
sacivairmantribhiḥ saha vicārya nyāyaṃ daṇḍaṃ prasādaṃ ca yo
mahīpālo na kuryāt sa mahāpātakī bhavet

27

atha strīputraprajānāṃ dharmamāha na tyajetityādinā / putraḥ
pitarau mātāpitarau na tyajet / prajāḥ nṛpaṃ rājānaṃ na tyajeyuḥ /
bhāryā svāminaṃ patiṃ na tyajet / nanvatipātakino'pi pitrādayo na
hātavyāstatrāha vineti / atipāpinastān pitrādīnvinā / atipātakinaste
tyājyā evetyarthaḥ

28

dhārmikabhūpate rājyādikamarakṣantīnāṃ prajānāṃ
doṣamāha rājyamityādinā / dhārmikasya mahīpate rājyaṃ dhanaṃ
jīvanaṃ ca prajā yatnaiḥ saṃrakṣeyuḥ / anyathā
rājyādikamarakṣantyastā adhogatiṃ yānti

30

(pṛ० ३२६) kuladharmaṃ samāśritya punastyaktakulakriyāḥ /
viśvāsaghātino lokā atipātakinaḥ smṛtāḥ

31

mātaraṃ bhaginīṃ kanyāṃ gacchato nidhanaṃ damaḥ /
tāsāmapi sakāmānāṃ tadeva vihitaṃ śive

32

mātāpitṛsvasustalpaṃ snuṣāṃ śvaśrūṃ gurustriyam /
pitāmahasya vanitāṃ tathā mātāmahasya ca

33

pitrorbhrātuḥ sutāṃ jāyāṃ bhrātuḥ patnīṃ sutāmapi /
bhāgineyīṃ prabhoḥ patnīṃ tanayāñca kumārikām

29

pitrādayo'tipātakinaścettyājyā ityuktaṃ te ca ke
ityākāṅkṣāyāmatipātakino nirūpayati mātaramityādinā
ślokadvayena / he śive mātaraṃ jananīṃ bhaginīṃ svasāraṃ tathā
duhitaraṃ putrīṃ cāpi jñānato ye gantāro bhavanti tathā jñānato
mahāgurūṇāṃ mātrādīnāṃ nighātakāḥ hantāro ye /
kuladharmaṃ samāśritya punastyaktakulakriyā ye / ye ca
viśvāsaghātino lokāḥ te'tipātakinaḥ smṛtāḥ

31

३० //
atha mātrādigāminaḥ puruṣasya sakāmānāṃ tāsāṃ ca
daṇḍamāha mātaramiti / he śive mātaraṃ janayitrīṃ tathā
bhaginīṃ tathā kanyāṃ putrīṃ ca gacchataḥ puṃso nidhanaṃ
maraṇameva damo daṇḍaḥ / sakāmānāṃ tāsāmapi tadeva
maraṇameva damanaṃ vihitam

34

atha mātṛsvasrādigāmināṃ puṃsāṃ tāsāmapi
sakāmānāṃ daṇḍamāha mātāpitrityādinā
pāpādasmādvimuktaya ityantena sārdhatrayeṇa / mātāpitroḥ
svasustalpaṃ śayayāṃ maithunecchayā gacchatāṃ tathā snuṣāṃ
putravadhūṃ tathā śvaśrūṃ śvaśurapatnīṃ tathā gurustriyaṃ
tathā pitāmahasya mātāmahasya ca vanitāṃ striyaṃ tathā
pitrorbhrātuḥ sutāṃ mātulapitṛvyayo putrīm tayoreva jāyāṃ
bhāryāṃ ca tathā bhrātuḥ patnīṃ
(pṛ० ३२७) gacchatāṃ pāpināṃ liṅgacchedo daṇḍo vidhīyate /
āsāmapi sakāmānāṃ damo nāsānikṛntanam /
gṛhānniryāpaṇaṃ caiva pāpādasmādvimuktaye

35

sapiṇḍadāratanayāḥ striyaṃ viśvāsināmapi /
sarvasvaharaṇaṃ keśavapanaṃ gacchato damaḥ

36

strībhiretābhirajñānād bhavet pariṇayo yadi /
brāhmeṇa vāpi śaivena jñātvā tāstatkṣaṇaṃ tyajet

37

savarṇaṃ dārān yo gacchet anulomaparastriyam /
damastasya dhanādānaṃ māsaikaṃ kaṇabhojanam

35

tasyaiva sutāmapi tathā bhāgineyīṃ svasṛtanayām tathā prabhoḥ
patnīṃ tasyaiva tanayāṃ putrīṃ ca tathā kumārikāmavivāhitāṃ
striyaṃ gacchatāṃ pāpināṃ liṅgacchedaḥ śiśnakartanaṃ daṇḍo
vidhīyate / sakāmānāmāsāmapyasmāt pāpāt vimuktaye
nāsānikṛntanaṃ nāsikācchedanaṃ gṛhānniryāpaṇaṃ ca damo
daṇḍo vidhīyate // ३२ - ३४ //
atha sapiṇḍapatnītanayāgāmino viśvasitastrīgāminaśca
daṇḍamāha sapiṇḍetyādinā / sapiṇḍānāṃ dārāṃstanayāśca
viśvāsināmapi striyaṃ gacchato janasya sarvasvaharaṇaṃ
sarvadhanādānaṃ keśavapanaṃ keśamuṇḍanaṃ ca damo bhavet

36

athājñānato vedoktaśivoktavidhibhyāṃ
sapiṇḍāditanayādibhirjātavivāhasya yadvidheyaṃ tadāha
strībhirityādinā / etābhiḥ sapiṇḍāditanayādibhiḥ strībhirbrāhmeṇa
vedoktavidhinā śaivena śivoktavidhinā vā yadyajñānāt pariṇayo
vivāho bhavet tadā jñātvā tāḥ strīstatkṣaṇameva tyajet

37

nanu savarṇadārān savarṇāntaravarṇadārāṃśca gacchataḥ
kathaṃ viśuddhistatrāha savarṇetyādinā / yaḥ pumān savarṇadārān
gacchet tathā'nulomaparastriyaṃ ca yo gacchet / yathā brāhmaṇaḥ
kṣatriyāṃ kṣatriyo vaiśyāmevam / tasya dhanādānaṃ māsaikaṃ
kaṇabhojanaṃ ca damo jñeyaḥ

38

(pṛ० ३२८) rājanyavaiśyaśūdrāṇāṃ sāmānyānāṃ varānane /
brāhmaṇīṃ gacchatāṃ jñānālliṅgacchedo damaḥ smṛtaḥ

39

brāhmaṇīṃ vikṛtāṃ kṛtvā deśānniryāpayennṛpaḥ /
vīrastrīgāmināṃ tāsāmevameva damo vidhiḥ

40

durātmā yastu ramate pratilomaparastriyā /
daṇḍastasya dhanādānaṃ trimāsaṃ kaṇabhojanam

41

sakāmāyāḥ striyāścāpi daṇḍastadvadvidhīyate /
balātkāragatā bhāryā tyājyā pālyā bhavet śive

38

atha jñānapūrvakabrāhmaṇīgamane kṣatriyādīnāṃ
sakāmāyāstasyāśca daṇḍamāha rājanyetyādinā / varānane
śreṣṭhavadane jñānādbrāhmaṇīṃ gacchatāṃ
rājanyavaiśyaśūdrāṇāṃ sāmānyānāmantyajānāṃ ca
liṅgacchedo damo daṇḍaḥ smṛtaḥ

39

sakāmāṃ brāhmaṇīmapi vikṛtāṃ ekāṅgahīnāṃ kṛtvā
nṛpo deśānniryāpayenniḥsārayet / atha vīrastriyo gacchatāṃ tāsāṃ
ca daṇḍamāha vīreti / vīrastrīgāmināṃ sakāmānāṃ tāsāṃ
caivameva pūrvavadeva damo vidhirvidhātavya ityarthaḥ / vidhiriti vi
pūrvakāddhāñaḥ upasarge dhoḥ kiriti karmaṇi kiḥ

40

atha savarṇottamavarṇastrīgāmināṃ puṃsāṃ tasyāśca
sakāmāyā daṇḍamāha durātmetyādinā / yo durātmā duṣṭacitto
durbuddhirdusvabhāvo vā pratilomaparastriyā saha ramate / yathā
śūdro vaiśyayetyavem / tasya puṃso dhanādānaṃ trimāsaṃ
kaṇabhojanaṃ ca daṇḍo bhavati

41

sakāmāyāḥ striyāśca tadvat pūrvavaddaṇḍo vidhīyate / atha
balātkāreṇa parapuruṣaramitāyā abalāyāstyāgaḥ pālanaṃ ca
puṃsā vidheyamityāha balādityādinā / he śive balātkāreṇa
parapuṃsā gatā yā bhāryā sā tyājyā grāsādibhiḥ sā pālyā ca
bhavet

42

(pṛ० ३२९) brāhmī bhāryā'thavā śaivī kāmato vāpyakāmataḥ /
sarvathā hi parityājyā syāccet paragatā sakṛt

43

gacchatāṃ vāranārīṣu gavādipaśuyoniṣu /
śuddhirbhavati deveśi trirātraṃ kaṇabhojanāt

44

gacchatāṃ kāmataḥ puṃsaḥ striyāḥ pāyuṃ durātmanām /
vadha eva vidhātavyo bhūbhṛtā śambhuśāsanāt

45

balātkāreṇa yo gacchedapi cāṇḍālayoṣitam /
vadhastasya vidhātavyo na kṣantavyaḥ kadāpi saḥ

42

atha kāmākāmābhyāṃ
paragatayorbrāhmīśaivyorbhāryayostyāga evocita ityāha
brāhmītyādinā / brāhmī vedoktavidhinā pariṇītā athavā śaivī
śivoktavidhānena pariṇītā bhāryā sakṛdekavāramapi paragatā
cettadā sarvathā sarvaprakāreṇa parityājyā syāt

43

atha veśyāgāmināṃ paśuyonigāmināṃ ca
prāyaścittamāha gacchatāmityādinā / he deveśi vāranārīṣu
veśyāsu tathā gavādipaśuyoniṣu gacchatāṃ janānāṃ trirātraṃ
kaṇabhojanācchuddhirbhavati

44

atha strīpuṃsayoḥ pāyuṃ gacchatāṃ prāyaścittamāha
gacchatāmityādinā / puṃsaḥ puruṣasya striyāśca pāyuṃ gudaṃ
kāmato gacchatāṃ durātmanāṃ bhūbhṛtā rājñā
śambhuśāsanādvadha eva vidhātavyaḥ

45

balātkāreṇa parastrīgāmināmapi vadha eva daṇḍa ityāha
balādityādinā / balātkāreṇa cāṇḍālayoṣitamapi yo gacchettasyāpi
vadho vidhātavyaḥ / kadāpi sa na kṣantavyaḥ / api śabdena
brāhmaṇyādigāmināṃ tu sutarāmeva vadho vidhātavya iti dhvanitam

46

(pṛ० ३३०) pariṇītāstu yā nāryo brāhmairvā śaivavartmabhiḥ /
tā eva dārā vijñeyā anyāḥ sarvāḥ parastriyaḥ

47

kāmāt parastriyaṃ paśyan rahaḥ sambhāṣayan spṛśan /
pariṣvajyopavāsena viśudhyed dviguṇakramāt

48

kurvatyevaṃ sakāmā yā parapuṃsā kulāṅganā /
uktopavāsavidhinā svātmānaṃ pariśodhayet

49

bruvannindyaṃ vacaḥ strīṣu paśyan guhyaṃ parastriyāḥ /
hasan gurutaraṃ martyaḥ śudhyed dvirupavāsataḥ

46

athoktavakṣyamāṇeṣu tattacchlokeṣvākāṅkṣitatvāt svastrīḥ
parastrīśca nirūpayati pariṇītā ityādinā /
brāhmairvedoktavartmabhiḥ śivoktavartmabhirvā yāstu nāryaḥ
pariṇītā udvāhitāstā eva dārāḥ svastriyo vijñeyā
anyāstadbhinnāḥ sarvāḥ parastriyo vijñeyāḥ

47

atha kāmataḥ parastrīdarśanādikaṃ kurvataḥ
prāyaścittamāha kāmādityādinā / kāmāt parastriyaṃ paśyan
tathā raha ekānte sambhāṣayan tayā sahā'lāpaṃ kurvan tathā
spṛśaṃśca pariṣvajya tāmāliṅgya ca dviguṇakramādupavāsena
jano viśudhyet / yathā kāmataḥ parastrīdarśane ekopavāsena
sambhāṣaṇe upavāsadvayena sparśane upavāsacatuṣṭayena āliṅgane
aṣṭabhistaiḥ śuddhiḥ

48

atha saha parapuṃsā sambhāṣaṇādikaṃ kurvatyāḥ
sakāmāyāḥ striyā api tadeva prāyaścittamityāha kurvatītyādinā /
yā kulāṅganā kulapālikā strī sakāmā satī parapuṃsā saha evaṃ
sambhāṣaṇādikaṃ kurvatī vabhūva sā pūrvoktopavāsavidhinā
ātmānaṃ pariśodhayet

49

nanu strīṣu durvaco vadataḥ parastrīguhyaṃ paśyato gurutarān
hasataśca kathaṃ śuddhistatrāha bruvannityādinā / strīṣu
nindyamavyaktaṃ vaco bruvan tathā parastriyā guhyaṃ
gopyapradeśaṃ paśyan tayā gurutaraṃ hasanmartyo dvirupavāsataḥ
śudhyet

50

(pṛ० ३३१) darśayannagnamātmānaṃ kurvannagnaṃ tathā param /
trirātramaśanaṃ tyaktvā śuddho bhavati mānavaḥ

51

patnyāḥ parābhigamanaṃ pramāṇayati cet patiḥ /
nṛpastadā tāṃ tajjāraṃ śāsyāt śāstrānusārataḥ

52

pramāṇe yadyaśaktaḥ syāt dayitopapateḥ patiḥ /
tyaktvā tāṃ poṣayed grāsaistiṣṭheccet patiśāsane

53

ramamāṇāmupapatau paśyan patnīṃ patistadā /
nighnan vanitayā jāraṃ vadhārho naiva bhūbhṛtaḥ

50

nanvātmānaṃ nagnaṃ darśayataḥ parañca tādṛśaṃ
kurvataḥ kathaṃ śuddhistatrāha darśayannityādinā / ātmānaṃ
nagnaṃ darśayan tathā paraṃ nagnaṃ kurvanmānavo
dvirātramaśanaṃ bhojanaṃ tyaktvā śuddho bhavati / ātmā
dehamanobrahmasvabhāvadhṛtibuddhiṣvi ti koṣaḥ

51

atha svapatipramāṇitānyapuruṣagamanāyāḥ striyāḥ tajjārasya
ca daṇḍamāha patnyā ityādinā / patiścedyadi patnyāḥ
parābhigamanaṃ pramāṇayati tadā nṛpastāṃ tasyā jāraṃ ca
śāstrānusārataḥ pūrvoktavidhānataḥ śāsyāt

52

athopapatipramāṇāśaktapatikāyāḥ śaṅkitavyabhicārāyāḥ
striyāstyāgapoṣaṇe vidhātavye ityāha pramāṇetyādinā /
dayitopapateḥ patnyā jārasya pramāṇe yadi patiraśaktaḥ syāttarhi
tāṃ dayitāṃ tyaktvā ced yadi patiśāsane tiṣṭhet bharturājñāṃ na
laṅgheta tadā grāsaiḥ kavalaiḥ poṣayet

53

nanu sahopapatinā ramamāṇāṃ patnīmavalokya sajārāṃ
tāṃ ghnatastadbharturvadhārhatvaṃ syānna veti sandihānāṃ
girijāṃ prati brūte ramamāṇāmityādinā / patirbhartā yadopapatau
ramamāṇāṃ patnīṃ paśyannāsīttadā vanitayā saha jāraṃ
nighnan patirbhūbhṛto rājño vadhārho naiva bhavet / tadā
nighnannityanenā'nyakāle nighnato vadhārhatvaṃ syādeveti
dhvanitam

54

(pṛ० ३३२) bharturnivāraṇaṃ yatra gamane yena bhāṣaṇe /
prayāṇādbhāṣaṇāttatra tyāgārhā syāt kulāṅganā

55

mṛte patyau svadharmeṇa patibandhuvaśe sthitā /
abhāve pitṛbandhūnāṃ tiṣṭhantī dāyamarhati

56

dvirbhojanaṃ parānnaṃ ca maithunāmiṣabhūṣaṇam /
paryaṅgaṃ raktavāsaśca vidhavā parivarjayet

57

nāṅgamudvartayedvāsairgrāmyālāpamapi tyajet /
devavratā nayet kālaṃ vaidhavyaṃ dharmamāśritā

54

atha bhartṛniṣiddhasthāne
gacchantyāstanniṣiddhamanyapuruṣeṇa saha bhāṣaṇaṃ ca kurvatyāḥ
striyāstyāgārhatvaṃ vidadhāti bharturityādinā / yatra sthāne gamane
yena puṃsā saha bhāṣaṇe ca bharturnivāraṇaṃ jātaṃ tatra
prayāṇādbhāṣaṇācca kulāṅganāpi tyāgārhā syāt

55

atha prasaṅgāt patibāndhavādivaśe svadharmeṇa tiṣṭhantyā
mṛtapatikāyā dāyabhāktvamāha mṛta ityādinā / patyau mṛte sati
patibandhuvaśe svadharmeṇa sthitā patibandhūnāmabhāve
pitṛbandhūnāṃ vaśe tiṣṭhantī satī strī dāyamarhati

56

anantaroktaśloke vidhavā
dharmāṇāmākāṅkṣitatvāttānnirupayati
dvirbhojanamityādiślokadvayena / vidhavā strī dvirbhojanaṃ
parasyānnaṃ maithunaṃ ratim āmiṣaṃ māṃsādikaṃ
bhūṣaṇamalaṅkāraṃ paryaṅkaṃ khaṭvāṃ raktavāso raktaṃ
vastraṃ ca parivarjayet

57

nāṅgamiti / vaidhavyaṃ dharmamāśritā vidhavā vāsaiḥ
piṣṭairghṛṣṭairvā sugandhidravyaiḥ aṅgaṃ nodvartayet notsādayet /
vāsyate yaiste vāsāḥ karaṇe'c / grāmyamālāpamapi tyajet / nanu
grāmyālāpābhāve kathaṃ kālaṃ kṣipettatrāha devetyādinā /
devavratā satī kālaṃ nayet sveṣṭanāmādikīrtanādinā kālaṃ
kṣipedityarthaḥ

58

(pṛ० ३३३) na vidyate pitā yasya śiśormātā pitāmahaḥ /
niyataṃ pālane tasya mātṛbandhuḥ praśasyate

59

māturmātā pitā bhrātā māturbhrātuḥ sutāstathā /
mātuḥ pituḥ sodarāśca vijñeyāḥ mātṛbāndhavāḥ

60

piturmātā pitā bhrātā piturbhrātuḥ svasuḥ sutāḥ /
pituḥ pituḥ sodarāśca vijñeyāḥ pitṛbāndhavāḥ

61

patyurmātā pitā bhrātā patyurbhrātuḥ svasuḥ sutāḥ /
patyuḥ pituḥ sodarāśca vijñeyāḥ patibāndhavāḥ

62

pitre mātre pituḥ pitre pitāmahyai tathā striyai /
ayogyasūnave putrahīnamātāmahāya ca

58

nanu mṛtamātāpitṛpitāmahasya śiśoḥ pālane
pitṛbandhumātṛbandhvormadhye katarasya prāśastyamiti pṛcchantīṃ
devīṃ pratyāha na vidyata ityādinā / yasya śiśoḥ pitā mātā
pitāmahaśca na vidyate tasya pālane niyataṃ niścitaṃ mātṛbandhuḥ
praśasyate

59

nanu ke te mātṛbandhvādaya ityāha māturityādinā /
māturmātā mātāmahī mātuḥ pitā mātāmahaḥ māturbhrātā
mātulaḥ tathā māturbhrātuḥ sutāḥ mātulaputrāḥ mātuḥ
piturmātāmahasya sodarāśca mātṛbāndhavā vijñeyāḥ

60

atha pitṛbāndhavānāha piturityādinā / piturmātā pitāmahī
pituḥ pitā pitāmahaḥ piturbhrātā pitṛvyaḥ piturbhrātuḥ sodarasya
sutāḥ pituḥsvasurbhaginyāśca sutāḥ pituḥ pituḥ pitāmahasya
sodarāśca pitṛbāndhavā vijñeyāḥ

61

atha patibāndhavānāha patyurityādinā / patyurmātā
śvaśrūḥ patyuḥ pitā śvaśuraḥ patyurbhrātā sodaraḥ
patyurbhrātuḥ sutāḥ putrāḥ patyuḥsvasurbhaginyāśca sutāḥ
patyuḥpituḥ śvaśurasya sodarāśca patibāndhavā vijñeyāḥ

63

atha daridrebhyaḥ pitrādibhyo bhojanādikaṃ puruṣeṇa
narapatirdāpayedityāha pitre ityādidvayena / he ambike jagajjanani pitre
tathā mātre tathā
(pṛ० ३३४) mātāmahyai daridrebhya ebhyo vāsastathā'śanam /
dāpayennṛpatiḥ puṃsā yathāvibhavamambike

64

durvācyaṃ kathayan patnīmekāhamaśanaṃ tyajet /
tryahaṃ santāḍayan raktaṃ pātayan sapta vāsarān

65

krodhādvā mohato bhāryāṃ mātaraṃ bhaginīṃ sutām /
vadannupoṣya saptāhaṃ viśudhyecchivaśāsanāt

66

śaṇḍhenodvāhitāṃ kanyāṃ kālātīte'pi pārthivaḥ /
jānannudvāhayet bhūyo vidhireṣaḥ śivoditaḥ

62

pituḥpitre pitāmahāya pitāmahyai ca tathā ayogyasūnave
ayogyaputrāyai striyai putrahīnamātāmahāya ca tādṛśyai
mātāmahyai ca daridrebhya ebhyaḥ pitrādibhyo yathāvibhavaṃ
vibhavamanatikramya vāso vastraṃ tathā'śanaṃ bhojyaṃ nṛpatiḥ
puṃsā dāpayet

64

६३ //
atha patnyai durvācyaṃ kathayatastāṃ tāḍayatastasyā raktaṃ
ca pātayataḥ kramataḥ prāyaścittamahā durvācyamityādinā /
patnīṃ prati durvācyamavaktavyaṃ vacaḥ kathayan jana
ekāhamaśanaṃ bhojanaṃ tyajet tāṃ santāḍayaṃstryahamaśanaṃ
tyajet / tasyā raktaṃ pātayan sapta vāsarānaśanaṃ tyajet

65

atha krodhāditaḥ svabhāryāyāṃ mātṛtvādi vadataḥ
prāyaścittamāha krodhādityādinā /
krodhādamarṣānmohato'vivekādvā bhāryāṃ mātaraṃ bhaginīṃ
sutāṃ putrīṃ vā vadan pumān śivaśāsanāt saptāhamupoṣya
viśudhyet

66

napuṃsakapariṇītāyā nāryāḥ punarudvāho rājñā
vidhāpayitavya ityāha śaṇḍhenetyādinā / kāle'tīte'pi jānan
pārthivo bhūpaḥ śaṇḍhena napuṃsakenodvāhitāṃ kanyāṃ
bhūyaḥ punarudvāhayet / nanu vedādyasammatatvānnedaṃ mānyaṃ
tata āha vidhiriti / eṣaḥ śivoditaḥ śivabhāṣito vidhiḥ / śaṇḍha iti
śamerḍha iti ḍhaḥ

67

(pṛ० ३३५) pariṇītā na ramitā kanyakā vidhavā bhavet /
sāpyudvāhyā punaḥ pitrā śaivadharmeṣvayaṃ vidhiḥ

68

udvāhād dvādaśe pakṣe patyantāt gatahāyane /
prasūte tanayaṃ yogyaṃ na sā patnī na saḥ sutaḥ

69

āgarbhāt pañcamāsāntargarbhaṃ yā srāvayeddhiyā /
tadupāyakṛtaṃ tāñca yātayettivratāḍanaiḥ

70

pañcamāt parato māsāt yā strī bhrūṇaṃ prapātayet /
tatprayoktuśca tasyāśca pātakaṃ syādbadhodbhavam

67

atha patyaramitāyā mṛtabhartṛkāyāḥ kanyāyāḥ
punarudvāhaḥ pitrā kārya ityāha pariṇītetyādinā / yā pariṇītā
vivāhitā kanyā bhartrā na ramitā satī vidhavā bhavet sā pariṇītāpi
kanyā pitrā punarudvāhyā bhavet / atra pramāṇaṃ darśayati śaiveti /
vidhirayaṃ śaivadharmeṣu nirūpitaḥ

68

athodvāhāt ṣaṣṭhe māsi prasūtapuṣṭatanayāyā
bhartṛmaraṇāt varṣe yāte prasūtatanayāyāśca striyāstatpatnītvaṃ
bālasya tatsutatvañca vyāvartayati udvāhādityādinā / udvāhād
dvādaśe pakṣe ṣaṣṭhe māsi yogyaṃ puṣṭaṃ yaṃ tanayaṃ yā
prasūte utpādayati patyantāt gatahāyane patimaraṇāt yāte varṣe yaṃ
tanayaṃ yā prasūte sā patnī na syāt sa ca suto na syāt / tāṃ
puṃścalīntaṃ ca jārajātaṃ viditvā tayostyāgaṃ kuryāditi bhāvaḥ

69

atha garbhāśayamārabhya pañcamāsābhyantara eva garbhaṃ
strāvayantyāḥ striyāstadupāyakartuśca daṇḍamāha
āgarbhādityādinā / āgarbhādgarbhamārabhya pañcamāsāntaḥ
pañcamāsābhyantare garbhaṃ dhiyā buddhyā yā srāvayettām
tadupāyakṛtaṃ garbhasrāvopāyakartāraṃ ca tīvratāḍanairbhūpo
yātayet pīḍayet

70

atha pañcamamāsādūrdhvaṃ garbhaṃ srāvayantyāḥ
striyāstatprayoktuśca nṛvadhajanyaṃ pātakamāha
pañcamādityādinā / pañcamānmāsāt parato yā strī bhrūṇaṃ
garbhaṃ prapātayet tasyāstatprayokturjanasya ca vadhodbhavaṃ
manuṣyavadhajanyaṃ pātakaṃ syāt

71

(pṛ० ३३६) yo hanti jñānato martyaṃ mānavaḥ krūraceṣṭitaḥ /
vadhastasya vidhātavyaḥ sarvathā dharaṇībhṛtā

72

pramādād bhramato'jñānāt ghnantannaramarindamaḥ /
draviṇādānatastīvratāḍanaistaṃ viśodhayet

73

svato vā parato vāpi vadhopāyaṃ prakurvataḥ /
ajñānavadhināṃ daṇḍo vihitastasya pāpinaḥ

74

mithaḥ saṃgrāmayoddhāramātatāyinamāgatam /
nihatya parameśāni na pāpārho bhavennaraḥ

71

tataśca kathaṃ vimuktiḥ syāditi pṛcchantīṃ pārvatīṃ
pratyāha ya ityādinā / yaḥ krūraceṣṭito mānavo jñānato martyaṃ
manuṣyaṃ hanti tasya sarvathā sarvaprakāreṇa dharaṇībhṛtā rājñā
vadho vidhātavyaḥ / tata eva tasya śuddhirnānyatheti bhāvaḥ

72

atha pramādādibhirmānavaṃ mārayato viśuddhiṃ darśayati
pramādādityādinā / pramādādanavadhānatayā
bhramato'jñānādvā yo naraṃ hanti taṃ ghnantaṃ janamarindamo
vipakṣadamanakartā rājā draviṇādānato
dravyaharaṇatastīvratāḍanaiśca viśodhayet

73

atha svataḥ parato vā naravadhopāyaṃ kurvato daṇḍamāha svata
ityādinā / svataḥ parato vā yo vadhopāyaṃ karoti tasya vadhopāyaṃ
prakurvataḥ pāpinaḥ ajñānavadhināmajñānato narahantṝṇāṃ yo
daṇḍaḥ sa vihitaḥ

74

nanu saṃgrāmahatayoddhṛkasya nihatāgatātatāyinaśca
vadhārhatvaṃ syānna vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha mitha ityādinā / he
parameśāni mithaḥ parasparaṃ saṃgrāme yoddhāraṃ nihatya
tathā'gatamātatāyinaṃ ca nihatya naraḥ pāpārhaḥ pāpabhāk na
bhavet / ātatāyino yathā -
agnido garadaścaiva śastrapāṇirdhanāpahaḥ /
kṣetradārāpahārī ca ṣaḍete ātatāyinaḥ // iti

75

(pṛ० ३३७) aṅgacchede vidhātavyaṃ bhūbhṛtā'ṅganikṛntanam /
prahāre ca praharaṇaṃ nṛṣu pāpaṃ cikīrṣuṣu

76

viprān gurūnavaguret prahared yo durāsadaḥ /
dhanādānāddhastadāhāt kramatastaṃ viśodhayet

77

śastrādikṣatakāyasya ṣaṇmāsāt parato mṛtau /
prahartā daṇḍanīyaḥ syād vadhārho na hi bhūbhṛtaḥ

78

rāṣṭraviplāvino rājyaṃ jihīrṣūnnṛpavairiṇām /
raho hitaiṣiṇo bhṛtyān bhedakānnṛpasainyayoḥ

75

athāṅgacchedādikaṃ kurvato daṇḍamāha aṅgetyādinā /
pāpaṃ cikīrṣuṣu kartumicchuṣu nṛṣu bhūbhṛtā
bhūpenā'ṅgacchede satyaṅganikṛntanamaṅgacchedanaṃ prahāre ca
praharaṇaṃ vidhātavyam

76

atha brāhmaṇaguruhananārthaṃ daṇḍādikamudyacchatastān
praharataśca kramataḥ prāyaścittamāha viprānityādinā / yo
durāsado duṣṭo jano viprān gurūṃśca hantumiti śeṣaḥ / avaguret
daṇḍādikamutkṣipet tān praharedvā taṃ kramato dhanādānāt
hastadāhādrājā viśodhayet

77

atha śastrādikṣataśarīrasya ṣaṇmāsāt parato maraṇe sati
praharturdaṇḍanīyatvaṃ vadhānarhatvaṃ cāha śastrādītyādinā /
śastrādinā kṣataḥ kāyo yasya tasya puṃsaḥ ṣaṇmāsāt parato mṛtau
satyāṃ prahartā bhūmṛto rājño daṇḍanīyaḥ syāt vadhārho naiva
syāt

79

atha deśopadrāviṇaḥ rājyaharaṇecchūn nṛpativipakṣāṇāṃ
raho hitākāṅkṣiṇo nṛpasainyabhedakabhṛtyān rājñā saha
yoddhumicchuḥ prajāḥ pānthapīḍakaśastriṇaśca ghnato mahīpateḥ
pātakabhāgitvaṃ netyāha rāṣṭretyādiślokadvayena /
rāṣṭraviplāvino deśopadrāvakān rājyaṃ jihīrṣūn
rājyaharaṇecchūnnṛpavairiṇāṃ rājñaḥ śatrūṇāṃ raho
(pṛ० ३३८) yoddhumicchūḥ prajā rājñā śastriṇaḥ pānthapīḍakān /
hatvā narapatistvetān naiva kilviṣabhāg bhavet

80

yo hanyānmānavaṃ bharturājñayāparihāryayā /
bhartureva vadhastatra praharturna śivājñayā

81

ayatnapuṃsaḥ paśunā śastrairvā mriyate naraḥ /
dhanadaṇḍena vā kāyadamenā'sya viśodhanam

82

bahirmukhānnṛpājñāsu nṛpāgre prauḍhavādinaḥ /
dūṣakān kuladharmāṇāṃ śāsyādrājā vigarhitān

78

hitaiṣiṇo rahasi hitakāṅkṣiṇo nṛpasainyayorbhedakān nṛpasya
sainyasya ca bhedaṃ kurvato bhṛtyān amātyādīn tathā rājñā saha
yoddhumicchūḥ prajāḥ tathā pānthapīḍakān śastriṇaścaitān
hatvā narapatiḥ kilviṣabhāknaiva bhavet

80

७९ //
athā'parihāryaprabhvājñālaṅghanāśaktena bhṛtyena
mānuṣaṃ ghātayato bhartureva vadho vidhātavyo na bhṛtyasyetyāha
ya ityādinā / bharturaparihāryayā'nullaṅghanīyayā'jñayā yo
mānavaṃ hanyāt tasya prahartustatra hanane na vadhaḥ kintu
śivājñayā bhartureva vadho vihitaḥ / aparihāryayetyanena
bhartrājñālaṅghanaśakto bhṛtyo yadi mānavaṃ hanyāt tadā
tasyaiva vadha iti sūcitam

81

nanvanavadhānasya yasya puṃsaḥ śastrādibhirmanuṣyo mriyate
tasya viśuddhiḥ kathaṃ syāttatrāha ayatnetyādinā / ayatnapuṃso
yatnahīnasya yasya puruṣasya paśunā gavāśvādinā śastraiḥ
khaḍgādibhirvā naro mriyate asya puṃso dhanadaṇḍena kāyadaṇḍena
vā viśodhanaṃ bhavet

82

atha rājājñālaṅghinastadagre prauḍhavādinaḥ
kuladharmadūṣakāṃśca rājā daṇḍayedityāha bahirityādinā /
nṛpājñāsu bahirmukhān rājājñālaṅghino nṛpāgre
prauḍhavādinaḥ prauḍhaṃ vadataḥ tathā kuladharmāṇāṃ
dūṣakāṃśca vigarhitānninditānetān rājā śāsyāt

83

(pṛ० ३३९) sthāpyāpahāriṇaṃ krūraṃ vañcakaṃ bhedakāriṇam /
vivādayantaṃ lokāṃśca deśānniryāpayennṛpaḥ

84

śulkena kanyāṃ dātṝṃśca putraṃ śaṇḍhe prayacchataḥ /
deśānniryāpayedrājā patitān duṣkṛtātmanaḥ

85

mithyāpavādavyājena parāniṣṭaṃ cikīrṣavaḥ /
yathāpavādaṃ te śāsyā dharmajñena mahībhṛtā

86

yo yatparimitāniṣṭaṃ kuryāttatsammitaṃ dhanam /
nṛpatirdāpayettena janāyā'niṣṭabhāgine

83

atha nyāsāpahārakādikānnijadeśato nṛpo niṣkāśayedityāha
sthāpyetyādinā / sthāpyāpahāriṇaṃ nyāsasyā'pahartāraṃ
krūraṃ kaṭhinaṃ nirdayaṃ vā tathā vañcakaṃ tathā
bhedakāriṇaṃ tathā lokān vivādayantaṃ ca janaṃ nṛpo
deśānniryāpayenniṣkāśayet

84

atha śulkagrahaṇapūrvakaṃ kanyāṃ putraṃ ca dadato janān
bhūpo deśānniḥsārayedityājñāpayati śulkenetyādinā / śulkena
dānanimittakadhanena hetunā kasmaicijjanāya viśeṣataḥ śaṇḍhe
klībe kanyāṃ dātṝn tathā śulkenaiva kasmin viśeṣataḥ śaṇḍhe
putraṃ ca prayacchato dadato duṣkṛtātmanaḥ pāpahṛdayān
pāpabuddhīn vā patitān janān rājā deśānniryāpayet / śaṇḍhe iti
sampradānasyādhikaraṇatvena vivakṣitatvāt saptamyadhikaraṇe ceti
saptamī

85

atha mithyāpavādacchalena parāniṣṭajananākāṅkṣiṇāṃ
daṇḍamāha mithyetyādinā / mithyāpavādavyājena
asatyāpavādacchalena parāniṣṭamanyānākāṅkṣitaṃ cikīrṣavo ye
mānavāste dharmajñena dharmaṃ jānatā mahībhṛtā rājñā
yathāpavādaṃ śāsyāḥ / gurvapavāde guruśāsanaṃ laghvapavāde
ca laghuśāsanaṃ vidheyamityarthaḥ

86

nanu vinaivāparādhaṃ parāniṣṭaṃ kurvataḥ puṃsaḥ ko
daṇḍo vidhātavyastatrāha ya ityādinā / yo naro yasya yat
parimitamaniṣṭaṃ kuryāttena tasmai aniṣṭabhāgine janāya
tatsammitaṃ dhanaṃ nṛpatirdāpayet

87

(pṛ० ३४०) maṇimuktāhiraṇyādidhātūnāṃ steyakāriṇaḥ /
karasya bāhvośchedo vā kāryo mūlyaṃ vicārayan

88

mahiṣāśvagavādīnāṃ ratnādīnāṃ tathā śiśoḥ /
balenā'pahṛtāṃ nṝṇāṃ steyivadvihito damaḥ

89

annānāmalpamūlasya vastunasteyinaṃ nṛpaḥ /
viśodhayettaṃ pakṣaikaṃ saptāhaṃ vā'śayan kaṇam

90

viśvāsaghātake puṃsi kṛtaghne suravandite /
yajñairvrataistapodānaiḥ prāyaścittairna niṣkṛtiḥ

87

atha maṇimuktādidhātusteyināṃ daṇḍamāha maṇītyādinā /
maṇimuktāhiraṇyādīnāṃ dhātūnāṃ steyakāriṇo narasya karasya
bāhvorvā chedaṃ maṇyādīnāṃ mūlyaṃ vicārayan nṛpaḥ kuryāt
/ alpamūlyakamaṇyādisteye karacchedo bahumūlyakamaṇyādisteye
bāhvośchedaḥ kārya ityarthaḥ

88

atha balātkāreṇa mahiṣāśvādīnāmapahārakasya
daṇḍamāha mahiṣetyādinā / mahiṣāśvagavādīnāṃ paśūnāṃ
tathā ratnādīnāṃ tathā śiśośca balenā'pahṛtāmapaharatāṃ
nṝṇāṃ steyivaddamo vihitaḥ

89

athānnasya maṇyādibhinnālpamūlyavastunaśca steyino
viśuddhimāha annānāmityādinā / annānāṃ tathā'lpamūlyasya
vastunaśca steyī yo narastaṃ pakṣaikaṃ saptāhaṃ vā kaṇamāśayan
bhojayannṛpo viśodhayet

90

athā'nekayajñavratādikaṃ kurvatorapi
viśvāsaghātakakṛtaghnayoraniṣkṛtitkmāha viśvāsetyādinā / he
suravandite viśvāsaghātake tathā kṛtaghne upakṛtavināśake ca puṃsi
yajñairaśvamedhādibhirvrataiḥ
kṛcchūcāndrāyaṇādibhistapobhirdānaiśca prāyaścittaiḥ
pāpavināśakairetairniṣkṛtirduṣkṛtān suktirna syāt

91

(pṛ० ३४१) ye kūṭasākṣiṇo martyā madhyasthā pakṣapātinaḥ /
śāsyāttāṃstīvradaṇḍena deśānniryāpayennṛpaḥ

92

ṣaṭ sākṣiṇaḥ pramāṇaṃ syuścatvārastrya eva vā /
abhāve dvāvapi śive prasiddhau yadi dhārmikau

93

deśataḥ kālato vāpi tathā viṣayataḥ priye /
parasparamayuktañced agrāhyaṃ sākṣiṇāṃ vacaḥ

94

andhānāṃ vāk pramāṇaṃ syādbadhirāṇāṃ tathā priye /
mūkānāmeḍamūkānāṃ śirasā'ṅgīkṛtirlipiḥ

91

atha sākṣitve mithyābhidhāyināṃ pakṣapātimadhyasthānāṃ
ca daṇḍamāha ye ityādinā / kūṭasākṣiṇaḥ sākṣye
mṛṣābhidhāyino ye martyāstathā pakṣapātino madhyasthāśca ye
tān nṛpastīvradaṇḍena śāsyāttathā deśānniryāpayet

92

nanu kati sākṣiṇaḥ pramāṇaṃ bhaveyurityapekṣāyāmāha
ṣaḍityādinā / ṣaṭcatvārastrayo vā sākṣiṇaḥ pramāṇaṃ syuḥ / he
śive abhāve tricaturādisākṣyasattve yadi prasiddhau dhārmikau
bhavetāṃ tadā dvāvapi sākṣiṇau pramāṇaṃ syātām

93

sthānādibhedataḥ parasparamasaṅgataṃ sākṣiṇāṃ vaco na
pramāṇamityāha deśata ityādinā / he priye deśataḥ sthānataḥ
kālato dinapraharāditastathā viṣayato vastuto vā ced yadi
parasparamayuktamasambandhaṃ sākṣiṇāṃ vacastadā'grāhyaṃ
syāt

94

nanu darśanādyaśaktā andhādayaḥ sākṣiṇo bhavitumarhanti
na vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha andhānāmityādinā / he priye
andhānāmacakṣuṣāṃ tathā badhirāṇāṃ śrotrahīnānāṃ vāk
pramāṇaṃ syāt mūkānāmavācāṃ tathā eḍamūkānāṃ
śrotravacorahitānāṃ śirasā'ṅgīkṛtiḥ svīkāro lipirakṣaraṃ ca
pramāṇaṃ syāt

95

(pṛ० ३४२) lipiḥ pramāṇaṃ sarveṣāṃ sarvatraiva praśasyate /
viśeṣādvyavahāreṣu na vinaśyecciraṃ yataḥ

96

svīyārthamaparārthañcet kurvataḥ kalpitāṃ lipim /
daṇḍastasya vidhātavyo dvipādyaṃ kūṭasākṣiṇaḥ

97

abhramasyā'pramattasya yadaṅgīkaraṇaṃ sakṛt /
svīyārthe tatpramāṇaṃ syādvacaso bahusākṣiṇām

98

yathā tiṣṭhanti puṇyāni satyamāśritya pārvati /
tathā'nṛtaṃ samāśritya pātakānyakhilānyapi

99

ataḥ satyavihīnasya sarvapāpāśrayasya ca /
tāḍanāddamanādrājā na pāpārhaḥ śivājñayā

95

athā'nyapramāṇāllipipramāṇasya bahukālasthāyitvāt
prāśastyamāha lipirityādinā / sarvatraiva karmaṇi viśeṣāt
krayavikrayādirūpavyavahāreṣu sarveṣāṃ lipiḥ pramāṇaṃ
praśasyate / prāśastye hetuṃ darśayannāha na vinaśyedityādinā /
yataściraṃ bahukālaṃ lipirna vinaśyecciraṃ tiṣṭhedityarthaḥ

96

athā'kṣaraṃ kalpayato daṇḍamāha svīyārthamityādinā /
svīyārthamaparārthaṃ vā kalpitāṃ lipiṃ yaḥ karoti tasya tādṛśīṃ
lipiṃ kurvato janasya kūṭasākṣiṇaḥ sākṣye'nṛtaṃ vadato
dvipādyaṃ dviguṇo daṇḍo rājñā vidhātavyaḥ

97

bahusākṣivacobhyo'pramattābhrāntajanaḥ svayaṃ
kṛtaikavārasvīkārarūpapramāṇasyā'tiprāśastyaṃ darśayitumāha
abhramasyetyādinā / abhramasya bhrāntirahitasyāpramattasya
sāvadhānasya yat sakṛdekavāramapi aṅgīkaraṇaṃ svīkārastat
svīyārthe bahusākṣiṇāmapi vacaso bhāṣaṇādadhikaṃ pramāṇaṃ
syāt

100

athā'satyasyā'khilapātakāśrayatvaṃ
vyāharaṃstadāśrayānmānavān daṇḍayato rājñaḥ
pāpānarhatvamāha yathetyādinā śivājñayetyantena ślokadvayena /
he pārvati
(pṛ० ३४३) satyaṃ bravīmi saṅkalpya spṛṣṭvā kaulaṃ guruṃ dvijam /
gaṅgātoyaṃ devamūrtiṃ kulaśāstraṃ kulāmṛtam

101

devīnirmālyamathavā kathanaṃ śapatho bhavet /
tatrā'nṛtaṃ vadan martyaḥ kalpāntaṃ narakaṃ vrajet

102

apāpajanikāryāṇāṃ tyāge vā grahaṇe'pi vā /
tat kāryaṃ sarvathā martyaiḥ svīkṛtaṃ śapathena yat

103

svīkārollaṅghanācchudhyet pakṣamekamabhojanaiḥ /
bhrameṇāpi tamullaṅghya dvādaśāhaṃ kaṇāśanaiḥ

98

yathā satyamāśritya puṇyāni tiṣṭhanti tathā'nṛtamasatyaṃ
samāśrityā'khilānyapi pātakānyapi tiṣṭhanti / ataḥ satyavihīnasya
sarvapāpāśrayasya ca janasya tāḍanāddamanāddhanadaṇḍācca
rājā śivājñayā pāpārhaḥ pāpabhāk na syāt

100

९९ //
atha śapathasvarūpaṃ nirūpayaṃstatrā'nṛtaṃ bruvato
martyasya narakagāmitvaṃ vidadhāti satyamityādinā ślokadvayena /
satyamahaṃ bravīmīti saṅkalpya kaulaṃ kulīnaṃ guruṃ
niṣekādikaraṃ dvijaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gaṅgātoyaṃ gaṅgājalaṃ
devamūrtiṃ devatāpratimāṃ kulaśāstraṃ tantrādikaṃ
kulāmṛtamāsavam devīnirmālyaṃ vā spṛṣṭvā kathanaṃ śapatho
bhavet tatra śapathe'nṛtaṃ mithyāṃ vadan martyaḥ kalpāntaṃ
kalpaparyantaṃ narakaṃ vrajet narakānnarakāntaraṃ gacchet

102

१०१ //
atha
śapathapūrvakasvīkṛtāpāpajanakakāryāṇāmavaśyakṛtyatvamāha
apāpetyādinā / na pāpasya janirutpattiryebhyasteṣāṃ kāryāṇāṃ
tyāge vā grahaṇe'pi vā śapathena martyairyat svīkṛtaṃ tat sarvathā
kāryaṃ na laṅghanīyamityarthaḥ / grahaṇe'pi vetyanena
pāpajanakakarmaṇāṃ tyāge eva yat svīkṛtaṃ
tasyaivā'vaśyakṛtyatvamiti dhvanitam

103

nanūllaṅghitaśapathapūrvakasvīkṛtāpāpajanakakāryo
manuṣyaḥ kathaṃ śudhyet tatrāha svīkāretyādi /
svikārollaṅghanādekaṃ pakṣamabhojanairjanaḥ śudhyet /
bhrameṇāpi taṃ svīkāramullaṅghya dvādaśāhaṃ kaṇāśanaiḥ
śudhyet

104

(pṛ० ३४४) kuladharmo'pi satyena vidhinā cenna sevitaḥ /
mokṣāya śreyase na syāt kaule pāpāya kevalam

105

surā dravamayī tārā jīvanistārakāriṇī /
jananī bhogamokṣāṇāṃ nāśinī vipadāṃ rujām

106

dāhinī pāpasaṅghānāṃ pāvanī jagatāṃ priye /
sarvasiddhipradā jñānabuddhividyāvivardhinī

107

muktairmumukṣubhiḥ siddhaiḥ sādhakaiḥ kṣitipālakaiḥ /
sevyate sarvadā devairādye svābhīṣṭasiddhaye

108

samyagvidhividhānena susamāhitacetasā /
pibanti madirāṃ martyā amartyā eva te kṣitau

104

athā'vidhisevitasya kuladharmasyāpi pāpajanakatvamāha
kuletyādinā / satyena vidhinā ced yadi sevito na syāt tadā
kuladharmo'pi kaule kulīne mokṣāya apavargāya tathā śreyase
bhadrāya ca na syāt kevalaṃ pāpāyaiva bhavati / ato vidhinaiva sevyaḥ
kuladharma iti bhāvaḥ

105

atha suretyādibhistribhiḥ padyairmadyaṃ stauti / surā dravamayī
dravarūpā tārā bhavati / yā jīvanistārakāriṇī jīvānāṃ
nistārakartrī yā bhogamokṣāṇāṃ jananī utpādayitrī yā vipadāṃ
vipattīnāṃ rujāṃ rogāṇāṃ ca nāśinī

106

yā pāpasaṅghānāṃ pāpasamūhānāṃ dāhinī dagdhrī / he
priye yā jagatāṃ pāvanī śuddhikartrī yā sarvasiddhipradā
sarvāsāṃ siddhīnāṃ pradātrī yā jñānabuddhividyāvivarddhinī /
mokṣe dhīrjñānam śāstrāditattvajñānaṃ buddhiḥ ātmajñānaṃ
vidyā teṣāṃ vivardhayitrī // he ādye muktairmuktiśālibhiḥ
mumukṣubhirmokṣepsubhiḥ siddhaiḥ sādhakaiḥ kṣitipālakaiḥ
rājabhirdevaiśca svābhīṣṭasiddhaye sarvadā yā sevyate sā surā
dravamayī tārā boddhavyeti pūrveṇānvayaḥ / yā
setyadhyāhāralabhye

109

१०७ //
suretyādiślokatrayeṇa madirāṃ stutvedānīṃ
vidhipūrvakatatpānakartuḥ sākṣāddevatvaṃ pratipādayati
samyagityādinā / ye martyāḥ samyagvidhividhānena
susamāhitacetasā'tisāvadhānamanasā
(pṛ० ३४५) pratyekatatvasvīkārādvidhinā syācchivo naraḥ /
na jāne pañcatatvānāṃ sevanāt kiṃ phalaṃ bhavet

110

iyañcet vāruṇī devī nipītā vidhivarjitā /
nṝṇāṃ vināśayet sarvaṃ buddhimāyuryaśo dhanam

111

atyantapānānmadyasya caturvargaprasādhanī /
buddhirvinaśyati prāyo lokānāṃ mattacetasām

112

vibhrāntabuddhermanujāt kāryākāryamajānataḥ /
svāniṣṭaṃ ca parāniṣṭaṃ jāyate'smāt pade pade

113

ato nṛpo vā cakreśo madye mādakavastuṣu /
atyāsaktajanān kāyadhanadaṇḍena śodhayet

108

madirāṃ pibanti te kṣitau pṛthivyāmamartyā devā eva bhavanti

109

atha vidhisevitamadyādipañcatattvānāmanirvacanīyaphalatvaṃ
darśayati pratyeketyādinā / vidhinā pratyekatattvasvīkārāt
madyādyekaikatatvāṅgīkārānnaraḥ śivaḥ syāt pañcānāmapi
tatvānāṃ madyādīnāṃ sevanāt kiṃ phalaṃ bhavediti tu na jāne

110

atha vidhivarjitasurāpānasya
buddhyāyurādisakalapadārthavināśakatvamāha iyamityādinā / ced
yadi vidhivarjiteyaṃ vāruṇī madirā devī nipītā syāttadā nṝṇāṃ
buddhimāyuryaśodhanamityādi sarvaṃ vināśayet

111

surātyantapānasya buddhivināśakatve'tipītamadyānāṃ
svaparāniṣṭotpādakatvasya hetutvāttadatyāsaktacetasaḥ pumāṃso
nareśacakreśābhyāṃ daṇḍyā ityāha atyantetyādinā
śodhayedityantena ślokatrayeṇa /
madyasyā'tyantapānānmattacetasāṃ lokānāṃ
caturvargaprasādhanī dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāṃ sādhayitrī
buddhiḥ prāyo vinaśyati

112

kāryākāryamajānato'smādvibhrāntabuddhermanujāt
svāniṣṭaṃ parāniṣṭaṃ ca pade pade jāyate / ato madye
mādakavastuṣu cā'tyāsaktān janān nṛpaścakreśo vā
kāyadhanadaṇḍena śodhayet

114

११३ //
(pṛ० ३४६) surābhedāt vyaktibhedāt nyūnenā'pyadhikena vā /
deśakālavibhedena buddhibhraṃśo bhavennṝṇām

115

ata eva surāmānādatipānaṃ na lakṣyate /
skhaladvākpāṇipāddṛgbhiratipānaṃ vicārayet

116

nendriyāṇi vaśe yasya madavihvalacetasaḥ /
devatāgurumaryādollaṅghino bhayarūpiṇaḥ

117

nikhilānarthayogyasya pāpinaḥ śivaghātinaḥ /
dahejjihvāṃ haredarthān tāḍayettaṃ ca pārthivaḥ

118

vicalatpādavākpāṇiṃ bhrāntamunmattamuddhatam /
tamugraṃ yātayedrājā draviṇaṃ cāharettataḥ

114

madyādivibhedato nyūnasyā'dhikasya ca tasya
buddhibhraṃśajanakatvāttanmānādatyantapānasya
jñātumaśakyatvāt skhaladvāgādibhistallakṣaṇīyamityāha
suretyādinā vicārayedityantena ślokadvayena / surābhedāt
vyaktibhedājjanaviśeṣāddeśakālayorvibhedena ca nyūnenāpi
adhikena vā madyena nṝṇāṃ buddhibhraṃśo bhavet / ata eva surāyā
mānādatipānaṃ na lakṣyate kintu skhaladvākpāṇipaddṛgbhiritastato
vicaladbhirvacohastapādanetrairatipānaṃ vicārayet vilakṣayet

116

११५ //
athollaṅghitadevatāgurumaryādāvaśendriyamadirāmattasya
daṇḍamāha nendriyāṇītyādiślokadvayena / yasyendriyāṇi vaśe na
santi tasya madavihvalacetaso madirāviklavacittasya
devatāgurumaryādollaṅghino laṅghitadevaniṣekādigurumaryādasya
bhayarūpiṇo bhītisvarūpasya
nikhilānarthayogyasyā'śeṣānarthārhasya pāpinaḥ pātakāśrayasya
śivaghātinaḥ śivājñālaṅghanāttaddhanturnijabhadrahanturvā
narasya jihvāṃ pārthivo dahet arthān haret taṃ ca tāḍayet

118

११७
//
atha vicalatpādādikasya madyamattasya daṇḍamāha
vicaladityādinā / vicalatpādavākpāṇiṃ skhalaccaraṇavacohastaṃ
bhrāntaṃ bhramayutamunmattamunmādavantamuddhatamavinītaṃ
tamugraṃ raudraṃ rājā yātayet tato draviṇaṃ ca āharet

119

(pṛ० ३४७) apavāgvādinaṃ mattaṃ lajjābhayavivarjitam /
dhanādānena taṃ śāsyāt prajāprītikaro nṛpaḥ

120

śatābhiṣiktaḥ kaulaścet atipānāt kuleśvari /
paśureva sa mantavyaḥ kuladharmabahiṣkṛtaḥ

121

pibannatiśayaṃ madyaṃ śodhitaṃ vā'pyaśodhitam /
tyājyo bhavati kaulānāṃ daṇḍanīyo'pi bhūbhṛtaḥ

122

brāhmīṃ bhāryāṃ surāṃ mattāḥ pāyayanto dvijātayaḥ /
śudhyeyurbhāryayā sārdhaṃ pañcāhaṃ kaṇabhojanāt

123

asaṃskṛtasurāpānāt śudhyedupavasaṃstryaham /
bhuktvā'pyaśodhitaṃ māṃsamupavāsadvayaṃ caret

119

athā'vācyavādino mattasya daṇḍamāha apavāgityādinā /
apavāgvādinaṃ avaktavyaṃ vaco vadantaṃ lajjābhayavivarjitaṃ taṃ
mattaṃ prajāprītikaro nṛpo dhanādānena śāsyāt

120

śatābhiṣiktakaulasyā'pyatyantamadyapānena
kuladharmabahiṣkṛtatvāt paśutvaśālitvamāha śatetyādinā /
cecchabdo'pyarthe / he kuleśvari śatābhiṣiktaḥ kaulo'pyatipānāt
paśureva mantavyaḥ yataḥ sa kuladharmādbahiṣkṛtaḥ

121

atha saṃskṛtāsaṃskṛtātiśayitamadyapāyino narasya rājñā
daṇḍanīyatvaṃ kaulaheyatvaṃ cāha pibannityādinā /
śodhitamaśodhitaṃ vā'tiśayaṃ bahulaṃ madyaṃ pibanmartyaḥ
kaulānāṃ tyājyo bhūbhṛto daṇḍanīyo'pi bhavati

122

nanu brāhmīṃ bhāryāṃ madyaṃ pāyayanto dvijāḥ kathaṃ
śudhyeyustatrāha brāhmīmityādinā / brāhmīṃ vedoktavidhinā
pariṇītāṃ bhāryāṃ surāṃ pāyayanto mattāḥ dvijātayo
bhāryayā sārdhaṃ pañcāhaṃ kaṇabhojanācchudhyeyuḥ

123

nanvaśodhitamadyapānāt tādṛṅmāṃsabhakṣaṇācca kathaṃ
śudhyettatrāha asaṃskṛte tyādinā / asaṃskṛtasurāpānāt tryahaṃ
tridinamupavasan śudhyet / aśodhitaṃ māṃsamapi bhuktvā
upavāsadvayaṃ caret kuryāt

124

(pṛ० ३४८) asaṃskṛte mīnamudre khādannupavasedahaḥ /
avaidhaṃ pañcamaṃ kurvan rājño daṇḍena śudhyati

125

bhuñjāno mānavaṃ māṃsaṃ gomāṃsaṃ jñānataḥ śive /
upoṣya pakṣaṃ śuddhaḥ syāt prāyaścittamidaṃ smṛtam

126

narākṛtipaśormāṃsaṃ māṃsaṃ māṃsādanasya ca /
attvā śudhyennaraḥ pāpādupavāsaistribhiḥ priye

127

mlecchānāṃ śvapacānāṃ ca paśūnāṃ kulavairiṇām /
khādannannaṃ viśuddhaḥ syāt pakṣamekamupoṣitaḥ

128

ucchiṣṭaṃ yadi bhuñjīta jñānādeṣāṃ kuleśvari /
śudhyenmāsopavāsenā'jñānāt pakṣopavāsataḥ

124

athāśodhitamatsyamudrayorbhokturavaidhasuratakartuśca
prāyaścittamāha asaṃskṛta ityādinā / asaṃkṛte aśodhite
mīnamudre khādannaro'hardinamekamupavaset / avaidhaṃ
vidhivarjitaṃ pañcamaṃ surataṃ kurvannaro rājño daṇḍena
śudhyati

125

nanu jñānato naramāṃsaṃ gomāṃsañca khādataḥ puṃsaḥ
kathaṃ śuddhistatrāha bhuñjāna ityādinā / he śive jñānato
mānavaṃ mānavasambandhimāṃsaṃ gomāṃsañca bhuñjāno
naraḥ pakṣamekamupoṣya śuddhaḥ syāt / idaṃ tayorbhakṣaṇe
prāyaścittaṃ smṛtam

126

nanu bhuktamanuṣyākṛtipaśumāṃso
māṃsādakamāṃsabhakṣakaśca pumān kathaṃ śudhyettatrāha
naretyādinā / he priye narākṛtipaśorvānarādermāṃsādanasya
māṃsabhakṣakasya vyāghrādeśca māṃsamattvā bhuktvā
narastribhirupavāsaiḥ pāpāt śudhyet

127

atha bhuktamlecchādyannasya puṃsaḥ prāyaścittamāha
mlecchānāmityādinā / mlecchānāṃ yavanānāṃ śvapacānāṃ
cāṇḍālānāṃ kulavairiṇāṃ paśūnāṃ cā'nnaṃ khādan janaḥ
pakṣamekamupoṣitaḥ san viśuddhaḥ syāt

129

nanu jñānājñānābhyāṃ mlecchādyucchiṣṭamannādikaṃ
bhuñjānaḥ kathaṃ śudhyettatrāha ucchiṣṭamityādinā / he kuleśvari
jñānādeṣāṃ mlecchādīnāmucchiṣṭamannādikaṃ
(pṛ० ३४९) anulomena varṇānāmannaṃ bhuktvā sakṛt priye /
dinatrayopavāsena viśuddhaḥ syānmamājñayā

130

paśuśvapacamlecchānāmannaṃ cakrārpitaṃ yadi /
vīrahastārpitaṃ vāpi tadaśnannaiva pāpabhāk

131

annābhāve ca daurbhikṣye vipadi prāṇasaṅkaṭe /
niṣiddhenā'danenāpi rakṣan prāṇānna pātakī

132

karipṛṣṭhe tathā'nekodvāhyapāṣāṇadāruṣu /
alakṣite'pi duṣyāṇāṃ bhakṣyadoṣo na vidyate

128

yadi bhuñjīta tadā māsopavāsena naraḥ śudhyet / ajñānādyadi
bhuñjīta tadā pakṣopavāsataḥ śudhyet

129

atha kramataḥ kṣatriyādyannamaśnatāṃ brāhmaṇādīnāṃ
prāyaścittamāha anulomenetyādinā / he priye anulomena krameṇa
varṇānāṃ sakṛdannaṃ bhuktvā brāhmaṇādirdinatrayopavāsena
mamājñayā viśuddhaḥ syāt / yathā brāhmaṇaḥ kṣatriyānnamevam

130

atha cakrārpitasya vīrahastārpitasya ca
paśuśvapacamlecchānnasya bhokturapātakitvamāha paśvityādinā /
paśuśvapacamlecchānāmannaṃ yadi cakrārpitaṃ cakradattaṃ
vīrahastārpitaṃ vā syāttadā tadannamaśnan khādan naraḥ
pāpabhāk naiva bhavet

131

nanu durbhikṣādau niṣiddhavastubhojanena prāṇān rakṣato
janasya pātakaṃ bhavennavetyāśaṅkamānāṃ pratyāha
annetyādinā / durlabhā bhikṣā yatra tatra durbhikṣe samaye vipadi ca
deśopadravapalāyanādau annābhāve prāṇasaṅkaṭe sati
niṣiddhenā'pyadanenābhojyasyāpi bhojanena prāṇān rakṣan pātakī
na bhavet

133

naukādāvannādikamaśnatāṃ na doṣa ityāha karītyādinā /
karipṛṣṭhe hastinaḥ pṛṣṭhe tathā'nekairudvāhyeṣu pāṣāṇeṣu
dāruṣu ca tathā duṣyāṇāṃ yavanādīnāmalakṣite'pi
yavanādīnāmidaṃ bhavati yavanādayo'tra vartante evamavijñāte'pi
sthāne yadvā
(pṛ० ३५०) paśūnabhakṣyamāṃsāṃśca vyādhiyuktānapi priye /
na hanyāddevatārthe'pi hatvā ca pātakī bhavet

134

kṛcchravrataṃ naraḥ kuryād govadhe buddhipūrvake /
ajñānādācaredardhaṃ vrataṃ śaṅkaraśāsanāt

135

na keśavapanaṃ kuryāt na nakhacchedanaṃ tathā /
na kṣārayogaṃ vasane yāvanna vratamācaret

136

upavāsairnayet māsaṃ māsamekaṃ kaṇāśanaiḥ /
māsaṃ bhaikṣānnamaśnīyāt kṛcchravratamidaṃ śive

132

duṣyāṇāṃ malamūtrādīnāmalakṣite'pi satsvapi teṣu
teṣāmavijñāne'pi bhakṣyadoṣo na vidyate

133

atha devatārthamabhakṣyamāṃsān vyādhiyutāṃśca
paśūnnighnataḥ pātakitvamāha paśūnityādinā / he priye
abhakṣyamāṃsān vyādhiyuktāṃśca paśūn devatārthe na hanyāt /
apīti niścitam / nanu hanane ko doṣastatrāha hatveti / hatvā ca janaḥ
pātakī bhavet

134

atha jñānājñānākṛtagobadhaprāyaścittamāha
kṛcchretyādinā priye ityantena / jñānapūrvake govadhe sati naraḥ
kṛcchravrataṃ kuryāt / ajñānādgovadhe sati
śaṅkaraśāsanādardhaṃ vratamācaret kuryāt

135

na keśeti / yāvad vrataṃ nācaret tāvat keśavapanaṃ
keśānāṃ muṇḍanaṃ na kuryāt tathā nakhacchedanaṃ na kuryāt
vasane vastre kṣārayogaṃ ca na kuryāt

136

nanu kiṃ nāma kṛcchravratamatastannirūpayati
upavāsairityādinā / he śive upavāsairmāsamekaṃ nayet yāpayet /
māsamekaṃ kaṇāśanairnayet / māsamekaṃ ca bhaikṣānnaṃ
bhikṣāsampannamannamaśnīyāt / idaṃ kṛcchravrataṃ jñeyam

137

(pṛ० ३५१) vratānte vāpitaśirāḥ kaulān jñātīṃśca bāndhavān /
bhojayitvā vimuktaḥ syād jñānagovadhapātakāt

138

apālanavadhādgośca śudhyedaṣṭopavāsataḥ /
bāhujādyā viśudhyeyuḥ pādanyūnakramāt priye

139

gajoṣṭramahiṣāśvāṃśca hatvā kaulini kāmataḥ /
upavāsaistribhiḥ śudhyenmānavaḥ kṛtakilviṣaḥ

140

mṛgameṣājamārjārān nighnannupavasedahaḥ /
mayūraśukahaṃsāṃśca sajyotiraśanaṃ tyajet

137

vratānte iti / vratānte vratasamāptau vāpitaśirāḥ
muṇḍitamastakaḥ san kaulān jñātīn sagotrāṃśca bhojayitvā
jñānagovadhapātakājjano vimuktaḥ syāt

138

apālaneti / gorapālanavadhādarakṣaṇato vadhādaṣṭopavāsena
śudhyet / he priye bāhujādyāḥ kṣatriyādayaḥ
pādanyūnakramādviśudhyeyuḥ / kṣatriyādibhiḥ kramataḥ
pādapādanyūnaṃ vrataṃ karaṇīyamiti bhāvaḥ

139

atha gajoṣṭrādivadhaprāyaścittamāha gajoṣṭretyādinā / he
kaulini gajoṣṭramahiṣāśvān bṛhatkāyān kāmato hatvā kṛtakilviṣo
mānavastribhirupavāsaiḥ śudhyet

140

atha mṛgameṣādivadhaprāyaścittamāha mṛgetyādinā /
mṛgameṣāmārjārān hariṇāvicchāgaviḍālān
nighnannaro'harekadinamupavaset / mayūraśukahaṃsāṃśca
nighnannaro jyotiṣā sūryeṇa saha vartamānaṃ sajyotirdinamaśanaṃ
tyajet / divase'śanaṃ tyajannastaṃ yāte sūrye bhuñjītetyarthaḥ /
jyotirnā bhāskare'gnau ca klībaṃ bhadyota dṛṣṭiṣviti rudraḥ

141

(pṛ० ३५२) nihatya sāsthijantūṃśca naktamadyāt nirāmiṣam /
nirasthijīvino hatvā manastāpena śuddhyati

142

paśumīnāṇḍajānnighnan mṛgayāyāṃ mahīpatiḥ /
na pāpārho bhaveddevi rājño dharmaḥ sanātanaḥ

143

devoddeśaṃ vinā bhadre hiṃsāṃ sarvatra varjayet /
kṛtāyāṃ vaidhahiṃsāyāṃ naraḥ pāpairna lipyate

144

saṃkalpitavratāpūrtau devanirmālyalaṅghane /
aśucau devatāsparśe gāyatrījapamācaret

141

atha kṛkalāsādyasthimatkṣudrajantūnnirasthijantūṃśca
nighnato narasya prāyaścittamāha nihatyetyādinā / nirasthisāhacaryāt
sāsthijantūnasthimataḥ kṛkalāsādīn kṣudrān śarīriṇo nihatya
naktaṃ rātrau nirāmiṣamāmiṣavarjitamadyāt bhuñjīta /
mayūrādihananāpekṣayā kṛkalāsādihanane
pravṛtterādhikyāttaddhanananimittakadaṇḍataḥ
kṛkalāsādihanananimittakadaṇḍasya gurutvamavagantavyam /
nirasthijīvino'sthirahitajantūn hatvā manastāpena śudhyati

142

nanu mṛgayāyāṃ mṛgamīnādīnnighnato mahīpālasya
mṛgādivadhahetukaṃ pāpaṃ bhavenna veti pṛcchantīṃ pratyāha
paścityādinā / he devi paśumīnāṇḍajān
mṛgavyāghrādimatsyapakṣiṇo mṛgayāyāṃ nighnan mahīpatiḥ
pāpārho na bhavet / yato'yaṃ rājñaḥ sanātano nityo dharmo bhavati

143

athā'vaidhahiṃsāyāḥ pāpajanakatvādakartavyatvamāha
devetyardhena / he bhadre bhadrakāriṇi devoddeśyaṃ karma vinā
sarvatra hiṃsāṃ varjayet / vaidhahiṃsāyāḥ pāpājanakatvāt
kartavyatāmāha kṛtāyāmityādyardhena / vaidhahiṃsāyāṃ
kṛtāyāṃ satyāṃ naraḥ pāpairna lipyate

145

nanu saṅkalpitaṃ vratamasamāpayato devanirmālyaṃ
laṅghayato'śaucānapagame devatāḥ spṛśataśca puṃsaḥ kathaṃ
śuddhistatrāha saṅkalpitetyādinā / saṅkalpitavratāpūrtau
(pṛ० ३५३) mātā pitā brahmadātā mahānto guravaḥ smṛtāḥ /
nindannetān vadan krūraṃ śudhyet pañcopavāsataḥ

146

evamanyān gurūn kaulān viprān garhannapi priye /
sārdhadvayopavāsena mukto bhavati pātakāt

147

vittārthī mānavo deśānakhilān gantumarhati /
niṣiddhakaulikācāraṃ deśaṃ śāstramapi tyajet

148

gacchaṃstu svecchayā deśe niṣiddhakulavartmani /
kuladharmātpatedbhūyaḥ śudhyet pūrṇābhiṣekataḥ

144

saṅkalpitasya vratasyā'samāptau devanirmālyalaṅghane sati
aśucāvaśauce devatāsparśe ca gāyatrījapamācaret

145

atha mahato gurūnnirūpayaṃstānnindataḥ krūraṃ bruvataśca
puṃsaḥ prāyaścittamāha mātetyādinā / mātā jananī pitā janako
brahmadātā vedādhyāpakaścaite mahānto guravaḥ smṛtāḥ / etān
mahāgurūnnindan krūraṃ vadaṃśca naraḥ pañcopavāsataḥ
śudhyet

146

atha mātrādyanyagurukaulabrāhmaṇanindakānāṃ
prāyaścittamāha evamityādinā / he priye evamanyān
mātrādibhinnān gurūn kaulān viprāṃśca garhannindan api vā
krūraṃ vadaṃśca naraḥ sārdhadayopavāsena pātakāt mukto bhavati

147

atha vittoddeśyakasarvadeśagamanārhasyāpi mānavasya
kaulācārarahitadeśāṭanānarhatvamāha vittārthītyādinā / vittārthī
mānavo'khilān sarvān deśān gantumarhati / niṣiddhaḥ
kaulikānāmācāro yatra taṃ deśaṃ tādṛśaṃ śāstramapi
mānavastyajet

149

atha dhanalobhena niṣiddhakaulikācāraṃ deśaṃ gacchato
narasya kuladharmāt patitattvaṃ punaḥ pūrṇābhiṣekataḥ
pūtatvañcāha gacchannityādinā / niṣiddhakulavartmani
(pṛ० ३५४) tapanodayamārabhya yāmāṣṭakamabhojanam /
upavāsaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ prāyaścitte vidhīyate

150

pibaṃstoyāñjaliñcaikaṃ bhakṣannapi samīraṇam /
mānavaḥ prāṇarakṣārthaṃ na bhraśyedupavāsataḥ

151

upavāsāsamarthaścedrujā vā jarasā'pi vā /
tadā pratyupavāsañca bhojayeddvādaśa dvijān

152

paranindāṃ nijotkarṣaṃ vyasanāyuktabhāṣaṇam /
ayuktaṃ karma kurvāṇo manastāpairviśudhyati

148

deśe svecchayā gacchaṃstu naraḥ kuladharmāt patet bhūyaḥ punaḥ
pūrṇābhiṣekataḥ śudhyet

149

athoktatattacchalokeṣvākāṅkṣitatvādupavāsaṃ nirūpayati
tapanodayamityādinā / tapanodayaṃ sūryodayamārabhya
yāmāṣṭakaṃ praharāṣṭakaṃ yadabhojanaṃ sa upavāso vijñeyaḥ /
prāyaścitte sa vidhīyate kriyate

150

atha ekāñjalitoyapānenopavāsasyā'vināśitvaṃ
kathayannāha pibanniti / prāṇarakṣaṇārthamekaṃ toyāñcaliṃ piban
samīraṇaṃ vāyuṃ cāpi bhakṣanmānavaḥ upavāsato na bhraśyet
patet / ekāñjalitoyapānādupavāso na vinaśyediti tattvam

151

atha rogādinopavāsaṃ kartumaśaknuvatā janena
pratyupavāsaṃ dvādaśabrāhmaṇā bhojayitavyā ityāha
upavāsetyādinā / rujā rogeṇa vā jarasā jīrṇatvena vā cedyadi
upavāsāsamartho naraḥ syāt tadā pratyupavāsamupavāsaṃ prati
dvādaśa dvijān brāhmaṇān bhojayet

152

atha paranindānijotkarṣādikaṃḥ kurvataḥ prāyaścittamāha
paranindā mityādinā / parasyānyasya nindāṃ
nijotkarṣamātmotkṛṣṭatāṃ vyasanāyuktabhāṣaṇaṃ
parīvādādisambaddhakathanam ayuktamanucitaṃ karma ca kurvāṇo
naro manastāpairviśudhyati

153

(pṛ० ३५५) anyāni yāni pāpāni jñānājñānakṛtānyapi /
naśyanti japanāddevyāḥ sāvitryāḥ kaulabhojanāt

154

sāmānyaniyamān puṃsāṃ strīṣu ṣaṇḍeṣu yojayet /
yoṣitāṃ tu viśeṣo'yaṃ patireko mahāguruḥ

155

mahārogānvitā ye ca ye narāścirarogiṇaḥ /
svarṇadānena pūtāḥ syurdaive paitrye'dhikāriṇaḥ

156

apaghātamṛtenāpi dūṣitaṃ vidyudagninā /
gṛhaṃ viśodhayeddhomairvyāhṛtyā śatasaṃkhyakaiḥ

153

atha jñānājñānakṛtāvaśiṣṭapāpānāṃ gāyatrījapāt
kaulānāmaśanācca vināśa ityāha anyānītyādinā /
jñānājñānābhyāṃ kṛtānyanyānyapi yāni pāpāni tāni
sāvitryāḥ savitṛdevatākāyā gāyatryā devyā japanāt kaulānāṃ
bhojanācca naśyanti

154

atha puruṣāṇāṃ sādhāraṇaniyamāḥ strīṣu napuṃsakeṣvapi
yojayitavyā ityāha sāmānyetyādinā / puṃsāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ
sāmānyaniyamān strīṣu ṣaṇḍeṣu napuṃsakeṣu ca yojayet /
yoṣitāṃ strīṇāntu patireko mahāguruḥ smṛto'yaṃ viśeṣaḥ

155

atha kuṣṭhādimahārogānvitacirarogiṇorapi suvarṇadānena
pūtatvasattvāddevapitṛkarmādhikāritvamāha mahārogetyādinā / ye
narā mahārogānvitā ye ca cirarogiṇaste svarṇadānena pūtāḥ santo
daive paitrye ca karmaṇi adhikāriṇaḥ syuḥ

156

nanvapaghātamṛtena vidyudagninā ca dūṣitasya veśmanaḥ
kathaṃ śuddhistatrāha apaghātetyādinā /
apaghātamṛtenāpaghātaprāptamṛtyunā
sarpavyāghrodbandhanādimṛteneti yāvat / vidyudagninā cāpi
dūṣitaṃ gṛhaṃ vyāhṛtyā bhūrādyaiḥ
śatasaṃkhyakairhomairviśodhayet

157

(pṛ० ३५६) vāpīkūpataḍāgeṣu sāsthnāṃ śavanirīkṣaṇāt /
uddhṛtya kuṇapaṃ tebhyastatastān pariśodhayet

158

pūrṇābhiṣekamanubhirmantritaiḥ śuddhavāribhiḥ /
pūrṇaistrisaptakumbhaistān plāvayediti śodhanam

159

yadi svalpajalāste syuḥ śavadurgandhidūṣitāḥ /
sapaṅkaṃ salilaṃ sarvamuddhṛtyāplāvayettu tān

160

santi bhūrīṇi toyāni gajadaghnāni teṣu ca /
śatakumbhajaloddhārairabhiṣekeṇa śodhayet

161

yadyevaṃ śodhitā na syurmṛtaspṛṣṭajalāśayāḥ /
apeyasalilāsteṣāṃ pratiṣṭhāmapi nācaret

157

athāsthimajjantuśavadūṣitavāpīkūpādīnāṃ sāmānyataḥ
śodhanamāha vāpītyādinā / vāpīkūpataḍāgeṣu
sāsthnāmasthimatāṃ śavanirīkṣaṇāt kuṇapadarśanāttebhyo
vāpyādibhyaḥ kuṇapaṃ śavamuddhṛtya tatastān vāpyādīn
pariśodhayet

158

kathaṃ śodhayedityākāṅkṣāyāṃ śodhanaprakāramāha
pūrṇetyādi / pūrṇābhiṣekamanubhiḥ pūrṇābhiṣekasya
mantrairmantritaiḥ śuddhavāribhiḥ pavitrajalaiḥ
pūrṇaistrisaptakumbhairekaviṃśatighaṭaistān vāpyādīn plāvayet iti
śodhanaṃ ayaṃ śodhanaprakāraḥ

159

athālpajalatvagajamitabahujalatvābhyāṃ vāpyādīnāṃ
bhedavattvācchodhanaviśeṣamāha yadītyādinā ślokadvayena /
śavadurgandhadūṣitāste vāpyādayo yadi svalpajalāḥ syustadā
tebhyaḥ sapaṅkaṃ sarvaṃ salilaṃ jalamuddhṛtyoktaprakāreṇa
tānāplāvayet

160

santīti / teṣu vāpyādiṣu cet yadi gajadaghnāni hastiparimāṇāni
bhūrīṇi bahūni toyāni jalāni santi tadā
śatakumbhajaloddhārairekaviṃśatikumbhajalairabhiṣekeṇa ca tān
śodhayet

162

athāśodhitavāpyādīnāmapeyajalatvaṃ
pratiṣṭhānarhatvañcāha yadītyādinā / mṛtaspṛṣṭajalāśayāḥ
śavaspṛṣṭavāpyādayo yadyevaṃ śodhitā na syustadā te'peyasalilā
bhavanti /
(pṛ० ३५७) snānameṣu jalaireṣāṃ kurvan karma vṛthā bhavet /
dinamekaṃ nirāhāraḥ śudhyet pañcāmṛtāśanāt

163

yācakaṃ dhaninaṃ dṛṣṭvā vīraṃ yuddhaparāṅmukham /
dūṣakaṃ kuladharmāṇāṃ madyapāñca kulastriyam

164

mitradrohakaraṃ martyaṃ svayaṃ pāparataṃ budham /
paśyan sūryaṃ smaran viṣṇuṃ sacelaḥ snānamācaret

165

kharakukkuṭakolāṃśca vikrīṇanto dvijātayaḥ /
nīcavṛttiṃ caranto'pi śudhyeyustridinavratāt

161

teṣāmaśodhitavāpyādīnāṃ pratiṣṭhāmapi nā'carenna kuryāt

162

athāśodhitavāpyādijalaiḥ snānādikaṃ kurvato narasya
prāyaścittaṃ kriyamāṇasya karmaṇo niṣphalatvañcāha
snānamityādinā / eṣvaśodhitavāpyādiṣu snānaṃ kurvan teṣāṃ ca
jalairanyacca karma kurvan naro dinamekaṃ nirāhāraḥ san
pañcāmṛtāśanāt śudhyet / kriyamāṇaṃ ca karma vṛthā bhavet

163

atha dṛṣṭadhanikayācakayuddhaparāṅmukhavīrādikasya
puṃsaḥ prāyaścittamāha yācakamityādiślokadvayena / yācakaṃ
bhikṣukaṃ dhaninaṃ dṛṣṭvā tathā yuddhaparāṅmukhaṃ
raṇavimukhaṃ vīraṃ śūraṃ kuladharmāṇāṃ dūṣakaṃ janaṃ
kulastriyañca madyapāṃ mitradrohakaraṃ martyaṃ svayaṃ
pāparataṃ budhaṃ paṇḍitaṃ ca dṛṣṭvā sūryaṃ paśyan viṣṇuṃ
smarannaraḥ sacelaḥ savastraḥ snānamācaret

165

१६४ //
nanu gardabhādīn vikrīṇatāṃ nīcavṛttiṃ ca kurvatāṃ
dvijānāṃ kathaṃ śuddhistatrāha kharetyādinā / kharakukkṛṭakolān
gardabhacaraṇāyudhaśūkarān vikrīṇanto nīcavṛttiñcāpi carantaḥ
kurvanto dvijātayo brāhmaṇāstridinavratāt śudhyeyuḥ

166

(pṛ० ३५८) dinamekaṃ nirāhāro dvitīyaṃ kaṇabhojanaḥ /
aparantu nayedadbhistridinavratamambike

167

gṛhe'nudghāṭitadvāre'nāhūtaḥ praviśannaraḥ /
vāritārthapravaktā'pi pañcāhamaśanaṃ tyajet

168

āgacchato gurūn dṛṣṭvā nottiṣṭhedyo madānvitaḥ /
tathaiva kulaśāstrāṇi śudhyedekopavāsataḥ

169

etasmin śāmbhave śāstre vyaktārthapadabṛṃhite /
kūṭenārthaṃ kalpayantaḥ patitā yāntyadhogatim

166

nanu kiṃ tridinavratamata āha dinamityādi / nirāhāraḥ san
dinamekaṃ nayet yāpayet / kaṇabhojanaḥ san dvitīyaṃ dinaṃ nayet /
aparantu tṛtīyaṃ dinantu adbhirjalairnayet / he ambike tridinavratamidaṃ
smṛtam

167

atha pihitadvārāgāre'nāhūtasyaiva praviśato vāritārthaṃ
kathayataśca prāyaścittamāha gṛha ityādinā / anudghāṭitadvāre
ruddhadvāre gṛhe anāhūta eva praviśannaro vāritārthapravaktā'pi
vāritasyārthasya prakathayitāpi naraḥ pañcāhamaśanaṃ tyajet

168

athāgacchataḥ pitrādīn kulaśāstrāṇi ca
samīkṣyā'nuttiṣṭhataḥ puṃsaḥ prāyaścittamāha āgacchata
ityādinā / āgacchato gurūn pitrādīn tathaivāgacchanti kulaśāstrāṇi
ca dṛṣṭvā yo madānvito nottiṣṭhet sa ekopavāsataḥ śudhyet /
madānvita ityanena rogādinimittakayā'śaktyā'nuttiṣṭhatastu na
doṣabhāgitvamiti dhvanitam

170

adhunā śambhuprokte'smin śāstre
śabdavyājenā'rthāntaraṃ kalpayatāṃ
patitatvamadhogāmitvañcāha etasminnityādinā /
vyaktārthapadabṛṃhite vispaṣṭārthapadavardhite
(pṛ० ३५९) idaṃ te kathitaṃ devi sārātsāraṃ parātparam /
ihāmutrārthadaṃ dharmyaṃ pāvanaṃ hitakārakam

169

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
svaparāniṣṭhajanakapāpaprāyaścittakathanaṃ nāma
ekādaśollāsaḥ /
śāmbhave śambhuprokte etasmin śāstre kūṭena
śabdavyājenārthaṃ kalpayanto narāḥ patitāḥ santo'dhogatiṃ yānti
/
māyāniścalayantreṣu kaitavānṛtarāśiṣu /
ayoghane śailaśṛṅge sīrāṅge kūṭamastriyām // ityamaraḥ

170

prakaraṇārthamupasaṃharannāha idamityādinā / he devi
sārātsāraṃ nyāyayādapi nyāyayaṃ parātparamuttamādapyuttamaṃ
ihāmutrārthadamihaloke paraloke ca phaladaṃ dharmyaṃ
dharmādanapetaṃ pāvanaṃ pāvitryakārakaṃ hitakāraṇamidaṃ te
tubhyaṃ kathitam / sāro bale sthirāṃśe ca nyāyaye klībaṃ vare
triṣvityamaraḥ / artho'bhidheyaraivastu prayojananivṛttiṣvityamaraḥ

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyām ekādaśollāsaḥ /
dvādaśollāsaḥ
śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
bhūyaste kathayāmyādye vyavahārān sanātanān /
yān rakṣan pravidanrājā svacchandaṃ pālayet prajāḥ

2

niyamena vinā rājño mānavā dhanalolupāḥ /
mithaste vivadiṣyanti gurusvajanabandhubhiḥ

3

vyatighnanti tadā devi svārthino vittahetave /
pāpāśrayā bhaviṣyanti hiṃsayā ca jihīrṣayā

4

atasteṣāṃ hitārthāya niyamo dharmasammataḥ /
niyojyate yamāśritya na bhraśyeyuḥ śubhānnarāḥ

1

o/ namo brahmaṇe /
idānīṃ lokaśubhākāṅkṣayā paramakāruṇiko mahādevaḥ
sanātanavyavahārān pārvatīṃ prati punaḥ kathayitumārabhate
bhūya ityādinā / he ādye te tubhyaṃ tavāgre vā tān sanātanān
śāśvatān vyavahārān bhūyaḥ punarahaṃ kathayāmi yān
vyavahārān rakṣan pālayan pravidan prajānan rājā svacchandaṃ
svairaṃ prajāḥ pālayedrakṣet

5

mahīpaterniyamasyā'bhāvād dravyābhilāṣiṇo manujāḥ
pitrādibhiḥ sārddhaṃ mitho vivādādikaṃ kariṣyanti
tannirākaraṇāya lokahitākāṅkṣaḥ sadāśivo
(pṛ० ३६१) daṇḍayet pāpino rājā yathā pāpāpanuttaye /
tathaiva vibhajeddāyān nṛṇāṃ sambandhabhedataḥ

6

sambandho dvividho jñeyo vivāhājjanmanastathā /
tatraudvāhikasambandhādaparo balavattaraḥ

7

dāye tūrdhvatanājjyāyān sambandho'dhastanaḥ śive /
adha ūrdhvakramādatra pumān mukhyataraḥ smṛtaḥ

5

niyamaṃ vidadhātītyevāha niyamenetyādinā śubhānnarāḥ
ityantena ślokatrayeṇa / he devi yato rājño nṛpasya niyamena vinā
dhanalolupāḥ vittaviṣayakalālasāvantaste mānavā manuṣyā
gurusvajanabandhubhiḥ sākaṃ mitho vivadiṣyanti tathā tadā
niyamābhāve svārthino dhanārthinaste vittahetave dhanārthaṃ
vyatighnanti parasparaṃ haniṣyanti jihīrṣayā vittaharaṇecchayā
hiṃsayā ca pāpāśrayā bhaviṣyanti / atasteṣāṃ mānavānāṃ
hitārthāya dharmasammataḥ sa niyamo mayā niyojyate pravartyate yaṃ
niyamamāśritya narāḥ śubhādbhadrānna bhraśyeyurna pateyuḥ /
vyatighnantītyatra vartamānasāmīpye vartamānavadveti bhaviṣyati laṭ
// २ - ४ //
nanu yanniyamāśrayaṇānmanuṣyā bhadrānna bhraśyeyuḥ
ko'sau niyamastatrāha daṇḍayedityādinā / yathā rājā narādhipaḥ
pāpāpanuttaye kilviṣanāśāya pāpino janān daṇḍayettathaiva
nṝṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ sambandhabhedato dāyān vibhavān vibhajet
vibhaktān kuryāt / dāyo dāne dhane puṃsi vācyaliṅgastu dātari

6

athodvāhajananābhyāṃ dāyavibhāgopayoginaḥ sambandhasya
dvaividhyaṃ bhāṣamāṇo mahādevastatra vaivāhikasambandhato
jananasambandhasya prābalyaṃ pratipādayati sambandha ityādinā /
vivāhāttathā janmanaḥ utpatteḥ sambandho dvividho dviprakārako
jñeyo boddhavyaḥ / tatra tayoḥ
sambandhayoraudvāhikasambandhādaparo janmasambandho balavattaro
jñeyaḥ

8

dāyaharaṇe urdhvatanasambandhato'dhobhavasyaiva
sambandhasya jyeṣṭhatvamadha ūrdhvakramato yoṣidbhyaḥ
puruṣasyaiva pradhānataratvaṃ cāha dāye tvityādinā / he śive dāye
(pṛ० ३६२) tatrāpi sannikarṣeṇa sambandhī dāyamarhati /
anena vidhinā dhīrā vibhajeyuḥ kramāddhanam

9

mṛtasya putre pautre ca kanyāsu pitari sthite /
bhāryāyāmapi dāyārhaḥ putra eva na cāparaḥ

10

bahavastanayā yatra sarve tatra samāṃśinaḥ /
jyeṣṭhe rājyādhikāritvaṃ tattu vaṃśānusārataḥ

7

tu dhane tūrdhvatanādūrdhvabhavāt
sambandhādadhastano'dhobhavaḥ sambandho jyāyān śreṣṭhaḥ
smṛtaḥ / tuśabdenā'bhivādanādāvadhastanāt
sambandhādūrdhvatanasyaiva sambandhasya jyāyastvamiti dhvanitam /
atra dāyaharaṇe'dha ūrdhvakramāt strītaḥ pumān puruṣo
mukhyataraḥ pradhānataraḥ smṛtaḥ

8

nanvāsannānāsannayormadhye katarasya dāyārhatvaṃ syāt
tatrāha tatrāpīti / tatrāpi mukhyatareṣu puṃsvapi sannikarṣeṇa
sānnidhyena sambandhī dāyamarhati dhanārho bhavati / anena
pūrvoktena vidhinā dhīrā manīṣiṇo dhanaṃ
kramādvibhajeyurvaṇṭayeyuḥ

9

nanu prāptapañcatvasya puṃso vidyamānānāṃ
patnīkanyānāṃ tātatanayapautrāṇāñca madhye katamasya
taddhanagrāhakatvamata āha mṛtasyetyādinā / mṛtasya mānavasya
putre pautre pitari ca sthite kanyāsvātmajāsu ca sthitāsu bhāryāyāṃ
patnyāmapi sthitāyāṃ sannikṛṣṭatvāt puṃstvena
mukhyataratvādadhobhavatvena jyāyastvācca putra eva dāyārhaḥ
syānna cāparastadbhinnaḥ pautrādirdāyārhaḥ / pautrasya putrato
viprakṛṣṭatvāt bhāryāyāḥ kanyānāṃ ca strītvenā'pradhānatvāt
pituścordhvabhavatvenā'jyāyastvāddāyārhatvaṃ netyarthaḥ

11

nanu bahuputrasya pramītasya pṛthvīpateḥ
sthāvarasthāvaretaradravyeṣu sarveṣāmātmajānāṃ
samāṃśahāritvaṃ nyūnādhikāṃśahāritvaṃ vetyata āha
vahavaḥ ityādinā / rājño yatra sthāvare jaṅgame vāpi dravye
bahavaḥ tanayāḥ putrā bhāgārhāstatra sarve
(pṛ० ३६३) ṛṇaṃ yat paitṛkaṃ tacca śodhayet paitṛkairdhanaiḥ /
tasmin sthite vibhāgārhaṃ na bhavet paitṛkaṃ vasu

12

vibhajya yadi gṛhṇīyurvibhavaṃ paitṛkaṃ narāḥ /
tebhyastaddhanamāhṛtya pitṝṇaṃ dāpayennṛpaḥ

13

yathā svakṛtapāpena nirayaṃ yānti mānavāḥ /
ṛṇenāpi tathā baddhaḥ svayameva na cāparaḥ

10

samāṃśinastulyabhāginaḥ syuḥ natu nyūnādhikāṃśina ityarthaḥ /
nanu mahīpaterjyeṣṭha evā'tmaje prāyaśo rājyādhikāritvaṃ
śrūyate dṛśyate ca tat kathamucyate sarve tatra samāṃśina ityata āha
jyeṣṭha ityādi / jyeṣṭhe rājñaḥ putre yadrājyādhikāritvaṃ tattu
vaṃśānusārato jñeyam / vaṃśe yadi jyeṣṭha eva rājaputro rājyaṃ
labhamāno bhavettadā tasminneva rājyādhikāritvam / anyeṣāṃ
grāsācchādanabhājanatvam / anyathā tu pṛthvyādikaṃ sakalaṃ
draviṇaṃ vibhajya sarve gṛhṇīyuriti bhāvaḥ

11

paitṛkamṛṇaṃ dattvā'vaśiṣṭaṃ pitṛdravyaṃ
bhrātṛbhirvibhaktavyamityāha ṛṇamityādinā / paitṛkaṃ
pitṛsambandhi yadṛṇaṃ tat paitṛkaiḥ pitṛsambandhibhirdhanaiḥ
śodhayet / tasminnṛṇe sthite sati paitṛkaṃ vasu dhanaṃ vibhāgārhaṃ
vaṇṭanayogyaṃ na bhavet

12

paitṛkamṛṇamaśodhayitvaiva vibhajya
gṛhītatātadravyairmartyairnarādhipastadṛṇaṃ dāpayedityāha
vibhajyetyādinā / paitṛkaṃ vibhavaṃ dhanaṃ vibhajya narā yadi
gṛhṇīyustadā tebhyo narebhyastat paitṛkaṃ dhanamāhṛtya gṛhītvā
nṛpo rājā pitṝṇaṃ tātasambandhi ṛṇaṃ tairdāpayet

13

ṛṇānapayane ṛṇagrahītureva sadṛṣṭāntaṃ
taddoṣabhāgitvamāha yathetyādinā / yathā svakṛtapāpena mānavā
narā nirayaṃ narakaṃ yānti tathā ṛṇenāpi svayameva baddho bhavati
na cāparastadanyaḥ kaścana baddho bhavet

14

(pṛ० ३६४) sādhāraṇaṃ dhanaṃ yacca sthāvaraṃ sthāvaretaram /
aṃśinaḥ prāptumarhanti svaṃ svamaṃśaṃ vibhāgataḥ

15

aṃśināṃ sammatāveva vibhāgaḥ parisidhyati /
teṣāmasammatau rājā samadṛṣṭyāṃśamācaret

16

sthāvarasya carasyāpi vibhāgānarhavastunaḥ /
mūlyaṃ vā tadupasvatvamaṃśināṃ vibhajennṛpaḥ

17

vibhakte'pi dhane yastu svīyāṃśaṃ pratipādayet /
punarvibhajya taddravyamaprāptāṃśāya dāpayet

14

sāmānye sthāvare jaṅgame ca dravye sarveṣāmeva
dāyādānāṃ tulyāṃśagrāhakatvamityāha sādhāraṇamityādinā /
sthāvaraṃ sthavaretaraṃ jaṅgamaṃ ca yat sādhāraṇaṃ sāmānyaṃ
dhanaṃ tatra vibhāgataḥ sarve aṃśinaḥ svaṃ svamaṃśaṃ prāptuṃ
labdhumarhanti yogyā bhavanti

15

sarveṣāmaṃśikānāṃ mithaḥ sammatau satyāmeva
vibhāgasya saṃsiddhiḥ syādityāha aṃśināmityādyardhena /
aṃśināṃ bhāgagrāhakāṇāṃ sammatāveva satyāṃ vibhāgaḥ
parisidhyati niṣpadyate na tvanyathā / nanu paitṛkadravyavibhāge
sarveṣāṃ dāyādānāṃ sammaterabhāve kathaṃ vibhāgo
bhavettatrāha teṣāmityādinā / teṣāmaṃśināmasammatau satyāṃ
rājā samadṛṣṭyā tulyadṛṣṭyā aṃśaṃ vibhāgamācaret kuryāt

16

nanu vibhāgāyogyasya sthāvarādervastunaḥ kathaṃ vibhāgaḥ
syādata āha sthāvarasyetyādinā / sthāvarasya carasya jaṅgamasyāpi
vibhāgānarhavastuno vibhājanāyogyasya padārthasya mūlyamathavā
tadupasvatvaṃ tadatiriktaṃ tatra evopajātaṃ dravyaṃ nṛpo rājā
aṃśināṃ dāyādānāṃ vibhajet tebhyo dāpayituṃ vibhaktaṃ
kuryāt / aṃśināmiti sampradānasya śeṣatvena vivakṣitatvāt ṣaṣṭhī
śeṣe iti ṣaṣṭhī

18

athāṃśibhirvibhajya gṛhīteṣvapi dravyeṣu svakīyaṃ bhāgaṃ
sākṣibhirnṛpasyāgre jñāpayate mānavāya rājā punastāni
dravyāṇi vibhajya tairdāpayedityāha
(pṛ० ३६५) kṛte vibhāge dravyāṇāmaṃśināṃ sammatau śive /
punarvivādayaṃstatra śāsyo bhavati bhūbhṛtaḥ

19

sthite pretasya pautre ca bhāryāyāñca pitaryapi /
pautra eva dhanārhaḥ syādadhastājjanmagauravāt

20

aputrasya sthite tāte sodare ca pitāmahe /
janmataḥ sannikarṣeṇa pitaivā'sya dhanaṃ haret

21

vidyamānāsu kanyāsu sannikṛṣṭāsvapi priye /
mṛtasya pautro dhanabhāk yato mukhyataraḥ pumān

17

vibhakte'pītyādinā / vibhakte'pi vaṇṭite'pi dhane yastu manuṣyaḥ
svīyāṃśamātmīyaṃ bhāgaṃ pratipādayennṛpasyāgre
sākṣibhirbodhayet tasmai aprāptāṃśāya manuṣyāya punastat
dravyaṃ vibhajya nṛpo dāyādairdāpayet

18

sarveṣāṃ dāyādānāṃ sammatau satyāṃ dravyavibhāge
jāte punastatra vivādaṃ kurvannaro mahīpālena śāsanīyo
bhavedityāha kṛta ityādinā / he śive aṃśināṃ sammatau satyāṃ
dravyāṇāṃ vibhāge kṛte sati punastatra dravyavibhāge vivādayan
vivādaṃ kurvannaro bhūbhṛto rājñaḥ śāsyaḥ śāsanīyo bhavati

19

nanu pramītasya mānavasya vidyamānānāṃ
tātabhāryāpautrāṇāṃ madhye kasya taddhanabhāgitvamata āha
sthite ityādinā / pretasya mṛtasya manuṣyasya pautre pitari cāpi sthite
bhāryāyāṃ ca sthitāyāmadhastājjanma yeṣāṃ teṣāṃ
gauravādgurutvāddhetoḥ pautra eva dhanārho dhanayogyaḥ syāt

20

nanvaputrasya mṛtasya puṃso vartamānānāṃ
janakapitāmahasamānodaryāṇāṃ madhye katamasya
tadvittahāritvamata āha aputrasyetyādinā / aputrasya mṛtasya janasya
tāte pitari sodare bhrātari pitāmahe ca sthite sati janmanaḥ sannikarṣeṇa
sānnidhyena hetunā'syā'putrasya dhanaṃ pitaiva haret gṛhṇīyāt

22

svaryāturaputrasyāsannatarāsvapi kanyāsu sthitāsu puṃsaḥ
pradhānataratvāt pautrasyaiva dhanabhāgitvamityāha
vidyamānāsvityādinā / he priye mṛtasya puruṣasya
(pṛ० ३६६) dhanaṃ mṛtena putreṇa pautraṃ yāti pitāmahāt /
ato'tra gīyate lokaiḥ putrarūpaḥ svayaṃ pitā

23

audvāhike'pi sambandhe brāhmī bhāryā varīyasī /
aputrasya haredrikthaṃ patyurdehārdhahāriṇī

24

patiputravihīnā tu samprāpya svāmino dhanam /
naiva dātuṃ na vikretuṃ samarthā svadhanaṃ vinā

21

vidyamānāsu sannikṛṣṭāsvāsannāsvapi kanyāsu yataḥ pumān
puruṣo mukhyataraḥ pradhānataro bhavedataḥ pautra eva dhanabhāg
bhavet

22

adhunā pitureva sahetukaṃ putrarūpatvaṃ vyāharan
putrahīnasya mṛtasya puṃsaḥ potrasyaiva dhanādhikāritvamanuvadati
dhanamityādinā / yato dhanaṃ pitāmahāt sakāśānmṛtena putreṇa
pautraṃ yāti gacchati ato'tra saṃsāre lokairjanaiḥ pitā svayaṃ
putrarūpa iti gīyate śabdyate

23

idānīṃ brāhmīśaivyorbhāryayormadhye
brāhmyevātiśreṣṭhā putrarahitasya mṛtasya patyurvittasya grāhikā
cetyāha audvāhike'pītyādinā / audvāhike'pi vivāhanimittake'pi
sambandhe brāhmī vedoktavidhinā pariṇītā bhāryā
śaivībhāryāyā varīyasyativarā bhavet / patyuḥ svāmino yato
dehārdhahāriṇī syādato brāhmyeva bhāryā'putrasya putrahīnasya
mṛtasya patyuḥ rikthaṃ dhanaṃ haret / aputrasyetyupalakṣaṇaṃ
putrapautrādirahitasya / varīyāṃstūruvarayorityamaraḥ /
rikthamṛkthaṃ dhanaṃ vasvityamaraḥ

24

atha svāmiputrābhyāṃ rahitā strī labdhabhartṛvibhavā satī
taddānavikrayau kartuṃ na śaknotītyāha patiputretyādinā /
patiputravihīnā strī svāmino dhanaṃ samprāpya labdhvā naiva
tadātuṃ na ca vikretuṃ samarthā śaktā bhavet parantu svadhanaṃ
vinā / svakīyaṃ tu dhanaṃ dātuṃ vikretuṃ śaknotītyarthaḥ

25

(pṛ० ३६७) pitṛbhiḥ śvaśurairvāpi dattaṃ yaddharmasammatam /
svakṛtyopārjitaṃ yacca strīdhanaṃ tat prakīrtitam

26

tasyāṃ mṛtāyāṃ rikthaṃ tat punaḥ svāmipadaṃ vrajet /
tadāsannataro rikthamadha ūrdhvakramādharet

27

mṛte patyau svadharmeṇa patibandhuvaśe sthitā /
tadabhāve pitṛbandhostiṣṭhantī dāyamarhati

28

śaṅkitavyabhicārā'pi na patyurdāyabhāginī /
labhate jīvanaṃ mātraṃ bharturvibhavahāriṇaḥ

25

nanu kiṃ nāma strīdhanamata āha pitṛbhirityādinā /
bahuvacanasya bahūpalakṣakatvāt pitṛbhirjanakādibhiḥ śvaśuraiḥ
patipitrādibhirvā dharmasammataṃ yaddhanaṃ dattaṃ yacca svakṛtyā
svīyayā śilpādikriyayopārjitaṃ tat strīdhanaṃ prakīrtitaṃ kathitam

26

nanu samprāptasvāmivittāyā yoṣito mṛtau satyāṃ kasya
tadvittahāritetyata āha tasyāmityādinā / tasyāṃ
samprāptasvāmidhanāyāṃ striyāṃ mṛtāyāṃ satyāṃ tadrikthaṃ
dhanaṃ punaḥ svāmipadaṃ vrajedgacchet / svāmipadagataṃ ca
tadrikthamadha ūrdhvakramāttadāsannataraḥ svāmino'tisannikṛṣṭo
jano haret / etattu sāmānyata uktaṃ viśeṣatastvagre vakṣyate

27

bharturmaraṇe sati bhartrādibāndhavavaśe svadharmeṇa
tiṣṭhantyeva strī svāmino dāyamarhatītyāha mṛte ityādinā / patyau
svāmini mṛte sati patibandhuvaśe svadharmeṇa sthitā tadabhāve
patibandhvabhāve pitṛbandhorvaśe tiṣṭhantī strī dāyaṃ
patyurdhanamarhati

29

śaṅkitavyabhicārā nārī tu grāsācchādanamātrabhāginī na
tu svāmidhanabhāginītyāha śaṅkitetyādinā /
śaṅkitavyabhicārā'pi strī patyurdāyabhāginī na
(pṛ० ३६८) bahvyaścedvanitāstasya svaryāturdharmatatparāḥ /
bhajeran svāmino vittaṃ samāṃśena śucismite

30

patyurdhanaharāyāśca mṛtau bhartṛsutāsthitau /
punaḥ svāmipadaṃ gatvā dhanaṃ duhitaraṃ vrajet

31

evaṃ sthitāyāṃ kanyāyāṃ rikthaṃ putravadhūgatam /
tanmṛtau svāminaṃ prāpya śvaśurāttatsutāmiyāt

28

bhavati kintu bharturvibhavahāriṇaḥ puruṣājjīvanaṃ mātraṃ
jīvanameva labhate prāpnoti / apīti vadatā sadāśivena
prakaṭitavyabhicārāyā nāryā nitarāmeva bhartṛdāyabhājanatvaṃ
neti sūcitam / jīvyate yenā'nnādinā tajjīvanam
karaṇādhikaraṇayośceti karaṇe lyuṭ / mātraṃ kātsnye'vadhāraṇe
ityamaraḥ

29

pretasya dharmaparāyaṇā vahvyo bhāryāścet sarvāḥ svāmino
dravyaṃ vibhajya gṛhṇīyurityāha vahvya ityādinā / he śucismite
śubhreṣaddhāse pavitreṣaddhāse vā / tasya svaryātuḥ
svargagāminaḥ puṃso dharmatatparāḥ puṇyaparāyaṇāścedyadi
vahvyo vanitāḥ striyaḥ syustadā sarvāstāḥ svāmino vittaṃ
samāṃśena tulyabhāgena bhajeran severan

30

labdhabhartṛvittāyā vanitāyā maraṇe sati tadvittaṃ
punastatsvāminaṃ prāpya tataśca tattanayāṃ gacchedityāha
patyurityādinā / patyurdhanaharāyāḥ svāmino vittahāriṇyāḥ
striyāḥ mṛtau bhartuḥ sutāyāḥ sthitau ca satyāṃ dhanaṃ
punastatsvāmipadaṃ gatvā duhitaraṃ tatsutāṃ vrajedgacchet /
bhartṛsutetivyāharanmahādevaḥ krītādisutāṃ taddhanaṃ na
gacchediti sūcayāñcakre

32

gṛhītapatidravyāyā nāryā mṛtau satyāṃ taddravyaṃ
bhartṛgataṃ tataḥ śvaśuragataṃ ca sat śvaśurakanyāṃ
yāyādityāha evamityādinā / evamanena prakāreṇa kanyāyāṃ
sthitāyāṃ satyāṃ putravadhūgataṃ rikthaṃ dhanaṃ tanmṛte
putravadhūmaraṇe sati svāminaṃ tadbhartāraṃ prāpya punaḥ
śvaśuraṃ prāpya śvaśurācca tatsutāṃ
śvaśuratanayāmiyādgacchet /
(pṛ० ३६९) tathā pitāmahe sattve vittaṃ mātṛgataṃ śive /
tasyāṃ mṛtāyāṃ putreṇa bhartrā śvaśuragambhavet

33

mṛtasyordhvagataṃ vittaṃ yathā prāpnoti tatpitā /
jananyapi tathā'pnoti patihīnā bhavedyadi

34

ataḥ satyāṃ jananyāṃ tu vimātā na dhanaṃ haret /
mṛtau jananyāstaṃ prāpya pitrā gacchedvimātaram

35

adhastanānāṃ virahādyathā rikthaṃ na yātyadhaḥ /
yenaivā'dhastanaṃ prāptaṃ tenaivordhvaṃ tadā vrajet

31

tanmṛte ityatra napuṃsake bhāve kta iti sūtreṇa bhāve kta pratyayaḥ /
etacca bhartṛduhitrādibhrātrīyaparyantābhāve boddhavyam

32

nanu prāptaputravittāyā māturmaraṇe sati kasya
tadvittabhāgitetyata āha tathetyādinā / he śive tathā tenaiva
prakāreṇa pitāmahe sattve vartamāne mātṛgataṃ jananīprāptaṃ
vittaṃ dhanaṃ tasyāṃ mātari mṛtāyāṃ satyāṃ putreṇā'tmajena
bhartrā patyā ca śvaśuragaṃ bhavet śvaśuraṃ gacchedityarthaḥ /
sanneva sattvamiti svārthikastvaḥ / idaṃ putrasya sodarāṇāṃ
tatputrāṇāñcā'sattve boddhavyam

33

putrādipitṛparyantarahitasya prāptapañcatvasya puṃso janakasya
jananyā api tadvittahartrītvaṃ tanmṛtau ca tasya vibhāturapītyāha
mṛtasyetyādidvayena / mṛtasya janasyordhvagatamūrdhvaṃ prāptaṃ
vittaṃ tatpitā mṛtasya janako yathā'pnoti labhate tathaiva yadi
patihīnā svāmirahitā bhavet tadā tajjananyapyāpnoti

34

ata iti / ato jananyāntu satyāṃ vimātā tasya dhanaṃ na haret
kintu mātaiva haret / jananyā mṛtau maraṇe tu taddhanaṃ taṃ putraṃ
prāpya pitrā vimātaraṃ gacchet

36

adhobhavānāṃ
rikthagrāhakāṇāmabhāvādadhastādagacchato
vittasyordhvagāmitvenā'patyahīnāyā labdhabhrātṛvittāyāḥ
pativatyāḥ svasurmṛtau satyāṃ tadgatasya vittasya
(pṛ० ३७०) ataḥ sthitau pitṛvyasya dhanaṃ svasṛgatañca sat /
patyau sthite'napatyāyā mṛtau pitṛvyamāśrayet

37

ūrdhvādvittamadhaḥ prāpya pumāṃsamavalambate /
ataḥ satyāṃ sodarāyāṃ vaimātreyo dhanaṃ haret

38

sthitāyāṃ sodarāyāñca vimātuḥ putrasantatau /
vaimātreyagataṃ vittaṃ vaimātreyānvayo bhajet

35

pitṛvyāśrayatvaṃ syādityevāha adhastanānāmityādidvayena /
adhastanānāmadhobhavānāṃ janānāṃ virahādabhāvādyathā
yadā rikthaṃ dhanaṃ adho na yāti gacchati tadā yenaiva janena
adhastanamadhobhavaṃ janaṃ dhanaṃ prāptaṃ tenaiva janenordhvaṃ
vrajedgacchet

36

ata ityādi / ato'dhastanānāṃ
virahādrikthasyordhvagāmitvādeva pitṛvyasthitāvanapatyāyāḥ
putreṇa putryā ca rahitāyāḥ svasurmṛtau satyāṃ patyau
bhaginībhartari sthite'pi svasṛgataṃ ca sat dhanaṃ pitṛvyamāśrayet
tasyā bhrātrā pitrādinā ca pitṛbhrātaraṃ bhajet / anapatyāyā iti
viśeṣaṇenā'patyavatyāḥ svasuḥ mṛtau tadgatasya dhanasya
tadapatyagāmitaivetyasūsucat

37

ūrdhvādadhaḥprāptasya dhanasya puruṣāvalambitvāt
sodarāyāṃ vidyamānāyāmapi vaimātreyagāmitaiva syādityāha
ūrdhvādityādinā / yato vittaṃ dhanamūrdhvādadhaḥ prāpya
pumāṃsaṃ puruṣamavalambate āśrayati ataḥ sodarāyāṃ
bhaginyāṃ satyāmapi vaimātreyo vimātṛjo dhanaṃ haret

38

nanu sodarāyāṃ vaimātreyasantatau ca vidyamānāyāṃ
vaimātreyamaraṇe sati tadgataṃ vittaṃ kā prāpnuyāttatrāha
sthitāyāmityādinā / sodarāyāṃ bhaginyāṃ vimātuḥ putrasantatau
ca sthitāyāṃ satyāṃ vaimātreyagataṃ vittaṃ tanmaraṇe sati
vaimātreyānvayo vimātṛjasantatirbhajet seveta

39

(pṛ० ३७१) mṛtasya sodaro bhrātā vaimātreyastathā śive /
dhanaṃ pitṛgatatvena vibhajetāṃ samāṃśinau

40

kanyāyāṃ jīvitāyāñca tadapatyaṃ na dāyabhāk /
yatra yadbādhitaṃ vittaṃ tanmṛtāvaparaṃ vrajet

41

vibhajeyurduhitaraḥ putrābhāve piturvasu /
udvāhayantyo'nūḍhāṃ tu pituḥ sādhāraṇairdhanaiḥ

42

asantatyā mṛtāyāśca strīdhanaṃ svāminaṃ bhajet /
anyattu draviṇaṃ yasmādāptaṃ tatpadamāśrayet

39

putrādimātṛparyantarahitasya pramītasya puṃsaḥ
sodaravaimātreyayorubhayorapi taddhane samabhāgitvamityāha
mṛtasyetyādinā / he śive mṛtasya janasya sodaro bhrātā tathā
vaimātreyaśca ubhau taddhanasya pitṛgatatvena hetunā tatra
samāṃśinau santau taddhanaṃ vibhajetāṃ vibhajya
gṛhṇīyātāmityarthaḥ

40

jīvantyāṃ kanyāyāṃ tadapatyasya dāyabhāgitvaṃ netyāha
kanyāyāmityādinā / kanyāyāṃ jīvitāyāṃ satyāṃ tadapatyaṃ
dāyabhāg na bhavet kintu kanyaiva dāyabhāginī syādityarthaḥ / yatra
jane yadvittaṃ dhanaṃ yadbādhitaṃ bhavet tanmṛtau tasya
bādhakajanasya maraṇe sati tadvittaṃ tamaparaṃ janaṃ vrajet gacchet

41

apariṇītāṃ bhaginīṃ sāmānyaistātadravyairudvāhayantyo
duhitaro mṛtasyā'putrasya piturdraviṇaṃ sarvā vibhajya
gṛhṇīyurityāha vibhajeyurityādinā / pituḥ putrābhāve sati pituḥ
sādhāraṇaiḥ sāmānyairdhanairanūḍhāmapariṇītāṃ pituḥ
putrīmudvāhayantyo duhitaraḥ putryaḥ piturvasu dravyaṃ vibhajeyuḥ /
tuśabdena vivāhyamānā'pi pitṛdravyaṃ vibhajet

43

anapatyāyāḥ pramītāyā nāryāḥ strīdhanasya
tatsvāmigāmitvamaparasya tu tallabdhadravyasya yataḥ
prāptirāsīttatpadāśrayitvamityāha asantatyā ityādinā /
(pṛ० ३७२) pretalabdhadhanairnārī vidadhyādātmapoṣaṇam /
puṇyantu tadupasvatvairna śaktā dānavikraye

44

pitāmahasnuṣāyāñca satyāṃ tātavimātari /
pitāmahagataṃ rikthaṃ tatputreṇa snuṣāṃ vrajet

45

pitāmahe pitṛvye ca tathā bhrātari jīvati /
adhobhavānāṃ mukhyatvāt bhrātaiva dhanabhāg bhavet

42

asantatyāḥ santatirahitāyā mṛtāyā nāryāḥ strīdhanaṃ svāminaṃ
tadbhartāraṃ bhajet seveta / anyattu tadbhinnantu draviṇaṃ dravyaṃ
yasmājjanādāptaṃ labdhaṃ tatpadamāśrayedbhajet

43

pretaprāptāni vittāni dātuṃ vikretuṃ cā'śaknuvatī nārī
maraṇaparyantaṃ bhuñjīta tadupasvatvaistu dharmamapi kurvītetyāha
pretetyādinā / pretalabdhadhanairmṛtaprāptairvittairnāri
yoṣidātmapoṣaṇamātmano bharaṇaṃ vidadhyāt kuryāt / puṇyaṃ
dharmaṃ tu tadupasvatvaistadatiriktaistata evopajātairdhanairvidadhyāt /
teṣāṃ dāne vikraye ca śaktā samarthā na bhavet

44

nanu putrādipitṛvyaparyantarahitasya mṛtasya puṃso draviṇasya
tatpitṛvyapatnīgāmitvaṃ tātavimātṛgāmitvaṃ
vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha pitāmahetyādinā / pitāmahasnuṣāyāṃ
pitāmahaputrabhāryāyāṃ tātavimātari ca satyāṃ
vidyamānāyāṃ pitāmahagataṃ rikthaṃ dhanaṃ tatputreṇa
pitāmahasyātmajena snuṣāṃ putrapatnīṃ vrajet

45

nanu putrādimātṛparyantarahitasya pretasya puṃso
vidyamānānāṃ pitāmahapitṛvyabhrātṝṇāṃ madhye katamasya
taddhanabhāgitvaṃ tatrāha pitāmaha ityādinā ślokadvayena /
pitāmahe pitṛvye tathā bhrātari ca jīvati sati adhobhavānāṃ
janānāṃ mukhyatvāt pradhānatvāddhetorbhrātaiva dhanabhāg
bhavet / mṛtāt putrāt pitṛgataṃ dhanaṃ mṛtasya bhrātaiva
bhajedityarthaḥ

46

(pṛ० ३७३) pitṛvyāt sannikarṣe'tra tulyau bhrātṛpitāmahau /
dhanaṃ pitṛpadaṃ gatvā prayāturbhrātaraṃ bhajet

47

sthite'pyapatye duhituḥ pretasya pitari sthite /
duhitrapatyaṃ dhanabhāg dhanaṃ yasmādadhomukham

48

svaḥprayātuḥ sthite tāte tathā mātari kālike /
puṃso mukhyataratvena dhanahārī bhavet pitā

49

sthitaḥ svapitṛsāpiṇḍo vartamāne'pi mātule /
pretasya dhanahārī syāt pituḥ sambandhagauravāt

46

pitṛvyāditi / atra loke pitṛvyāt sannikarṣe sāmīpye yadyapi
bhrātṛpitāmahau tulyau samānau bhavataḥ tathāpyadhobhavānāṃ
mukhyatvāt svaḥprayāturjanasya dhanaṃ pitṛpadaṃ gatvā bhrātaraṃ
bhajet

47

nanu putrādiputrīparyantahīnasya mṛtasya puṃso
vidyamānayostātaduhitrapatyayormadhye katarasya
taddhanagrāhakatvamata āha sthita ityādinā / pretasya mṛtasya janasya
pitari sthite duhiturapatye'pi sthite sati yasmāddhanamadhomukhaṃ
syādato duhitrapatyameva dhanabhāg bhavet

48

pretasya puṃso jīvatormātāpitrormadhye puruṣasya
pradhānatvāt pitureva taddhanahāritvamityāha svaḥprayāturityādinā
/ he kālike svaḥprayāturmṛtasya janasya tāte pitari sthite sati tathā
mātari sthitāyāṃ satyāṃ puṃso mukhyataratvena hetunā pitā
dhanahārī syāt

49

nanu mṛtasya puṃso vidyamānayormātulapitṛsapiṇḍayormadhye
katarasya tadvittabhāgitvamata āha sthita ityādi / mātule vartamāne'pi
pituḥ sambandhasya gauravāddheto sthitaḥ svapitṛsāpiṇḍaḥ pretasya
dhanahārī syāt / sapiṇḍa eva sāpiṇḍaḥ prajñādibhyaśceti
svārthe'ṇ

50

(pṛ० ३७४) adhastādgamanābhāve dhanamūrdhvabhavaṃ gatam /
tatrāpi puṃsāṃ mukhyatvāditaṃ pitṛkulaṃ śive /
ato'tra sannikṛṣṭo'pi mātulo nāpnuyāddhanam

51

ajīvatpitṛkaḥ pautraḥ pitṛvyaiḥ saha pārvati /
pitāmahasya draviṇāt svapiturdāyamarhati

52

bhrātṛhīnā tathā pautrī pitṛvyaiḥ samabhāginī /
pitāmahadhanaṃ saumyā hareccenmṛtamātṛkā

53

satyāṃ pautryāḥ pitāmahyāṃ pautryāḥ pitṛṣvasaryapi /
vitte pitṛgate devi pautrī tatrā'dhikāriṇī

50

nanu pituḥ sapiṇḍāt sannikṛṣṭasya mātulasyaiva
pretadhanahartṛtvaṃ sambhavati na tu viprakṛṣṭasya pituḥ
sapiṇḍasyetīmāmāśaṅkāṃ pariharannāha
adhastādityādidhanamityantaṃ sārdham / he śive
adhastādgamanābhāve sati pretasya dhanamūrdhvabhavaṃ janaṃ
gataṃ prāptaṃ bhavet / tatrāpyūrdhvabhaveṣvapi puṃsāṃ
mukhyatvāddhanaṃ pitṛkulamitaṃ prāptaṃ syāt / ato hetoratra loke
sannikṛṣṭo'pyāsanno'pi mātulaḥ pretasya dhanaṃ nāpnuyānna
labhet

51

bhrātṛbhyo'vibhaktasya puruṣasya mṛtau satyāṃ tatputraḥ
pitṛvyaiḥ sārdhaṃ paitāmahakadravyāt paitṛkamaṃśaṃ
prāptuyādityāha ajīvadityādinā / he pārvati ajīvatpitṛko
mṛtajanakaḥ pautraḥ pitṛvyaiḥ piturbhrātṛbhiḥ saha pitāmahasya
draviṇāt dravyāt svapiturdāyaṃ prāptumarhati

52

ajīvanmātṛkā bhrātṛrahitā pautryapi pitāmahadravyāt
pramītasya pituraṃśaṃ prāptumarhatītyāha bhrātṛhīnetyādinā /
cedyadi mṛtamātṛkā bhrātṛhīnā sodaravaimātreyarahitā saumyā
vyabhicārākhyadoṣahīnā ca bhavet tadā tathā tena prakāreṇa pautrī
putraduhitā pitṛvyaiḥ samabhāginī satī pitāmahadhanaṃ haret
gṛhṇīyāt

54

nanu prāptapañcatvasya puṃso vidyamānānāṃ
jananībhaginīputrīṇāṃ madhye tadvitte kā dhanādhikāriṇī syāt
tatrāha satyāmityādinā / he devi pautryāḥ pitāmahyāṃ
(pṛ० ३७५) adhogāmiṣu vitteṣu pumān jyāyānadhastanaḥ /
ūrdhvagāmidhane śreṣṭhaḥ pumānūrdhvodbhavo bhavet

55

ataḥ snuṣāyāṃ pautryāñca satyāṃ duhitari priye /
pretasya vibhavaṃ hartuṃ naiva śaknoti tatpitā

56

yadā pitṛkule na syānmṛtasya dhanabhājanam /
pūrvoktavidhinā rikthaṃ mātāmahakulaṃ bhajet

57

mātāmahagataṃ vittaṃ mātulaistatsutādibhiḥ /
adha ūrdhvakrameṇaivaṃ pumāṃsaṃ striyamāśrayet

53

tathā pautryāḥ pitṛṣvasaryapi satyāṃ vidyamānāyām
adhastājjanmagauravāt pautrī tatra pitṛgate vitte'dhikāriṇī syāt

54

nanu pretasya snuṣāyā duhitṛtaḥ pautryāśca tajjanakasya
puṃstvena śreṣṭhatvādvidyamānasya tasyaiva taddhanahāritvaṃ
saṅghaṭate natu tatsnuṣādīnāmitīmaṃ sandehaṃ dūrīkurvannāha
adhogāmiṣvityāditatpitetyantaṃ ślokadvayam / adhogāmiṣu vitteṣu
dhaneṣvadhastano'dhobhavaḥ pumān jyāyān śreṣṭho bhavet na
tūrdhvodbhavaḥ / ūrdhvagāmidhane tūrdhvodbhavaḥ pumān
śreṣṭho bhavet

55

ata iti / he priye ato'dhogāmidhane
ūrdhvodbhavasyā'śreṣṭhatvāddhetoḥ pratasya snuṣāyāṃ
putrabhāryāyāṃ pautryāṃ duhitari ca satyāṃ vartamānāyāṃ
pretasya vibhavaṃ dhanaṃ hartuṃ gṛhītuṃ tatpitā naiva śaknoti kintu
yathākramaṃ tā eva pretadhanaṃ hartuṃ śaknuvantītyarthaḥ

56

nanu pretapuruṣasya piturvaṃśe dhanagrāhakāsattve
tadadravyasya kiṃ kulagāmitvaṃ syādata āha yadetyādi / yadā
mṛtasya janasya pitṛkule dhanabhājanaṃ dhanasya pātraṃ na syāttadā
pūrvoktavidhinā pūrvakathitavidhānena rikthaṃ pretasya dhanaṃ
mātāmahakulaṃ bhajet seveta

58

mātāmahakulayātasya dravyasyādha ūrdhvakrameṇaiva
puruṣāśrayatvaṃ tadasattve nāryāśrayatvaṃ ca syādityāha
mātāmahetyādinā / mātāmahagataṃ mātāmahaṃ prāptaṃ vittaṃ
dhanaṃ
(pṛ० ३७६) brāhmyanvaye vidyamāne pitroḥ sāpiṇḍane sthite /
mṛtasya śaivītanayo na piturdāyabhāg bhavet

59

śaivī patnī ca tatputrā labheran dhanabhāginaḥ /
grāsamācchādanaṃ bhadre svaḥprayāturyathā dhanam

60

śaivodvāhaṃ prakurvantīṃ śaivabhartaiva pālayet /
saumyāñcennādhikāro'syāḥ pitrādīnāṃ dhane priye

57

mātulaistatsutādibhirmātulaputrādibhiśca adha ūrdhvakrameṇa evaṃ
pitṛkule iva pumāṃsaṃ puruṣaṃ tadabhāve striyamāśrayet seveta

58

atha pretapuruṣasya brāhmībhāryāyā anvaye mātāpitroḥ
sapiṇḍe vā sthite śaivīputrasya tadvibhavabhāgitvaṃ netyāha
brāhmyanvaye ityādinā / brāhmyanvaye brāhmyā bhāryāyā
vaṃśe vidyamāne pitrormātuḥ pituśca sāpiṇḍane sapiṇḍe vā sthite
sati śaivītanayaḥ śaivyā bhāryāyāḥ putro mṛtasya piturdāyabhāg
na bhavet kintu vidyamānayostayoreva kramataḥ
taddāyabhāgitvamityarthaḥ / etena brāhmyanvayasya mātāpitroḥ
sapiṇḍasya cābhāve śaivītanayasyaiva mṛtajanakadāyabhāgitvamiti
dhvanitam

59

nanu brāhmyanvayasya pitroḥ sapiṇḍasya vā vartamānatve
śaivīputrāṇāṃ mṛtapitṛdāyabhāgitvābhāve
kathamudarabharaṇādinirvāhastatrāha śaivītyādinā / he bhadre
svaḥprayātuḥ svargatasya puṃsaḥ śaivī patnī tatputrāḥ
śaivyāstanayāśca tasya dhanabhāginaḥ puruṣāt yathādhanaṃ
yathāvibhavaṃ grāsamācchādanaṃ ca labheran prāpnuyuḥ

60

nanu śaivamudvāhaṃ kurvatī nārī pitrādibhiḥ pālanīyā
bhavecchaivena bhartrā vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha
śaivodvāhamityādinā / he priye yato'syāḥ śaivyāḥ striyāḥ
pitrādīnāṃ dhane'dhikāro nāstyataḥ śaivodvāhaṃ prakurvantīṃ
tāṃ cedyadi saumyāmavyabhicāriṇīṃ jānīyāttadā śaivabhartaiva
pālayet rakṣet / jānīyāditi tvadhyāhāralabhyam / prakurvantīmityatra
numāgamaśchāndasaḥ

61

(pṛ० ३७७) ataḥ satkulajāṃ kanyāṃ śaivairudvāhayan pitā /
krodhādvā lobhato vāpi sa bhavellokagarhitaḥ

62

śaivītadanvayābhāve sodako brahmado nṛpaḥ /
hareyuḥ kramato vittaṃ mṛtasya śivaśāsanāt

63

piṇḍadāt saptapuruṣāḥ sapiṇḍāḥ kathitāḥ priye /
sodakā daśamāntāḥ syustataḥ kevalagotrajāḥ

61

atha śaivena vidhinā satkulajāṃ kanyāmudvāhayato janakasya
lokanindyatvaṃ darśayitumāha ata ityādinā / ato brāhmyanvaye
mātāpitroḥ sapiṇḍe vā sthite bharturdravye svapitrādidravye
cādhikārasyā'bhāvāddhetoḥ krodhādvā lobhato vāpi
śaivairvidhibhiḥ satkulajāṃ sadvaṃśajātāṃ kanyāmudvāhayan
yaḥ sa pitā lokagarhito lokanindito bhavet

62

putrādiśaivīsantatiparyantarahitasya prāptapañcatvasya
puruṣasya sthāvarādisakaladravyeṣu sodakasya
vedādhyāpakagurornarapateśca kramato'dhikāritvamastītyāha
śaivītyādinā / śaivītadanvayābhāve sati sodako brahmado
vedādhyāpakaḥ guruḥ nṛpo rājā ca mṛtasya vittaṃ dhanaṃ
śivaśāsanāt śivājñātaḥ kramato hareyuḥ / yathā
śaivītadanvayāsattve prathamataḥ sodako mṛtasya vittaṃ haret /
tadabhāve vedādhyāpakaḥ tadasattve tu rājā ceti

63

nanu keṣāṃ sapiṇḍatvaṃ keṣāṃ sodakatvaṃ
kevalagotrajatvaṃ ca keṣāmata āha piṇḍadādityādinā / he priye
piṇḍadāt piṇḍadātāraṃ puruṣamārabhya saptapuruṣāḥ sapiṇḍāḥ
kathitāḥ tata ūrdhvaṃ daśamāntāḥ daśamapuruṣāntāḥ sodakāḥ
syuḥ tataḥ paraṃ kevalagotrajā bhaveyuḥ / piṇḍadāditi lyablope
karmaṇyadhikaraṇe ceti karmaṇi pañcamī

64

(pṛ० ३७८) vibhaktaṃ draviṇaṃ yacca saṃsṛṣṭaṃ svecchayā tu cet /
avibhaktavidhānena bhajeraṃstaddhanaṃ punaḥ

65

avibhakte vibhakte vā yasya yādṛgvibhāgitā /
mṛte'pi tasya dāyādāstādṛgvibhavabhāginaḥ

66

ye yasya dhanahartāro bhaveyurjīvanāvadhi /
dadyuḥ piṇḍaṃ ta evā'sya śaivabhāryāsutaṃ vinā

67

loke'smin janmasambandhād yathā'śaucaṃ vidhīyate /
dhanabhāgitvasambandhāt trirātraṃ vihitaṃ tathā

64

vibhaktasya paścāt svecchayā saṃsṛṣṭasya
dravyasyā'vibhaktavidhānenaiva punarvibhāgamāha
vibhaktamityādinā / cedyadi vibhaktaṃ yat draviṇaṃ dravyaṃ
svecchayā saṃsṛṣṭaṃ miśrīkṛtaṃ syāttadā taddhanaṃ
punaravibhaktavidhānena dāyādā bhajeran

65

jīvato yasya puruṣasya vibhaktāvibhaktākhiladravyeṣu yeṣāṃ
yādṛgvibhāgitvaṃ tasya maraṇe'pi tatra teṣāṃ tādṛgvibhāgitvaṃ
syādevetyāha avibhakte ityādinā / yasya puruṣasyā'vibhakte vibhakte
vā dravye yeṣāṃ dāyādānāṃ yādṛgvibhāgitā syāttasya puṃso
mṛte'pi maraṇe'pi te dāyādāstādṛgvibhavabhāgino bhaveyuḥ

66

pramītasya yasya puṃso draviṇaṃ ye labheraṃstasmai
yāvajjīvanaṃ ta eva piṇḍaṃ daderannityāha ye ityādinā / ye
pumāṃso yasya puṃso dhanahartāro bhaveyusta eva jīvanāvadhi
jīvanaparyantamasya puruṣasya piṇḍaṃ dadyuḥ / parantu
śaivabhāryāsutaṃ vinā / tasya tatpiṇḍadāne'dhikāritvaṃ
nāstītyarthaḥ / śaivabhāryāsutamiti śaivyāstadduhitrādīnāṃ
copalakṣaṇam

68

yathā janmasambandhāt sarveṣāṃ bāndhavānāṃ
maraṇajanananimittakāśaucaṃ jāyate evaṃ
dhanabhāgitvasambandhāddhanahāriṇāmapi trirātramaśaucaṃ
syādityāha loke ityādinā / janmasambandhādyathā'smiṃlloke jane
maraṇajanananimittakamaśaucaṃ vidhīyate
(pṛ० ३७९) pūrṇe'śauce'thavā'pūrṇe tatkālābhyantare śrute /
śravaṇāccheṣadivasairviśuddhyeyurdvijādayaḥ

69

kālātīte tu vijñāte khaṇḍe'śaucaṃ na vidyate /
pūrṇe trirātraṃ vihitaṃ na cet saṃvatsarāt param

70

varṣātīte'pi cenmātuḥ piturvā maraṇaśrutau /
trirātramaśuciḥ putrastathā bhartuḥ pativratā

67

tathā dhanabhāgitvasambandhāddhanahartaryapi trirātramaśaucaṃ
vihitam / lokaḥ syādbhuvane jane ityamaraḥ

68

nanvaśaucakālābhyantara eva pūrṇaṃ khaṇḍaṃ vā'śaucaṃ
śṛṇvatāmaparadeśasthānāṃ
brāhmaṇādīnāmaśaucaśravaṇavāsarādavaśiṣṭairevāśaucavāsa
rairviśuddhiḥ syāt tadvāsaramārabhyā'parairvā
daśāhādibhirityāśaṃṅkāyāmāha pūrṇe ityādinā /
pūrṇe'śauce'thavā'pūrṇe khaṇḍe'śauce
tatkālābhyantare'śaucakālamadhye śrute sati
śravaṇādaśaucaśravaṇadivasāccheṣadivasairavaśiṣṭairahorātrairdv
ijādayo brāhmaṇādayo viśuddhyeyuḥ / śrūyate'sminniti śravaṇaṃ
tasmāt / karaṇādhikaraṇayośca ityadhikaraṇe lyuṭ

69

nanvaśaucakālavyapagame sati saṃvatsarābhyantara eva
jñātimaraṇaṃ śṛṇvanto brāhmaṇādayaḥ
kiyadbhirahorātrairviśudhyeyurata āha kālātīte ityādinā / kālātīte
tvaśaucakālātikramaṇe tu khaṇḍe'śauce vijñāte satyaśaucaṃ na
vidyate / cedyadi saṃvatsarādvarṣāt paramūrdhvaṃ dinādikamatītaṃ
na bhavettadā atīte'pyaśaucakāle pūrṇe'śauce vijñāte sati
trirātramaśaucaṃ vihitam / kālasyātītaṃ kālātītamiti ṣaṣṭhīti
sūtreṇa ṣaṣṭhītatpuruṣaḥ / atītamityatipūrvādiṇo bhāvektaḥ /
nāśaucaṃ prasavasyāsti vyatīteṣu dineṣvapi iti devalavacanāt
maraṇaviṣayakamidaṃ vacanam

71

saṃvatsare vyatīte'pi mātāpitrormaraṇaṃ śṛṇvataḥ putrasya
svāmino maraṇaṃ śṛṇvatyāḥ pativratāyāśca trirātramaśaucaṃ
syādityāha varṣātīte'pītyādinā
(pṛ० ३८०) aśaucābhyantare yasminnaśaucāntaramāpatet /
gurvaśaucena martyānāṃ śuddhistatra vidhīyate

72

aśaucānāṃ gurutvañca kālavyāpitvagauravāt /
vyāpyavyāpakayormadhye garīyo vyāpakaṃ smṛtam

73

yadyaśaucāntadivase patedaparasūtakam /
pūrvāśaucena śuddhiḥ syādaghavṛddhyā dinadvayam

70

varṣātīte'pi saṃvatsarātikramaṇe'pi cedyadi mātuḥ piturvā
maraṇaśrutiḥ syāttadā tayormaraṇaśrutau satyāṃ putraḥ
trirātramaśuciḥ syāt tathā bhartuḥ svāmino maraṇaśrutau pativratā
strī trirātramaśuciḥ syāt

71

ekasminnaśauce sati taccheṣavāsarā'samāptāveva
viṣamakālavyāpakāśaucāntaranipāte
satyadhikadinavyāpakenā'śaucena martyānāṃ śuddhiḥ
syādityāha aśaucābhyantara ityādinā / yasminnaśauce
satyaśaucābhyantare'śaucamadhye'śaucāntaraṃ
viṣamakālavyāpakam aparamaśaucam āpatedāgacchettasminnaśauce
jāte sati gurvaśaucenā'dhikadinavyāpakenā'śocenā'pagatena
martyānāṃ śuddhirvidhīyate

72

athāśaucānāṃ gurutvaṃ nirūpayati aśaucānāmityādinā /
kālavyāpitvagauravāt kālavyāpakatve gurutvāddhetoraśaucānāṃ
gurutvaṃ bhavet / adhikakālavyāpakatvādaśaucānāṃ
gurutvamalpakālavyāpakatvācca laghutvamityarthaḥ /
vyāpyavyāpakayoraśaucayormadhye vyāpakamaśaucaṃ garīyo
gurutaraṃ smṛtam

73

nanvaśaucāntadine'parasminnaśoce patite sati
pūrvāśaucenaiva śuddhiḥ syāt parāśaucena
vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha yadītyādinā /
aśaucāntadivasejananāśaucasyāntime'horātre yadyaparasūtakaṃ
tadanyajanananimittakakhaṇḍāśaucaṃ patettadā pūrvāśaucenaiva
vyatītena śuddhiḥ syāt / yadi tvaśaucāntadivase
pūrṇāśaucāntaropanipāte satyaghavṛddhirbhavet tadā'ghavṛddhyā
pūrvāśaucāntadivasāvadhikaṃ dinadvayamaśaucaṃ syāt /
sūtakamiti tu mṛtakasyā'pyupalakṣaṇam /
tatrāpyevamevāvagantavyam

74

(pṛ० ३८१) tāvat pitṛkulāśaucaṃyāvannodvahanaṃ striyāḥ /
jātepariṇaye pitrormṛtau tryahamudāhṛtam

75

vivāhānantaraṃ nārī patigotreṇa gotriṇī /
tathā gṛhītṛgotreṇa dattaputrasya gotritā

76

sutamādāya sammatyā jananyā janakasya ca /
svagotranāmānyullikhya saṃskuryāt svajanaiḥ saha

74

nanu strīṇāṃ tātakula evā'śauce satyaśaucaṃ
bhavedbhartṛkula eva vā kimubhayatrāpītyāśaṅkāyāmāha
tāvadityādinā / yāvadudvahanamudvāho na bhavettāvat
kālaparyantaṃ striyāḥ pitṛkulāśaucaṃ pitṛkulasambandhyaśaucaṃ
syāt / etena vivāhāt parato bhartṛkulasambandhyeva striyā aśaucaṃ
bhavediti sūcitam / nanu udvāhādūrdhvamutpādakayormātāpitrorapi
mṛtau nāryā aśaucaṃ na syādityata āha jāte ityādinā / pariṇaye
vivāhe jāte satyapi pitrormṛtau mātuḥ pituśca maraṇe sati striyāḥ
tryahaṃ tridinamaśaucamudāhṛtam

75

nanu vaivāhikasambandhājjananasambandhasya
balavattaratvasyoktatvānnāryāḥ pitṛkula evāśauce satyaśaucaṃ
yuktaṃ natu patikulāśauce satītyata āha vivāhāntaramityādinā /
vivāhānantaramudvāhāt parato nārī strī patigotreṇa gotriṇī syāt /
vivāhādūrdhvaṃ pitṛgotrādbahirbhūtatvāt tatrāśauce sati striyā
aśaucaṃ na syāditi bhāvaḥ / nanu dattakaputrasya janakagotreṇa
gotravattvamādāturgotreṇa veti sandehaṃ nirākurvannāha
tathetyādinā / tathā tena prakāreṇa dattaputrasya gṛhītṛgotreṇa
gotritā gotravattā syāt

76

idānīṃ mātāpitroḥ sammatyā putramādāya gṛhītrā
svagotranāmānyuccārya tatsaṃskāro vidheya ityāha sutamityādinā /
jananyā janayitryā janakasyotpādakasya ca sammatyā sutaṃ
tatputramādāya gṛhītvā svagotranāmānyullikhyā'tmano
gotranāmadheyānyuccārya gṛhītā svajanairbāndhavaiḥ saha
saṃskāraṃ kuryāt

77

(pṛ० ३८२) aurase'pi yathā pitrordhane piṇḍe'dhikāritā /
ādātrordattake tadvadyato'sya pitarau hi tau

78

āpañcābdaṃ śiśuṃ gṛhṇan savarṇāt paripālayet /
pañcavarṣādhiko bālo dattako na praśasyate

79

bhrātṛputro'pi dattaścedgṛhītaiva bhavet pitā /
utpādakaḥ pitṛvyaḥ syāt sarvakarmasu kālike

80

yo yasya dhanahartā syāt sa taddharmāṇi pālayet /
saṃrakṣenniyamāṃstasya tadbandhūn paritoṣayet

77

ādātrormātāpitrordhane piṇḍe ca dattakaputrasya
sadṛṣṭāntamadhikāritvamāha aurase'pītyādinā / apiśabdaḥ
piṇḍena yojanīyaḥ / pitrordhane piṇḍe'pi yathaurase putre'dhikāritā
vartate tadvadādātrorapi dhane piṇḍe ca dattake'dhikāritā syāt /
dattakasyā'dātroḥ piṇḍādāvadhikāritve hetuṃ darśayannāha yata
ityādinā / yato'sya dattakasya tau ādātārau hīti niścitau pitarau
syātāmatastaddhana piṇḍayostasyā'dhikāritetyarthaḥ

78

nanu kiyaddhāyano bālo dattakaḥ praśasto'ta āha
āpañcābdamityādinā / savarṇāt samānavarṇādāpañcābdaṃ
pañcābdaparyantaṃ śiśuṃ bālaṃ gṛhṇan brāhmaṇādiḥ
paripālayedrakṣet / pañca jabdā varṣāṇi yasya sa
pañcābdastasmādā ityāpañcābdam /
āṅmaryādābhividhyorityavyayībhāvaḥ / pañcavarṣādhiko yo
bāloḥ asau dattako na praśasyate

79

dattasya bhrātuṣputrasyāpyādātā tatpitṛvya eva pitā syāt
tajjanakastu tatpitṛvyaḥ syādityāha bhrātṛputro'pītyādinā / he
kālike cedyadi bhrātṛputro'pi datto bhavettadā sarveṣu karmasu
gṛhītaiva tasya pitā bhavet utpādako janakastu tasya pitṛvyaḥ syāt

81

dhanahāriṇā puruṣeṇa dhanasvāmino dharmā niyamāśca
saṃrakṣaṇīyāstadabāndhavāśca santoṣaṇīyā ityāha ya ityādinā /
yaḥ pumān yasya puṃso dhanahartā
(pṛ० ३८३) kānīnā golakāḥ kuṇḍā atipātakinaśca ye /
nā'śaucaṃ maraṇe teṣāṃ naiva dāyādhikāritā

82

liṅgacchedo damo yeṣāṃ yāsāṃ nāsānikṛntanam /
mahāpātakināñcāpi mṛtau nā'śaucamācaret

83

nṛṇāmuddeśahīnānāṃ parivārān dhanānyapi /
pālayedrakṣayedrājā yāvaddvādaśavatsaram

80

syāt sa tasya dharmāṇi pālayet tasya niyamāṃśca saṃrakṣet tasya
bandhūnapi paritoṣayet

81

kānīnagolakādīnāṃ dāyādhikāritvaṃ teṣāṃ
maraṇe'śaucaṃ ca netyāha kānīnā ityādinā / ye kānīnāḥ
piturveśmanyaprakāśaṃ kanyayotpāditāḥ ye ca golakā mṛte bhartari
jārājjātāḥ ye ca kuṇḍā jīvatyeva patyau jārajāḥ ye coktalakṣaṇā
atipātakinasteṣāṃ maraṇe'śaucaṃ na syāt teṣāṃ dāyādhikāritā
ca naiva syāt / amṛte jārajaḥ kuṇḍo mṛte bhartari golakaḥ ityamaraḥ

82

nāsākartanadaṇḍakāparādhakartrīṇāṃ strīṇāṃ
liṅgacchedanadaṇḍakāparādhakāriṇāṃ mahāpātakināñca
puṃsāmapi mṛtāvaśaucaṃ nā'caraṇīyamityāha liṅgaccheda
ityādinā / yeṣāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ liṅgacchedaḥ śiśnakartanaṃ damo
daṇḍo vihitasteṣāṃ yāsāṃ nāsānikṛntanaṃ nāsikākartanaṃ
daṇḍastāsāṃ strīṇāṃ mahāpātakināṃ
brahmaghātakādīnāñcāpi mṛtau maraṇe'śaucaṃ nācarenna
kuryāt

83

anuddiṣṭānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ parivārān dhanāni ca
dvādaśavarṣaparyantaṃ rājñā rakṣitavyānītyāha
nṛṇāmityādinā / uddeśahīnānāmanuddiṣṭānāṃ nṛṇāṃ
manuṣyāṇāṃ parivārān yāvad dvādaśavatsaraṃ
dvādaśavarṣaparyantaṃ rājā pālayet / teṣāṃ dhanānyapi sa eva
rakṣayet

84

(pṛ० ३८४) dvādaśābde gate teṣāṃ darbhadehān vidāhayet /
trirātrānte tatsutādyaiḥ pretatvaṃ parimocayet

85

tatastatparivārebhyaḥ putrādikramato dhanam /
vibhajya nṛpatirdadyādanyathā pātakī bhavet

86

na ko'pi rakṣitā yasya dīnasyā'padgatasya ca /
tasyaiva nṛpatiḥ pātā yato bhūpaḥ prajāprabhuḥ

87

yadyāgacchedanuddiṣṭo vibhāgānte'pi kālike /
tasyaiva dārāḥ putrāśca dhanaṃ tasyaiva nānyathā

84

dvādaśavarṣādūrdhvamanuddiṣṭānāṃ puṃsāṃ
kuśamayāni śarīrāṇi rājñā tatputrādibhirdāhayitavyāni
trirātrānte teṣāṃ pretatvañca mocayitavyamityāha dvādaśābda
ityādinā / dvādaśābde dvādaśavarṣe gate yāte sati
teṣāmuddeśahīnānāṃ nṛṇāṃ darbhadehān kuśamayaśarīrāṇi
rājā tatsutādyairanuddiṣṭānāṃ putrādibhirvidāhayet / trirātrānte
teṣāṃ pretatvañca taireva parimocayet

85

tataḥ paramuddeśarahitajanasvāmikaṃ dravyaṃ vibhajya
putrādikramatastatparivārebhyo nṛpeṇa deyamityāha tata ityādinā /
tatastaddāhānantaraṃ tadīyaṃ dhanaṃ vibhajya
putrādikramatastatparivārebhyo nṛpatirdadyāt / nanvevamakurvato
narapateḥ ko doṣo'ta āha anyatheti / anyathā etadakurvan nṛpatiḥ
pātakī bhavet

86

vipattiṃ prāpto'nanyarakṣako martyo rājñaiva pālanīya
ityāha na ko'pītyādinā / āpadgatasya vipattiṃ prāptasya dīnasya
daridrasya yasya puṃsaḥ ko'pi rakṣitā na vidyate tasya nṛpatireva
pātā rakṣakaḥ syāt / yato bhūpa eva prajānāṃ prabhuḥ svāmī
bhavet / nisvastu durvidho dīno daridro durgato'pi saḥ ityamaraḥ

88

dravyavibhāgānte'pyāgatasyā'nuddiṣṭasyaiva patnyādayo
bhaveyurityāha yadītyādinā / he kālike vibhāgānte'pyanuddiṣṭo
jano yadyāgacchet tadā
(pṛ० ३८५) na samarthaḥ pumān dātuṃ paitṛkaṃ sthāvarañca yat /
svajanāyā'thavā'nyasmai dāyādānumatiṃ vinā

89

yattu svopārjitaṃ rikthaṃ sthāvaraṃ sthāvaretaram /
asthāvaraṃ paitṛkaṃ ca svecchayā dātumarhati

90

sthite putre'thavā patnyāṃ kanyāyāṃ tatsute'pi vā /
janake ca jananyāṃ vā bhrātaryevaṃ svasaryapi

91

svārjitaṃ sthāvaradhanamasthāvaradhanañca yat /
asthāvaraṃ paitṛkañca dātuṃ sarvaṃ kṣamo bhavet

87

tasyaiva dārā bhāryā putrāśca tasyaiva dhanamapi tasyaiva
etatsarvamanyathā na bhavet

88

aṃśikānāmananumatau pitṛsvāmikasthāvaradravyaṃ
kasmaicidapi dātuṃ na ko'pi śaknuyādityāha na samartha ityādinā /
sthāvaraṃ cetyatrā'vadhāraṇārthakaścaśabdaḥ
paitṛkasthāvarābhyāṃ dvābhyāmapi sambadhyate / tadā'yamarthaḥ
/ dāyādānumatiṃ vinā aṃśikānāmanumaterabhāve paitṛkameva
sthāvarameva yat dravyaṃ tatsvajanāyānyasmai vā dātuṃ pumān
samarthaḥ śakto na bhavet /
anvācayasamāhāretaretarasamuccaye /
viniyoge tulyayogitāvadhāraṇahetuṣu /
pādasya pūraṇe'pyuktaṃ navasvartheṣu cāvyayam

89

paitṛkaṃ sthāvarañca yadityanena
svopārjitasthāvarādyakhiladravyasya labdhasya paitṛkasya ca
jaṅgamadravyasya svacchandaṃ dānaṃ kuryāditi sūcitaṃ tadeva
punarvispaṣṭayitumāha yattvityādinā / yattu svopārjitaṃ sthāvaraṃ
sthāvaretaraṃ jaṅgamaṃ ca rikthaṃ dhanaṃ yacca labdhaṃ paitṛkaṃ
pitṛsambandhi asthāvaraṃ jaṅgamaṃ dhanaṃ tattu svecchayā
dātumarhati

92

atisannikṛṣṭataraputrādyananumatāvapi
ātmopārjitasthāvarādisakaladravyaṃ paitṛkañcā'sthāvaradhanaṃ
dātuṃ pumān samartho bhavedityāha sthita ityādinākṣamo
(pṛ० ३८६) dhanamevaṃ vidhānena dattaṃ vā dharmasātkṛtam /
puṃsā tadanyathā kartuṃ putrādyairnaiva śakyate

93

dharmārthaṃ sthāpitaṃ rikthaṃ dātā rakṣitumarhati /
na prabhuḥ punarādātuṃ dharmo hyasya yataḥ prabhuḥ

94

mūlaṃ vā tadupasvatvaṃ yathāsaṅkalpamambike /
svayaṃ vā tatpratinidhirdharmārthaṃ viniyojayet

90

bhavedityantena ślokadvayena / putre ātmaje'pi sthite sati patnyāṃ
bhāryāyāmathavā kanyāyāṃ duhitari sthitāyāṃ tatsute
kanyāputre vā janake pitari vā sthite jananyāṃ mātari vā
sthitāyāmevaṃ bhrātari sodare sthite svasaryapi bhaginyāmapi
sthitāyāṃ svārjitamātmopārjitaṃ yat sthāvaraṃ dhanaṃ
yaccā'sthāvaradhanaṃ jaṅgama dravyaṃ yacca
paitṛkamapyasthāvaraṃ dhanaṃ tat sarvaṃ dātuṃ pumān kṣamaḥ
samartho bhavet

92

९१ //
śaṅkaroktena vidhānena puruṣeṇa dattaṃ dharmārthaṃ ca
sthāpitaṃ dravyaṃ tat putrādibhirnaivānyathā kartuṃ śakyamityāha
dhanamityādinā / puṃsā puruṣeṇaivaṃ vidhānena
śivoktenaitādṛśena vidhinā yat dhanaṃ dattaṃ yadvā dhanaṃ
dharmasātkṛtaṃ dharmādhīnaṃ kṛtaṃ dharmārthaṃ sthāpitamiti
yāvat / tat dhanaṃ putrādyairanyathākartuṃ naiva śakyate

93

dharmārthasthāpitadravyasya dharmasvāmikatvāt dātuḥ
punaragrāhyatvaṃ tadrakṣyatvañcāha dharmārthamityādinā /
dharmārthaṃ sthāpitaṃ yadrikthaṃ dhanaṃ tadrakṣituṃ dātā'rhati /
tat dhanaṃ punarādātuṃ gṛhītuṃ dātā na prabhuradhipaḥ / yato'sya
dhanasya / hīti niścitau / dharmaḥ prabhuḥ svāmī

94

mūladhanaṃ tadupasvatvaṃ vā'tmanā'tmapratinidhinā vā
yathāsaṅkalpaṃ dharmārthaṃ viniyojayitavyamityāha
mūlamityādinā / he ambike yathāsaṅkalpaṃ saṅkalpamanatikramya
mūlaṃ vā dhanaṃ tadupasvatvaṃ vā svayamātmaiva vā
tatpratinidhirātmanaḥ pratinidhirvā dharmārthaṃ viniyojayet /
mukhyasyābhāve tatsadṛśo ya upādīyate sa pratinidhiḥ

95

(pṛ० ३८७) svopārjitadhanasyārdhaṃ dāyādāyā'pi cet dhanī /
dadyāt snehena taccānyo nānyathā kartumarhati

96

yadi svopārjitasyārdhamekasmai dhanahāriṇām /
dadātyanyaiśca dāyādaiḥ pratiroddhuṃ na śakyate

97

ekena pitṛvittena yatra vittamupārjitam /
pitrye samāṃśā dāyādā na lābhārhā vinā'rjakam

98

paitṛkāṇi ca vittāni naṣṭe'pyuddhārayettu yaḥ /
dāyādānāṃ taddhanebhya uddhartā dvyaṃśamarhati

95

nanūpārjakajanena premato dāyahāriṇe'pi dattaṃ
svopārjitadravyasyārdhamanyaḥ pumānanyathā kartumarhati na vetyata
āha svopārjitadhanasyetyādinā / dhanī pumāṃścedyadi snehena
premṇā svopārjitadhanasyārthaṃ dāyādāyā'pi dhanahāriṇe'pi
dadyāttadā'nyo janastatsnehena dattaṃ svopārjitadhanārdhamanyathā
kartuṃ nārhati na yogyo bhavati / ito'nantaraṃ vakṣyamāṇasya
vacanasya bahvaṃśiviṣayatvāt dvyaṃśiviṣayakamidaṃ vacanam

96

nanu bahūnāṃ dāyādānāmekasmai dīyamānaṃ
svopārjitadhanasyārthaṃ anye dāyādāḥ pratiroddhuṃ śaknuvanti na
vetyata āha yadītyādinā / yadyarjako dhanahāriṇāṃ dāyādānāṃ
madhye ekasmai dhanahāriṇe svopārjitasya drayasyārdhaṃ dadāti
tadā'nyairdāyādaiḥ pratiroddhuṃ vārayituṃ na śakyate

97

nanu paitṛkadraviṇenaivopārjite vitte sarve dāyādā bhāgārhā
bhaveyurna vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha ekenetyādinā / yatra yeṣu
dāyādeṣu madhye yenaikena dāyādena yena pitṛvittena paitṛkeṇa
dhanena vittaṃ dhanamupārjitaṃ te sarve dāyādāstasmin pitrye
paitṛke vitte samāṃśāḥ samabhāginaḥ syuḥ / tamarjakaṃ vinā
lābhārhāstu na syuḥ / kintvarjaka evaiko lābhārha ityarthaḥ

99

vinaṣṭāni paitṛkadravyāṇyuddharato janasya tatra
bhāgadvayahāritvamanyeṣāṃ tu samabhāgitvamityāha
paitṛkāṇītyādinā / dāyādānāṃ madhye yastu dāyādo
(pṛ० ३८८) puṇyaṃ vittaṃ ca vidyā ca nāśrayedaśarīriṇam /
śarīrantu pituryasmāt kinna syāt paitṛkaṃ vasu

100

pṛthagannaiḥ pṛthagvittairmanujairyadupārjitam /
sarvaṃ tat pitṛsaṃkrāntaṃ tadā svopārjitaṃ kutaḥ

101

ato maheśi svāyāsairyena yaddhanamarjitam /
svopārjitaṃ tadeva syāt sa tatsvāmī na cāparaḥ

98

naṣṭe'pi nāśe'pi sati paitṛkāṇi vitānyuddharet sa uddhartā
taddhanebhyo dvyaṃśaṃ bhāgadvayamarhati anye tu samamaṃśaṃ
labhanta ityarthaḥ

99

vapuṣaḥ paitṛkatvena vapuṣmadāśritānāṃ
vidyāvittādīnāmapi paitṛkatvasattvāt pṛthagannadravyairapi
manuṣyaistairevopārjitānāṃ sarveṣāṃ dhanānāṃ
pitṛsambandhatvānapāyāt svopārjitatvaṃ na siddhyedato
nijāyāsairarjitānāṃ sakaladravyāṇāṃ
svopārjitatvamarjakamātrasvāmikatvañca jñātavyamityetadevāha
puṇyamityādinā na cāparaḥ ityantena ślokatrayeṇa / yasmāddhetoḥ
puṇyaṃ dharmaṃ vittaṃ dhanaṃ ca vidyā śāstrāditattvajñānaṃ
cāśarīriṇamadehinaṃ nāśrayennāvalambeta kintu
śarīriṇamevā'śrayet śarīrantu pituḥ pitṛsambandhi bhavati ataḥ kiṃ
vasu dhanaṃ paitṛkaṃ pitṛsambandhi na bhavedapi tu sarvaṃ vasu
paitṛkameva bhavet

100

pṛthagannairiti / ataḥ pṛthagannairvibhinnabhaktaiḥ
pṛthagvittairvibhaktadhanairapi manujairmanuṣyairyadupārjitaṃ
tatsarvaṃ pitṛsaṃkrāntaṃ pitṛsambaddhaṃ jātaṃ tadā svopārjitaṃ
dhanaṃ kuto bhavet dhanasya svopārjitatvaṃ na siddhyedityarthaḥ

101

ata iti / he maheśi ato hetoḥ svāyāsairātmapariśramairyena
pṛthagannādinā'pṛthagannādinā vā puṃsā yat dhanamarjitaṃ
tadeva dhanaṃ svopārjitaṃ syāt / so'rjaka eva tatsvāmī svopārjitasya
dhanasya prabhurna cāparo'rjakabhinnaḥ vāmī

102

(pṛ० ३८९) mātaraṃ pitaraṃ devi guruṃ caiva pitāmahān /
mātāmahān kareṇāpi praharannaiva dāyabhāk

103

nighnannanyānapi prāṇairna teṣāṃ dhanamāpnuyāt /
hatānāmanyadāyādā bhaveyurdhanabhāginaḥ

104

napuṃsakāḥ paṅgavaśca grāsācchādanamambike /
yāvajjivanamarhanti na te syurdāyabhāginaḥ

105

sasvāmikaṃ prāptadhanaṃ pathi vā yatra kutracit /
nṛpastatsvāmine prāptrā dāpayet suvicārayan

102

mātrādīn pāṇinā'pi praharato mānavasya dāyabhāgitvaṃ
naiva syādityāha mātaramityādinā / he devi mātaraṃ jananīṃ
pitaraṃ janakaṃ guruṃ mantropadeṣṭāram bahuvacanasya
bahūpalakṣakatvāt pitāmahān pitāmahādīn mātāmahāṃścāpi
mātāmahādīnapi kareṇa pāṇinā'pi praharannaro dāyabhāk naiva
bhavet / api śabdena daṇḍādinā mātrādīn praharatastu sutarāmeva
dāyabhāgitvaṃ na bhavediti sūcitam

103

bhrātrādīnapi dhanārthaṃ mārayataḥ puruṣasya
hatasvāmikadravye niraṃśakatvamaparadāyādānāṃ
samāṃśakatvaṃ syādityāha nighnannityādinā / anyānapi
mātrādibhinnānapi janān prāṇairnighnanmārayannarasteṣāṃ
hatānāṃ dhanaṃ nāpnuyānna labheta / kintu hatānāmanye
hanturbhinnā dāyādā dhanabhāgino bhaveyuḥ

104

athā'naṃśānāṃ paṅguklībānāṃ yāvajjīvanaṃ
grāsācchādanabhāgitvaṃ syādityāha napuṃsakā ityādinā / he
ambike jagajjanani napuṃsakā paṅgavaśca yāvajjīvanaṃ
jīvanaparyantaṃ kevalaṃ grāsācchādanamarhanti / te dāyabhāgino
na syuḥ

106

nanvadhvādau labdhasya sasvāmikadravyasya
prāptṛjanagāmitvaṃ syādātmasvāmigāmitvaṃ vetyata āha
sasvāmikamityādinā / pathi mārge yatra kutracidvā
(pṛ० ३९०) asvāmikānāṃ jīvānāmasvāmikadhanasya ca /
prāptā tatra bhavet svāmī daśamāṃśaṃ nṛpe'rpayet

107

sthāvaraṃ dhanamanyasmai sthite sānnidhyavartini /
yogye kretari vikretuṃ na śaktaḥ sthāvarādhipaḥ

108

sānnidhyavartināṃ jñātiḥ savarṇo vā viśiṣyate /
tayorabhāve suhṛdo vikretricchā garīyasī

105

sthāne sasvāmikaṃ prāptaṃ dhanaṃ suvicārayannṛpaḥ tatsvāmine
prāptadhanasyāpi pataye prāptrā puṃsā dāpayen

106

nanvasvāmikāḥ prāptā gavāśvādayo jīvāstādṛśāni
prāptāni dhanāni ca prāptāraṃ pumāṃsaṃ
gaccheyurvasudhādhipaṃ vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha
asvāmikānāmityādinā / asvāmikānāṃ svāmirahitānāṃ
jīvānāṃ gavāśvādīnāmasvāmikasya dhanasya ca prāptā
janastatra teṣu prāpteṣu svāmī bhavet / tatra ca daśamamaṃśaṃ
prāptā nṛpe'rpayeddadyāt / jīvānāmiti dhanasyeti ca kartṛkarmaṇoḥ
kṛtīti karmaṇi ṣaṣṭhī

107

nanu sthāvaradravyasvāminā dūrasthayogyasamīpasthayoḥ
krāyakayormadhye katarasmai sthāvaraṃ dhanaṃ vikretuṃ śakyeta
tatrāha sthāvaramityādinā / sānnidhyavartini samīpasthāyini yogye
krayārhe kretari krāyake sthite satyanyasmai dūravartine puṃse
sthāvaraṃ dhanaṃ vikretuṃ sthāvarādhipo janaḥ śakto na bhavet
kintu sānnidhyavartine eva vikretuṃ śaknuyādityarthaḥ / sannidhireva
sānnidhyam / caturvarṇādīnāṃ svārthe upasaṃkhyānamiti svārthe
ṣyañ

109

nanvanekeṣāṃ sannidhivartināṃ madhye katamasya
sthāvaradravyakrayaṇe vaiśiṣṭyamata āha sānnidhyetyādinā /
sānnidhyavartināṃ madhye jñātirgotrajo viśiṣyate savarṇaḥ
samānavarṇo vā viśiṣyate tayorjñātisavarṇayorabhāve suhṛdo
mitrāṇi viśiṣyante / nanu bahūnāṃ gotrajānāṃ savarṇānāṃ
suhṛdāñca madhye katamasmai sthāvaraṃ dravyaṃ tatsvāmī
vikrīṇītetyata āha vikretriccheti / vikreturvikrayakarturicchā
(pṛ० ३९१) nirṇītamūlye'pyanyena sthāvarasya krayodyame /
tanmūlyaṃ cet samīpastho rāti kretā na cāparaḥ

110

mūlyaṃ dātumaśaktaścet sammato vikraye'pi vā /
sannidhisthastadā'nyasmai gṛhī śakto'tivikraye

111

krītaṃ cet sthāvaraṃ devi parokṣe prativāsinaḥ /
śravaṇādeva tanmūlyaṃ dattvā'sau prāptumarhati

108

garīyasī gurutarā bhavet / kramata eva teṣāṃ madhye yasmai
vikretumicchettasmai eva vikīṇīteti bhāvaḥ

109

nanvanyanirṇītamūlyaṃ sthāvaraṃ vittaṃ tanmūlyaṃ dadatā
samīpasthāyinā krīyeta nirṇītamūlyenā'nyena
vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha nirṇītetyādi / sthāvarasya vittasya krayodyame
sati anyena samīpasthabhinnena puṃsā nirṇītamūlye'pi mūlye
nirṇīte'pi sati tanmūlyam
anyanirṇītamūlyakasthāvaradravyamūlyaṃ cedyadi samīpastho jano
rāti dadāti tadā'paraḥ samīpasthabhinno janaḥ kretā krāyako na
bhavet kintu samīpastha eva mūlyaṃ dattvā krīṇīyādityarthaḥ

110

sthāvaradhanasya mūlyaṃ dātumaśaknuvati tadvikraye
sammatiṃ vāpi kurvati samīpasthāyini jane dūrasthāya tadvikretuṃ
tatsvāmī śaknotītyata āha mūlyamityādinā / sannidhisthaḥ
samīpasthāyī janaścedyadi sthāvarasya mūlyaṃ dātumaśakto bhavet
tasya vikraye'pi vā sammataḥ sammatimān bhavet tadā gṛhī
gṛhastho'nyasmai sannidhisthabhinnāya vikraye śaknoti śakto bhavati

112

nanu samīpasthāyinaḥ parokṣa evānyena krītaṃ sthāvaraṃ
vittaṃ kretaiva prāptumarhati tat śrutvaiva tanmūlyaṃ dadat
samīpasthāyī vetyāśaṅkāyāmāha krītañcedityādinā / he devi
cedyadi prativāsinaḥ sannidhisthāyino janasya parokṣe sthāvaraṃ
dravyamanyena krītaṃ bhavet tadā śravaṇādeva tanmūlyam
anyakrītasthāvaradravyamūlyaṃ
(pṛ० ३९२) kretā tatra gṛhārāmān vinirmāti bhanakti vā /
mūlyaṃ dattvāpi nāpnoti sthāvaraṃ sannidhisthitaḥ

113

karahīnā'pratihatā vanyāraṇyātidurgamā /
anādiṣṭo'pi tāṃ bhūmiṃ sampannāṃ kartumarhati

114

bahuprayāsasādhyāyāstasyā bhūmirmahībhṛte /
dattvā daśāṃśaṃ bhuñjīyāt bhūmisvāmī yato nṛpaḥ

111

mūlyaṃ dattvā'sau prativāsī prāptum arhati / śravaṇādevetyanena
kālāntare tanmūlyaṃ dattvā'pi sthāvaradravyaṃ prāptuṃ
nārhatīti sūcitam

112

krāyakajanavinirmitamandirārāmaṃ tadbhagnamandiropavanaṃ
vā krītaṃ sthāvaradhanaṃ mūlyaṃ dattvāpi samīpasthāyī
nāptumarhatītyāha kretetyādinā / kretā janastatra krīte sthāvare yadi
gṛhārāmān gṛhāṇyupavanāni ca vinirmāti karoti tatra vinirmitāneva
tān bhanakti āmardayati vā tadā sannidhisthito'pi jano mūlyaṃ
dattvāpi sthāvaradhanaṃ nāpnoti na labhate

113

bhūmipālenā'nājñāpitenāpi puṃsā jalodbhavā
kānanodbhavā ca karahīnā khilā bhūmiḥ sampannā kartavyetyāha
karahīnetyādinā / vanyā jalodbhavā'raṇyā kānanodbhavā
cātidurgamā'ta evā'pratihatā khilā'ta eva karahīnā
rājagrāhyabhāgarahitā yā bhūmistāṃ bhūmimanādiṣṭo'pi
bhūpenā'nājñapto'pi puruṣaḥ sampannāṃ śasyādyāṃ
kartumarhati / vane jale bhavā vanyā / digādibhyo yaditi yat / payaḥ
kīlālamamṛtaṃ jīvanaṃ bhuvanaṃ vanam ityamaraḥ / araṇye bhavā
āraṇyā araṇyāṇṇa iti ṇaḥ

115

anekāyāsasādhyavanyāraṇyakṣitijātavastuno daśamāṃśaṃ
bhūmisvāmitvādrājñe samarpyāvaśiṣṭaṃ sarvaṃ svayaṃ
bhoktavyamityāha vahvityādinā / yato nṛpo rājā bhūmisvāmi ato
bahuprayāsasādhyāyā anekapariśramaniṣpādyāyāstasyā
vanyāyā
(pṛ० ३९३) vāpīkūpataḍāgānāṃ khananaṃ vṛkṣaropaṇam /
parāniṣṭakare deśe na gṛhaṃ kartumarhati

116

devārthaṃ dattakūpādau tathā srotasvatījale /
pānādhikāriṇaḥ sarve secane'ntikavāsinaḥ

117

yattoyasecanāllokā bhaveyurjalakātarāḥ /
na siñceyurjalaṃ tasmādapi sannidhivartinaḥ

118

dhanānāmavibhaktanāmaṃśināṃ sammatiṃ vinā /
tathā'nirṇītavittānāmasiddhau nyāsavikrayau

114

āraṇyāyāśca bhūmerjātasya vastuno daśāṃśaṃ
daśamāṃśaṃ mahībhṛte rājñe dattvā'vaśiṣṭaṃ svayaṃ
bhuñcīta

115

anyānākāṅkṣitotpādake sthāne vāpyādīnāṃ khananaṃ
vṛkṣāṇāmāropaṇaṃ gehasya nirmāṇaṃ ca na vidheyamityāha
vāpītyādinā / vāpyādikhananavṛkṣaropaṇagṛhakaraṇasattvāt
parāniṣṭakare'nyānīṇsitotpādake deśe vāpīkūpataḍāgānāṃ
khananaṃ tathā vṛkṣaropaṇaṃ tathā gṛhamapi kartuṃ jano nārhati

116

devārthadattakūpādijale nadījale ca sarveṣāṃ pānādhikāritā
sekādhikāritā tu tannikaṭasthāyināmevetyāha devārthamityādinā /
devārthaṃ dattakūpādau tathā srotasvatījale nadīvāriṇi sarve
pānādhikāriṇaḥ secane tvantikavāsino nikaṭasthāyina evādhikāriṇo
bhaveyuḥ / srotasvatī dvīpavatī sravantī nimnagāpagā ityamaraḥ

117

nanu yat pānīyasecanatastatsamīpasthāyino lokā janā vyākulā
bhaveyustajjalaṃ secanīyaṃ na vetyata āha yattoyetyādinā /
yattoyasecanādyasya kūpādervāriṇaḥ sekāllokā janā jalakātarāḥ
pānīyavyākulā bhaveyustasmājjalaṃ sannidhivartino'pi na siñceyuḥ
dūravartināntu kā vārtā

119

dāyādāsammatayoravibhaktadravyanyāsavikrayayornirṇayarahita
dravyanyāsavikrayayośca siddhatvaṃ na bhavedityāha
dhanānāmityādinā / aṃśināṃ dāyādānāṃ sammatiṃ
(pṛ० ३९४) sthāpyānāṃ baddhavittānāṃ jñānānnaṣṭe'pyayatnataḥ /
tanmūlyaṃ dāpayettena svāmine sarvarthā nṛpaḥ

120

abhimatyā sthāpakasya paśvādinyastavastunām /
vyavahāre kṛte tatra dhārtā sampoṣayet paśūn

121

lābhe niyojayeddyatra sthāvarādīni mānavaḥ /
niyamena vinā kālalābhayoranyathā bhavet

118

vinā avibhaktānāṃ dhanānāṃ nyāsavikrayāvasiddhau siddhau na
bhavetām / tathā'nirṇītavittānāṃ vittāni imāni asyaiveti vittāni
imāni iyanti veti nirṇayarahitadravyāṇāṃ sthāpanavikrayau siddhau na
syātām

119

yasyālaye nyastadravyāṇāṃ baddhadravyāṇāñca
jñānapūrvakādayatnānnāśo bhavet tena puṃsā tanmūlyaṃ
tatsvāmine nṛpatinā dāpayitavyamityāha sthāpyānāmityādinā /
jñānādayatnato jñānapūrvakādayatnāt sthāpyānāṃ
nyāsavittānāṃ baddhavittānāñca naṣṭe'pi nāśe'pi sati yadgehe
sthāpitāni baddhāni ca vittāni naṣṭāni tena puṃsā tanmūlyaṃ
sthāpitabaddhavittamūlyaṃ svāmine tadvittādhipataye nṛpo rājā
sarvathā sarvaprakāreṇa dāpayet / jñānānnaṣṭe'pyayatnata iti
vadatā sadāśivena tadrakṣāyai yatnasattve'pi kathañcittannāśe sati
tanmūlyaṃ nṛpeṇa na dāpayitavyamiti sūcayāmāsa

120

sthāpakasammatyā kṛtanyastapaśvādivastuvyavahāreṇaiva
puṃsā sthāpitāḥ paśavaḥ sampoṣayitavyā ityāha
abhimatyetyādinā / sthāpakasya dravyanyāsakasyā'bhimatyā
sammatyā paśvādinyastavastūnāṃ vyavahāre kṛte sati tatra teṣu
nyastavastuṣu madhye paśūn dhārtā dhārakaḥ puruṣaḥ sampoṣayet /
saṃjñāpūrvakavidheranityatvāt paśvādinyastavastunāmityatra
nāmīti na dīrghatvam / āgamajasyāpyanityatvāt
dhārtetyatrārdhadhātukasyeḍūlāderiti neḍāgamaḥ

122

kālalābhayorniyamamakṛtvaiva yasmiṃllābhe
sthāvarādidravyāṇi prayojyante tasya anyathātvaṃ bhavedityāha
lābhe ityādinā / kālalābhayorniyamena vinā yatra
(pṛ० ३९५) sādhāraṇāni vastūni lābhārthaṃ naiva yojayet /
mṛte pitari sarveṣāmaṃśināṃ sammatiṃ vinā

123

kramavyatyayamūlyena dravyāṇāṃ vikraye sati /
nṛpastadanyathā kartuṃ kṣamo bhavati pārvati

124

jananañcāpi maraṇaṃ śarīrāṇāṃ yathā sakṛt /
dānaṃ tathaiva kanyāyā brāhmohvāhaḥ sakṛt sakṛt

121

lābhe phale sthāvarādīni vastūni mānavo niyojayet / sa
lābho'nyathā bhavet / nīvīparipaṇaṃ mūladhanaṃ lobho'dhikaṃ
phalam ityamaraḥ

122

piturmaraṇādūrdhvaṃ sarvabhrātṝṇāṃ sammaterabhāve
sāmānyadravyāṇi lābhārthaṃ naiva prayoktavyānītyāha
sādhāraṇānītyādinā / pitari mṛte sati sarveṣāmaṃśināṃ
sammatiṃ vinā sādhāraṇāni sāmānyāni vastūni lābhārthaṃ
phalārthaṃ naiva yojayet

123

viparītakramakeṇa mūlyena sthāvarādidravyāṇāṃ jātaṃ
vikrayaṇamanyathā kartuṃ nṛpeṇa śakyata ityāha krametyādinā / he
pārvati kramasya vyatyayo viparyayo yatra tathābhūtena mūlyena
dravyāṇāṃ vikraye sati svalpamūlyena bhūyiṣṭhamūlyānāṃ
bhūyiṣṭhamūlyena ca svalpamūlyānāṃ dravyāṇāṃ vikrayaṇe sati
tadvikrayaṇamanyathā kartuṃ nṛpo narādhipaḥ kṣamo bhavati

124

nanu vedoktavidhibhirekenodvāhitā kanyā jīvatyeva tasminmṛte
vā punastaireva vidhibhiranyenodvāhyā bhavenna vetyata āha
jananamityādinā / yathā śarīrāṇāṃ jananamutpattirmaraṇaṃ
mṛtiścāpi sakṛdekavārameva bhavati / tathaiva dānaṃ kanyāyā
brāhmodvāhaśca sakṛt sakṛdeva bhavati / brāhmodvāha iti
vyāharatā mahādevenaikenodvāhitāyā api kanyāyāḥ
śaivavidhibhistu punarudvāho bhavatyeveti sūcayāmbabhūve

125

(pṛ० ३९६) naikaputraḥ sutaṃ dadyānnaikastrīkastathā striyam /
naikakanyaḥ sutāṃ śaivodvāhe pitṛhitaḥ pumān

126

daive pitrye ca vāṇijye rājadvāre viśeṣataḥ /
yadvidadhyāt pratinidhistanniyantuḥ kṛtirbhavet

127

na daṇḍārhaḥ pratinidhistathā dūto'pi suvrate /
niyoktṛkṛtadoṣeṇa vidhireṣa sanātanaḥ

128

ṛṇe kṛṣau ca vāṇijye tathā sarveṣu karmasu /
yadyadaṅgīkṛtaṃ lokaistatkāryaṃ dharmasammatam

125

ekaputreṇaikastrīkeṇaikaputrīkeṇa ca pitṛhitena puṃsā
putradānaṃ strīdānaṃ śaivodvāhe kanyādānañca naiva
kāryamityāha naikaputra ityādinā / ekaputraḥ pumān sutaṃ putraṃ
kasmaicinna dadyāt / tathaikastrīkaḥ striyaṃ na dadyāt / ekakanyaśca
śaivodvāhe sutāṃ kanyāṃ na dadyāt / putrādīnāmadāne hetuṃ
darśayan pumāṃsaṃ viśinaṣṭi kathambhūtaḥ pumān pitṛhitaḥ
yataḥ pitṛbhyo hito'to na dadyādityarthaḥ

126

pratinidhinā vihitaṃ yadyaddaivādikaṃ karma tat
sarvamātmanaiva vihitaṃ bhavedityāha daiva ityādinā / daive pitrye
vāṇijye ca karmaṇi viśeṣato rājadvāre ca
pratinidhiryadvidadhyāttanniyantuḥ pravartayituḥ kṛtirbhavet / daive
pitrye vāṇijye iti nirdhāraṇe saptamī / kriyate iti kṛtiḥ / striyāṃ
ktinniti karmaṇi ktin

127

nanu niyantrā kṛtenāparādhena pratinidhidūtau daṇḍanīyau
bhavetāṃ na vetyata āha netyādinā / he suvrate śobhanavrataśālini
niyoktṛkṛtadoṣeṇa niyantṛvihitāparādhena pratinidhiḥ tathā
dūtaścāro'pi daṇḍārho na bhavet / eṣa sanātano nityo
vidhirvidhānam

129

ṛṇakṛṣyādāvanyeṣu ca sakalakarmasu
nikhilasyā'ṅgīkṛtasyā'vaśyakaraṇīyatāmāha ṛṇa ityādinā / ṛṇe
kṛṣau vāṇijye vaṇikkarmaṇi ca tathā'nyeṣu sarveṣu
(pṛ० ३९७) adhīśenāvitaṃ viśvaṃ nāśaṃ yānti ninaṃkṣavaḥ /
tatpātṝn pāti viśveśastasmāllokahito bhavet

128

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
sanātanavyavahārakathanaṃ nāma dvādaśollāsaḥ /
karmasu lokairjanairdharmasammataṃ yadyadaṅgīkṛtaṃ tat sarvaṃ
kāryaṃ vidhātavyam / dharmasammatamityanena pāpasammataṃ
svīkṛtaṃ sarvathā lokānāmakaraṇīyamiti dhvanitam

129

ātmano bhadramabhilaṣyadbhirmānavairlokahitaireva
bhavitavyamityāha adhīśenetyādinā / yato'dhīśena
jagadīśvareṇāvitaṃ rakṣitaṃ viśvaṃ saṃsāraṃ ninaṃkṣavo
nāśayitumicchavo janāḥ svayaṃ nāśaṃ yānti prāpnuvanti
tatpātṝn viśvapālakāṃstu viśveśaḥ pāti rakṣati
tasmāddhetorlokahito jano bhavet / naśyatyatrāntarbhāvitoṇyarthaḥ

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ dvādaśollāsaḥ /
trayodaśollāsaḥ
iti nigaditavantaṃ devadevaṃ maheśaṃ
nikhilanigamasāraṃ svargamokṣaikabījam /
kalimalakalitānāṃ pāvanaikāntacittā
tribhuvanajanamātā pārvatī prādda bhaktyā

2

devyuvāca /
mahadyonerādiśaktermahākālyā mahādyuteḥ /
sūkṣmātisūkṣmabhūtāyāḥ kathaṃ rūpanirūpaṇam

3

rūpaṃ prakṛtikāryāṇāṃ sā tu sākṣāt parātparā /
etanme saṃśayaṃ deva viśeṣācchettumarhasi

1

o/ namo brahmaṇe /
itītyādi / nigaditavantam kathitavantam / kalimalakalitānāṃ
pāvanaikāntacittā kalimalaiḥ saṃyuktānāṃ janānāṃ pāvane
dṛḍhamānasā

2

pārvatī maheśaṃ prati kimāhetyapekṣāyāmāha
mahadyonerityādinā / mahadyoneḥ mahattattvotpattisthānabhūtāyāḥ

3

sā mahākālī / etat etam

4

(pṛ० ३९९) śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
upāsakānāṃ kāryāya puraiva kathitaṃ priye /
guṇakriyānusāreṇa rūpaṃ devyāḥ prakalpitam

5

śvetapītādiko varṇo yathā kṛṣṇe vilīyate /
praviśanti tathā kālyāṃ sarvabhūtāni śailaje

6

atastasyāḥ kālaśakternirguṇāyā nirākṛteḥ /
hitāyāḥ prāptayogānāṃ varṇaḥ kṛṣṇo nirūpitaḥ

7

nityāyāḥ kālarūpāyā avyayāyāḥ śivātmanaḥ /
amṛtatvāllalāṭe'syāḥ śaśicihnaṃ nirūpitam

8

śaśisūryāgnibhirnityairakhilaṃ kālikaṃ jagat /
sampaśyati yatastasmāt kalpitaṃ nayanatrayam

4

atrottaraṃ śrīsadāśiva uvāca
upāsakānāmityādibhirdaśabhiḥ / he priye upāsakānāṃ janānāṃ
kāryāya guṇakriyānusāreṇa devyā mahākālyā rūpaṃ
prakalpitaṃ na tu vāstavamiti puraiva kathitam

5

śvetetyādi / he śailaje pārvati yathā kṛṣṇe varṇe
śvetapītādiko varṇo vilīyate viśeṣeṇa līno bhavati tathaiva
kālyāmapi sarvabhūtāni praviśanti pralīyante / ato hetostasyāḥ
kālyā varṇaḥ kṛṣṇo nirūpitaḥ kathita ityanvayaḥ / prāptayogānām
labdhajñānarūpamokṣopāyānām

7

६ //
nityāyā ityādinā / nityāyā vṛddhiśūnyāyā avyayāyā
apakṣayarahitāyāḥ śivātmanaḥ kalyāṇasvarūpāyāḥ
kālarūpāyā asyāḥ kālyā amṛtatvāt hetorlalāṭe śaśicihnaṃ
nirūpitaṃ kathitam

8

kālikam kālasambhavam

9

(pṛ० ४००) grasanāt sarvasattvānāṃ kāladantena carvaṇāt /
tadraktasaṅgho deveśyāḥ vāsorūpeṇa bhāṣitam

10

samaye samaye jīvarakṣaṇaṃ vipadaḥ śive /
preraṇaṃ svasvakāryeṣu varaścābhayamīritam

11

rajojanitaviśvāni viṣṭabhya paritiṣṭhati /
ato hi kathitaṃ bhadre raktapadmāsanasthitā

12

krīḍantaṃ kālikaṃ kālaṃ pītvā mohamayīṃ surām /
paśyantī cinmayī devī sarvasākṣisvarūpiṇī

13

evaṃ guṇānusāreṇa rūpāṇi vividhāni ca /
kalpitāni hitārthāya bhaktānāmalpamedhasām

14

śrīdevyuvāca /
dhyānaṃ yat kathitaṃ kālyā jīvanistārahetave /
tasyānurūpato mūrtiṃ mṛṇmayīṃ vā śilāmayīm

9

sarvasattvānām aśeṣajantūnām / kāladantena kālarūpeṇa
dantena / tadraktasaṅghaḥ sarvasattvarudhirasamūhaḥ

10

samaye ityādi / he śive samaye samaye kāle kāle vipadaḥ
sakāśāt jīvānāṃ rakṣaṇaṃ svasvakāryeṣu preraṇaṃ ca
kālikāyā varaścābhayamīritam / vipattito jīvānāṃ
rakṣaṇamabhayaṃ kathitaṃ svasvakāryeṣu preraṇaṃ varaḥ kathita
ityarthaḥ

11

viṣṭabhya avalambya

12

kālikam kālasambhavaṃ jagat / cinmayī jñānasvarūpā

15

१३ //
ādyāyāḥ kālikāyāstadbhinnānāṃ ca devatānāṃ
pratimāyā gṛhādīnāñca pratiṣṭhāyā vidhānaṃ phalaṃ
gṛhādipradānaphalañca śrotumicchantī devyuvāca -
(pṛ० ४०१) dārudhātumayīṃ vāpi nirmāya yadi sādhakaḥ /
vicitrabhavanaṃ kṛtvā vastrālaṅkārabhūṣitām /
sthāpayettatra deveśīṃ kiṃ phalaṃ tasya jāyate

16

pratiṣṭhā kena vidhinā tasyāḥ pratikṛteḥ prabho /
kartavyā tadaśeṣeṇa kṛpayā me prakāśyatām

17

vāpīkūpagṛhārāmadevapratikṛtestathā /
pratiṣṭhā sūcitā pūrvaṃ gaditā na viśeṣataḥ

18

tadvidhānamapi śrotumicchāmi tvanmukhāmbujāt /
kathyatāṃ parameśāna kṛpayā yadi rocate

19

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
guhyametat paraṃ tattvaṃ yat pṛṣṭaṃ parameśvari /
kathayāmi tava snehāt samāhitamanāḥ śṛṇu

20

sakāmāścaiva niṣkāmā dvividhā bhuvi mānavāḥ /
akāmānāṃ padaṃ mokṣaḥ kāmināṃ phalamucyate

21

yo yaddevapratikṛtiṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati priye /
sa tallokamavāpnoti bhogānapi tadudbhavān

18

dhyānamityādi / he prabho jīvanistārahetave kālyā yaddhyānaṃ
kathitaṃ tasya dhyānasyānurūpato mṛṇmayīṃ
mṛttikāvikārabhūtāṃ śilāmayīṃ dārudhātumayīṃ vā mūrtiṃ
nirmāya vicitraṃ bhavanaṃ ca kṛtvā tatra bhavane
vastrālaṅkārabhūṣitāṃ deveśīṃ kālīṃ sādhako yadi
sthāpayettadā tasya sādhakasya kiṃ phalaṃ jāyate ityanvayaḥ /
pratikṛteḥ pratimāyāḥ // १४ - १७ //
apinā phalam

22

śrīdevyaivaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca
guhyametadityādi // १९ - २१ //
(pṛ० ४०२) mṛṇmaye pratibimbe tu vaset kalpāyutaṃ divi /
dārupāṣāṇadhātūnāṃ kramāddaśaguṇādhikam

23

tṛṇakāṣṭhādiracitaṃ dhvajavāhanasaṃyutam /
mandiraṃ devamuddiśya kāmamuddiśya vā naraḥ /
saṃskuryādutsṛjedvāpi tasya puṇyaṃ niśāmaya

24

tṛṇādinirmitaṃ gehaṃ yo dadyāt parameśvari /
varṣakoṭisahasrāṇi sa vaseddevaveśmani

25

iṣṭakāgṛhadāne tu tasmācchataguṇaṃ phalam /
tato'yutaguṇaṃ puṇyaṃ śilāgehapradānataḥ

26

setusaṅkramadātā'dye yamalokaṃ na paśyati /
sukhaṃ surālayaṃ prāpya modate svarnivāsibhiḥ

27

vṛkṣārāmapratiṣṭhātā gatvā tridaśamandiram /
kalpapādapavṛndeṣu nivasan divyaveśmani /
bhuṅkte manoramān bhogān manaso yānabhīpsitān

28

prītaye sarvasattvānāṃ ye pradadyurjalāśayam /
vidhūtapāpāste prāpya brahmalokamanāmayam /
nivaseyuḥ śataṃ varṣānambhasāṃ pratiśīkaram

22

pratibimbe pratimāyām / atra pratiṣṭhāpite sati ityadhyāhāryam

28

niśāmaya śṛṇu // २३ - २७ //
jalāśayam vāpīkūpādikam / anāmayam nirupadravam /
pratiśīkaram pratyambukaṇam

29

(pṛ० ४०३) yo dadyādvāhanaṃ devi devatāprītikārakam /
sa tena rakṣito nityaṃ talloke nivasecciram

30

mṛṇmaye vāhane datte yat phalaṃ jāyate bhuvi /
dāruje taddaśaguṇaṃ śilāje taddaśādhikam

31

rintikā kāṃsyatāmrādinirmite devavāhane /
datte phalamavāpnoti kramāt śataguṇādhikam

32

devyāgāre mahāsiṃhaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ śaṅkarālaye /
garuḍaṃ kaiśave gehe pradadyāt sādhakottamaḥ

33

tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭraḥ karālāsyaḥ śaṭāśobhitakandharaḥ /
caturaṅghrirvajranakho mahāsiṃhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

34

śṛṅgāyudhaḥ śuddhakāyaḥ catuṣpādasitakṣuraḥ /
bṛhatkakut kṛṣṇapucchaḥ śyāmaskandho vṛṣaḥ smṛtaḥ

35

garuḍaḥ pakṣijaṅghastu narāsyo dīrghanāsikaḥ /
pādasaṅkocasaṃviṣṭaḥ pakṣayuktaḥ kṛtāñjaliḥ

29

talloke tasya devasya loke

31

३० //
rintikā pittalam

33

३२ //
mahāsiṃhasvarūpamāha tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭra ityādyekena /
karālāsyaḥ danturavadanaḥ / śaṭāśobhitakandharaḥ śaṭayā
parasparaśliṣṭaromaviśeṣasamūhena śobhitā kandharā yasya
tathābhūtaḥ / caturaṅghriḥ catuṣpāt

34

vṛṣabhasvarūpamāha śṛṅgāyudha ityādyekena / asitakṣuraḥ
nīlakṣuraḥ

35

garuḍasvarūpamāha garuḍa ityādyekena / narāsyaḥ
manuṣyamukhaḥ

36

(pṛ० ४०४) patākādhvajadānena devaprītiḥ śataṃ samāḥ /
dhvajadaṇḍastu kartavyo dvātriṃśaddhastasammitaḥ

37

sudṛḍhaśchirarahitaḥ saralaḥ śubhadarśanaḥ /
veṣṭito raktavastreṇa koṭau cakrasamanvitaḥ

38

patākā tatra saṃyojyā tattadvāhanacihnitā /
praśastamūlā sūkṣmāgrā divyavastravinirmitā /
śobhamānā dhvajāgre yā patākā sā prakīrtitā

39

vāsobhūṣaṇaparyaṅkayānasiṃhāsanāni ca /
pānaprāśanatāmbūlabhājanāni patadgraham

40

maṇimuktāpravālādiratnānyātmapriyañca yat /
yo dadyāddevamuddiśya śraddhābhaktisamanvitaḥ /
sa tallokaṃ samāsādya tattatkoṭiguṇaṃ labhet

41

kāmināṃ phalamityuktaṃ kṣayiṣṇuḥ svapnarājyavat /
niṣkāmānāntu nirvāṇaṃ punarāvṛttivarjitam

42

jalāśayagṛhārāmasetusaṃkramaśākhinām /
devatānāṃ pratiṣṭhāyāṃ vāstudaityaṃ prapūjayet

36

patāketyādi / patākādhvajadānena
patākāsahitadhvajasamarpaṇena / śataṃ samāḥ śatavarṣāṇi
devaprītirbhavati / tayormadhye pūrvaṃ dhvajasvarūpamāha
dhvajadaṇḍa ityādinā sārdhena / koṭau agrabhāge

38

३७ //
tatra dhvajadaṇḍe / patākāsvarūpamāha
tattadvāhanacihnitetyādinā sapādaślokena / dhvajāgre
dhvajadaṇḍāgrabhāge

39

patadgraham mukhāt patato jalatāmbūlādervāhakaṃ
pātraviśeṣam

43

(pṛ० ४०५) anarcayitvā yo vāstuṃ kuryāt karmāṇi mānavaḥ /
vighnaṃ tasyā'caredvāstuḥ parivāragaṇaiḥ saha

44

kapilāsyaḥ piṅgakeśo bhīṣaṇo raktalocanaḥ /
koṭarākṣo lambakarṇo dīrghajaṅgho mahodaraḥ

45

aśvatuṇḍaḥ kākakaṇṭho vajrabāhurvratāntakaḥ /
ete parikarā vāstoḥ pūjanīyāḥ prayatnataḥ

46

maṇḍalaṃ śṛṇu vakṣyāmi yatra vāstuṃ prapūjayet

47

vedyāṃ vā samadeśe vā śastādbhirupalepite /
vāyavīśakoṇayormadhye hastamātrapramāṇataḥ

48

sūtrapātakrameṇaiva rekhāmekāṃ prakalpayet /
īśānādagniparyantamaparāṃ racayettathā

49

āgneyānnairṛtaṃ yāvat nairṛtādvāyavāvadhi /
dattvā rekhe catuṣkoṇamekaṃ maṇḍalamālikhet

50

samāsādya samprāpya // ४० - ४३ //
atha vāstudaityasya parivārānāha kapilāsya ityādinā sārdhena
/ parikarāḥ parivārāḥ // ४४ - ४६ //
vāstuprapūjanārthaṃ maṇḍalamevāha vedyāṃ vetyādibhiḥ /
vedyāṃ vā śastādbhiḥ praśastairjalairupalepite samadeśe vā
vāyavīśakoṇayormadhye sūtrapātakrameṇaiva hastamātrapramāṇata
ekāṃ rekhāṃ prakalpayet racayet / tathā tenaiva tenaiva prakāreṇa
īśānādīśānakoṇamārabhyā'gnikoṇaparyantam aparām anyāṃ
rekhāṃ racayet / tathaivā'gneyādagnikoṇamārabhya nairṛtaṃ yāvat
nairṛtakoṇāvadhi nair-ṛtamapi koṇamārabhya vāyavāvadhi
vāyukoṇaparyantaṃ kramato dve rekhe dattvā evaṃ vidhānena ekaṃ
catuṣkoṇaṃ maṇḍalamālikhet // ४७ - ४९ //
(pṛ० ४०६) koṇasūtre pātayitvā caturdhā vibhajettu tat /
yathā tatra bhaveddevi matsyapucchacatuṣṭayam

51

tato bhitvā pucchamūlaṃ vāruṇādvāsavāvadhi /
kauberād yāmyaparyantaṃ dadyādrekhādvayaṃ sudhīḥ

52

tataścaturṣu koṇeṣu koṇarekhānviteṣvapi /
karṇākarṇiprayogeṇa nyasedrekhācatuṣṭayam

53

evaṃ saṅketavidhinā koṣṭhānāṃ ṣoḍaśaṃ likhan /
pañcavarṇena cūrṇena racayedyantramuttamam

54

caturṣu madhyakoṣṭheṣu padmaṃ kuryāt manoharam /
caturdalaṃ pītaraktakarṇikaṃ raktakesaram

50

koṇasūtre ityādi / he devi tatra catuṣkoṇe maṇḍale yathā
matsyapucchacatuṣṭayaṃ bhavettathā tat catuṣkoṇaṃ maṇḍalaṃ
koṇasūtre pātayitvā caturdhā vibhajet vibhaktaṃ kuryāt

51

tata ityādinā / tataḥ sudhīrjano vāruṇāt paścimamārabhya
vāsavāvadhi pūrvaparyantaṃ kauberāduttaramārabhya
yāmyaparyantaṃ dakṣiṇāvadhi ca pucchamūlaṃ bhittvā
rekhādvayaṃ dadyāt

52

tata ityādinā / tataḥparaṃ koṇarekhānviteṣu caturṣvapi
koṣṭheṣu karṇākarṇiprayogeṇa rekhācatuṣṭayaṃ nyaset / apinā
koṇarekhānviteṣu caturṣu koṣṭheṣu paścimāt pūrvāvadhi
rekhādvayamuttarasmāddakṣiṇāvadhi ca rekhādvayaṃ nyaset

53

evamityādi / evaṃ saṅketavidhinā itthaṃ saṅketavidhānena
koṣṭhānāṃ ṣoḍaśamālikhet / nanu kena dravyeṇedaṃ
maṇḍalamālikhedityapekṣāyāmāha pañcavarṇenetyādi

55

(pṛ० ४०७) dalāni śuklavarṇāni yadvā pītāni kalpayet /
yatheṣṭaṃ pūrayet padmasandhisthānāni varṇakaiḥ

56

śāmbhavaṃ koṣṭhamārabhya koṣṭhānāṃ dvādaśaṃ kramāt /
śvetakṛṣṇapītaraktaiścaturvarṇaiḥ prapūrayet

57

dakṣiṇāvartayogena koṣṭhānāṃ pūraṇaṃ priye /
vāmāvartena devānāṃ pūjanaṃ teṣu sādhayet

58

padme samarcayedvāstudaityaṃ vighnopaśāntaye /
īśādidvādaśe koṣṭhe kapilāsyādidānavān

59

kuśaṇḍikoktavidhinā kurvannanalasaṃskṛtim /
yathāśaktyā'hutiṃ dattvā vāstuyajñaṃ samāpayet

60

iti te kathitā devi vāstupūjā śubhapradā /
yāṃ sādhayannaraḥ kvāpi vāstuvighnairna bādhyate

61

devyuvāca /
maṇḍalaṃ kathitaṃ vāstorvidhānamapi pūjane /
dhyānaṃ na gaditaṃ nātha tadidānīṃ prakāśaya

61

caturṣvityādi / tataścaturṣu madhyakoṣṭheṣu manoharaṃ
caturdalaṃ catuṣpatrakaṃ pītaraktakarṇikaṃ
pītaraktavarṇabījakośakaṃ raktakesaraṃ padmaṃ kuryāt // ५४ - ५६ //
evaṃ vāstumaṇḍalaṃ kathayitvedānīṃ tatra saparivārasya
vāstoḥ pūjāyā vidhānamāha vāmāvartenetyādinā sārdhadvayena
/ teṣu dvādaśasu koṣṭheṣu vāmāvartena devānāṃ dīvyatāṃ
kapilāsyādīnāṃ dvādaśānāṃ dānavānāṃ pūjanaṃ sādhayet
// ५७ - ६० //
evaṃ vāstumaṇḍalaṃ tatra saparivārasya vāstoḥ pūjāyā
vidhānañca śrutvedānīṃ vāstordhyānaṃ śrotumicchantī
śrīdevyuvāca maṇḍalamityādinā

62

(pṛ० ४०८) śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
dhyānaṃ vacmi maheśāni śrūyatāṃ vāsturakṣasaḥ /
yasyānuśīlanāt sadyo naśyanti sakalāpadaḥ

63

caturbhujaṃ mahākāyaṃ jaṭāmaṇḍitamastakam /
trilocanaṃ karālāsyaṃ hārakuṇḍalaśobhitam

64

lambodaraṃ dīrghakarṇaṃ lomaśaṃ pītavāsasam /
gadātriśūlaparaśukhaṭvāṅgaṃ dadhataṃ karaiḥ

65

asicarmadharairvīraiḥ kapilāsyādibhirvṛtam /
śatrūṇāmantakaṃ sākṣādudyadādityasannibham

66

dhyāyeddevaṃ vāstupatiṃ kūrmapadmāsanasthitam /
mārībhaye rogabhaye ḍākinyādibhaye tathā

67

autpātikāpatyadoṣe vyālarakṣobhaye'pi ca /
dhyātvaivaṃ pūjayedvāstuṃ parivārasamanvitam

68

tilājyapāyasairhutvā sarvaśāntimavāpnuyāt /
yathā vāstuḥ pūjanīyaḥ proktakarmasu suvrate

69

grahāścāpi tathā pūjyā daśadikpatibhiryutāḥ /
brahmā viṣṇuśca rudraśca vāṇī lakṣmīśca śaṅkarī

62

evaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca dhyānamityādi

63

vāstordhyānamevāha caturbhujamityādinā sārdhatrayeṇa

64

lomaśam bahulomaviśiṣṭam

70

(pṛ० ४०९) mātaraḥ sagaṇeśāśca sampūjyā vasavastathā /
pitaro yadyatṛptāḥ syuḥ karmasveteṣu kālike

71

sarvaṃ tasya bhavedvyarthaṃ vighnañcāpi pade pade /
ato maheśi yatnena proktasaṃskārakarmasu

72

pitṝṇāṃ tṛptaye'trā'bhyudayikaṃ śrāddhamācaret /
grahayantraṃ pravakṣyāmi sarvaśāntividhāyakam

73

yatra sampūjitāḥ sendrā grahā yacchanti vāñchitam /
tritrikoṇairlikhedyantraṃ tadvahirvṛttamālikhet

74

vidadhyādvṛttalagnāni dalānyaṣṭau ca tadbahiḥ /
caturdvārānvitaṃ kuryāt bhūpuraṃ sumanoharam

75

vāsaveśānayormadhye bhūpurasya bahiḥsthale /
vṛttaṃ viracayedekaṃ prādeśaparimāṇakam

76

rakṣovāruṇayormadhye cāparaṃ kalpayettathā

73

udyadādityasannibham udyatsūryasadṛśam // ६५ - ७२ //
sendrāḥ indrādidaśadikpatisahitāḥ / yacchanti dadati

77

grahayantramevāha tritrikoṇairityādibhiḥ /
prathamatastribhistrikoṇairviśiṣṭaṃ yantraṃ likhet /
tatastadbahistritrikoṇebhyo bahirvṛttaṃ vartulamekaṃ maṇḍalamālikhet
/ tato vṛttalagnānyaṣṭau dalāni patrāṇi vidadhyāt kuryāt /
tadbahiścaturdvārānvitaṃ sumanoharaṃ bhūpuraṃ kuryāt / tato
vāsaveśānayormadhye bhūpurasya bahiḥsthale
prādeśaparimāṇakamekaṃ vṛttaṃ vartulaṃ maṇḍalaṃ vilikhayet /
tato rakṣovaruṇayoḥ nairṛtyapaścimayormadhye bhūpurasya
bahiḥsthale tathaiva prādeśaparimāṇakamaparaṃ vṛttaṃ maṇḍalaṃ
kalpayedracayet // ७४ - ७६ //
(pṛ० ४१०) navagrahāṇāṃ varṇena navakoṇāni pūrayet /
madhyatrikoṇadvau pārśvau savyadakṣiṇabhedataḥ

78

śvetapītau vidhātavyau pṛṣṭhabhāgaḥ sitetaraḥ /
aṣṭadikpativarṇena parṇānyaṣṭau prapūrayet

79

sitaraktāsitaiścūrṇaiḥ puraḥ prākāramācaret /
puro bahiḥsthe dve vṛtte devi prādeśasammite

80

uparyadhaḥkrameṇaiva raktaśvete vidhāya ca /
sandhisthānāni yantrasya svecchayā raṃjayet sudhīḥ

81

yatkoṣṭhe yo grahaḥ pūjyo yatpatre yaśca dikpatiḥ /
yaddvāre'vasthitā ye ca tatkramaṃ śṛṇu sāmpratam

82

madhyakoṇe yajet sūryaṃ pārśvayoraruṇaṃ śikhām /
paścāt pracaṇḍayordaṇḍau pūjayedaṃśumālinaḥ

83

bhānūrdhvakoṇe pūrvasyāmarcayedrajanīkaram /
āgneye maṅgalaṃ yāmye budhaṃ nairṛtakoṇake

77

navagrahāṇāmityādi / tat sūryādīnāṃ navagrahāṇāṃ
varṇena viśiṣṭaiścūrṇaiḥ navakoṇāni pūrayet / tataḥ
savyadakṣiṇabhedato madhyatrikoṇasya dvau pārśvau kramataḥ
śvetapītau vidhātavyau / madhyatrikoṇasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaḥ sitetaraḥ
kṛṣṇavarṇo vidhātavyaḥ / tataḥ indrādīnāmaṣṭānāṃ dikpatīnāṃ
varṇena viśiṣṭaiścūrṇairaṣṭau parṇāni patrāṇi prapūrayet

84

७८ //
sitetyādi / tataḥ sitaraktāsitaiḥ
śvetalohitakṛṣṇavarṇaiścūrṇaiḥ puro bhūpurasya prākāramācaret
kuryāt / he devi puro bhūpurasya bahiḥsthe prādeśasammite dve vṛtte
vartule maṇḍale uparyadhaḥkrameṇaiva raktaśvete vidhāya sudhīḥ
sādhako mantrasya sandhisthānāni svecchayā raṃjayet // ७९ - ८३ //
(pṛ० ४११) bṛhaspatiṃ vāruṇe ca daityācāryaṃ prapūjayet /
śanaiścaraṃ tu vāyavye kauvereśānayoḥ kramāt /
rāhuṃ ketuṃ yajet candraṃ paritastārakāgaṇān

85

sūro raktaḥ śaśī śuklo maṅgalo'ruṇavigrahaḥ /
budhajīvau pāṇḍupītau śvetaḥ śukro'sitaḥ śaniḥ /
rāhuketū vicitrābhau grahavarṇāḥ prakīrtitāḥ

86

caturbhujaṃ raviṃ dhyāyet padmadvayavarābhayaiḥ /
cintayecchaśinaṃ dānamudrāmṛtakarāmbujam

87

kujamīṣatkubjatanuṃ hastābhyāṃ daṇḍadhāriṇam /
dhyāyet somātmajaṃ bālaṃ bhālalolitakuntalam

88

yajñasūtrānvitaṃ dhyāyet pustakākṣakaraṃ gurum /
evaṃ daityaguruñcāpi kāṇaṃ khañjaṃ śanaiścaram

84

paritaḥ sarvataḥ

85

atha kramataḥ sūryādīnāṃ navagrahāṇāṃ varṇānāha sūra
ityādinā sārdhena / sūraḥ sūryaḥ

86

atha sūryādīnāṃ navagrahāṇāṃ kramato dhyānamāha
caturbhujamityādibhiḥ / padmadvayavarābhayairviśiṣṭaṃ caturbhujaṃ
raviṃ sūryaṃ dhyāyet / dānamudrāmṛtakarāmbujaṃ dānamudrā
cāmṛtañca karāmbujayorhastapadmayoryasya tathābhūtaṃ
śaśinaṃ candraṃ vicintayet

87

somātmajam budham / bhālalolitakuntalam bhāle lolitāścalitāḥ
kuntalāḥ keśā yasya tathābhūtam

89

८८ //
(pṛ० ४१२) rāhuketū śiraḥkāyau vikṛtau krūraceṣṭitau /
svaiḥ svairdhyānairgrahāniṣṭvā yajedindrādidikpatīn

90

daleṣvaṣṭasu pūrvādikramataḥ sādhakottamaḥ /
sahasrākṣaṃ yajedādau pītakauṣeyavāsasam

91

vajrapāṇiṃ pītaruciṃ sthitamairāvatopari /
raktābhaṃ chāgavāhasthaṃ śaktihastaṃ hutāśanam

92

dhyāyet kālaṃ lulāpasthaṃ daṇḍinaṃ kṛṣṇavigraham /
nirṛtiṃ khaḍgahastañca śyāmalaṃ vājivāhanam

93

varuṇaṃ makarārūḍhaṃ pāśahastaṃ sitaprabham /
dhyāyet kṛṣṇatviṣaṃ vāyuṃ mṛgasthañcāṅkuśāyudham

94

kuberaṃ kanakākāraṃ ratnasiṃhāsanasthitam /
stutaṃ yakṣagaṇaiḥ sarvaiḥ pāśāṅkuśakarāmbujam

95

īśānaṃ vṛṣabhārūḍhaṃ triśūlavaradhāriṇam /
vyāghracarmāmbaradharaṃ pūrṇendusadṛśaprabham

89

iṣṭvā pūjayitvā

90

atha kramata indrādīnāmaṣṭānāṃ dikpatīnāṃ dhyānaṃ
varṇañcāha sahasrākṣamityādibhiḥ / pītakauśeyavāsasam pītaṃ
kauśeyaṃ kṛmikośotthaṃ vāso vastraṃ yasya tathābhūtam

92

९१
//
kālam yamam / lulāpastham mahiṣastham

96

nirṛtim rākṣasam // ९३ - ९५ //
(pṛ० ४१३) dhyātvā caitān kramādiṣṭvā brahmānantau puro bahiḥ /
ūrdhvādhovṛttayorarcyau tato'rcyā dvāradevatāḥ

97

ugro bhīmaḥ pracaṇḍeśau pūrvadvāḥsthāḥ prakīrtitāḥ /
jayantaḥ kṣetrapālaśca nakuleśo bṛhacchirāḥ /
yāmyadvāre paścime ca vṛkāśvānandadurjayāḥ

98

triśirāḥ purajiccaiva bhīmanādo mahodaraḥ /
uttaradvārapāścaite sarve śastrāstrapāṇayaḥ

99

śrūyatāṃ brahmaṇo dhyānamanantasyāpi suvrate

100

raktotpalanibho brahmā caturāsyaścaturbhujaḥ /
haṃsārūḍho varābhītimālāpustakapāṇikaḥ

101

himakundendudhavalaḥ sahasrākṣaḥ sahasrapāt /
sahasrapāṇivadano dhyeyo'nantaḥ surāsuraiḥ

102

dhyānaṃ pūjākramaścāpi yantrañca kathitaṃ priye /
vāstvādikramato hyeṣāṃ mantrānapi śṛṇu priye

96

dhyātvetyādi / etānindrādīnaṣṭau dikpatīnevaṃ dhyātvā
kramādiṣṭvā pūjayitvā ca puro
bhūpurādbahirūrdhvādhaḥsthitayorvṛttayormaṇḍalayorbrahmā-
nantau dikpatī kramato'rcyau pūjanīyau / tato dvāradevatā arcyāḥ

97

pūjyā dvāradevatā evāha ugro bhīma ityādinā sārdhadvayena

99

९८ //
brahmaṇo dhyānamevāha raktotpalanibha ityādinā

101

१०० //
athā'nantasya dhyānamāha himakundendudhavala ityādyekena

102

eṣām vāstvādīnāmanantāntānām

103

(pṛ० ४१४) kṣakāro havyavāhasthaḥ ṣaḍdīrghasvarasaṃyutaḥ /
bhūṣito nādabindubhyāṃ vāstumantraḥ ṣaḍakṣaraḥ

104

tāraṃ māyāṃ tīgmaraśme ṅe'ntamārogyadaṃ vadet /
vahnijāyāṃ tato dattvā sūryamantraṃ samuddharet

105

kāmo māyā ca vāṇī ca tato'mṛtakareti ca /
amṛtaṃ plāvaya dvandaṃ svāhā somamanurmataḥ

106

ai/ hrā/ hrī/ sarvapadādduṣṭānnāśaya nāśaya /
svāhāvasāno mantro'yaṃ maṅgalasya prakīrtitaḥ

103

vāstvādīnāṃ kramato mantrānevāha kṣakāraḥ ityādibhiḥ /
havyavāhasthaḥ havyavāho rephaḥ tatsthaḥ kṣakāraḥ
ṣaḍdīrghasvarasaṃyuto nādabindubhyāṃ bhūṣitaśca kartavyaḥ /
evañca kṣrā/ kṣrī/ kṣrū/ kṣrai/ kṣrau/ kṣra/ḥ iti ṣaḍakṣaro
vāstumantra uddhṛta āsīt

104

tāramityādi / pūrvam tāraṃ praṇavaṃ vadet / tato māyāṃ
hrī/ bījaṃ vadet / tatastīgmaraśme iti vadet / tato ṅe'ntamārogyadaṃ
vadet / tato vahnijāyāṃ dattvā sūryamantraṃ samuddharet / yojanayā
o/ hrī/ tīgmaraśme ārogyadāya svāheti sūryamantra uddhṛta āsīt

105

kāma ityādi / pūrvaṃ kāmaḥ klīmiti bījamucyeta / tato māyā
hrī/ bījamucyeta / tato vāṇī aimiti bījamucyeta / tato'mṛtakaretyucyeta /
tato'mṛtamucyeta / tataḥ plāvayadvandvamucyeta / tataḥ svāhocyeta /
yojanayā klī/ hrī/ ai/ amṛtakarā'mṛtaṃ plāvaya plāvaya svāheti
somamanurmataḥ

106

aimityādi / pūrvam ai/ hrā/ hrī/ vadet / tataḥ sarvapadato
duṣṭānnāśaya nāśayeti vadet / yojanayā ai/ hrā/ hrī/
sarvaduṣṭānnāśaya nāśayeti mantro jātaḥ / svāhāvasānaḥ
svāhānto'yaṃ maṅgalasya mantraḥ prakīrtitaḥ

107

(pṛ० ४१५) hrī/ śrī/ saumyapadañcoktvā sarvān kāmāṃ stato vadet /
pūrayā'nte vahnikāntāmeṣa somātmaje manuḥ

108

tāreṇa puṭitā vāṇī tataḥ suraguropadam /
abhīṣṭaṃ yaccha yaccheti svāhāmantro bṛhaspateḥ

110

śā/ śī/ śū/ śai/ tataḥ śau/ śa/ḥ śukramantraḥ samīritaḥ //
hrā/ hrā/ hrī/ hrī/ sarvaśatrūn vidrāvaya padadvayam /
mārtaṇḍasūnave paścāt namo mantraḥ śanaiścare

111

rā/ hrau/ bhrau/ hrī/ somaśatro śatrūn vidhvaṃsaya dvayam /
rāhave nama ityeṣa rāhormanurudāhṛtaḥ

107

hrīmityādi / pūrvam hrī/ śrī/ saumyapadaṃ coktvā tataḥ
sarvān kāmān vadet / tataḥ pūrayānte vahnikāntāṃ vadet /
yojanayā hrī/ śrī/ saumya sarvān kāmān pūraya svāhetyeṣa
somātmaje budhe manurmataḥ

108

tāreṇetyādi / tāreṇa praṇavena puṭitā ādāvante ca saṃyuktā
vāṇī vaktavyā / tataḥ suraguro iti padaṃ vadet / tato'bhīṣṭaṃ yaccha
yaccheti vadet / tataḥ svāheti vadet / yojanayā o/ ai/ o/ suraguro
abhīṣṭaṃ yaccha yaccha svāheti bṛhaspatermantro mataḥ

109

śā/ śī/ śū/ śai/ śau/ śa/ḥ iti śukramantraḥ samīritaḥ
kathitaḥ

110

hrā/ hrāmityādi / pūrvam hrā/ hrā/ hrī/ hrī/ sarvaśatrūniti
vadet / tato vidrāvayapadadvayaṃ vadet / tato mārtaṇḍasūnave iti vadet
/ paścānnamo vadet / yojanayā hrā/ hrā/ hrī/ hrī/ sarvaśatrūn
vidrāvaya vidrāvaya mārtaṇḍasūnave namaḥ iti śanaiścare mantro
mataḥ

112

rāmityādi / pūrvaṃ rā/ hrau/ bhrau/ hrī/ somaśatro śatrūniti
vadet / tato vidhvaṃsayadvayaṃ vadet / tato rāhave nama iti vadet /
yojanayā rā/ hrau/
(pṛ० ४१६) krū/ hra/ krai/ ketave svāhā ketormantraḥ prakīrtitaḥ

113

la/ ra/ mṛ/ strū/ va/ yamiti kṣa/ hau/ brīmamiti kramāt /
indrādyanantadikpānāṃ daśamantrāḥ samīritāḥ

114

anyeṣāṃ parivāraṇāṃ nāmamantrāḥ prakīrtitāḥ /
anuktamantre sarvatra vidhireṣa śivoditaḥ

115

namo'ntamantre deveśi na namo yojayed budhaḥ /
svāhānte'pi tathāmantre na dadyādvahnivallabhām

116

grahādibhyaḥ pradātavyaṃ puṣpaṃ vāsaśca bhūṣaṇam /
teṣāṃ varṇānurūpeṇa nānyathā prītaye bhavet

117

kuśaṇḍikoktavidhinā vahniṃ saṃsthāpayan sudhīḥ /
puṣpairuccāvacairyadvā samidbhirhomamācaret

118

śāntikarmaṇi puṣṭau ca varado havyavāhanaḥ /
pratiṣṭhāyāṃ lohitākṣaḥ śatruhā krūrakarmaṇi

111

bhrai/ hrī/ somaśatro śatrūn vidhvaṃsaya vidhvaṃsaya rāhave nama
ityeṣa rāhormanurudāhṛtaḥ kathitaḥ

113

११२ //
lamityādi / lamiti ramiti mṛmiti strūmiti vamiti yamiti kṣamiti
haumiti brīmiti amityete kramādindrādīnāmanantāntānāṃ
dikpānāṃ daśamantrāḥ samīritāḥ kathitāḥ

115

११४ //
vahnivallabhām svāheti padam

116

teṣāṃ grahādīnām

117

samidbhiḥ kāṣṭhaiḥ

119

(pṛ० ४१७) śāntau puṣṭau maheśāni tathā krūre'pi karmaṇi /
grahayāgaṃ prakurvāṇo vācchitārthamavāpnuyāt

120

yathā pratiṣṭhākāryeṣu devārcā pitṛtarpaṇam /
vāstoryāge grahāṇāñca tadvadeva vidhīyate

121

yadyekasmin dine dvistriḥ pratiṣṭhā yāgakarma ca /
tantreṇa tatra devārcā pitṛśrāddhāgnisaṃskriyāḥ

122

jalāśayagṛhārāmasetusaṃkramaśākhinaḥ /
vāhanāsanayānāni vāso'laṅkaraṇāni ca

123

pānāśanīyapātrāṇi deyavastūni yānyapi /
asaṃskṛtāni devāya na pradadyuḥ phalepsavaḥ

124

kāmye karmaṇi sarvatra budhaḥ saṅkalpamācaret /
vidhivākyānusāreṇa sampūrṇasukṛtāptaye

125

saṃskṛtābhyarcitaṃ dravyaṃ nāmoccāraṇapūrvakam /
sampradānābhidhāñcoktvā dattvā samyak phalaṃ labhet

126

jalāśayagṛhārāmasetusaṃkramaśākhinām /
kathyante prokṣaṇe mantrāḥ prayojyā brahmavidyayā

125

varado varadanāmā / lohitākṣo lohitākṣākhyaḥ / śatrṛhā
śatrṛhasaṃjñakaḥ // ११८ - १२० //
tantreṇa ekadhaiva // १२१ - १२४ //
saṃskṛtābhyarcitam śodhitaṃ prapūjitam /
saṃpradānābhidhāṃ sampradānanāmadheyam

126

brahmavidyayā gāyatryā saha

127

(pṛ० ४१८) jīvanādhāra jīvānāṃ jīvanaprada vāruṇa /
prokṣaṇe tava tṛpyantu jalabhūcarakhecarāḥ

128

tṛṇakāṣṭhādisambhūta vāseya brahmaṇaḥ priya /
tvāṃ prokṣayāmi toyena prītaye bhava sarvadā

129

iṣṭhakādisamudbhūta vaktavyantviṣṭakāmaye

130

phalaiḥ patraiśca śākhādyaiśchāyābhiśca priyaṅkarāḥ /
yacchantu me'khilān kāmān prokṣitāstīrthavāribhiḥ

131

setustvaṃ bhavasindhūnāṃ pāradaḥ pathikapriyaḥ /
mayā saṃprokṣitaḥ seto yathoktaphalado bhava

132

saṃkrama tvāṃ prokṣayāmi lokānāṃ saṃkramaṃ yathā /
dadāsīha tathā svarge saṃkramo me pradīyatām

133

ārāmaprokṣaṇe mantro ya eva kathitaḥ priye /
sa eva śākhisaṃskāre prayoktavyo manīṣibhiḥ

127

teṣāṃ madhye prathamato jalāśayaprokṣaṇamantramāha
jīvanādhāra jīvānāmiti / jīvanādhāra jalādhāra / vāruṇa
varuṇadevatāka

128

atha gṛhaprokṣaṇamantramāha tṛṇakāṣṭhādisambhūteti /
vāseya vāsāya hita

129

iṣṭakādītyādi / iṣṭakādimaye gṛhe prokṣaṇīye
tṛṇakāṣṭhādisaṃbhūte ityatra iṣṭakādisamudbhūteti vaktavyam

130

athārāmaprokṣaṇamantramāha phalaiḥ patraiśca
śākhādyairiti

131

atha setuprokṣaṇamantramāha setustvaṃ bhavasindhūnāmiti

132

atha saṃkramaprokṣaṇamantramāha saṃkrama tvāṃ
prokṣayāmīti / saṃkramyate samyak pādavikṣepaḥ kriyate lokairyatra
sa saṃkramaḥ setuviśeṣaḥ tatsambodhane saṃkrameti / saṃkramam
samyaggamanam

134

१३३ //
(pṛ० ४१९) praṇavo vāruṇañcā'straṃ bījatritayamambike /
sarvasādhāraṇadravyaprokṣaṇe viniyojayet

135

snāpanārhaṃ vāhanaṃ cet snāpayet brahmavidyayā /
anyatraivā'rghyatoyena kuśāgreṇa viśodhayet

136

prāṇapratiṣṭhāmācarya tattadvāhanasaṃjñayā /
pūjito'laṅkṛto vāho deyo bhavati daivate

137

jalāśaye pūjanīyo varuṇo yādasāṃ patiḥ /
gṛhe prajāpatirbrahmā'rāme setau ca saṃkrame /
pūjyo viṣṇurjagatpātā sarvātmā sarvadṛgvibhuḥ

138

devyuvāca /
vividhāni vidhānāni kathitānyuktakarmasu /
kramo na darśito yena mānavaḥ karma sādhayet

139

kramavyatyayakarmāṇi bahvāyāsakṛtānyapi /
na yacchanti phalaṃ samyak nṝṇāṃ karmānujīvinām

134

praṇava ityādi / he ambike praṇava oṅkāraḥ vāruṇaṃ vaṃ
astraṃ phaḍiti bījatritayaṃ sarvasādhāraṇadravyaprokṣaṇe
viniyojayet

135

brahmavidyayā gāyatryā

136

prāṇetyādi / pūrvoktenohanīyaliṅgakapadaśālinā
devīprāṇapratiṣṭhāmantreṇa vāhanasya prāṇapratiṣṭhāmācarya
kṛtvā tattadvāhanasaṃjñayā pūjito'laṅkṛtaśca vāho vāhanaṃ
daivate deyo bhavati

137

sarvadṛk sakalapadārthadraṣṭā / vibhuḥ vyāpakaḥ

138

athoktakṛtyatattatkarmakramaṃ jijñāsurdevyuvāca
vividhānītyādinā

140

१३९ //
(pṛ० ४२०) śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
yaduktaṃ parameśāni māteva hitakāriṇi /
niḥśreyasantallokānāṃ phalavyāpṛtacetasām

141

eteṣāmuktakṛtyānāmanuṣṭhānaṃ pṛthak pṛthak /
vāstuyāgakramāddevi kathayāmyavadhīyatām

142

pūrve'hni niyatāhāraḥ śvaḥprātaḥ snānamācaret /
kṛtvā paurvāhnikaṃ karma guruṃ nārāyaṇaṃ yajet

143

tataḥ svakāmamuddiśya vidhidarśitavartmanā /
kṛtasaṅkalpako mantrī gaṇeśādīn samarcayet

144

bandhūkābhaṃ trinetraṃ dviradavaramukhaṃ nāgayajñopavītaṃ
śaṅkhaṃ cakraṃ kṛpāṇaṃ vimalasarasijaṃ hastapadmairdadhānam /
udyadbālendumauliṃ dinakarakiraṇoddiptavastrāṅgaśobhaṃ
nānālaṅkārayuktaṃ bhajata gaṇapatiṃ raktapadmopaviṣṭam

145

evaṃ dhyātvā yathāśaktyā pūjayitvā gaṇeśvaram /
brahmāṇañca tato vāṇīṃ viṣṇuṃ lakṣmīṃ samarcayet

140

evaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca yaduktamityādinā /
phalavyāpṛtacetasām phalāya vyāpṛtaṃ vyāpāraviśiṣṭaṃ ceto
yeṣāṃ te teṣām

141

anuṣṭhānam sādhanam

142

vāstuyāgakramāduktakṛtyānāmanuṣṭhānasya kramamāha
pūrve'hnītyādibhiḥ

146

१४३ //
atha gaṇapatidhyānamāha bandhūkābhamityādyekena /
bandhūkābham bandhūkapuṣpasadṛśadyutim / udyadbālendumaulim
udyan yo bāla indurbālaścandraḥ sa maulau
(pṛ० ४२१) śivaṃ durgāṃ grahāṃścāpi tathā ṣoḍaśa mātṛkāḥ /
ghṛtadhārāsvapi vasūniṣṭvā kuryāt pitṛkriyām

147

tataḥ proktavidhānena maṇḍalaṃ vāsturakṣasaḥ /
nirmāya pūjayettatra vāstudaityaṃ gaṇaiḥ saha

148

tatastu sthaṇḍilaṃ kṛtvā vahniṃ saṃskṛtya pūrvavat /
dhārāhomāntamācarya vāstuhomaṃ samārabhet

149

yathāśaktyā'hutīstasmai parivāragaṇāya ca /
tathā pūjitadevebhyo dattvā karma samāpayet

150

vāstuyāge pṛthakkārye eṣa te kathitaḥ kramaḥ /
anenaiva grahāṇāñca yajño'pi vihitaḥ priye

151

grahāṇāmatra mukhyatvānnāṅgatvena prapūjanam /
saṅkalpānantaraṃ kāryaṃ vāstvarcanamiti kramaḥ

152

gaṇeśādyarcanaṃ sarvaṃ vāstuyāgavidhānavat /
grahāṇāṃ yantramantrau ca dhyānaṃ prāgeva kīrtitam

153

prasaṅgāt kathitau bhadre grahavāstukratukramau /
atha prastutakṛtyānāmucyate kūpasaṃskriyā

144

kirīṭe yasya tathābhūtam / dinakarakiraṇoddiptavastrāṅgaśobham
dinakarakiraṇavaduddiptena vasteṇāṅge śobhā yasya tathābhūtam

146

१४५ //
iṣṭvā pūjayitvā

148

१४७ //
ācarya vidhāya

149

tasmai vāstudaityāya

150

anenaiva krameṇa

154

atra grahayajñe // १५१ - १५३ //
(pṛ० ४२२) saṃkalpaṃ vidhivat kṛtvā vāstupūjanamācaret /
maṇḍale kalaśe vāpi śālagrāme yathāmati

155

tataḥ pūjyo gaṇapatirbrahmā vāṇī harī ramā /
śivo durgā grahāścāpi pūjyā dikpatayastathā

156

mātarau vasavo'ṣṭau ca tataḥ kāryā pitṛkriyā /
prādhānyaṃ varuṇasyātra sa hi pūjyo viśeṣataḥ

157

nānopahārairvaruṇamarcayitvā svaśaktitaḥ /
vidhivat saṃskṛte vahnau vāruṇaṃ homamācaret

158

pūjitebhyaśca devebhyo dattvā pratyekamāhutim /
pūrṇāhutyantakṛtyena homakarma samāpayet

159

tato dhvajapatākāsraggandhasindūracarcitam /
uktaprokṣaṇamantreṇa prokṣayet kūpamuttamam

160

tataḥ svakāmamuddiśya devamuddiśya vā naraḥ /
sarvabhūtaprīṇanāyotsṛjet kūpajalāśayam

161

kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā prārthayet sādhakāgraṇīḥ /
suprīyantāṃ sarvabhūtā nabhobhūtoyavāsinaḥ

162

utsṛṣṭaṃ sarvabhūtebhyo mayaitajjalamuttamam /
tṛpyantu sarvabhūtāni snānapānāvagāhanaiḥ

163

sāmānyaṃ sarvajīvebhyo mayā dattamidaṃ jalam /
ye ca kecidvipadyante svasvakarmavipākataḥ

154

kūpasaṃskārakramamevāha saṃkalpamityādibhiḥ

164

१५५ //
atra kūpasaṃskāre / saḥ varuṇaḥ // १५६ - १६० //
(pṛ० ४२३) tatpāpairna pralipye'haṃ saphalāstu mama kriyā /
tatastu dakṣiṇāṃ kṛtvā kṛtaśāntyādikakriyaḥ

165

brāhmaṇān bhojayet kaulān dīnānapi bubhukṣitān /
jalāśayapratiṣṭhāsu sarvatraiṣa kramaḥ śive

166

taḍāgādau ca kartavyā nāgastambhajalecarāḥ

167

mīnamaṇḍūkamakarakūrmāśca jalajantavaḥ /
kāryā dhātumayāścaite kartṛvittānusārataḥ

168

matsyau svarṇamayau kuryāt maṇḍūkāvapi hemajau /
rājatau makarau kūrmamithunaṃ tāmrarintikam

169

etairjalacaraiḥ sārdhaṃ taḍāgamapi dīrghikām /
sāgarañca samutsṛjya prārthayannāgamarcayet

166

nanu sādhakāgraṇīḥ kiṃ prārthayedityākāṅkāyāmāha
suprīyantāmityādibhiḥ // १६१ - १६५ //
taḍāgādipratiṣṭhāyāṃ yo viśeṣastamāha taḍāgādau
cetyādibhiḥ / taḍāgādau saṃskārye sati nāgastambho jalecarāśca
kartavyāḥ

167

nanu kiṃ dravyamayāḥ ke vā jalajantavaḥ kartavyā
ityapekṣāyāmāha mīnamaṇḍūketyādinā

168

nanu kiṃ dhātumayāḥ kati vā mīnādayo jalajantavo
vidhātavyā ityākāṅkṣāyāmāha matsyau svarṇamayāvityādinā

169

etairityādi / etairmīnādibhirjalacaraiḥ sārdhaṃ taḍāgaṃ
dīrghikāṃ sāgarañcāpi samutsṛjya nāgaṃ prārthayan sana arcayet

170

(pṛ० ४२४) ananto vāsukiḥ padmo mahāpadmaśca takṣakaḥ /
kulīraḥ karkaṭaḥ śaṅkhaḥ pāthasāṃ rakṣakā ime

171

ityaṣṭau nāganāmāni likhitvā'śvatthapallave /
smṛtvā praṇavagāyatryau ghaṭamadhye viniḥkṣipet

172

candrārkau sākṣiṇau kṛtvā viloḍyaikaṃ samuddharet /
tatrottiṣṭhati yo nāgastaṃ kuryāttoyarakṣakam

173

stambhamekaṃ samānīya viṃśahastamitaṃ śubham /
saralaṃ dārujaṃ tailairukṣitañca haridrayā

174

snāpayettīrthatoyena vyāhṛtyā praṇavena ca /
tatra hrīśrīkṣamāśāntisahitaṃ nāgamarcayet

170

nanu kasmin sthāne kaṃ vā nāgamabhyarcayet kiṃ vā
prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha ananta ityādinā / ime'nantādayo'ṣṭau
nāgāḥ pāthasāṃ jalānāṃ rakṣakā bhavantītyanvayaḥ

171

ityaṣṭāvityādi / ityetānyanantādīnyaṣṭau
nāganāmānyaśvatthapallave likhitvā praṇavagāyatryau smṛtvā
ghaṭamadhye viniḥkṣipet

172

candrārkāvityādi / tataścandrārkau sākṣiṇau kṛtvā
likhitanāganāmānyaśvatthapallavāni viloḍyaikaṃ
likhitanāganāmakamaśvatthapallavaṃ samuddharet / tatra yo nāga
uttiṣṭhati taṃ nāgaṃ toyarakṣakaṃ kuryāt

173

stambhamityādi / viṃśahastamitaṃ viṃśatihastaparimitaṃ
saralamavakraṃ dārujaṃ kāṣṭhasambhavaṃ tailairharidrayā
cokṣitamabhyaktaṃ śubhamekaṃ stambhaṃ samānīya vyāhṛtyā
praṇavena ca tīrthatoyena snāpayet / tatra snāpite stambhe
hrīśrīkṣamāśāntisahitaṃ nāgamarcayet

175

१७४ //
(pṛ० ४२५) nāga tvaṃ viṣṇuśayayā'si mahādevavibhūṣaṇam /
stambhamenamadhiṣṭhāya jalarakṣāṃ kuruṣva me

176

iti prārthya tato nāgastambhaṃ madhyejalāśayam /
samāropya taḍāgañca kartā kuryāt pradakṣiṇam

177

yūpaścet sthāpitaḥ pūrvaṃ tadā nāgaṃ ghaṭe'rcayan /
tajjalaṃ tatra niḥkṣipya śiṣṭaṃ karma samāpayet

178

evaṃ gṛhapratiṣṭhāyāṃ kṛtasaṃkalpako budhaḥ /
vāstvādivasupūjāntaṃ paitraṃ karma ca kūpavat

179

vidhāyā'tra viśeṣeṇa yajeddevaṃ prajāpatim /
prājāpatyañca havanaṃ kuryāt sādhakasattamaḥ

175

nāga tvamityādi / he nāga tvaṃ viṣṇuśayayā'si
mahādevavibhūṣaṇañcā'si enaṃ stambhamadhiṣṭhāya me mama
jalarakṣāṃ kuruṣva

176

itītyādi / iti nāgaṃ prārthya tato nāgastambhaṃ
madhyejalāśayaṃ jalāśayasya madhye samāropya kartā
taḍāgapradakṣiṇaṃ kuryāt / madhye jalāśayamiti pāre madhye
ṣaṣṭyā vā ityanenāvyayībhāvaḥ

177

yūpa ityādi / cedyadi yūpo nāgastambhaḥ pūrvameva sthāpito
bhavet tadā nāgaṃ ghaṭe'rcayan kartā tajjalaṃ ghaṭasambandhijalaṃ
tatra taḍāge niḥkṣipya śiṣṭamavaśeṣaṃ karma samāpayet

178

evaṃ jalāśayapratiṣṭhāvidhānamuktvā'tha
gṛhapratiṣṭhāvidhānamāha evaṃ gṛha pratiṣṭhāyāmityādibhiḥ

179

atra gṛhasaṃskāre

180

(pṛ० ४२६) gṛhaṃ pūrvoktamantreṇa prokṣya gandhādinā'rcayan /
īśānābhimukho bhūtvā prārthayedvihitāñjaliḥ

181

prajāpatipate geha puṣpamālyādibhūṣitaḥ /
asmākaṃ śubhavāsāya sarvathā sukhado bhava

182

tatastu dakṣiṇāṃ kṛtvā śāntyāśīrvādamācaret /
viprān kulīnān dīnāṃśca bhojayedātmaśaktitaḥ

183

anyārthantu pratiṣṭhā cet tadvāsāyātra yojayet /
devatrākṛtagehasya vidhānaṃ śṛṇu śailaje

184

itthaṃ saṃskṛtya bhavanaṃ śaṅkhatūryādiniḥsvanaiḥ /
devatāsannidhiṃ gatvā prārthayedvihitāñjaliḥ

185

uttiṣṭha devadeveśa bhaktānāṃ vāñchitaprada /
āgatya janmasāphalyaṃ kuru me karuṇānidhe

180

gṛhamityādi / tataḥ pūrvoktamantreṇa gṛhaṃ
prokṣyā'bhiṣicya gandhādinā gṛhamarcayan kartā īśānābhimukho
bhūtvā vihitāñjaliḥ san gṛhaṃ prārthayet

181

gṛhaṃ prati prārthanāmevāha prajāpatipate ityādyekena /
prajāpatiḥ patiryasya sa prajāpatipatiḥ tatsambodhane prajāpatipate iti

183

१८२ //
anyārthantvityādi / cedyadyanyārthaṃ gṛhasya pratiṣṭhā
vidhīyate tadā'tra gṛhapratiṣṭhāyāṃ kartavye saṃkalpe tadvāsāyeti
yojayet / he śailaje pārvati devatrākṛtagehasya
devatādhīnakṛtagṛhasya dānasya vidhānaṃ tvaṃ śṛṇu

184

devatrākṛtagehadānavidhānamevāha itthamityādibhiḥ / itthaṃ
pūrvoktavidhānena bhavanaṃ gṛhaṃ saṃskṛtya
śaṅkhatūryādiniḥsvanaiḥ saha devatāsannidhiṃ gatvā
vihitāñjaliḥ san devatāṃ prārthayet

185

yat prārthayettadāha uttiṣṭhetyādinā

186

(pṛ० ४२७) ityabhyarthya gṛhābhyarṇe devamānīya sādhakaḥ /
upasthāpya gṛhadvāri purato vāhanaṃ nyaset

187

triśūlamathavā cakraṃ vinyasya bhavanopari /
ropayenmandireśāne sapatākaṃ dhvajaṃ sudhīḥ

188

candrātapaiḥ kiṅkiṇībhiḥ puṣpasrakcūtapallavaiḥ /
śobhayitvā gṛhaṃ samyak chādayeddivyavāsasā

189

uttarābhimukhaṃ devaṃ vakṣyamāṇavidhānataḥ /
snāpayedvihitairdravyaistatkramaṃ vacmi te śṛṇu

190

ai/ hrī/ śrīmiti mantrānte mūlamantraṃ samuccaran /
dugdhena snāpayāmi tvāṃ māteva paripālaya

191

proktabījatrayasyānte tathā mūlaṃ niyojayan /
dadhnā tvāṃ snāpayāmyadya bhavatāpaharo bhava

186

itītyādi / sādhako jana ityabhyarthya gṛhābhyarṇe gṛhasamīpe
devamānīya gṛhadvāryupasthāpya ca tasya purato vāhanaṃ nyaset
sthāpayet

187

triśūlamityādi / sudhīrjano bhavanopari triśūlamathavā
cakraṃ vinyasya saṃsthāpya mandireśāne gṛheśānakoṇe
sapatākaṃ patākāsahitaṃ dhvajaṃ ropayet

189

१८८ //
tatkramam vakṣyamāṇena vidhānena vihitaiḥ
dravyairdevasnāpanasya kramam

190

tatkramamevāha ai/ hrī/ śrīmityādibhiḥ / ai/ hrī/ śrīmiti
mantrānte mūlamantraṃ samuccaran tadante ca dugdhena snāpayāmi
tvāṃ māteva paripālaya iti samuccaran kartā pūrvaṃ dugdhena
devaṃ snāpayet

191

proktetyādi / tataḥ paraṃ proktabījatrayasyānte tathaiva mūlaṃ
mantraṃ viniyojayan tadante ca dadhnā tvāṃ snāpayāmyadya
bhavatāpaharo bhava iti samuccaran kartā dadhnā devaṃ snāpayet

192

(pṛ० ४२८) punarbījatrayaṃ mūlaṃ sarvānandakareti ca /
madhunā snāpitaḥ prīto māmānandamayaṃ kuru

193

prāgvanmūlaṃ samuccārya sāvitrīṃ praṇavaṃ smaran /
devapriyeṇa haviṣā āyuḥśukreṇa tejasā /
snānaṃ te kalpayāmīśa māmarogaṃ sadā kuru

194

tadvanmūlañca gāyatrīṃ vyāhṛtiṃ samudīrayan /
deveśa śarkarātoyaiḥ snāto me yaccha vāñchitam

195

tathā mūlaṃ samuccārya gāyatrīṃ vāruṇaṃ manum /
vidhātrā nirmitairdivyaiḥ priyaiḥ snigdhairalaukikaiḥ /
nārikelodakaiḥ snānaṃ kalpayāmi namo'stu te

192

punarityādi / punaḥ ai/ hrī/ śrīmiti bījatrayaṃ samuccaran
tadante mūlaṃ mantraṃ samuccaran tadante sarvānandakareti
samuccaran tadante ca madhunā snāpitaḥ prīto māmānandamayaṃ
kuru iti samuccaran kartā madhunā devaṃ snāpayet

193

prāgvadityādi / prāgvadeva mūlaṃ mantraṃ samuccārya tataḥ
sāvitrīṃ gāyatrīṃ praṇavamoṅkāraṃ ca smaran san
devapriyeṇa haviṣā āyuḥśukreṇa tejasā /
snānante kalpayāmīśa māmarogaṃ sadā kuru //
iti smaran kartā ghṛtena devaṃ snāpayet / āyuḥśukreṇa
āyuḥśukravardhakena tejasā tejovardhakena

194

tadvadityādi / tadvadeva mūlamantraṃ gāyatrīṃ vyāhṛtiñca
samudīrayan tato deveśa śarkarātoyaiḥ snāto me yaccha vāñchitam
iti ca samudīrayan kartā śarkarātoyairdevaṃ snāpayet

196

tathetyādi / tathaiva mūlaṃ mantraṃ gāyatrīṃ vāruṇaṃ
manuṃ vamiti mantraṃ ca samuccārya tataḥ
(pṛ० ४२९) gāyatryā mūlamantreṇa snāpayedikṣujaiḥ rasaiḥ

197

kāmabījaṃ tathā tāraṃ sāvitrīṃ mūlamīrayan /
karpūrāgurukāśmīrakastūrīcandanodakaiḥ /
susnāto bhava suprīto bhuktimuktī prayaccha me

198

ityaṣṭakalaśaiḥ snānaṃ kārayitvā jagatpatim /
gṛhābhyantaramānīya sthāpayedāsanopari

199

snāpanārhā na cedarcā tadyantre vāpi tanmanau /
śālagrāmaśilāyāṃ vā snāpayitvā prapūjayet

195

vidhātrā nirmitairdivyaiḥ priyaiḥ snigdhairalaukikaiḥ /
nārikelodakaiḥ snānaṃ kalpayāmi namo'stu te //
iti samuccaran kartā nārikelajalairdevaṃ snāpayet

196

tato gāyatryā mūlamantreṇa ca ikṣujaiḥ rasairdevaṃ snāpayet

197

kāmabījamityādi / kāmabījaṃ klīmiti bījaṃ tathā
tāramoṃkāraṃ sāvitrīṃ gāyatrīṃ mūlaṃ mantraṃ
cerayannuccaran tataḥ
karpūrāgurukāśmīrakastūrīcandanodakaiḥ /
susnāto bhava suprīto bhuktimuktī prayaccha me //
iti codīrayan kartā karpūrādivāsitairjalairdevaṃ snāpayet /
kāśmīram kuṅkumam

198

itītyādi / ityanenaiva vidhānena krameṇa
cāṣṭakalasairaṣṭakalasaparimitairdugdhādibhiḥ snānaṃ kārayitvā
gṛhābhyantaramānīya ca jagatpatiṃ devamāsanopari sthāpayet

199

snāpanārhetyādi / cedyadyarcā devatāpratimā snāpanārhā
snāpanayogyā na bhavet tadā tadyantre devatāyantre tanmanau
taddevatāmantre vā śālagrāmaśilāyāṃ vā snāpayitvā devaṃ
prapūjayet

200

(pṛ० ४३०) aśaktau mūlamantreṇa snāpayecchuddhapāthasām /
aṣṭabhiḥ kalaśairyadvā pañcabhiḥ saptabhiryathā

201

ghaṭapramāṇaṃ prāgeva kathitaṃ cakrapūjane /
sarvatrāgamakṛtyeṣu sa eva vihito ghaṭaḥ

202

tato yajenmahādevaṃ svasvapūjāvidhānataḥ /
tatropacārān vakṣyāmi śṛṇu devi parātpare

203

āsanaṃ svāgataṃ pādyamarghyamācamanīyakam /
madhuparkastathācamyaṃ snānīyaṃ vastrabhūṣaṇe

204

gandhapuṣpe dhūpadīpau naivedyaṃ vandanaṃ tathā /
devārcanāsu nirdiṣṭā upacārāśca ṣoḍaśa

205

pādyamarghyañcācamanaṃ madhuparkācamau tathā /
gandhādipañcakaṃ caite upacārā daśa smṛtāḥ

206

gandhapuṣpe dhūpadīpau naivedyañcāpi kālike /
pañcopacārāḥ kathitā devatāyāḥ prapūjane

200

aśaktāvityādi / dugdhādibhiḥ devatāyāḥ snāpane'śaktau
satyāṃ mūlamantreṇa śuddhapāthasāṃ śuddhānāṃ
jalānāmaṣṭabhiḥ saptabhiḥ pañcabhirvā kalaśairyathāvaddevaṃ
snāpayet

202

२०१ //
mahādevam mahāntaṃ devam / tatra devayajane

203

upacārānevāha āsanamityādibhiḥ / nirdiṣṭāḥ kathitāḥ

205

२०४ //
upacāraprakārabhedamāha pādyetyādidvayena / spaṣṭam

207

२०६ //
(pṛ० ४३१) astreṇā'rghyāmbhasā dravyaṃ prokṣya dhenuṃ pradarśayan
/
sampūjya gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ dravyākhyānaṃ samullikhet

208

vakṣyamāṇamanuṃ smṛtvā mūlañca devatābhidhām /
sacaturthīṃ samuccārya tyāgārthaṃ vacanaṃ paṭhet

209

nivedanavidhiḥ prokto deve deyeṣu vastuṣu /
anena vidhinā vidvān dravyaṃ dadyāddivaukase

210

ādyārcanavidhau pūrvaṃ pādyārghyādinivedanam /
arpaṇaṃ kāraṇādīnāṃ sarvameva pradarśitam

211

anuktamantrā ye tatra tānevātra śṛṇu priye /
āsanādyupacārāṇāṃ pradāne viniyojayet

212

sarvabhūtāntarasthāya sarvabhūtāntarātmane /
kalpayāmyupaveśārthamāsanaṃ te namo namaḥ

212

athāsanādisamarpaṇavidhimāha astreṇetyādidvayena / astreṇa
phaḍitimantreṇārghyāmbhasā'rghyajalena dravyamāsanādikaṃ
prokṣyā'bhiṣicya tadupari dhenuṃ mudrāṃ pradarśayan sādhako
gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ dravyaṃ sampūjya dravyākhyānaṃ
dravyanāma samullikheduccārayet / vakṣyamāṇaṃ manuṃ smṛtvā
mūlaṃ mantraṃ sacaturthīṃ devatābhidhāṃ ca samuccārya
tyāgārthaṃ vacanaṃ paṭhet // २०७ - २०८ //
divaukase devāya // २०९ - २११ //
ādyārcanavidhāvanuktānmantrāneva krameṇāha
sarvabhūtāntarasthāyetyādi / he deva sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāmantare
tiṣṭhatīti sarvabhūtāntarasthastasmai sarvabhūtāntarasthāya /
sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāmantarātmane / te
tubhyamupaveśārthamāsanaṃ kalpayāmi samarpayāmi / te tubhyaṃ
namo namo'stu anena mantreṇa devāyā'sanaṃ dadyāt

213

(pṛ० ४३२) uktakrameṇa deveśi pradāyā'sanamuttamam /
kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā svāgataṃ prārthayettataḥ

214

devāḥ svābhīṣṭasiddhyarthaṃ yasya vāñchanti darśanam /
susvāgataṃ svāgataṃ me tasmai te paramātmane

215

adya me saphalaṃ janma jīvanaṃ saphalāḥ kriyāḥ /
svāgataṃ yattvayā tanme tapasāṃ phalamāgatam

216

devamāmantrya saṃprārthya svāgatapraśnamambike /
vihitaṃ pādyamādāya mantramenamudīrayet

217

yatpādajalasaṃsparśācchuddhimāpa jagattrayam /
tatpādābjaprokṣaṇārthaṃ pādyante kalpayāmyaham

213

uktetyādi / he deveśi uktakrameṇa devāyottamamāsanaṃ
pradāya tataḥ kṛtāñcalipuṭo bhūtvā devāḥ
svābhīṣṭasiddhyarthamityādivacanadvayamudīrayan amukadeva tvayā
svāgataṃ susvāgatamiti svāgataṃ bhaktyā devaṃ prārthayet

214

devā ityādi / he paramātman yasya bhavato darśanaṃ devā api
svābhīṣṭasiddhyarthaṃ vāñchanti tena tvayā me madarthaṃ
svāgataṃ susvāgatam tasmai paramātmane te tubhyaṃ namaḥ

215

adyetyādi / he deva yadyatastvayā svāgataṃ tat tato hetoradya me
mama janma jīvanañca saphalaṃ jātam / kriyā api saphalā jātāḥ / me
mama tapasāmapi phalamāgatam

216

devamityādi / he ambike devamāmantrya sambodhya
uktamantradvayamudīrayan svāgatapraśnaṃ samprārthya vihitaṃ
pādyamādāya gṛhītvā etaṃ mantramudīrayedvadet

217

yaṃ mantramudīrayettamāha yatpādajaleti / he parameśvara
yatpādajalasaṃsparśājjagattrayaṃ śuddhimāpa jagāma
tatpādābjaprokṣaṇārthaṃ te tubhyaṃ pādyamahaṃ kalpayāmi
samarpayāmi imaṃ mantramudīrya devāya pādyaṃ dadyāt

218

(pṛ० ४३३) paramānandasandoho jāyate yatprasādataḥ /
tasmai sarvātmabhūtāya ānandārghyaṃ samarpaye

219

jātīlavaṅgakakkolairjalaṃ kevalameva vā /
prokṣitārcitamādāya mantreṇā'nena cārpayet

220

yaducchiṣṭamupaspṛṣṭaṃ śuddhimetyakhilaṃ jagat /
tasmai mukhāravindāya ācāmaṃ kalpayāmi te

221

madhuparkaṃ samādāya bhaktyā'nena samarpayet

222

tāpatrayavināśārthamakhaṇḍānandahetave /
madhuparkaṃ dadāmyadya prasīda parameśvara

223

aśuciḥ śucitāmeti yatspṛṣṭasparśamātrataḥ /
tasmiṃste vadanāmbhoje punarācamanīyakam

218

paramānandasandoha ityādi / paramānandasandohaḥ
paramānandasamūhaḥ / anena mantreṇa devāyā'rghyaṃ dadyāt

219

jātītyādi / prokṣitamarcitaṃ ca jātīlavaṅgakakkolairvāsitaṃ
jalaṃ kevalameva vā jalamādāyā'nena vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa
devāya arpayet

220

tameva mantramāha yaducchiṣṭamiti / eti prāpnoti / anena
mantreṇā'camanīyaṃ devatāmukhe dadyāt

221

tato bhaktyā madhuparkaṃ samādāyā'nena vakṣyamāṇena
mantreṇa devāya samarpayet

222

tameva mantramāha tāpatrayavināśārthamiti

223

tataḥ aśuciḥ śucitāmetītyādinā mantreṇa punardevatāmukhe
ācamanīyaṃ dadyāt

224

(pṛ० ४३४) snānārthaṃ jalamādāya prāgvat prokṣitamarcitam /
nidhāya devapurato mantramenamudīrayet

225

yattejasā jagadvyāptaṃ yato jātamidaṃ jagat /
tasmai te jagadādhāra snānārthaṃ toyamarpaye

226

snāne vastre ca naivedye dadyādācamanīyakam /
anyadravyapradānānte dadyāttoyaṃ sakṛt sakṛt

227

vastramānīya devāgre śodhitaṃ pūrvavartmanā /
dhṛtvā karābhyāmuttolya paṭhedenaṃ manuṃ sudhīḥ

228

sarvāvaraṇahīnāya māyāpracchannatejase /
vāsasī paridhānāya kalpayāmi namo'stu te

229

nānābharaṇamādāya svarṇaraupyādinirmitam /
prokṣyā'rcayitvā devāya dadyādenaṃ samuccaran

230

viśvābharaṇabhūtāya viśvaśobhaikayonaye /
māyāvigrahabhūṣārthaṃ bhūṣaṇāni samarpaye

224

snānārthamityādi / tataḥ prāgvat prokṣitamarcitaṃ ca
snānārthaṃ jalamādāya devapurato nidhāya saṃsthāpya cainaṃ
mantramudīrayet

228

yaṃ mantramudīrayettamāha yattejasā jagadvyāptamiti / anena
mantreṇa devāya snānārthaṃ jalaṃ dadyāt // २२५ - २२७ //
yaṃ manuṃ paṭhet tamāha sarvāvaraṇahīnāyeti / anena
mantreṇa devāya vastre dadyāt

230

२२९ //
yaṃ mantraṃ samuccaran devāya bhūṣaṇāni dadyāt tameva
mantramāha viśvābharaṇa bhūtāyeti

231

(pṛ० ४३५) gandhatanmātrayā sṛṣṭā yena gandhadharā dharā /
tasmai parātmane tubhyaṃ paramaṃ gandhamarpaye

232

puṣpaṃ manoharaṃ ramyaṃ sugandhaṃ devanirmitam /
mayā niveditaṃ bhaktyā puṣpametat pragṛhyatām

233

vanaspatiraso divyo gandhāḍhyaḥ sumanoharaḥ /
āghreyaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ dhūpo ghrāṇāya te'rpyate

234

suprakāśo mahādīptaḥ sarvatastimirāpahaḥ /
sabāhyābhyantarajyotirdīpo'yaṃ pratigṛhyatām

235

naivedyaṃ svādusaṃyuktaṃ nānābhakṣyasamanvitam /
nivedayāmi bhaktyedaṃ juṣāṇa parameśvara

236

pānārthaṃ salilaṃ deva karpūrādisuvāsitam /
sarvatṛptikaraṃ svacchamarpayāmi namo'stu te

237

tataḥ karpūrakhadiralavaṅgailādibhiryutam /
tāmbūlaṃ punarācamyaṃ dattvā vandanamācaret

231

gandhatanmātrayeti / dharā pṛthvī / anena mantreṇa devāya
gandhaṃ dadyāt

232

puṣpamityādinā mantreṇa devāya puṣpaṃ dadyāt

233

vanaspatirasa ityādi / vanaspatirasaḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣarasaḥ / anena
mantreṇa devāya dhūpaṃ dadyāt

234

suprakāśa ityādimantreṇa devāya dīpaṃ dadyāt

235

naivedyamityādinā devāya naivedyaṃ dadyāt

238

(pṛ० ४३६) upacārādhāradāne sādhāraṃ dravyamullikhet /
dadyādvā pṛthagādhāraṃ tattannāma samuccaran

239

itthamarcitadevāya dattvā puṣpāñjalitrayam /
sācchādanaṃ gṛhaṃ prokṣya paṭhedenaṃ kṛtāñjaliḥ

240

geha tvaṃ sarvalokānāṃ pūjyaḥ puṇyayaśaḥpradaḥ /
devatāsthitidāneṣu sumerusadṛśo bhava

241

tvaṃ kailāsaśca vaikuṇṭhastvaṃ brahmabhavanaṃ gṛha /
yat tvayā vidhṛto devastasmāt tvaṃ suravanditaḥ

242

yasya kukṣau jagat sarvaṃ varīvarti carācaram /
māyavidhṛtadehasya tasya mūrtervidhāraṇāt

243

devamātṛsamastvaṃ hi sarvatīrthamayastathā /
sarvakāmaprado bhūtvā śāntiṃ me kuru te namaḥ

244

ityabhyarthya trirabhyarcya gṛhaṃ cakrādisaṃyutam /
ātmanaḥ kāmamuddiśya dadyāddevāya sādhakaḥ

240

pānārthaṃ salilamityādinā karpūrādisuvāsitaṃ pānārthaṃ
jalaṃ devāya dadyāt // २३६ - २३९ //
enaṃ kaṃ paṭedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha geha tvamityādi

242

२४१ //
kukṣau udare

244

२४३ //
itītyādi / iti gṛhamabhyarthya tristrivāramabhyarcya ca
sādhakaścakrādi saṃyutaṃ gṛhamātmanaḥ kāmamuddiśya devāya
dadyāt

245

(pṛ० ४३७) viśvāvāsāya viśvāya gṛhaṃ te viniveditam /
aṅgīkuru maheśāna kṛpayā sannidhīyatām

246

ityuktvā'rpitagehāya devāya dattadakṣiṇaḥ /
śaṅkhatūryādighoṣaistaṃ sthāpayedvedikopari

247

spṛṣṭvā devapadadvandvaṃ mūlamantraṃ samuccaran /
sthā/ sthī/ sthiro bhavetyuktvā vāsaste kalpito mayā /
iti devaṃ sthirīkṛtya bhavanaṃ prārthayet punaḥ

248

gṛha devanivāsāya sarvathā prītido bhava /
utsṛṣṭe tvayi me lokāḥ sthirāḥ santu nirāmayāḥ

249

dvisaptātītapuruṣān dvisaptānāgatānapi /
māṃ ca me parivārāṃśca devadhāmni nivāsaya

250

yajanāt sarvayajñānāṃ sarvatīrthaniṣevaṇāt /
yatphalaṃ tatphalaṃ me'dya jāyatāṃ tvatprasādataḥ

245

viśvetyādi / viśvāvāsāya viśvamāvāso gṛhaṃ yasya sa
viśvāsaḥ tasmai

246

itītyādi / iti prārthanāvākyaṃ devaṃ pratyuktvā arpitaṃ
dattaṃ gehaṃ yasmai so'rpitagehaḥ tasmai arpitagehāya devāya
dattadakṣiṇaḥ san sādhakaḥ śaṅkhatūryādi ghoṣaistaṃ devaṃ
vedikopari sthāpayet

247

spṛṣṭvetyādi / tato devapadadvandvaṃ spṛṣṭvā pūrvaṃ
mūlaṃ mantraṃ samuccaran tataḥ sthā/ sthī/ sthiro bhava ityuktvā
vāsaste kalpito mayeti samuccaret / ityanena mūlamantrasaṃyutena sthī/
sthā/ sthiro bhava vāsaste kalpito mayeti mantreṇa devaṃ sthirīkṛtya
punarbhavanaṃ gṛhaṃ prārthayet

251

nanu bhavanaṃ prati kiṃ prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha gṛha
devanivāsāyetyādinā / utsṛṣṭe datte / nirāmayāḥ upadravaśūnyāḥ
// २४८ - २५० //
(pṛ० ४३८) yāvat vasundharā tiṣṭhet yāvadete dharādharāḥ /
yāvaddivāniśānāthau tāvanme vartatāṃ kulam

252

iti prārthya gṛhaṃ prājñaḥ punardevaṃ samarcayan /
darpaṇādyanyavastūni dhvajaṃ cāpi nivedayet

253

tatastu vāhanaṃ dadyāt yasmin deve yathoditam /
śivāya vṛṣabhaṃ dattvā prārthayedvihitāñjaliḥ

254

vṛṣabha tvaṃ mahākāyastīkṣṇaśṛṅgo'righātakaḥ /
pṛṣṭhe vahasi deveśaṃ pūjyo'si tridaśairapi

255

kṣureṣu sarvatīrthāni romni vedāḥ sanātanāḥ /
nigamāgamatantrāṇi daśanāgre vasanti te

256

tvayi datte mahābhāga suprītaḥ pārvatīpatiḥ /
vāsaṃ dadātu kailāse tvaṃ māṃ pālaya sarvadā

257

siṃhaṃ dattvā mahādevyai garuḍaṃ viṣṇave tathā /
yathā stūyānmaheśāni tanme nigadataḥ śṛṇu

258

surāsuraniyuddheṣu mahābalaparākramaḥ /
devānāṃ jayado bhīmo danujānāṃ vināśakṛt

254

dharādharāḥ parvatāḥ // २५१ - २५३ //
nanu vṛṣabhaṃ prati kiṃ prārthayedityākāṃkṣāyāmāha
vṛṣabha tvamityādi

255

daśanāgre dantāgre

256

suprītaḥ bhavatu iti śeṣaḥ

259

२५७ //
(pṛ० ४३९) sadā devīpriyo'si tvaṃ brahmaviṣṇuśivapriyaḥ /
devyai samarpito bhaktyā jahi śatrūnnamo'stu te

260

garutman patagaśreṣṭha śrīpatiprītidāyaka /
vajracañco tīkṣṇanakha tava pakṣā hiraṇmayā /
namaste'stu khagendrāya pakṣirāja namo'stu te

261

yathā karapuṭena tvaṃ saṃsthito viṣṇusannidhau /
tathā māmaridarpaghna viṣṇoragre nivāsaya

262

tvayi prīte jagannāthaḥ prītaḥ siddhiṃ prayacchati

263

devāya dattadravyāṇāṃ dadyāddevāya dakṣiṇām /
tathā karmaphalañcāpi bhaktyā tasmai samarpayet /
nṛtyairgītaiśca vāditraiḥ sāmātyaḥ sahabāndhavaḥ

264

veśmapradakṣiṇaṃ kṛtvā devaṃ natvā'śayeddvijān

265

devāgārapratiṣṭhāyāṃ ya eṣa kathitaḥ kramaḥ /
ārāmasetusaṃkrāmaśākhināmīrito'pi saḥ

266

viśeṣeṇā'tra kṛtyeṣu pūjyo viṣṇuḥ sanātanaḥ /
pūjāhomau tathā sarvaṃ gṛhadānavidhānavat

258

siṃhastutimeva vidadhāti surāsuretyādibhyāṃ dvābhyām

263

२५९ //
atha garuḍastutiṃ vidadhāti garutmannityādibhistribhiḥ /
garutman garuḍa / patagaśreṣṭha pakṣiśreṣṭha // २६० - २६२ //
tasmai devāya

267

(pṛ० ४४०) apratiṣṭhitadevāya naiva dadyāt gṛhādikam /
arcyā'pratiṣṭhite deve pūjādānaṃ vidhīyate

268

atha tatra śrīmadādyāpratiṣṭhākrama ucyate /
yena pratiṣṭhitā devī tūrṇaṃ yacchati vāñchitam

269

taddine sādhakaḥ prātaḥ snātaḥ śucirudaṅmukhaḥ /
saṃkalpaṃ vidhivat kṛtvā yajedvāstvīśvaraṃ tataḥ

270

grahadikpatiherambādyarcanaṃ pitṛkarma ca /
vidhāya sādhakairvipraiḥ pratimāsannidhiṃ vrajet

271

pratiṣṭhitagṛhe yadvā kutracit śobhanasthale /
ānīyā'rcāmarcayitvā snāpayet sādhakottamaḥ

272

bhasmanā prathamaṃ snānaṃ tato valmīkamṛtsnayā /
varāhadantidantotthamṛttikābhistataḥ param /
veśyādvāramṛdā cāpi pradyumnahṛdajātayā

273

tataḥ pañcakaṣāyeṇa pañcapuṣpaistripatrakaiḥ /
kārayitvā gandhatailaiḥ snāpayet pratimāṃ sudhīḥ

269

āśayet bhojayet // २६४ - २६८ //
śrīmadādyāpratiṣṭhākramamevāha taddine sādhaka
ityādibhiḥ / taddine śrīmadādyāpratiṣṭhādine

270

herambo gaṇeśaḥ

271

pratiṣṭhitetyādi / tataḥ sādhakottamaḥ pratiṣṭhitagṛhe
kutracicchobhanasthāne vā arcāṃ pratimāmānīyā'rcayitvā ca
snāpayet

272

nanu kena dravyeṇa pratimāṃ snāpayedityapekṣāyāmāha
bhasmanetyādi

274

२७३ //
(pṛ० ४४१) vāṭyālabadarījambuvakulāḥ śālmalistathā /
ete nigaditāḥ snāne kaṣāyāḥ pañca bhūruhāḥ

275

karavīraṃ tathā jātīcampakaṃ sarasīruham /
pāṭalīkusumañcāpi pañcapuṣpaṃ prakīrtitam

276

varvarātulasībilvaṃ patratrayamudāhṛtam

277

eteṣu proktadravyeṣu jalayogo vidhīyate /
pañcāmṛte gandhataile toyayogaṃ vivarjayet

278

savyāhṛtiṃ sapraṇavāṃ gāyatrīṃ mūlamuccaran /
etaddravyasya toyena snāpayāmi namo vadet

279

tataḥ prāguktavidhinā dugdhādyairaṣṭabhirghaṭaiḥ /
kavoṣṇasalilaiścāpi snāpayet pratimāṃ budhaḥ

280

sitagodhūmacūrṇena tilakalkena vā śivām /
śālītaṇḍulacūrṇena mārjayitvā virukṣayet

277

nanu kaiḥ pañcakaṣāyaiḥ kaiḥ pañcapuṣpaistripatrakaiśca
kaiḥ pratimāṃ snāpayedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha vāṭyāletyādi // २७४
- २७६ //
nanu kevalairbhasmādibhiḥ pratimāṃ snāpayejjalasaṃyuktairvā
ityapekṣāyāmāha eteṣvityādinā

278

nanu kena mantreṇa bhasmādibhiḥ pratimāṃ
snāpayedityapekṣāyāmāha savyāhṛtimityādinā / pūrvaṃ
savyāhṛtiṃ sapraṇavāṃ gāyatrīmuccaran tato mūlaṃ
mantramuccaran tata etaddravyasya toyena snāpayāmi nama iti vadet /
anenaiva mantreṇa jalasaṃyuktaiḥ bhasmādibhiḥ pratimāṃ snāpayet

281

(pṛ० ४४२) tīrthāmbhasāmaṣṭaghaṭaiḥ snāpayitvā suvāsasā /
sammārjitāṅgīṃ pratimāṃ pūjāsthānaṃ samānayet

282

aśaktau śuddhatoyānāṃ pañcaviṃśatisaṃkhyakaiḥ /
kalaśaiḥ snāpayedarcāṃ bhaktyā sādhakasattamaḥ

283

snāne snāne mahādevyāḥ śaktyā pūjanamācaret /
tato niveśya pratimāmāsane supariṣkṛte /
pādyārghyādyairarcayitvā prārthayedvihitāñjaliḥ

285

namaste pratime tubhyaṃ viśvakarmavinirmite /
namaste devatāvāse bhaktābhīṣṭaprade namaḥ

286

tvayi sampūjayāmyādyāṃ parameśīṃ parātparām /
śilpadoṣāvaśiṣṭāṅgaṃ sampannaṃ kuru te namaḥ

287

tatastatpratimāmūrdhni pāṇiṃ vinyasya vāgyataḥ /
aṣṭottaraśataṃ mūlaṃ japtvā gātrāṇi saṃspṛśet

288

ṣaḍaṅgamātṛkānyāsaṃ pratimāṅge pravinyasan /
ṣaḍdīrghabhājā mūlena ṣaḍaṅganyāsamācaret

288

kavoṣṇasalilaiḥ īṣaduṣṇairjalaiḥ // २७९ - २८१ //
arcāṃ pratimām // २८२ - २८४ //
nanu pratimāṃ prati kiṃ prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha namaste
pratime tubhyamityādi // २८५ - २८७ //
ṣaḍaṅgetyādi / tataḥ pūrvavidhinā pratimāṅge
ṣaḍaṅgamātṛkānyāsaṃ pravinyasan sādhakaḥ ṣaḍdīrghabhājā
mūlena mantreṇāpi pratimāṅge ṣaḍaṅganyāsamācaret kuryāt

289

(pṛ० ४४३) tāramāyāramādyaiśca namo'ntairbindusaṃyutaiḥ /
aṣṭavargairdevatāṅge varṇanyāsaṃ prakalpayet

290

mukhe svarān kavargañca kaṇṭhadeśe nyaset budhaḥ /
cavargamudare dakṣabāhau ṭādyakṣarāṇi ca

291

tavargañca vāmabāhau dakṣavāmoruyugmayoḥ /
pavargañca yavargañca śavargaṃ mastake nyaset

292

varṇanyāsaṃ vidhāyetthaṃ tattvanyāsaṃ samācaret

293

pādayoḥ pṛthivītattvaṃ toyatattvañca liṅgake /
tejastattvaṃ nābhideśe vāyutattvaṃ hṛdambuje

294

āsye gaganatattvañca cakṣuṣo rūpatattvakam /
ghrāṇayorgandhatattvañca śabdatattvaṃ śrutidvaye

295

jihvāyāṃ rasatattvañca sparśatattvaṃ tvaci nyaset /
manastattvaṃ bhruvormadhye sahasradalapaṅkaje

296

śivatattvaṃ jñānatattvaṃ paratattvaṃ tathorasi /
jīvaprakṛtitattve ca vinyaset sādhakāgraṇīḥ /
mahattattvamahaṅkāratattvaṃ sarvāṅgake kramāt

289

tāretyādi / tataḥ tāramāyāramādyairoṅkārahrī/
śrīmādyairnamo'ntairbindusaṃyutairanusvārasahitairaṣṭavargairde-
vatāṅge varṇanyāsaṃ prakalpayet kuryāt

290

nanu kasmin kasmin devatāṅge kaṃ kaṃ vargaṃ
nyasedityākāṃkṣāyāmāha mukhe svarānityādi

297

२९१ //
nanu kasmin kasmin devatāṅge kiṃ kiṃ tattvaṃ
nyasedityapekṣāyāmāha pādayoḥ pṛthivītattvamityādi // २९२ - २९६ //
(pṛ० ४४४) tāramāyāmādyena ṅe namo'ntena vinyaset

298

sabindumātṛkāvarṇapuṭitaṃ mūlamuccaran /
namo'ntaṃ mātṛkāsthāne mantranyāsaṃ prayojayet

299

sarvayajñamayaṃ tejaḥ sarvabhūtamayaṃ vapuḥ /
iyaṃ te kalpitā mūrtiratra tvāṃ sthāpayāmyaham

300

tataḥ pūjāvidhānena dhyānamāvāhanādikam /
prāṇapratiṣṭhāṃ sampādya pūjayet paradevatām

301

devagehapradāne tu ye ye mantrāḥ samīritāḥ /
ta evātra prayoktavyā mantraliṅgena pūjane

302

vidhivat saṃskṛte vahnāvarcitebhyo'rpitāhutiḥ /
āvāhya devīṃ sampūjya jātakarmāṇi sādhayet

303

jātanāmnī niṣkramaṇamannaprāśanameva ca /
cūḍopanayanaṃ caite ṣaṭsaṃskārāḥ śivoditāḥ

304

praṇavaṃ vyāhṛtiṃ caiva gāyatrīṃ mūlamantrakam /
sāmantraṇābhidhānaṃ te jātakarmādi nāma ca

297

nanu kena mantreṇa pṛthivītattvādikaṃ pādādau
nyasedityapekṣāyāmāha tāretyādi / tāramāyāramādyena o/ hrī/
śrīmādinā ṅe namo'ntena pṛthivītattvādinā mantreṇa
pṛthivītattvādikaṃ pādādau vinyaset

298

sabindvityādi / tataḥ sabindumātṛkāvarṇapuṭitaṃ
sānusvārairmātṛkāvarṇairādāvante ca saṃyuktaṃ namo'ntaṃ
mūlaṃ mantramuccaran san mātṛkāsthāne mantranyāsaṃ prayojayet
vidadhyāt

305

tataḥ sarvayajñamayaṃ teja ityādinā devīṃ prārthayet / vapuḥ
taveti śeṣaḥ // २९९ - ३०३ //
(pṛ० ४४५) sampādayāmyagnikāntāṃ samuccārya vidhānavit /
pañcapañcāhutīrdadyāt pratisaṃskārakarmaṇi

306

dattanāmnā'hutiśataṃ mūloccāraṇapūrvakam /
devyai dattvā'huteraṃśaṃ pratimāmūrdhni niḥkṣipet

307

prāyaścittādibhiḥ śeṣaṃ karma sampādayan sudhīḥ /
bhojayet sādhakān viprān dīnānāthāṃśca toṣayet

308

uktakarmasvaśaktaścet pāthasāṃ saptabhirghaṭaiḥ /
snāpayitvā'rcayan śaktyā śrāvayennāma devatām

309

iti te śrīmadādyāyāḥ pratiṣṭhā kathitā priye /
evaṃ durgādividyānāṃ maheśādidivaukasām

310

calataḥ śivaliṅgasya pratiṣṭhāyāmayaṃ vidhiḥ /
prayoktavyo vidhānajñairmantranāmohapūrvakam

1

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
ādyākālīpratiṣṭhānuṣṭhāne
vāstugrahayāgajalāśayādipratiṣṭhādevagṛhadānādisarvadevapratiṣ
ṭhākathanaṃ nāma trayodaśollāsaḥ /
nanu kena mantreṇa devyā jātakarmādi
sādhayedityapekṣāyāmāha praṇavamityādi / pūrvam
praṇavamoṅkāraṃ tato vyāhṛtiṃ bhūrādiṃ tato gāyatrīṃ tato
mūlamantraṃ tataḥ sāmantraṇābhidhānam
āmantraṇasahitadevīnāma tataste iti padaṃ tato jātakarmādināma
tataḥ sampādayāmīti padaṃ tato'gnikāntāṃ svāheti padaṃ
samuccārya vidhānavit sādhako devyā jātakarmāṇi sādhayediti
pūrveṇānvayo vidheyaḥ // ३०४ - ३३१० //
iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ trayodaśollāsaḥ /
caturdaśollāsaḥ
śrīdevyuvāca /
ādyaśakteranuṣṭhānāt kṛpayā bhūrisādhanam /
kathitaṃ me kṛpānātha tṛptā'smi tava bhāvataḥ

2

sacalasyeśaliṅgasya pratiṣṭhāvidhirīritaḥ /
acalasya pratiṣṭhāyāṃ kiṃ phalaṃ vidhireva kaḥ

3

kathyatāṃ jagatāṃ nātha saviśeṣeṇa sāmpratam /
idaṃ hi paramaṃ tattvaṃ praṣṭuṃ vada vṛṇomi kam

4

tvattaḥ ko vāsti sarvajño dayāluḥ sarvavidvibhuḥ /
āśutoṣo dīnanātho mamā'nandavibardhanaḥ

1

o/ namo brahmaṇe /
evaṃ sakaladevatānāṃ sacalasya śivaliṅgasyāpi pratiṣṭhāyā
vidhiṃ phalañca śrutvedānīmacalasya śivaliṅgasya pratiṣṭhāyāḥ
phalaṃ vidhiṃ ca śrotumicchantī śrīdevyuvāca ādyaśakterityādi /
bhāvataḥ prītitaḥ

3

२ //
paramakāruṇikamāśutoṣaṃ sarvajñamaparaṃ kañcit pṛccha
māṃ kiṃ punaḥ punaḥ pṛcchasi tatrāha idaṃ hi paramaṃ
tattvamityādi

4

sarvavit sarvavicārakaḥ

5

(pṛ० ४४७) śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
śivaliṅgasthāpanasya māhātmyaṃ kiṃ bravīmi te /
yatsthāpanānmahāpāpairmukto yāti paraṃ padam

6

svarṇapūrṇamahīdānādvājimedhāyutārjanāt /
nistoye toyakaraṇāt dīnārtaparitoṣaṇāt

7

yat phalaṃ labhate martyastasmāt koṭiguṇaṃ phalam /
śivaliṅgapratiṣṭhāyāṃ labhate nātra saṃśayaḥ

8

liṅgarūpī mahādevo yatra tiṣṭhati kālike /
tatra brahmā ca viṣṇuśca sendrāstiṣṭhanti devatāḥ

9

sārdhatrikoṭitīrthāni dṛṣṭādṛṣṭāni yāni ca /
puṇyakṣetrāṇi sarvāṇi vartante śivasannidhau

10

liṅgarūpadharaṃ śambhuṃ parito digvidikṣu ca /
śatahastapramāṇena śivakṣetraṃ prakīrtitam

11

īśakṣetraṃ mahāpuṇyaṃ sarvatīrthottamottamam /
yatrā'marā virājante sarvatīrthāni sarvadā

12

kṣaṇamātraṃ śivakṣetre yo vasedbhāvatatparaḥ /
sa sarvapāpanirmukto yātyante śaṅkarālayam

13

prathamataḥ śivaliṅgapratiṣṭhāyāḥ phalaṃ śrīsadāśiva
uvāca śivaliṅgasthāpanasyetyādibhiḥ // ५ - ९ //
paritaḥ savartaḥ // १० - १२ //
(pṛ० ४४८) atra yat kriyate karma svalpaṃ vā bahulaṃ tathā /
prabhāvāddhūrjaṭestattatkoṭikoṭiguṇaṃ bhavet

14

yatra tatra kṛtāt pāpānmucyate śivasannidhau /
śaivakṣetre kṛtaṃ pāpaṃ vajralepasamaṃ priye

15

puraścaryāṃ japaṃ dānaṃ śrāddhaṃ tarpaṇameva ca /
yat karoti śivakṣetre tadanantāya kalpate

16

puraścaryāśataṃ kṛtvā grahe śaśidineśayoḥ /
yat phalaṃ tadavāpnoti sakṛjjaptvā śivāntike

17

gayāgaṅgāprayāgeṣu koṭipiṇḍaprado naraḥ /
yat prāpnoti tadatraiva sakṛt piṇḍapradānataḥ

18

atipātakino ye ca mahāpātakinaśca ye /
śaivatīrthe kṛtaśrādhāste'pi yānti parāṃ gatim

19

liṅgarūpī jagannātho vedyāṃ śrīdurgayā saha /
yatrāsti tatra tiṣṭhanti bhuvanāni caturdaśa

20

sthāpiteśasya māhātmyaṃ kiñcidetat prakāśitam /
anādibhūtabhūteśamahimā vāgagocaraḥ

21

mahāpīṭhe tavā'rcāyāmaspṛśyasparśadūṣaṇam /
vidyate vidyate naitalliṅgarūpadhare hare

16

atra śivakṣetre / dhūrjaṭeḥ śivasya // १३ - १५ //
grahe grahaṇe

22

१७ //
(pṛ० ४४९) yathā cakrārcane devi ko'pi doṣo na vidyate /
śivakṣetre mahatīrthe tathā jānīhi kālike

23

bahunātra kimuktena tavāgre satyamucyate /
prabhāvaḥ śivaliṅgasya mayā vaktuṃ na śakyate

24

ayuktavedikaṃ liṅgaṃ yuktaṃ vedikayā'pi vā /
sādhakaḥ pūjayedbhaktyā svābhīṣṭaphalasiddhaye

25

pratiṣṭhāpūrvasāyāhne devatāṃ yo'dhivāsayet /
so'śvamedhāyutaphalaṃ labhate sādhakottamaḥ

26

mahī gandhaḥ śilā dhānyaṃ dūrvā puṣpaṃ phalaṃ dadhi /
ghṛtaṃ svastikasindūraṃ śaṅkhakajjalarocanāḥ

27

siddhārthaṃ kāñcanaṃ raupyaṃ tāmraṃ dīpaśca darpaṇam /
adhivāsavidhau viṃśaddravyāṇyetāni yojayet

28

pratyekaṃ dravyamādāya māyayā brahmavidyayā /
anenā'muṣyapadataḥ śubhamastvadhivāsanam

25

kṛtaṃ śrāddhaṃ yeṣāṃ te kṛtaśrāddhāḥ // १८ - २४ //
athācalasya śivaliṅgasya pratiṣṭhāyā vidhimāha
pratiṣṭhāpūrvasāyāhne ityādibhiḥ

26

nanu kena kena vastunā
devatāmadhivāsayedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha mahītyādi siddhārthaḥ
dhavalasarṣapaḥ

29

२७ //
nanu kena vidhinā devatāmadhivāsayedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha
pratyekamityādi / pratyekamahyādidravyamādāya gṛhītvā māyayā
hrī/ bījena viśiṣṭayā brahmavidyayā
(pṛ० ४५०) iti spṛśet sādhyabhālaṃ mahyādyaiḥ sarvavastubhiḥ /
tataḥ praśastipātreṇa tridhaivamadhivāsayet

30

anena vidhinā devamdhivāsya vidhānavit /
gṛhadānavidhānena dugdhādyaiḥ snāpayettataḥ

31

sammārjya vāsasā liṅgaṃ sthāpayitvā'sanopari /
pūjānuṣṭhānavidhinā gaṇeśādīn samarcayet

32

praṇavena karanyāsau prāṇāyāmaṃ vidhāya ca /
dhyāyet sadāśivaṃ śāntaṃ candrakoṭisamaprabham

33

vyāghracarmaparīdhānaṃ nāgayajñopavītinam /
vibhūtiliptasarvāṅgaṃ nāgālaṅkārabhūṣitam

34

dhūmrapītāruṇaśvetaraktaiḥ pañcabhirānanaiḥ /
yuktaṃ trinayanaṃ bibhrajjaṭājūṭadharaṃ vibhum

35

gaṅgādharaṃ daśabhujaṃ śaśiśobhitamastakam /
kapālaṃ pāvakaṃ pāśaṃ pinākaṃ paraśuṃ karaiḥ

36

vāmairdadhānaṃ dakṣaiśca śūlaṃ vajrāṅkuśaṃ śaram /
varañca bibhrataṃ sarvairdevairmunivaraiḥ stutam

36

gāyatryā saṃyuktena anena dravyeṇā amuṣya daivatasya
śubhamadhivāsanamastu iti mantreṇa mahyādyaiḥ sarvavastubhiḥ
sādhyasya devasya bhālaṃ spṛśet / tataḥparaṃ praśastipātreṇa
tridhā trivāramevaṃ vidhinā devamadhivāsayet // २८ - ३२ //
bibhrat vibhratam / supāṃ suluk ityamo luk // ३३ - ३५ //
vibhrataṃ dadhatam

37

(pṛ० ४५१) paramānandasandohollasatkuṭilalocanam /
himakundendusaṅkāśaṃ vṛṣāsanavirājitam

38

paritaḥ siddhagandharvairapsarobhiraharniśam /
gīyamānamumākāntamekāntaśaraṇapriyam

39

iti dhyātvā maheśānaṃ mānasairupacārakaiḥ /
saṃpūjyā'vāhya talliṅge yajecchaktyā vidhānataḥ

40

āsanādyupacārāṇāṃ dāne mantrāḥ puroditāḥ /
mūlamatra manuṃ vakṣye maheśasya mahātmanaḥ

41

māyā tāraḥ śabdabījaṃ sandhyarṇāntākṣarānvitam /
ardhendubindubhūṣāḍhyaṃ śivabījaṃ prakīrtitam

42

sugandhipuṣpamālyena vāsasā'cchādya śaṅkaram /
niveśya divyaśayayāyāṃ devīmevaṃ viśodhayet

43

vedyāṃ prapūjayeddevīmevameva vidhānataḥ /
māyayā'tra karanyāsau prāṇāyāmaṃ samācaret

41

paramānandasandohollasatkuṭilalocanam
paramānandasandohenollasanti kuṭilāni ca locanāni yasya tathābhūtam
/ sandohaḥ samūhaḥ // ३७ - ४० //
maheśasya mūlamantramevāha māyetyādinā / pūrvaṃ
māyā hrī/ bījamucyeta tatastāraḥ praṇavo vācyaḥ / tataḥ
sandhyarṇāntākṣarānvitaṃ sandhyakṣarāntākṣarasaṃyuktam
ardhendubindubhūṣāḍhyañca śabdabījaṃ hakārarūpamakṣaraṃ
vācyam / sakalapadayojanayā hrī/ o/ hrau/ iti śivabījaṃ prakīrtitam

43

४२ //
māyayā hrī/ bījena

44

(pṛ० ४५२) udyadbhānusahasrakāntimamalāṃ vahnyarkacandrekṣaṇām
muktāyantritahemakuṇḍalalasatsmerānanāmbhoruhām /
hastābjairabhayaṃ varañca dadhatīṃ cakraṃ tathābjaṃ dadhat
pīnottuṅgapayodharāṃ bhayaharāṃ pītāmbarāṃ cintaye

45

iti dhyātvā mahādevīṃ pūjayennijaśaktitaḥ /
tatastu daśa dikpālān vṛṣabhañca samarcayet

46

bhagavatyā manuṃ vakṣye yenā'rādhyā jaganmayī

47

māyāṃ lakṣmīṃ samuccārya thāntaṃ ṣaṣṭhasvarānvitam /
binduyuktaṃ tadante ca yojayedvahnivallabhām

48

atha mahādevyā dhyānamevāhaikena udyadbhānvityādinā /
mahādevīmahaṃ cintaye / kathambhūtāṃ mahādevīm
udyadbhānusahasrakāntim udyatāṃ bhānūnāṃ sūryāṇāṃ
sahasrasyeva kāntirdīptiryasyāḥ tathābhūtām / punaḥ kīdṛśīm
amalāṃ nirmalām / punaḥ kīdṛśīm vahnyarkacandrekṣaṇām
vahnyarkacandrāḥ īkṣaṇāni locanāni yasyāstathābhūtām / punaḥ
kīdṛśīm muktāyantritahemakuṇḍalalasatsmerānanāmbhoruhām
muktābhiryantritābhyāṃ sambaddhābhyāṃ hemakuṇḍalābhyāṃ
lasaddīpyamānaṃ smeramīṣaddhasanaśīlam ānanāmbhoruhaṃ
mukhapadmaṃ yasyāḥ tathābhūtām / punaḥ kīdṛśīm hastābjaiḥ
pāṇikamalaiḥ abhayaṃ varaṃ cakraṃ tathā sugandhādikaṃ
dadhadabjaṃ kamalaṃ ca dadhatīm / punaḥ kīdṛśīm
pīnottuṅgapayodharām pīnau mahāntāvuttuṅgāvunnatau payodharau
stanau yasyāstathābhūtām / punaḥ kīdṛśīm bhayaharām
bhayahantrīm / punaḥ kīdṛśīm pītāmbarām pītamambaraṃ vastraṃ
yasyāstathābhūtām // ४४ - ४६ //
bhagavatyā mantramevāha māyāmityādinā / māyāṃ hrī/
bījaṃ lakṣmīṃ śrī/ bījaṃ ca samuccārya tataḥ ṣaṣṭhasvarānvitaṃ
binduyuktaṃ ca thāntaṃ varṇaṃ samuccārya
(pṛ० ४५३) pūrvavat sthāpayan devīṃ sarvadevabaliṃ haret /
dadhiyuktamāṣabhaktaṃ śarkarādisamanvitam

49

aiśānyāṃ balimādāya vāruṇena viśodhayet /
saṃpūjya gandhapuṣpābhyāṃ mantreṇānena cārpayet

50

sarve devāḥ siddhagaṇā gandharvoragarākṣasāḥ /
piśācā mātaro yakṣā bhūtāśca pitarastathā

51

ṛṣayo ye'nyadevāśca baliṃ gṛhṇantu saṃyatāḥ /
parivārya mahādevaṃ tiṣṭhantu girijāmapi

52

tato japenmahādevyā mantramenaṃ yathepsitam /
gītavādyādibhiḥ sadbhirvidadhyānmaṅgalakriyām

53

adhivāsaṃ vidhāyetthaṃ pare'hni vihitakriyaḥ /
saṃkalpaṃ vidhivat kṛtvā pañca devān prapūjayet

47

tadante vahnivallabhāṃ yojayet / sakalapadayojanayā hrī/ śrī/ dū/
svāheti mantro jātaḥ / thāntamityatra sāntamiti vākvacit

48

pūrvavadityādi / tataḥ pūrvavat śivaliṅgavat
sugandhipuṣpamālyena vāsasā cā'cchādya divyaśayayāyāṃ
devīṃ sthāpayan san dadhiyuktaṃ śarkarādisamanvitaṃ ca
māṣabhaktaṃ sarvadevabaliṃ hareddadyāt

49

nanu kena vidhinā sarvadevabaliṃ
dadyādityākāṅkṣāyāmāha aiśānyāmityādi / vāruṇena vamiti
mantreṇa

50

sarvadevabalisamarpaṇamantramevāha sarve devāḥ siddhagaṇā
ityādikam

52

५१ //
enaṃ hrī/ śrī/ dū/ svāhetīmam

54

(pṛ० ४५४) mātṛpūjāṃ vasordhārāṃ vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ samācaran /
maheśadvārapālāṃśca yajet bhaktyā samāhitaḥ

55

nandī mahābalaḥ kīśavadano gaṇanāyakaḥ /
dvārapālāḥ śivasyaite sarve śastrāstrapāṇayaḥ

56

tato liṅgaṃ samānīya vedīrūpāṃ ca tāriṇīm /
maṇḍale sarvatobhadre sthāpayedvā śubhāsane

57

aṣṭabhiḥ kalaśaiḥ śambhuṃ manunā tryambakena ca /
snāpayitvā'rcayet bhaktyā ṣoḍaśairupacārakaiḥ

58

vedīṃ ca mūlamantreṇa tadvat saṃsthāpya pūjayan /
kṛtāñjalipuṭaḥ sādhuḥ prārthayet śaṅkaraṃ śivam

59

āgaccha bhagavan śambho sarvadevanamaskṛta /
pinākapāṇe sarveśa mahādeva namo'stu te

60

āgaccha mandire deva bhaktānugrahakāraka /
bhagavatyā sahā'gaccha kṛpāṃ kuru namo namaḥ

61

mātardevi mahāmāye sarvakalyāṇakāriṇi /
prasīda śambhunā sārdhaṃ namaste'stu harapriye

53

pañca devān brahmādīn

55

५४ //
sampūjyānmaheśadvārapālānāha nandītyādinaikena

57

५६ //
manunā hrī/ o/ hau/ iti mantreṇa / tryambakena tryambakaṃ
yajāmahe ityādinā mantreṇa

58

mūlamantreṇa hrī/ śrī/ dū/ svāheti mantreṇa / vedīmityatra
devīmitivā kvacit

62

(pṛ० ४५५) āyāhi varade devi bhavane'smin varaprade /
prītā bhava maheśāni sarvasampatkarī bhava

63

uttiṣṭha devadeveśi svaiḥ svaiḥ parikaraiḥ saha /
sukhaṃ nivasatāṃ gehe prīyetāṃ bhaktavatsalau

64

iti prārthya śivaṃ devīṃ maṅgaladhvanipūrvakam /
pradakṣiṇaṃ tridhā veśma kārayitvā praveśayet

65

pāṣāṇakhanite garte iṣṭakāracite'pi vā /
adhastribhāgaliṅgasya ropayenmūlamuccaran

66

yāvaccandraśca sūryaśca yāvat pṛthvī ca sāgarāḥ /
tāvadatra mahādeva sthiro bhava namo'stu te

67

mantreṇānena sudṛḍhaṃ kārayitvā sadāśivam /
uttarāgrāṃ tatra vedīṃ mūlenaiva praveśayet

68

sthirā bhava jagaddhātri sṛṣṭisthityantakāriṇi /
yāvaddivāniśānāthau tāvadatra sthirā bhava

65

nanu śaṅkaraṃ śivāñca prati kiṃ
prārthayedityapekṣāyāmāha āgaccha bhagavan śambho ityādi // ५९ -
६४ //
pāṣāṇetyādi / tato mūlaṃ mantramuccaran sādhakaḥ pāṣāṇe
svanite iṣṭakāracite'pi vā garte liṅgasyā'dhastribhāgamadho ropayet

67

६६ //
mantreṇetyādi / anena yāvaccandraśca sūryaścetyādinā
mantreṇa sadāśivaṃ sudṛḍhaṃ kārayitvā mūlenaiva mantreṇa tatra
sadāśive vedīṃ praveśayet

69

६८ //
(pṛ० ४५६) anena sudṛḍhīkṛtya liṅgaṃ spṛṣṭvā paṭhedimam

70

vyāghrā bhūtāḥ piśācāśca gandharvāḥ siddhacāraṇāḥ /
yakṣā nāgāśca vetālāḥ lokapālā maharṣayaḥ

71

mātaro gaṇanāthāśca viṣṇurbrahmā bṛhaspatiḥ /
yasya siṃhāsane yuktā bhūcarāḥ khecarāstathā

72

āvāhayāmi taṃ devaṃ tryakṣamīśānamavyayam /
āgaccha bhagavannatra brahmanirmitayantrake

73

dhruvāya bhava sarveṣāṃ śubhāya ca sukhāya ca /
tato devapratiṣṭhoktavidhinā snāpayan śivam

74

prāgvaddhyātvā mānasopacāraiḥ sampūjayet priye /
viśeṣamarghyaṃ saṃsthāpya samarcya gaṇadevatāḥ /
punardhyātvā maheśānaṃ puṣpaṃ liṅgopari nyaset

75

pāśāṅkuśapuṭā śaktiryādisāntāḥ sabindukāḥ /
hau/ haṃsa iti mantreṇa tatra prāṇān niveśayet /
candanāgurukāśmīrairvilipya girijāpatim

76

yajet prāguktavidhinā ṣoḍaśairupacārakaiḥ /
jātanāmādisaṃskārān kṛtvā pūrvavidhānavat

69

sudṛḍhīkṛtya vedīmiti śeṣaḥ

77

imaṃ kaṃ paṭhedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha vyāghrabhūtā
ityādītyādi // ७० - ७४ //
pāśetyādi / pāśāṅkuśapuṭā pāśāṅkuśābhyām ā/ kro/
bījābhyāṃ puṭa ādyantayoḥ saṃyogo yasyāstathābhūtā śaktiḥ
hrī/ bījaṃ pūrvamucyeta / tataḥ
(pṛ० ४५७) samāpya sarvaṃ vidhivat vedyāṃ devīṃ maheśvarīm /
abhyarcya tatra devasya mūrtīraṣṭau prapūjayet

78

śarvaḥ kṣitiḥ samuddiṣṭā bhavo jalamudāhṛtā /
rudro'gnirugro vāyuḥ syād bhīma ākāśaśabditaḥ

79

paśoḥ patiryajamāno mahādevaḥ sudhākaraḥ /
īśānaḥ sūrya ityete mūrtayo'ṣṭau prakīrtitāḥ

80

praṇavādinamo'ntena pratyekāhvānapūrvakam /
pūrvādīśānaparyantamaṣṭa mūrtīḥ kramādyajet

81

indrādidikpatīniṣṭvā brāhmyādyāścā'ṣṭamātṛkāḥ /
vṛṣaṃ vitānaṃ gehādi dadyādīśāya sādhakaḥ

82

tataḥ kṛtāñjalirbhaktyā prārthayet pārvatīpatim

75

sabindukāḥ sānusvārā yādisāntā varṇā vaktavyāḥ / tato hau/
haṃsaḥ ityucyeta / yojanayā ā/ hrī/ kro/ yaṃ raṃ laṃ vaṃ śaṃ ṣaṃ
saṃ hau/ haṃsaḥ iti mantro jātaḥ / ityanena mantreṇa
prāguktavidhānena tatra liṅge prāṇānniveśayet

77

७६ //
tatra vedyāmeva

78

mahādevasya prapūjyā aṣṭau mūrtīrāha śarvaḥ
kṣitirityādibhyāṃ dvābhyām

80

७९ //
nanu kena vidhinā mahādevasyāṣṭau mūrtīḥ
prapūjayedityapekṣāyāmāha praṇavādītyādi /
praṇavādinamo'ntena nāmamantreṇa / pūrvāt pūrvamārabhya /
yathā śarva kṣitimūrte ihāgaccha iha tiṣṭa iha sannidhehi mama
pūjāṃ gṛhāṇetyāhūya o/ śarvāya kṣitimūrtaye nama iti mantreṇa
vedyāṃ pūrvadeśe gandhapuṣpādibhiḥ śarvaṃ kṣitimūrtiṃ yajet /
evamevā'gneyādiṣu kramato'nyā api sapta mūrtīryajet

81

iṣṭvā pūjayitvā

83

८२ //
(pṛ० ४५८) gṛhe'smin karuṇāsindho sthāpito'si mayā prabho /
prasīda bhagavan śambho sarvakāraṇakāraṇa

84

yāvat sasāgarā pṛthvī yāvat śaśidivākarau /
tāvadasmin gṛhe tiṣṭha namaste parameśvara

85

gṛhe'smin yasya kasyāpi jīvasya maraṇaṃ bhavet /
na tatpāpaiḥ pralipye'haṃ prasādāttava dhūrjaṭe

86

tataḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya namaskṛtya gṛhaṃ vrajet /
prabhāte punarāgatya snāpayeccandraśekharam

87

śuddhaiḥ pañcāmṛtaiḥ snānaṃ prathamaṃ pratipādayet /
tataḥ sugandhitoyānāṃ kalaśaiḥ śatasaṃkhyakaiḥ

88

saṃpūjya taṃ yathāśaktyā prārthayet bhaktibhāvataḥ

89

vidhihīnaṃ kriyāhīnaṃ bhaktihīnaṃ yadarcitam /
sampūrṇamastu tat sarvaṃ tvatprasādādumāpate

90

yāvaccandraśca sūryaśca yāvat pṛthvī ca sāgarāḥ /
tāvanme kīrtiratulā loke tiṣṭhatu sarvadā

91

namastryakṣāya rudrāya pinākavaradhāriṇe /
viṣṇubrahmendrasūryādyairarcitāya namo namaḥ

87

nanu pārvatīpatiṃ kiṃ prārthayedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha
gṛhe'smin karuṇāsindho ityādi // ८३ - ८६ //
nanu kena dravyeṇa śivaṃ snāpayedityapekṣāyāmāha
śuddhairityādi

88

tam śivam

92

(pṛ० ४५९) tatastu dakṣiṇāṃ dattvā bhojayet kaulikān dvijān /
bhakṣyaiḥ peyaiśca vāsobhirdaridrān paritoṣayet

93

pratyahaṃ pūjayeddevaṃ yathāvibhavamātmanaḥ /
sthāvaraṃ śivaliṅgaṃ tu na kadāpi vicālayet

94

acalasyeśaliṅgasya pratiṣṭhā kathiteti te /
saṅkṣepāt parameśāni sarvāgamasamuddhṛtā

95

śrīdevyuvāca /
yadyakasmāddevatānāṃ pūjābādho bhavedvibho /
vidheyaṃ tatra kiṃ bhaktaistanme kathaya tattvataḥ

96

apūjanīyā kairdoṣairbhaveyurdevamūrtayaḥ /
tyājyā vā kena doṣeṇa tadupāyaśca bhaṇyatām

97

śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
ekāhamarcanābādhe dviguṇaṃ devamarcayet /
dinadvaye taddviguṇaṃ taddvaiguṇyaṃ dinatraye

98

tataḥ ṣaṇmāsaparyantaṃ yadi pūjā na sambhavet /
tadā'ṣṭakalaśairdevaṃ snāpayitvā yajet sudhīḥ

99

ṣaṇmāsāt parato devaṃ prāksaṃskāravidhānataḥ /
punaḥ susaṃskṛtaṃ kṛtvā pūjayet sādhakāgraṇīḥ

95

nanu śivaṃ kiṃ prārthayedityākāṅkṣāyāmāha
vidhihīnamityādi // ८९ - ९४ //
śrīdevyuvāca yadītyādi / tatra pūjābādhe sati

100

९६ //
evaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca ekāhamarcanābādhe
ityādi // ९७ - ९९ //
(pṛ० ४६०) khaṇḍitaṃ sphuṭitaṃ vyaṅgaṃ saṃspṛṣṭaṃ kuṣṭharogiṇā /
patitaṃ duṣṭabhūmyādau na devaṃ pūjayedbudhaḥ

101

hīnāṅgaṃ sphuṭitaṃ bhagnaṃ devaṃ toye visarjayet /
sparśādidoṣaduṣṭaṃ tu saṃskṛtya punararcayet

102

mahāpīṭhe'nādiliṅge sarvadoṣavivarjite /
sarvadā pūjayettatra svaṃ svamiṣṭaṃ sukhāptaye

103

yadyatpṛṣṭaṃ mahāmāye nṛṇāṃ karmānujīvinām /
niḥśreyasāya tat sarvaṃ saviśeṣaṃ prakīrtitam

104

vinā karma na tiṣṭhanti kṣaṇārdhamapi dehinaḥ /
anicchanto'pi vivaśāḥ kṛṣyante karmavāyunā

105

karmaṇā sukhamaśnanti duḥkhamaśnanti karmaṇā /
jāyante ca pralīyante vartante karmaṇo vaśāt

106

ato bahuvidhaṃ karma kathitaṃ sādhanānvitam /
pravṛttaye'lpabodhānāṃ duśceṣṭitanivṛttaye

107

yato hi karma dvividhaṃ śubhañcā'śubhameva ca /
aśubhāt karmaṇo yānti prāṇinastīvrayātanām

108

karmaṇo'pi śubhāddevi phaleṣvāsaktacetasaḥ /
prayāntyāyāntyamutreha karmaśṛṅkhalayantritāḥ

109

vyaṅgam vigatāṅgam // १०० - १०७ //
evaṃ nānāvidhāni sukhaprāpakāni
pracurasādhanasaṃyuktāni karmāṇi vyāhṛtyedānīṃ
brahmajñānenaiva lokā muktimadhigaccheyurnatu karmabhiriti
vyāhartumupakramate
(pṛ० ४६१) yāvanna kṣīyate karma śubhaṃ vā'śubhameva vā /
tāvanna jāyate mokṣo nṛṇāṃ kalpaśatairapi

110

yathā lauhamayaiḥ pāśaiḥ pāśaiḥ svarṇamayairapi /
tathā baddho bhavejjīvaḥ karmabhiścā'śubhaiḥ śubhaiḥ

111

kurvāṇaḥ satataṃ karma kṛtvā kaṣṭaśatānyapi /
tāvanna labhate mokṣaṃ yāvat jñānaṃ na vindati

112

jñānaṃ tattvavicāreṇa niṣkāmeṇāpi karmaṇā /
jāyate kṣīṇatamasāṃ viduṣāṃ nirmalātmanām

113

brahmāditṛṇaparyantaṃ māyayā kalpitaṃ jagat /
satyamekaṃ paraṃ brahma viditvaivaṃ sukhī bhavet

114

vihāya nāmarūpāṇi nitye brahmaṇi niścale /
pariniścitatattvo yaḥ sa muktaḥ karmabandhanāt

111

karmaṇo'pi śubhādityādi / he devi śubhādapi karmaṇo hetoḥ
phaleṣvāsaktacetaso janāḥ karmaśṛṅkhalayantritāḥ karmarūpeṇa
nigaḍena baddhāḥ santo lokādasmādamutra paraloke prayānti
tasmācca lokāt punarihā'yānti muktibhājinastu na bhavantītyarthaḥ //
१०८ - ११० //
na vindati na labhate

112

nanu mokṣaikasādhanaṃ jñānaṃ kathamutpadyate tatrāha
jñānamityādi / tattvavicāreṇa brahmaṇo vicāreṇa kṣīṇatamasām
kṣīṇājñānarūpāndhakārāṇām / nirmalātmanāṃ
vimalāntaḥkaraṇānām

115

११३ //
(pṛ० ४६२) na muktirjapanāddhomādupavāsaśatairapi /
brahmaivā'hamiti jñātvā mukto bhavati dehabhṛt

116

ātmā sākṣī vibhuḥ pūrṇaḥ satyo'dvaitaḥ parātparaḥ /
dehastho'pi na dehastho jñātvaivaṃ muktibhāg bhavet

117

bālakrīḍanavat sarvaṃ rūpanāmādikalpanam /
vihāya brahmaniṣṭho yaḥ sa mukto nā'tra saṃśayaḥ

118

manasā kalpitā mūrtirnṛṇāṃ cenmokṣasādhanī /
svapnalabdhena rājyena rājāno mānavāstadā

119

mṛcchilādhātudārvādimūrtāvīśvarabuddhayaḥ /
kliśyantastapasā jñānaṃ vinā mokṣaṃ na yānti te

120

āhārasaṃyamakliṣṭā yatheṣṭāhāratundilāḥ /
brahmajñānavihīnāścenniṣkṛtiṃ te vrajanti kim

121

vāyuparṇakaṇātoyavratino mokṣabhāginaḥ /
santi cet pannagā muktāḥ paśupakṣijalecarāḥ

114

vihāyetyādi / nitye avināśini niścale pūrvarūpāparityāgini
pariniścitaṃ samyak nirṇītaṃ tattvaṃ yāthārthyaṃ yena sa
pariniścitatattvaḥ

119

११५ //
ātmetyādi / sākṣī śubhāśubhadraṣṭā / vibhuḥ vyāpakaḥ /
pūrṇaḥ akhaṇḍarūpaḥ / advaitaḥ
svajātīyavijātīyasvagatabhedaśūnyaḥ // ११६ - ११८ //
tapasā kṛcchracāndrāyaṇādinā

120

niṣkṛtim nistāram / vrajanti prāpnuvanti

122

१२१ //
(pṛ० ४६३) uttamo brahmasadbhāvo dhyānabhāvastu madhyamaḥ /
stutirjapo'dhamo bhāvo bahiḥ pūjā'dhamādhamā

123

yogo jīvātmanoraikyaṃ pūjanaṃ sevakeśayoḥ /
sarvaṃ brahmeti viduṣo na yogo na ca pūjanam

124

brahmajñānaṃ paraṃ jñānaṃ yasya citte virājate /
kiṃ tasya japayajñādyaistapobhirniyamavrataiḥ

125

satyaṃ vijñānamānandamekaṃ brahmeti paśyataḥ /
svabhāvāt brahmabhūtasya kiṃ pūjā dhyānadhāraṇā

126

na pāpaṃ naiva sukṛtaṃ na svargo na punarbhavaḥ /
nāpi dhyeyo na vā dhyātā sarvaṃ brahmeti jānataḥ

127

ayamātmā sadā mukto nirliptaḥ sarvavastuṣu /
kiṃ tasya bandhanaṃ kasmānmuktimicchanti durdhiyaḥ

122

uttama ityādi / brahmaiva sat tadbhinnaṃ sarvamasadityuttamo
bhāvaḥ / uttamaṃ bhajanaṃ bhavatītyevamanvayaḥ / dhyānabhāvaḥ
dhyānarūpaṃ bhajanam

123

yoga ityādi / sarvaṃ brahmaiva bhavatīti viduṣo jānato janasya
jīvātmanoraikyameva yogo bhavati / sevakeśayoḥ
sevakeśvarayoraikyameva pūjanaṃ bhavati / tadbhinno yogo nāsti /
tadbhinnaṃ pūjanamapi nāsti tasya

125

१२४ //
satyamityādi / vijñānaṃ vijñānasvarūpam / ekam advaitam /
dhāraṇā cittavṛttinirodhaḥ

126

na punarbhavaḥ na punarutpattiḥ

127

nirliptaḥ anāsaktaḥ

128

(pṛ० ४६४) svamāyāracitaṃ viśvamavitarkyaṃ surairapi /
svayaṃ virājate tatra hyapraviṣṭaḥ praviṣṭavat

129

bahirantaryathā'kāśaṃ sarveṣāmeva vastunām /
tathaiva bhāti sadrūpo hyātmā sākṣī svarūpataḥ

130

na bālyamasti vṛddhatvaṃ nātmano yauvanaṃ januḥ /
sadaikarūpaścinmātro vikāraparivarjitaḥ

131

janmayauvanavārdhakyaṃ dehasyaiva na cā'tmanaḥ /
paśyanto'pi na paśyanti māyāprāvṛtabuddhayaḥ

132

yathā śarāvatoyasthaṃ raviṃ paśyatyanekadhā /
tathaiva māyayā dehe bahudhā'tmānamīkṣate

133

yathā salilacāñcalyaṃ manyante tadgate vidhau /
tathaiva buddheścāñcalyaṃ paśyantyātmanyakovidāḥ

134

ghaṭasthaṃ yādṛśaṃ vyoma ghaṭe bhagne'pi tādṛśam /
naṣṭe dehe tathaivātmā samarūpo virājate

128

nanvātmano deharūpaṃ bandhanamastyeva kathamucyate
ayamātmā sadāmukta ityādi tatrāha svamāyetyādi / avitarkyam
anūhanīyam

130

१२९ //
januḥ janma / ātmano bālatvāderabhāve hetūnāha sadaikarūpa
ityādyardhena

131

tarhi kasya janmādikaṃ bhavati tatrāha janmetyādi

132

nanu tattaddehasthita ātmā nānārūpaḥ pratīyate kathamucyate
sadaikarūpa iti tatrāha yathetyādi

135

(pṛ० ४६५) ātmajñānamidaṃ devi paraṃ mokṣaikasādhanam /
jānannihaiva muktaḥ syāt satyaṃ satyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ

136

na karmaṇā vimuktaḥ syānna santatyā dhanena vā /
ātmanā'tmānamājñāya mukto bhavati mānavaḥ

137

priyo hyātmaiva sarveṣāṃ nātmano'styaparaṃ priyam /
loke'sminnātmasambandhāt bhavantyanye priyāḥ śive

138

jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ tathā jñātā tritayaṃ bhāti māyayā /
vicāryamāṇe tritaye ātmaivaiko'vaśiṣyate

139

jñānamātmaiva cidrūpo jñeyamātmaiva cinmayaḥ /
vijñātā svayamevātmā yo jānāti sa ātmavit

140

etatte kathitaṃ jñānaṃ sākṣānnirvāṇakāraṇam /
caturvidhāvadhūtānāmetadeva paraṃ dhanam

141

śridevyuvāca /
dvividhāvāśramau proktau gārhastho bhaikṣukastathā /
kimidaṃ śrūyate citramavadhūtāścaturvidhāḥ

142

śrutvā veditumicchāmi tattvataḥ kathaya prabho /
caturvidhāvadhūtānāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ saviśeṣataḥ

141

tadgate vidhau salilagate candre / akovidāḥ avidvāṃsaḥ // १३३ -
१४० //
caturvidhānāmavadhūtānāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vijñātumicchantī
śrīdevyuvāca dvividhāvityādi

143

१४२ //
(pṛ० ४६६) śrīsadāśiva uvāca /
brahmamantropāsakā ye brāhmaṇakṣatriyādayaḥ /
gṛhāśrame vasanto'pi jñeyāste yatayaḥ priye

144

pūrṇābhiṣekavidhinā saṃskṛtā ye ca mānavāḥ /
śaivāvadhūtāste jñeyāḥ pūjanīyāḥ kulārcite

145

brāhmāvadhūtāḥ śaivāśca svāśramācāravartinaḥ /
vidadhyuḥ sarvakarmāṇi madudīritavartmanā

146

vinā brahmārpitaṃ caite tathā cakrārpitaṃ vinā /
niṣiddhamannaṃ toyañca na gṛhṇīyuḥ kadācana

147

brāhmāvadhūtakaulānāṃ kaulānāmabhiṣekiṇām /
prāgeva kathito dharma ācāraśca varānane

148

snānaṃ sandhyā'śanaṃ pānaṃ dānaṃ ca dārarakṣaṇam /
sarvamāgamamārgeṇa śaivabrāhmāvadhūtayoḥ

149

uktāvadhūto dvividhaḥ pūrṇāpūrṇavibhedataḥ /
pūrṇaḥ paramahaṃsākhyaḥ parivrāḍaparaḥ priye

150

kṛtāvadhūtasaṃskāro yadi syāt jñānadurbalaḥ /
tadā lokālaye tiṣṭhannātmānaṃ sa tu śodhayet

143

śrīdevyaivaṃ prārthitaḥ san śrīsadāśiva uvāca
brahmamantropāsakā ya ityādi

151

१४४ //
vidadhyuḥ kuryuḥ // १४५ - १४८ //
aparaḥ apūrṇaḥ // १४९ - १५३ //
(pṛ० ४६७) rakṣan svajāticihnañca kurvan karmāṇi kaulavat /
sadā brahmaparo bhūtvā sādhayet jñānamuttamam

152

o/ tatsanmantramuccārya so'hamasmīti cintayan /
kuryādātmocitaṃ karma sadā vairāgyamāśritaḥ

153

kurvan karmāṇyanāsakto nalinīdalanīravat /
yatetā'tmānamuddhartuṃ tattvajñānavivekataḥ

154

o/ tatsaditi mantreṇa yo yat karma samācaret /
gṛhastho vā'pyudāsīnastasyā'bhīṣṭāya tad bhavet

155

japo homaḥ pratiṣṭhā ca saṃskārādyakhilāḥ kriyāḥ /
o/ tatsanmantraniṣpannāḥ sampūrṇāḥ syurna saṃśayaḥ

156

kimanyairbahubhirmantraiḥ kimanyairbhūrisādhanaiḥ /
brāhmyeṇānena mantreṇa sarvakarmāṇi sādhayet

157

sukhasādhyamabāhulyaṃ sampūrṇaphaladāyakam /
nāstyetasmānmahāmantrādupāyāntaramambike

158

puraḥ pradeśe dehe vā likhitvā dhārayedimam /
gehastasya mahātīrthaṃ dehaḥ puṇyamayo bhavet

159

nigamāgamatantrāṇāṃ sārātsārataro manuḥ /
o/ tatsaditi deveśi tavāgre satyamīritam

160

atha o/ tatsaditi mantrasya māhātmyamāha o/ tatsaditi
mantreṇetyādibhiḥ / samācaret kuryāt // १५४ - १५७ //
imam o/ tatsaditi mantram // १५८ - १६० //
(pṛ० ४६८) brahmaviṣṇumaheśānāṃ bhittvā tāluśiraḥśikhāḥ /
prādurbhūto'yamoṃ tatsat sarvamantrottamottamaḥ

161

caturvidhānāmannānāmanyeṣāmapi vastunām /
mantrānyaiḥ śodhanenā'laṃ syāccedetena śodhitam

162

paśyan sarvatra sadrūpaṃ japaṃstatsanmahāmanum /
svecchācāraḥ śuddhacittaḥ sa eva bhuvi kaularāṭ

163

japādasya bhavet siddho muktaḥ syādarthacintanāt /
sākṣād brahmasamo dehī sārthamenaṃ japan manum

164

tripado'yaṃ mahāmantraḥ sarvakāraṇakāraṇam /
sādhanādasya mantrasya bhavenmṛtyuñjayaḥ svayam

165

yugmaṃ yugmapadaṃ vāpi pratyekapadameva vā /
japtvaitasya maheśāni sādhakaḥ siddhibhāg bhavet

166

śaivāvadhūtasaṃskāravidhūtākhilakarmaṇaḥ /
nāpi daive na vā pitre nārṣe kṛtye'dhikāritā

167

caturṇāmavadhūtānāṃ turīyo haṃsa ucyate /
trayo'nye yogabhogāḍhyā muktāḥ sarve śivopamāḥ

168

haṃso na kuryāt strīsaṅgaṃ na vā dhātuparigraham /
prārabdhamaśnan viharenniṣedhavidhivarjitaḥ

168

caturvidhānāmityādi / caturvidhānām
bhakṣyacarvyalehyacoṣyāṇām // १६१ - १६७ //
aśnan bhuñjānaḥ

169

(pṛ० ४६९) tyajet svajāticihnāni karmāṇi gṛhamedhinām /
turīyo vicaret kṣauṇīṃ niḥsaṅkalpo nirudyamaḥ

170

sadātmabhāvasantuṣṭaḥ śokamohavivarjitaḥ /
nirnaketastitikṣuḥ syānniḥśaṅko nirupadravaḥ

171

nā'rpaṇaṃ bhakṣyapeyānāṃ na tasya dhyānadhāraṇāḥ /
mukto virakto nirdvandvo haṃsācāraparo yatiḥ

172

iti te kathitaṃ devi caturṇāṃ kulayoginām /
lakṣaṇaṃ saviśeṣeṇa sādhūnāṃ matsvarūpiṇām

173

eteṣāṃ darśanāt sparśādālāpāt paritoṣaṇāt /
sarvatīrthaphalāvāptirjāyate manujanmanām

174

pṛthivyāṃ yāni tīrthāni puṇyakṣetrāṇi yāni ca /
kulasannyāsināṃ dehe santi tāni sadā priye

175

te dhanyāste kṛtārthāśca te puṇyāste kṛtādhvarāḥ /
yairarcitāḥ kuladravyairmānavaiḥ kulasādhavaḥ

176

aśuciryāti śucitāmaspṛśyaḥ spṛśyatāmiyāt /
abhakṣyamapi bhakṣyaṃ syāt yeṣāṃ saṃsparśamātrataḥ

169

gṛhamedhinām gṛhasthānām / nirudyamaḥ
ātmaśarīranirvāhārthavyāpāraśūnyaḥ

173

sadātmetyādi / bhāvaḥ cintanam / nirniketaḥ
niyatasatatavāsaśūnyaḥ / titikṣuḥ sahanaśīlaḥ // १७० - १७२ //
athāvadhūtānāṃ māhātmyamāha eteṣāmityādibhiḥ

175

१७४ //
kuladravyaiḥ madyādibhiḥ

177

१७६ //
(pṛ० ४७०) kirātāḥ pāpinaḥ krūrāḥ pulindā yavanāḥ khasāḥ /
śuddhyanti yeṣāṃ saṃsparśāttān vinā ko'nyamarcayet

178

kulatattvaiḥ kuladravyaiḥ kaulikān kulayoginaḥ /
ye'rcayanti sakṛdbhaktyā te'pi pūjyā mahītale

179

kauladharmāt paro dharmo nāstyeva kamalānane /
antyajo'pi yamāśritya pūtaḥ kaulapadaṃ vrajet

180

karipāde vilīyante sarvaprāṇipadā yathā /
kuladharme nimajjanti sarve dharmāstathā priye

181

aho puṇyatamāḥ kaulāstīrtharūpāḥ svayaṃ priye /
ye punantyātmasambandhān mlecchaśvapacapāmarān

182

gaṅgāyāṃ patitāmbhāṃsi yānti gāṅgeyatāṃ yathā /
kulācāre viśanto'pi sarve gacchanti kaulatām

183

yathā'rṇavagataṃ vāri na pṛthagbhāvamāpnuyāt /
tathā kulāmbudhau magnā na bhaveyurjanāḥ pṛthak

184

viprādyantyajaparyantā dvipadā ye'tra bhūtale /
te sarve'smin kulācāre bhaveyuradhikāriṇaḥ

177

pulindāḥ cāṇḍālaviśeṣāḥ / khasāḥ saṅkara jātiviṣeṣāḥ /
yaduktam /
jhallī mallaśca rājanyo vrātyo licchavireva ca /
naṭaśca karaṇaścaiva khaso drāviḍa eva ca // iti

185

kulatattvaiḥ māṃsādibhiḥ / kuladravyaiḥ madyaiḥ // १७८ - १८६ //
(pṛ० ४७१) āhūtāḥ kuladharme'smin ye bhavanti parāṅmukhāḥ /
sarvadharmaparibhraṣṭāste gacchantyadhamāṃ gatim

186

prārthayanti kulācāraṃ ye kecidapi mānavāḥ /
tān vañcayan kulīno'pi rauravaṃ narakaṃ vrajet

187

cāṇḍālaṃ yavanaṃ nīcaṃ matvā striyamavajñayā /
kaulaṃ na kuryāt yaḥ kaulaḥ so'dhamo yātyadhogatim

188

śatābhiṣekāt yat puṇyaṃ puraścaryāśatairapi /
tasmāt koṭiguṇaṃ puṇyamekasmin kaulike kṛte

189

ye ye varṇāḥ kṣitau santi yadyaddharmamupāśritāḥ /
kaulā bhavantaste pāśairmuktā yānti paraṃ padam

190

śaivadharmāśritāḥ kaulāḥ tīrtharūpāḥ śivātmakāḥ /
snehena śraddhayā premṇā pūjyā mānyāḥ parasparam

191

bahunā'tra kimuktena tavāgre satyamucyate /
bhavābdhitaraṇe setuḥ kuladharmo hi nāparaḥ

192

chidyante saṃśayāḥ sarve kṣīyante pāpasañcayāḥ /
dahyante karmajālāni kuladharmaniṣevaṇāt

193

satyavratā brahmaniṣṭhāḥ kṛpayā'hūya mānavāne /
pāvayanti kulācāraiste jñeyāḥ kaulikottamāḥ

194

iti te kathitaṃ devi sarvadharmavinirṇayam /
mahānirvāṇatantrasya pūrvārdhaṃ lokapāvanam

195

avajñayā tiraskriyayā // १८७ - १९४ //
(pṛ० ४७२) ya idaṃ śṛṇuyānnityaṃ śrāvayedvāpi mānavān /
sarvapāpavinirmuktaḥ so'nte nirvāṇamāpnuyāt

196

sarvāgamānāṃ tantrāṇāṃ sārātsāraṃ parātparam /
tantrarājamidaṃ jñātvā jāyate sarvaśāstravit

197

kintasya tīrthabhramaṇaiḥ kiṃ yajñairjapasādhanaiḥ /
jānannetanmahātantraṃ karmapāśairvimucyate

198

sa vijñaḥ sarvaśāstreṣu sarvadharmavidāṃ varaḥ /
sa jñānī brahmavit sādhurya etadvetti kālike

199

alaṃ vedaiḥ purāṇaiśca smṛtibhiḥ saṃhitādibhiḥ /
kimanyairbahubhistantrairjñātvedaṃ sarvavidbhavet

200

āsīd guhyatamaṃ yanme sādhanaṃ jñānamuttamam /
tava praśnena tantre'smiṃstat sarvaṃ suprakāśitam

201

yathā tvaṃ brahmaṇaḥ śaktirmama prāṇādhikā parā /
mahānirvāṇatantraṃ me tathā jānīhi suvrate

202

yathā nageṣu himavān tārakāsu yathā śaśī /
bhāsvāṃstejaḥsu tantreṣu tantrarājamidaṃ tathā

203

sarvadharmamayaṃ tantraṃ brahmajñānaikasādhanam /
paṭhitvā pāṭhayitvā'pi brahmajñānī bhavennaraḥ

204

vidyate yasya bhavane sarvatantrottamottamam /
na tasya vaṃśe deveśi paśurbhavati karhicit

205

atha mahānirvāṇatantrasya māhātmyamabhidhatte ya idaṃ
śṛṇuyānnitya mityādibhiḥ // १९५ - २०१ //
(pṛ० ४७३) ajñānatimirāndho'pi mūrkhaḥ karmajaḍo'pi vā /
śṛṇvannetanmahātantraṃ karmabandhādvimucyate

206

etattantrasya paṭhanaṃ śravaṇaṃ pūjanaṃ tathā /
vandanaṃ parameśāni nṛṇāṃ kaivalyadāyakam

207

uktaṃ bahuvidhaṃ tantramekaikākhyānasaṃyutam /
sarvadharmānvitaṃ tantraṃ nātaḥparataraṃ kvacit

208

pātālacakraṃ bhūcakrajyotiścakrasamanvitam /
parārdhamasya yo vetti sa sarvajño na saṃśayaḥ

209

parārdhasahitaṃ granthamenaṃ jānannaro bhavet /
trikālavārtāṃ trailokyavṛttāntaṃ kathituṃ kṣamaḥ

210

santi tantrāṇi bahudhā śāstrāṇi vividhānyapi /
mahānirvāṇatantrasya kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm

211

mahānirvāṇatantrasya māhātmyaṃ kiṃ bravīmi te /
viditvaitanmahātantraṃ brahmanirvāṇamāpnuyāt

iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantre sarvatantrottamottame
sarvadharmanirṇayasāre śrīmadādyāsadāśivasaṃvāde
pūrvakāṇḍe
śivaliṅgasthāpanacaturvidhāvadhūtavivaraṇakathanaṃ nāma
caturdaśollāsaḥ /
samāpto'yaṃ pūrvārdhaḥ /
tejaḥsu tejasviṣu // २०२ - २११ //
iti śrīmahānirvāṇatantraṭīkāyāṃ caturdaśollāsaḥ /
srotaḥ

Original text: mahānirvāṇatantram · Sanskrit Wikisource contributors · Sanskrit Wikisource · CC BY-SA 4.0

Esc